 |
 |
| NA
- NARCISSISME - NE
- NEISSER - NEO - NEURO
- NEUROCOGNITIF - NEUTRA
- NEWCOMB - NI - NISBETT
- NO - NOS - NOYAU
- NU - NY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
 N400 : Désigne le potentiel évoqué négatif (n = négatif) mesuré dans le cerveau 400 ms après l'apparition d'un signe. n400.
| |
|
KUTAS, M. & HILLYARD, S.A. (1980). Reading senseless
sentences : Brain potentials reflect semantic incongruity.
Science, 207, 203-205. |
|
|
GUNTER, T.C., JACKSON, J.L., KUTAS, M., MULDER, G. &
BUIJINK, B.M. (1994). Focusing on the N400: An exploration
of selective attention during reading. Psychophysiology,
31, 347-358. [PDF] |
NITTONO, H., SUEHIRO, M. & HORI, T. (2002). Word
imageability and n400 in an incidental memory paradigm. International
Journal of Psychophysiology, 44, 219-229. |
|
REBAI, M., BERNARD, C. & LANNOU, J. (1996). The
Stroop's test evokes a negative brain potential, the N400.
International Journal of Neuroscience, 91, 85-94. |
HILL, H., OTT, F. & WEISBROD, M. (2005). Soa-dependent
n400 and p300 semantic priming effects using pseudoword
primes and a delayed lexical decision. International
Journal of Psychophysiology, 56, 209-221. |
|
OLICHNEY, J.M., IRAGUI, V.J., KUTAS, M., NOWACKI, R. &
JESTE, D.V. (1997). N400 abnormalities in late-life
schizophrenia and related psychoses. Biological
Psychiatry, 42 (1), 13-23. |
KUTAS, M. & FEDEMEIRER, K.D. (2011).Thirty Years and
counting : Finding meaning in the N400 component of the
event-related brain potential (ERP). Annual Review of
Psychology, 62, 621-647. [PDF] |
|
REBAI, M., BERNARD, C. & LANNOU, J. (1997). The
Stroop's test evokes a negative brain potential, the N400.
International Journal of Neuroscience, 91, 85-94. |
ELMAN, J.L., BOROVSKY, A., ELMAN, J. & KUTAS, M.
(2012). Once is enough : N400 indexes semantic integration
of novel word meaning. Language, Learning &
Development, 8 (3), 278-302. [PDF] |
|
KUTAS, M. & IRAQGUI, V. (1998). The N400 in a semantic
categorization task across six decades, Electroencephalography
& Clinical Neurophysiology, 108, 456-471. [PDF] |
|
|
 |
Voir aussi Potentiel
évoqué, Cerveau
et P300 |
 |
|
| N
- NAGEL
- NAIRNE - NAISSANCE -
NARCISSISME - NARCOLEPSIE
- NASH - NATIONALISME
- NAT - NAUSÉE -
NAVETTE D'ÉVITEMENT - NE |
|
|
|
|
Nadeau
Line ( ) : Psychologue
écologiste québécoise et
professeure à l'Université
Laval. Elle se spécialise dans l'étude du développement
psychologique et social des
enfants nés prématurément. Collaboratrice de Tessier.
 |
NADEAU, L., BOIVIN, M., TESSIER, R., LEFEBVRE, F. &
ROBAEY, P. (2001). Mediators of behavioral problems in
7-year-old children born after 24 to 28 weeks of
gestation. Journal of Developmental & Behavioral
Pediatrics, 22, 1-11. |
|
NADEAU, L. et TESSIER, R. (2003). Relations sociales entre
enfants à l’âge scolaire : effet de la prématurité et de
la déficience motrice. Enfance, 55, 48-55. |
|
NADEAU, L., TESSIER, R., BOIVIN, M., LEFEBVRE, F. &
ROBAEY, P. (2031). Extremely premature and very low
brthweight infants : A double hazard population ? Social
Development, 12 (2), 235-246. |
|
NADEAU, L., TESSIER, R., LEFEBVRE, F. & ROBAEY, P.
(2004). Victimization : A newly recognized outcome of
prematurity. Developmental Medicine & Child
Neurology, 46, 508-513. |
|
NADEAU, L. & TESSIER, R. (2006). Social adjustment of
children with cerebral palsy in mainstream classes : Peer
perception. Developmental Medicine & Child
Neurology, 48 (5), 331-336. |
|
|
|
Nadeau Richard ( ) : Politologue
québécois et spécialiste de l'opinion
politique. Il s'intéresse également au comportement de vote
et aux élections. Il
enseigne à l'Université de
Montréal. Collaborateur de Blais
et Martin.
 |
NADEAU, R. & BLAIS, A. (1993). Explaining election
outcomes in Canada : Economy and politics. Canadian
Journal of Political, 26 (4), 775-790. |
|
NADEAU, R., NIEMI, R.G. & AMATO, T. (1994).
Expectations andpreferences in British general elections.
American Political Science Review, 88, 371-383. |
|
NADEAU, R., NIEMI, R.G. & AMATO, T. (1995). Emotions,
issue importance and political learning. American
Journal of Political Science, 39, 558-574. |
|
NADEAU, R., MARTIN, P. & BLAIS, A. (1999). Attitude
towards risk-taking and individual choice in the Quebec
referendum on sovereignty. British Journal of
Political Science, 29, 523-539. [PDF] |
|
NADEAU, R., NIEMI, R.G., AMATO, T. & LEWIS-BACK, M.S.
(2001). National economic voting in U.S. presidential
elections. Journal of Politics, 63, 159-181. |
|
|
|
|
|
Nadel Lynn (1942-) : Neurosychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de la consolidation
et de l'hippocampe.
Étudiant de Bindra.
Professeur de Bohbot. Collaborateur
de Easton, Gilboa,
Jacobs,
Mclelland, McNaughton,
Moscovitch, O'Keefe, O'reilly et
Zola-Morgan.
|
NADEL, L. (1991). The hippocampus and space revisited. Hippocampus,
1 (3), 221-229. [PDF] |
|
NADEL, L., RYAN, L., HAYES, S.M., GILBOA, M. &
MOSCOVITCH, M. (2003). The role of the hippocampal complex
in long-term episodic memory. International Congress
Series, 1250, 215-234. [PDF] |
|
NADEL, L. & MOSCOVITCH, M. (1998). Hippocampal
contribution to cortical plasticity. Neuropharmacology,
3, 431-449. [PDF] |
|
NADEL, L., HUPBACH, A., GOMEZ, R. & MEWMAN-SMITH, K.
(2012). Memory formation, consolidation and
transformation. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral
Reviews, 36, 1640-1645. [PDF] |
|
NADEL, L. & PATERSON, M.A. (2013). The hippocampus :
part of an interactive posterior representational system
spanning perceptual and memorial systems. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : General, 142, 1242-1254.
[PDF] |
|
|
RAVINDRAN. S. (2022). Profile of Lynn Nadel. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : General, 119, (17), 1-3.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Nadler Arie (Munich 1947-) : Psychosociologue
israélien d'origine allemande et spécialiste de l'étude du comportement
d'aide. Collaborateur de Fisher.
|
NADLER, A., FISHER, J.D. & STREUFERT, S. (1974). The
donor's dilemma : Recipient's reactions to aid from friend
or foe. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 4 (3),
275-285. |
|
NADLER, A., FISHER, J.D. & STREUFERT, S. (1976). When
helping hurts : Effects of donor-recipient similarity and
recipient self-esteem on reactions to aid. Journal of
Personality, 44 (3), 392-409. |
|
NADLER, A. (1991). Help seeking behavior : Psychological
costs and instrumental benefits. In M.S. Clark (Ed.),
Review of personality and social psychology (Vol.
12, pp. 290-310). New York : Sage Inc. |
|
NADLER, A. & HALABI, S. (2006). Intergroup helping as
status relations : Effects of status stability,
identification, and type of help on receptivity to high
status group's help. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 91, 97-110 |
|
NADLER, A. (2015). The other side of helping : Seeking and
receiving help. In D.A. Schroeder & W.G. Graziano
(Eds.), The Oxford handbook of prosocial behavior
(pp. 307-328). Oxford University Press. |
|
|
|
|
|
Nagel
Ernest (Prague 1901-1985 New York) : Philosophe
américain d'origine tchécoslovaque, épistémologue
et chef de file de l'opérationnalisme.
Ses idées sont en grande partie compatibles avec le positivisme
logique. Collaborateur de Suppes
et Tarski.
 |
COHEN, M.R. & NAGEL, E. (1934). An introduction
to logic and scientific method. New York :
Harcourt Brace. |
|
NAGEL, E. (1961). The structure of science : Problems
in the logic of explanation. London : Routledge and
Kegan Paul. |
|
NAGEL, E., SUPPES, P. & TARSKI, A. (1962). Logic,
methodology and philosophy of science. Stanford :
Stanford University Press. |
|
NAGEL, E. (1965). Types of causal explanation in science.
In D. Lerner (Ed.), Cause and effect. New York
: Academic Press. |
|
NAGEL, E. & NEWMAN, J.R. (1983). Gödel's proof.
New York University Press. |
|
|
|
SCHAFFNER, K.F. (2012). Ernest Nagel and reduction. Journal
of Philosophy, 109 (8/9), 534-565. |
|
|
|
Nagel
Thomas (Belgrade 1937-) : Philosophe
américain d'origine yougoslave. Il s'intéresse notamment à la
conscience. Étudiant de Rawls.
Collaborateur de Dworkin.
|
NAGEL, T. (1972). War and massacre. Philosophy &
Public Affairs, 1, 123-144. |
|
NAGEL, T. (1974). What is it like to be a bat ? Philosophical
Review, 83, 435-450.
[PDF] |
|
NAGEL, T. (1998). Conceiving the impossible and the
mind-body problem. Philosophy, 73 (285),
337-352. [PDF] |
|
NAGEL, T. (2000). The psychophysical nexus. In P.
Boghossian (Ed.), New essays on the apriori. Oxford
: Clarendon Press. [PDF] |
|
NAGEL, T. (2003). John Rawls and affirmative action.
The Journal of Blacks in Higher Education, 39,
82-84. |
|
|
|
Nager : Nage : Natation
: Sport et exercice
qui consiste à se mouvoir
dans l'eau, généralement en ligne droite, sans couler au fond. En science, on utilise également la nage chez les rats/ souris pour évaluer l'effet des antidépresseurs (épreuve de nage forcée).
Swimming.
| |
|
|
ERIKSSON, B.O., ENGSTRÖM, I., KARLBERG, P., SALTIN, B.
& THOREN, C. (1971). A physiological analysis of
former girl swimmers. Acta Paediatrica Scandinavia,
217 (S), 68-72. |
EVERETT, J.J., SMITH, R.E. & WILLIAMS, K.D. (1992).
Effects of team cohesion and identifiability on social
loafing in relay swimming performance. International
Journal of Sport Psychology, 23, 311-324. |
| |
TAYLOR, S.R., ROGERS, G.G. & DRIVER, H.S. (1997).
Effects of training volume on sleep, psychological, and
selected physiological profiles of elite female swimmers.
Medicine & Science in Sports & Exercise, 29, 688-693.
[PDF] |
|
McKENZIE, T.L. & RUHALL, B.S. (1974). Effects of
self-recording on attendance and performance in a
competitive swimming training environment. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 7 (2), 199-206. [PDF] |
POULTON, R., MENZIES, R.G., CRASKE, M.G., LANGLEY, J.D.
& SILVA, P.A. (1999). Water trauma and swimming
experiences up to age 9 and fear of water at age 18 : A
longitudinal study. Behaviour Research & Therapy,
37 (1), 39-48. |
|
DOWRICK, P.W. & DOVE, C. (1980). The use of
self-modeling to improve the swimming performance of spina
bifida children. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 13 (1), 51-56. [PDF] |
RAPP, J.T., VOLLMER, T.R. & HOVANETZ, A.N. (2005).
Evaluation and treatment of swimming pool avoidance
exhibited by an adolescent girl with autism. Behavior
Therapy, 36, 101-105. [PDF] |
|
BERGER, B.G. & OWEN, D.R. (1983). Mood alterations
with swimming e swimmers really do "feel better". Psychosomatic
Medicine, 45, 425-433. |
ZELAZO, P.R. & WEISS, M.J. (2006). Infant swimming
behaviors : Cognitive control and the influence of
experience. Journal of Cognition & Development,
7, 1-25. |
|
BURTON, D. (1988). Do anxious swimmers swim slower ?
Re-examining the elusive anxiety- performance
relationship. Journal of Sport & Exercise
Psychology, 10, 45-61. |
GUILBERT, S. (2010). La violence des entraîneurs : une
étude comparative entre 5 disciplines sportives
(basket-ball, tennis de table, karaté, natation et tir).
Esporte e Sociedade Ano, 5 (13), 1-20.
[PDF] |
|
HAZEN, A., JOHNSTONE, C., MARTIN, G.L. & SRIKAMES-
WARAN, S. (1990). A videotaping feedback package for
improving skills of youth competitive swimmers. The
Sport Psychologist, 4, 213-227. |
PONSETI, F.J., SESE, A. & MAS-GARCIA, A. (2016). The
impact of competitive anxiety and parental influence on
the performance of young swimmers. Revista
Iberoamericana de Psicología del Ejercicio y el Deporte,
11, 229-237.
[PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Sport et Nage forcée |
|
|
Nagin Daniel Steven (1948-) : Criminologue et spécialiste
américain de la violence et
de l'agression. Collaborateur de
Tremblay.
|
NAGIN, D.S. (1978). Crime rates, sanction levels and
constraints on prison population. Law & Society
Review, 12, 341-366. |
|
NAGIN, D.S. (1999). Analyzing developmental trajectories :
A semi-parametric, group-based approach. Psychological
Methods, 4, 139-177. |
|
NAGIN, D.S. & TREMBLAY, R.E. (1999). Trajectories of
boys' physical aggression, opposition, and hyperactivity
on the path to physically violent and non violent juvenile
delinquency. Child Development, 70, 1181-1196. |
|
NAGIN, D.S. & TREMBLAY, R.E. (2001). Parental and
early childhood predictors of persistent physical
aggression in boys from kindergarten to high school.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 58, 389-394. |
|
NAGIN, D.S. (2015). Group-based trajectory modeling in
criminal career research. Journal of Research in Crime
& Delinquency, 53 (3), 1-6. |
|
|
|
Nahallage
Charmalie A.D. ( ) :
Primatologue
srilankaise, spécialisée dans l'étude de la
fabrication des outils chez les
singes, notamment chez les macaques.
Étudiante de Huffman.
Collaboratrice de Gunst, Leca
et Vasey.
 |
NAHALLAGE, C.A.D. & HUFFMAN, M.A. (2006). Observations
of meat eating by captive juvenile Macaques.
Laboratory Primate Newsletter, 45 (1), 1-4. |
|
NAHALLAGE, C.A.D. & HUFFMAN, M.A. (2007). Acquisition
and development of stone handling behavior in infant
Japanese macaques. Behaviour, 144, 1193-1215. |
|
NAHALLAGE, C.A.D. & HUFFMAN, M.A. (2008).
Environmental and social factors associated with the
occurrence of stone handling behavior in a captive troop
of Japanese macaques. International Journal of
Primatology, 29 (3), 795-806. |
|
NAHALLAGE, C.A.D. & HUFFMAN, M.A. (2008). Comparison
of stone handling behavior in two macaque species : It’s
implications for the role of phylogeny and environment in
primate cultural variation. American Journal of
Primatology, 70, 1124-1132. |
|
NAHALLAGE, C.A.D. & HUFFMAN, M.A. (2008). Diurnal
primates in Sri Lanka and people’s perception of them. Primate
Conservation, 23, 81-88. |
|
|
|
Nairne
James S. (1954-) :
Psychologue cognitiviste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la mémoire,
et plus particulièrement de l'effet
de récence et du rappel
séquentiel. Collaborateur de
Williams.
 |
NAIRNE, J.S. (1988). A framework for interpreting recency
effects in immediate serial recall. Memory &
Cognition, 16 (3), 343-352. [PDF] |
|
NAIRNE, J.S. (1990). A feature model of immediate memory.
Memory & Cognition, 18, 251-269. [PDF] |
|
NAIRNE, J.S. (2002). The myth of the encoding-retrieval
match. Memory, 10, 389-395. [PDF] |
|
NAIRNE, J.S., CEO, D.A. & REYSEN, M.B. (2007). The
mnemonic effects of recall on immediate retention. Memory
& Cognition, 35, 191-199. [PDF] |
|
NAIRNE, J.S. & PANDEIRADA, J.N.S. (2010). Adaptive
memory : Ancestral priorities and the mnemonic value of
survival processing. Cognitive Psychology, 61,
1-22. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Naissance : Natal : Le terme a deux significations distinctes
selon qu'il s'applique à un objet
ou à un organisme. a)
S'il s'agit d'un objet, le terme renvoie aux premiers moments d'un
phénomène, à son origine.
b) À la suite d'une grossesse,
moment de l'accouchement.
Naissance, ordre de
naissance et nouveau-né.
= accouchement, venir au monde, premiers moments. * début
de la vie d'un organisme.
Childbirth, born, postpartum.
|
a |
|
|
|
b |
| |
|
|
ZUCKERMAN, M., NURNBERGER, J.I., GARDINER, S.H.,
VANDIVEER, J.M., BARRETT, B.H. & DEN BREEIJEN, A.
(1963). Psychological correlates of somatic complaints in
pregnancy and difficulty in childbirth. Journal of
Consulting Psychology, 27, 324-329. |
TWENGE, J. & NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S. (2002). Age, gender,
race, socioeconomic status, and birth cohort differences
in the Children’s Depression Inventory : A meta-analysis.
Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 111, 578-588. [PDF] |
|
McMANUS, I.C. (1985). Writing hand position, birth stress,
and familial factors. Current Psychological Research
& Reviews, 4, 195-203. [PDF] |
BARON-COHEN, S., LUTCHMAYA, S. & KNICKMEYER, R.
(2004). Prenatal testosterone in mind. MIT
Press : Cambridge, MA. |
|
MECK, W.H., SMITH, R.A. & WILLIAMS, C.L. (1989).
Organizational Changes in cholinergic activity and
enhanced visuospatial memory as a function of choline
administered prenatally or postnatally or both. Behavioral
Neuroscience, 103 (6), 1234-1241. |
DOOLEY, D. & PRAUSE, J. (2005). Birth weight and
mothers' adverse employment change. Journal of Health
& Social Behavior, 46, 141-155. [PDF] |
|
BELL, J.F. & DANIELS, S. (1990). Are summer-born
children disadvantaged ? The birthdate effect in
education. Oxford Review of Education, 16, 67-80. |
RODGERS, J.L., ST. JOHN, C. & COLEMAN, R. (2005). Did
fertility go up after the Oklahoma City bombing ? An
analysis of births in metropolitan counties in Oklahoma,
1990-1999. Demography, 42, 675-692. |
|
APT, M. & HURLBERT, D. (1992). Motherhood and female
sexuality beyond one year postpartum : A study of military
wives. Journal of Sex Education & Therapy, 18,
104-114. |
SIT, D., ROTHSCHILD, A.J. & WISNER, K.L. (2006). A
review of postpartum psychosis. Journal of Women’s
Health, 15 (4), 352-368. [PDF] |
|
BAXTER-JONES, A. & HELMS, P. (1994). Born too late to
win ? Nature, 370, 186. |
|
 |
| |
|
Voir aussi Grossesse
et Ordre des
naissances |
|
|
Naissance (Avant) : Tout événement qui
survient avant la naissance,
dans le milieu utérin, et qui influence le dévelopemment du
nouveau-né.
= prénatal.
Prenatal.
| |
|
|
DeFRIES, J.C. & WEIR, M.W. (1964). Open-field behavior
of C57BL/6J mice as a function of age, experience, and
prenatal maternal stress. Psychonomic Science, 1, 389-390. |
KINNEY, D.K. (2001). Prenatal stress and risk for
schizophrenia. International Journal of Mental Health
Systems, 29, 62-72. |
|
WEIR, M.W. & DeFRIES, J.C. (1964). Prenatal maternal
influence on behavior in mice : Evidence of a genetic
basis. Journal of Comparative & Physiological
Psychology, 58, 412-417. |
|
|
DeFRIES, J.C. (1967). Effects of heredity and prenatal
stress on behavior of offspring. Illinois Research, 9,
6-7. |
SCHNEIDER, S.M. (2003). Evolution, behavior principles,
and developmental systems : A review of Gottlieb's
Synthesizing nature-nurture : Prenatal roots of
instinctive behavior. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 79, 137-152. |
|
HUTTENEN, M.O. & NISKANEN, P. (1978). Prenatal loss of
father and psychiatric disorders. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 35, 429-431. |
VAGLENOVA, J., BIRRU, S., PANDIELLA, N.M. & BREESE,
C.R. (2004). An assessment of the long-term developmental
and behavioral teratogenicity of prenatal nicotine
exposure. Behavioural Brain Research, 150,
159-170. |
|
BAUMAN, K.E., BRYAN, E.S., DENT, C.W. & KOCH, G.G.
(1983). The influence of observing carbon monoxide level
on cigarette smoking by public prenatal patients. American
Journal of Public Health, 73, 1089-1090. |
ALTMAN, J. & BAYER, S.A. (2004). Atlas of prenatal
rat brain development. CRC Press. |
| |
KING, S. & LAPLANTE, D. (2005). The effects of
prenatal maternal stress on children's cognitive
development : Project Ice Storm. Stress, 8
(1), 35-45. |
|
NEWELL-MORRIS, L.L., FAHRENBRUCH, C.E. & SACKETT,
G.P. (1989). Prenatal psychological stress, dermatoglyphic
asymmetry and pregnancy outcome in the pigtailed macaque
(Macaca nemestrina). Biology of the Neonate, 56, 61-75. |
STROMSWOLD, K. (2006). Why aren't identical twins
linguistically identical ? Genetic, prenatal and postnatal
factors. Cognition, 101, 333-384. [PDF] |
|
MEYER-BAHLBURG, H.F.L. (1990). Will prenatal hormone
treatment prevent homosexuality ? Journal of Child
& Adolescent Psychopharmacology, 1 (4),
279-283. |
LIPSITT, L.P. & ROVEE-COLLIER, C.K. (2008). Prenatal
and infant development. In N.J. Smelser and P.B. Baltes
(Eds.), International encyclopedia of the social and
behavioral sciences. London : Elsevier. |
|
DAY, N.L. & RICHARDSON, G.A. (1991). Prenatal
marijuana use : Epidemiology, methodological issues, and
infant outcome. Chemical Dependency & Pregnancy,
18, 77-91. |
STEIN, M.T., DRAHOTA, A. & CHAVIRA, D.A. (2008). Ian :
A 7-year old with prenatal drug exposure and early
exposure to family violence. Journal of Developmental
& Behavioral Pediatrics, 29 (6), 512-515. |
|
CROW, T.J. (1992). Prenatal exposure to influenza does not
cause schizophrenia. British Journal of Psychiatry,
161, 390-393. |
KING, S., MANCINI-MARIE, A., BRUNET, A., WALKER, C.,
MEANEY, M. & LAPLANTE, D. (2009). Prenatal maternal
stress from a natural disaster predicts dermatoglyphic
asymmetry in humans. Development &
Psychopathology, 21 (2), 343-353. [PDF] |
|
SCHNEIDER, M.L. (1992). Delayed object permanence
development in prenatally stressed rhesus monkey infants
(Macaca mulatta). Occupational Therapy Journal of
Research, 12, 96-110. |
KING, S., ST-HILAIRE, A. & HEIDKAMP, D. (2010). A
review of prenatal factors in schizophrenia. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 19 (4),
209-213. |
|
| |
CHARIL, A., LAPLANTE, D.P., VAILLANCOURT, C. & KING,
S. (2010). Prenatal stress and brain development. Brain
Research Reviews, 65, 56-79. [PDF] |
|
OLDS, D.L., HENDERSON, C.R., PHELPS, C., KITSMAN, H. &
HANKS, C. (1993). Effect of prenatal and infancy nurse
home visitation on government spending. Medical Care,
31 (2), 155-174. |
PAULSON, J.F. & BAZEMORE, S.D. (2010). Prenatal and
postpartum depression in fathers and its association with
maternal depression. Journal of American Medical
Association, 303 (19), 1961-1969. [PDF] |
|
MEYER-BAHLBURG, H.F.L. EHRHARDT, A.A., ROSEN, L.R., GRUEN,
R.S., VERIDIANO, N.P., VANN, F.H. & NEUWALDER, H.F.
(1995). Prenatal estrogens and the development of
homosexual orientation. Developmental Psychology, 31
(1) 12-21. |
HINES, M. (2011). Prenatal endocrine influences on sexual
orientation and on sexually differentiated childhood
behavior. Frontiers in Neuroendocrinology, 32
(2), 170-182. [PDF] |
|
TRAUTMAN, P.D., MEYER-BAHLBURG, H.F.L., POSTELNEK, J.
& NEW, M.I. (1995). Effects of early prenatal
dexamethasone on the cognitive and behavioral development
of young children : Results of a pilot study. Psychoneuro-Endocrinology,
10, 439-449. |
DANCAUSE, K.N., LAPLANTE, D.P., OREMUS, C., FRASER, S.,
BRUNET, A. & KING, S. (2011). Disaster-related
prenatal maternal stress influences birth outcomes :
Project Ice Storm. Early Human Development, 87
(12), 813-820. [PDF] |
|
GOTTLIEB, G. (1997). Synthesizing nature-nurture :
Prenatal roots of instinctive behavior. Mahwah :
Lawrence Erlbaum associates. |
KING, S., DANCAUSE, K., TURCOTTE-TREMBLAY, A M., VERU, F.
& LAPLANTE, D.P. (2012). Using natural disasters to
study the effects of prenatal maternal stress on child
health and development. Birth Defects Research Part
C : Embryo Today, 96 (4), 273-288. |
|
TAKAHASHI, L.K. (1998). Prenatal stress : Consequences of
glucocorticoids on hippocampal development and function. International
Journal of Developmental Neuroscience, 16, 199-207. |
DANCAUSE, K.N., VERU, F., ANDERSEN, R.E., LAPLANTE, D.P.
& KING, S. (2013). Prenatal stress due to a natural
disaster predicts insulin secretion in adolescence. Early
Human Development, 89, 773-776. |
|
VAN OS, J. & SELTEN, J.-P. (1998). Prenatal exposure
to maternal stress and subsequent schizophrenia. The May
1940 invasion of The Netherlands. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 172, 324-326. |
CAO, X., LAPLANTE, D.P., BRUNET, A., CIAMPI, A. &
KING, S. (2014). Prenatal maternal stress affects motor
function in 5 1/2-year-old children : project ice storm. Developmental
Psychobiology, 56, 117-125. [PDF] |
|
REZNICK, J.S. (1999). Can prenatal caffeine exposure
affect behavioral inhibition ? Review of General
Psychology, 3, 118-132. |
DANCAUSE, K.N., LAPLANTE, D.P., HART, K.J., O'HARA, M.W.,
ELGBEILI, G., BRUNET, A. & KING, S. (2015). Prenatal
stress due to a natural disaster predicts adiposity in
childhood : The Iowa Flood Study. Journal of Obesity
[ 570541] 1-10. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Naissances (Ordre) : Voir Ordre
des naissances.
Birth order, position in family, first born predominance, ordinal position, sibling position, family configuration.
|
|
|
Naltrexone
: Inhibiteur d'opiacés.
Naltrexone.
| |
|
|
RICKETTS, R.W., GOZA, A.B. & MATESE, M. (1992). Case
study : Effects of naltrexone and SIBIS on self-injury. Behavioral
Residential Treatment, 7, 315-326. |
TONEATTO, T., BRANDS, B. & SELBY, P. (2009). A
randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial of
naltrexone in the treatment of concurrent alcohol use
disorder and pathological gambling. American Journal
on Addictions, 18 (3), 219-225. |
|
SANDMAN, C.A., HETRICK, W.P., TAYLOR, D.V., BARRON, J.L.,
TOUCHETTE, P.E., LOTT, I., CRINELLA, F. & MARTINAZZI,
V. (1993). Naltrexone reduces self- injury and improves
learning. Experimental & Clinical
Psychopharmacology, 1, 242–258. |
BROWN, N. & PANKSEPP, J. (2009). Low-dose naltrexone
for disease prevention and quality of life. Medical
Hypotheses, 72 (3), 333–337 |
|
BIGELOW, G.E., SCHITTNER, J., PRESTON, K.L. & DONG, Q.
(2011). Opioid challenge evaluation of blockade by
extended-release naltrexone in opioid-abusing adults :
Dose-effects and time-course. Drug & Alcohol
Dependence, 123 (1-3), 57-65. [PDF] |
|
WILLEMSEN-SWINKELS, S. H., BUITELAAR, J.K., NIJHOF, G.J.
& VAN ENGELAND, H. (1995). Failure of naltrexone
hydrochloride to reduce self-injurious and autistic
behavior in mentally retarded adults. Double-blind
placebo-controlled studies. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 52 (9), 766-773. |
DUPOUY, J., POUTRAIN, J.-C. et LAPEYRE-MESTRE, M. (2011).
Naltrexone et traitement substitutif aux opiacés. Thérapie,
66 (6), 549-520. [PDF] |
|
KIERES, A.K., HAUSKNECHT, K.A., FARRAR, A.M., ACHESON, A.,
DE WIT, H. & RICHARDS, J.B. (2004). Effects of
morphine and naltrexone on impulsive decision making in
rats. Psychopharmacology, 173, 167-174. |
RAMANATHAN, S., PANKSEPP, J. & JOHSON, B. (2012). Is
fibromyalgia an endocrine/endorphin deficit disorder ? Is
low dose naltrexone a new treatment option ? Psychosomatics,
53, 591–594. |
|
| |
Voir aussi Inhibiteur
d'opiacés |
|
|
|
Nantel Jacques ( ) : Spécialiste québécois de
la mise en marché et
de la consommation.
Il enseigne aux HEC/Université de
Montréal. Collaborateur de Sénécal.
|
NANTEL, J. & COLBERT, F. (1992). Positioning cultural
arts products in the market. Journal of Cultural
Economics, 16 (2), 63-71. |
|
NANTEL, J. & WEEKS, W.A. (1996). Marketing ethics : is
there more to it than the utilitarian approach ? European
Journal of Marketing, 30 (5), 9-19. |
|
NANTEL, J. (2004). My virtual model : Virtual reality
comes into fashion. Journal of Interactive Marketing,
18 (3), 73-86. |
|
NANTEL, J. & GLASER, E. (2008). The impact of language
and culture on perceived website usability. Journal
of Engineering & Technology Management, 25 (1),
112-122. |
|
NANTEL, J. (2008). The impact of SMS advertising on
members of a virtual community. Journal of
Advertising Research, 48 (3), 363-374. |
|
|
|
Narcissisme : Narcissique : Amour
excessif de soi. En psychanalyse,
on parle de narcissisme lorsque la libido
est détournée au profit exclusif du
moi. Narcissisme, estime
de soi et valorisation
de soi.
= Personnalité
narcissique. ( ) : Voir tableau
ci-dessous.
Narcissistic personality,
narcissistic personality disorders.
| |
|
|
RANK, O. (1911/74). Une contribution au narcissisme.
Paris : Topiques. |
MORF, C.C., WEIR, C.R. & DAVIDOV, M. (2000).
Narcissism and intrinsic motivation : The role of goal
congruence. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology,
36, 424-438. |
|
CAMPBELL, W.K., REEDER, G.D., SEDIKIDES, C. & ELLIOT,
A.J. (2000). Narcissism and comparative self-enhancement
strategies. Journal of Research in Personality, 34,
329-347. [PDF] |
|
FREUD, S. (1914/86). Pour introduire le narcissisme :
métapsychologie. Paris : Gallimard. |
MORF, C.C. & RHODEWALT, F. (2001). Unraveling the
paradoxes of narcissism : A dynamic self-regulatory
processing model. Psychological Inquiry, 12 (4),
177-196. [PDF] |
| |
FOSTER, J.D. & BRENNAN, J.C. (2001). Narcissism,
the agency model, and approach-avoidance motivation.
Hoboken, NJ, US : Wiley. |
|
HARNIK, J. (1924). The various developments undergone by
narcissism in men and in women. International Journal
of Psycho-Analysis, 5, 66-83. |
CAMPBELL, W.K. (2001). Is narcissism really so bad ? Psychological
Inquiry, 12, 214-216. |
| |
PAULHUS, D.L. (2001). Normal narcissism : Two minimalist
views. Psychological Inquiry, 12, 228-230. |
|
ELLIS, H. (1927). The conception of narcissism. Psychoanalytic
Review, 14, 129-153. |
MORF, C.C. & RHODEWALT, F. (2001). Expanding the
dynamic self-regulatory processing model of narcissism :
Research directions for the future. Psychological
Inquiry, 12, 243-251 |
|
FEDERN, P. (1928). Narcissism in the structure of the ego.
International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 9,
401-419. |
ELLIOT, A.J. & THRASH, T.M. (2001). Narcissism and
motivation. Psychological Inquiry, 12, 216-219. |
|
ABENHEIMER, K.M. (1945) On narcissism — Including an
analysis of Shakespeare’s King Lear. British Journal of
Medical Psychology, 20 (3), 322–329. |
BAUMEISTER, R.F. & VOHS, K. D. (2001). Narcissism as
addiction to esteem. Psychological Inquiry, 12,
206-210. |
|
ROSENFELD, H. (1949). Remarks on the relation of male
homosexuality to paranoia, paranoid anxiety and
narcissism. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis,
30, 36-47. |
ROBINS, R.W., TRACY, J.L. & SHAVER, P.R. (2001).
Shamed into self-love : Dynamics, roots, and functions of
narcissism. Psychological Inquiry, 12, 230-236.
[PDF] |
|
REICH, A. (1953). Narcissistic object choice in Women. Journal
of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 1, 122-144. |
RUIZ, J.M., SMITH T.W. & RHODEWALT, F. (2001).
Distinguishing narcissism and hostility : Similarities and
differences in interpersonal circumplex and five-factor
correlates. Journal of Personality Assessment, 76,
537-555. |
|
GRAUER, D. (1955). Homosexuality and the paranoid
psychoses as related to the concept of narcissism. Psychoanalytic
Quarterly, 24, 516-526. |
PAULHUS, D.L. & WILLIAMS, K.M. (2002). The dark triad
of personality : Narcissism, machiavellianism, and
psychopathy. Journal of Research in Personality, 36,
556- 563. [PDF] |
| |
CAMPBELL, W.K. & FORSTER, C.A. (2002). Narcissism and
commitment in romantic relationships : An investment model
analysis. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 28, 484-495. |
| |
BAUMEISTER, R.F., CANTANESE, K.R. & WALLACE H.M.
(2002). Conquest by force : A narcissistic reactance
theory of rapeand sexual coercion. Review of General
Psychology, 6, 92-13. |
|
| |
RHODEWALT, F. & EDDING, S.K. (2002). Narcissis
reflects : Memory distortion in response to ego relevant
feedback in high and low narcissistic men. Journal of
Research in Personality, 36, 97-116. |
| |
WALLACE, H.M. & BAUMEISTER, R.F. (2002). The
performance of narcissists rises and falls with perceived
opportunity for glory. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 82, 819-834. |
|
BERNSTEIN, I. (1957). The role of narcissism in moral
masochism. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 26,
358-377. |
CAMPBELL, W.K., FORSTER, C.A. & FINKEL, E.J. (2002).
Does self-love lead to love for others ? A story of
narcissistic game playing. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 83, 340-354. [PDF] |
|
HART, H.H. (1958). Maternal narcissism and the Oedipus
complex. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis,
39, 188-190. |
CAMPBELL, W.K., RUDICH, E.A. & SEDIKIDES, C. (2002).
Narcissism, self- esteem, and the positivity of self-views
: Two portraits of self-love. Personality &
Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 358-368. [PDF] |
| |
DICKINSON, K.A. & PINCUS, A.L. (2003). Interpersonal
analysis of grandiose and vulnerable narcissism.
Journal of Personality Disorders, 17, 188-207. |
| |
BARRY, C.T., FRICK, P.J. & KILLIAN, A.L. (2003). The
relation of narcissism and self-esteem to conduct problems
in children : A preliminary investigation. Journal of
Clinical Child & Adolescent Psychology, 32,
139-152. |
| |
TRACY, J.L. & ROBINS, R.W. (2003). "Death of a
(narcissistic) salesman" : An integrative model of fragile
self-esteem. Psychological Inquiry, 14, 57-62. |
| |
BUSHMAN, B.J., BONACCI, A.M., VAN DIJK, M. &
BAUMEISTER, R.F. (2003). Narcissism, sexual refusal, and
aggression : Testing anarcissistic reactance model of
sexual coercion. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 84 (5), 1027-1040. |
| |
McCULLOUGH, M.E., EMMONS, R.A., KILPATRICK, S.D. &
MOONEY, C.N. (2003). Narcissists as "victims" : The role
of narcissism in the perception of transgressions. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 29, 885-893. [PDF] |
|
ROSENFELD, H. (1964). On the psychopathology of narcissism
: A clinical Approach. In H. Rosenfeld (1965/2004), Psychotic
states. Londres : Karnac. |
PONNIER, J. (2003). Narcissisme et séduction : pour
une critique métapsychologique du concept
d'idéalisation. Economica. |
|
FREEMAN, T. (1962). Narcissism and defensive processes in
schizophrenic states. International Journal of
Psycho-Analysis, 43, 415-425. |
TWENGE, J.M. & CAMBPELL, W.K. (2003). "Isn’t it fun to
get the respect that we’re going to deserve ?" Narcissism,
social rejection, and aggression. Personality &
Social Psychology Bulletin, 29, 261-272. |
|
KOHUT, H. (1966). Forms and transformations of narcissism.
In C.B. Strozier (Ed.), Self psychology and the
humanities : Reflections on a new psychoanalytic
approach (pp. 124-160). New York, NY : W.W.
Norton. |
BARRY, C.T., FRICK, P.J. & KILLIAN, A.L. (2003). The
relation of narcissism and self-esteem to conduct problems
in children : A preliminary investigation. Journal of
Clinical Child & Adolescent Psychology, 32,
139-152. [PDF] |
|
KOHUT, H. (1968). Narcissistic personality disorders :
outline systematic approach. Psychoanalytic Study of
the Child, 23, 86-113. |
FOSTER, J.D., CAMBPELL, W.K. & TWENGE, J.M. (2003).
Individual differences in narcissism : Inflated self-views
across the lifespan and around the world. Journal of
Research in Personality, 37, 469-486. [PDF] |
|
|
KOHUT, H. (1968). The psychoanalytic treatment of
narcissistic personality disorders — Outline of a
systematic approach. Psychoanalytic Study of the Child,
23 (1), 86–113. |
SEDIKIDES, C., RUDICH, E.A., GREGG, A.P., KUMASHIRO, M.
& RUSBULT, C. (2004). Are normal narcissists
psychologically healthy ? : Self-esteem matters.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 87,
400-416. [PDF] |
| |
KUBARYCH, T.S., DEARY, I.J. & AUSTIN, E.J. (2004). The
Narcissistic Personality Inventory : Factor structure in a
non-clinical sample. Personality & Individual
Differences, 36, 857-872. |
|
PULVER, S.E. (1970). Narcissism — The term and the
concept. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic
Association, 18 (2), 319–341. |
BROWN. R.P. (2004). Vengeance is mine : Narcissism,
vengeance, and the tendency to forgive. Journal of
Research in Personality, 38, 576-584. |
|
KERNBERG, O.F. (1970) Factors in the Psychoanalytic
Treatment of Narcissistic Personality Disorders.
Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 18 (1),
51–85. |
CAMPBELL, W.K., GOODIE, A.S. & FOSTER, J.D. (2004).
Narcissism, confidence, and risk-attitude. Journal of
Behavioral Decision Making, 17 (4), 297-310. |
| |
EXLINE, J.J., BAUMEISTER, R.F., BUSHMAN, B.J., CAMPBELL,
W.K. & FINKEL, E.J. (2004). Too proud to let go :
Narcissistic entitlement as a barrier to forgiveness. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 87,
894-912. |
| |
AMES, D.R. & KAMMRATH, L.K. (2004). Mind-reading and
metacognition : Narcissism, not actual competence predicts
self-estimated ability. Journal of Nonverbal Behavior,
28, 187-209. |
|
ROSENFELD, H. (1971). A clinical approach to the
psycho-analytic theory of the life and death instincts :
an investigation into the aggressive aspects of
narcissism. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
52, 169-178. |
BROWN, R.P. & ZEIGGLER-HILL, V. (2004). Narcissism and
the non-equivalence of self-esteem measures : A matter of
dominance ? Journal of Research in Personality, 38,
585-592. [PDF] |
| |
CAMPBELL, W.K., BUSH, C.P., BRUNELL, A.B. & SHELTON,
J. (2005). Understanding the social costs of narcissism :
The case of the Tragedy of the Commons Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 31 (10),
1358-1368. [PDF] |
| |
FOSTER, J.D. & CAMPBELL, W.K. (2005). Narcissism and
resistance to doubts about romantic partners. Journal
of Research in Personality, 39, 550-557. |
| |
RHODEWALT, F. & MORF, C.C. (2005). Reflections in
troubled waters : Narcissism and the vicissitudes of an
interpersonally contextualized self. In A. Tesser, J.V.
Wood & D.A. Stapel, (Eds.), On building,
defending and regulating the self : A psychological
perspective (pp. 125-149). Philadelphia, PA :
Psychological Press. |
| |
BENTLEY, T.J. (2005). Working with narcissism in
organizations. Gestalt Review, 9 (1), 38-52. |
| |
LEE, K. & ASHTON, M.C. (2005). Psychopathy,
machiavellianism, and narcissism in the Five-Factor model
and the HEXACO model of personality structure. Personality
& Individual Differences, 38, 1571-1582. [PDF] |
| |
JUDGE, T.A., LEPINE, J.A. & RICH, B.L. (2006). Loving
yourself abundantly : Relationship of the narcissistic
personality to self- and other perceptions of workplace
deviance, leadership, and task and contextual performance.
Journal of Applied Psychology, 91, 762-776. [PDF] |
| |
VAZIRE, S. & FUNDER, D.C. (2006). Impulsivity and the
self-defeating behaviour of narcissists. Personality
& Social Psychology Review, 10 (2), 154-165. [PDF]
|
| |
HORTON, R.S., BLEAU, G. & DRWECKI, B. (2006).
Narcissus : what are the links between parenting and
narcissism ? Journal of Personality, 74 (2),
345-376. |
| |
MOCAYO, R. (2006). The partial object, the ideal ego, the
ego-ideal, and the empty subject : Four degrees of
sifferentiation within narcissism. The Psychoanalytic
Review, 93 (4), 565-602. |
|
| |
FOSTER, J.D., SHRIRA, I. & CAMPBELL, W.K. (2006).
Theoretical models of narcissism, sexuality, and
relationship commitment. Journal of Social &
Personal Relationships, 23, 367-386. |
| |
AMES, R.D., ROSE, P. & ANDERSON, P.C. (2006). The
NPI-16 as a short measure of narcissism. Journal of
Research in Personality, 40, 440-450. [PDF] |
|
GRUNBERGER, B. (1973/2003). Le narcissisme. Essais de
psychanalyse. Paris : Payot. |
OTWAY, L.J. & VIGNOLES, V.L. (2006). Narcissism and
childhood recollections : A quantitative test of
psychoanalytic predictions. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 32, 104-116. [PDF]
|
| |
SAKELLAROPOULO, M. & BALDWIN, M.W. (2007). The hidden
sides of self-esteem : Two dimensions of implicit
self-esteem and their relation to narcissistic reaction. Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 43, 995-1001. [PDF] |
|
KERNBERG, O.F. (1974). Further contributions : treatment
of narcissistic personalities. International Journal
of Psycho-Analysis, 55, 215-240. |
CAMPBELL, W.K., BOSSON, J.K., GOHEEN, T.W., LAKEY, C.E.
& KERNIS, M.H. (2007). Do narcissists dislike
themselves "deep down inside" ? Psychological
Science, 18, 227-229. |
| |
KERNBERG, O.F. (2007). The almost untreatable narcissistic
patient. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic
Association, 55 (2), 503-539. |
| |
SEDIKIDES, C., GREGG, A.P., CISEK, S. & HART, C.M.
(2007). The I that buys : Narcissists as consumers. Journal
of Consumer Psychology, 17, 254-257. |
| |
CAMPBELL, W.K. & FOSTER, J.D. (2007). The narcissistic
self : Background, an extended agency model, and ongoing
controversies. In C. Sedikides & S.J. Spencer (Eds.),
The self (pp. 115-138). New York : Psychology
Press. |
|
SCHWARTZ, L. (1974). Narcissistic personality
disorders - A clinical discussion. Journal of American
Psychoanalytic Association, 22, 292-305 |
EGAN, V. & McCORKINDALE, C. (2007). Narcissism,
vanity, personality, and mating effort. Personality
& Individual Differences, 43, 2105-2115. |
|
STOLOROW, R.D. (1975) Toward a functional definition of
narcissism. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
56, 179–185. |
CAMPBELL, W.K. & FOSTER, J.D. (2007). The narcissistic
self : Background, an extended agency model, and ongoing
controversies. In C. Sedikides & S.J. Spencer, (Eds.),
(2007), The self. Frontiers of social psychology (pp.
115-138). New York, NY, US : Psychology Press.[PDF] |
|
KERNBERG, O.F. (1975). Borderline conditions and
pathological narcissism. New York : Aronson. |
BARRY, C.T., GRAFEMAN, S.J., ADLER, K.K. & PICKARD,
J.D. (2007). The relations among narcissism, self-esteem,
and delinquency in a sample of at-risk adolescents. Journal
of Adolescence, 30, 933-942. [PDF] |
|
LASCH, C. (1979). The culture of narcissism. New
York : Warner Books. |
CHATTERJEE, A. & HAMBRICK, D.C. (2007). I's all about
me : Narcissistic chief executive officers and their
effects on companystrategy and performance.
Administrative Science Quarterly, 52, 351–386. |
| RASKIN R. & HALL, C.S. (1979). A narcissistic
personality inventory. Psychological Reports, 45,
590. |
ROSE, P. (2007). Mediators of the association between
narcissism and compulsive buying : The roles of
materialism and impulse control. Psychology of
Addictive Behaviors, 21, 576-581. |
GRUNBERGER, B. (1979). Narcissism : Psychoanalytic
essays. New York : International Universities
Press.
|
BIELEK-ROBSON, A. (2007). Promises and excuses : Derrida
and the aporia of narcissism. Journal of the British
Society for Phenomenology, 38 (2), 181–201. |
|
|
RASKIN R. (1980). Narcissism and creativity : Are they
related ? Psychological Reports, 46, 55-60. |
MILLER, J.D. & CAMPBELL, W.K. (2008). Comparing
clinical and social-personality conceptualizations of
narcissism. Journal of Personality, 76, 449-476. |
| |
BLAIR, C.A., HOFFMAN B.J. & HELLAND, K.R. (2008).
Narcissism in organizations : A multisource appraisal
reflects differentperspectives. Human Performance, 21
(3), 254-276. |
|
RASKIN, R. & HALL, C.S. (1981). The Narcissistic
Personality Inventory : Alternate form reliability and
further evidence of construct validity. Journal of
Personality Assessment, 45,159-162. |
BIZUMIC, B. & DUCKITT, J. (2008). "My group is not
worthy of me" : Narcissism and ethnocentrism. Political
Psychology, 29, 437-453. |
|
MASTERSON J. (1981). The narcissistic and borderline
disorders. New York : Brunner/Mazel. |
THOMAES, S., BUSHMAN, B.J., STEGGE, H. & OLTHOF, T.
(2008). Trumping shame by blasts of noise : Narcissism,
self-esteem, shame, and aggression in young adolescents. Child
Development, 79 (6), 1792-1801.
[PDF] |
|
DARE, C. & HOLDER, A. (1981) Developmental aspects of
the interaction between narcissism, self-esteem, and
object relations. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 62, 323–337. |
BERGMAN, J.Z., WESTERMAN, J. & DALY, J.P. (2008).
Narcissism in management education. Academy of
Management Annual Meeting Proceedings, 9 (1),
119-131. |
|
EMMONS, R.A. (1981). Relationship between narcissism and
sensation seeking. Psychological Reports, 48, 247-250. |
BLESKE-RECHEK, A., REMIKER, M.W. & BAKER, J.P. (2008).
Narcissistic men and women think they are so hot - but
they are not. Personality & Individual
Differences, 45, 420-424. |
|
DERVIN, D. (1982). Steve and Adam and Ted and Dr. Lasch :
The new culture and the culture of narcissism. The
Journal of Psychohistory, 9, 355-371. |
CRAMER, P. & CONSTANCE, J. (2008). Narcissism,
identification, and longitudinal change in psychological
health : Dynamic predictions. Journal of Research in
Personality, 42, 1148-1159. |
|
GREEN, A. (1983). Narcissisme de vie, narcissisme de
mort. Paris : Éditions de Minuit. |
COLLINS, R.D. & STUKAS, A.A. (2008). Narcissism and
self-presentation : The moderating effects of
accountability and contingencies of self-worth. Journal
of Research in Personality, 42, 1629-1634. |
|
BLATT, J.S. (1983). Narcissism and egocentrism as concepts
in individual and cultural development. Psychoanalysis
& Contemporary Thought, 6, 291-303. |
PULLEN, A. & RHODES, C. (2008). "It's all about me !":
Gendered narcissism and leaders' identity work.
Leadership, 4, 5-25. [PDF] |
|
WATSON, P.J., GRISHAM, S.O., TROTTER, M.V. & BIDERMAN,
M.D. (1984). Narcissism and empathy : Validity evidence
for the narcissistic personality inventory. Journal of
Personality Assessment, 48, 301-305. |
FOSTER, J.D. & TRIMM, R.F. (2008). On being eager and
uninhibited : Narcissism and approach-avoidance
motivation. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 34 (7), 1004-1017. [PDF] |
|
EMMONS, R.A. (1984). Factor analysis and construct
validity of the Narcissistic Personality Inventory.
Journal of Personality Assessment, 48, 291-300. |
COLLINS, R.D. & STUKAS, A.A. (2008). Narcissism and
self-presentation : the moderating effects of
accountability and contingencies on self-worth. Journal
of Research in Psychology, 42, 1629–1634. |
|
ROTHSTEIN, A. (1984). The narcissistic pursuit
of reflection. New York : International
Universities Press. |
VAZIRE, S., NAUMANN, L.P., RENTFROW, P.J. & GOSLING,
S.D. (2008). Portrait of a narcissist : Manifestations of
narcissism in physical appearance. Journal of
Research in Personality, 42, 1439-1447. [PDF] |
|
BUFFARDI, E.L. & CAMPBELL, W.K. (2008). Narcissism and
social net-working web sites. Personality &
Social Psychology Bulletin, 34, 1303–1314. |
|
SMITH, D.L. (1985). Freud’s developmental approach to
narcissism : A Concise Review. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 66, 489–497. |
TRZESNIEWSKI, K.H., DONNELLAN, M.B. & ROBINS, R.W.
(2008). Is "Generation me" really more narcissistic than
previous generations ? Journal of Research in
Personality, 76, (4), 903-918. |
|
RUSSELL, G.A. (1985). Narcissism and the narcissistic
personality disorder : A comparison of the theories of
Kernberg and Kohut. British Journal of Medical
Psychology, 58 (2), 137–148. |
FULFORD, D., JOHNSON, S.L. & CARVER, C.S. (2008).
Commonalities and differences in characteristics of
persons at risk for narcissism and mania. Journal of
Research in Personality, 42, 1427-1438. |
|
TOBACYK, J.J. & MITCHELL, T. (1987). Out-of-body
experience status as a moderator of effects of narcissism
on paranormal beliefs. Psychological Reports, 60
(2), 440- 442. |
CAMPBELL, W.K., BRUNELL, A.B. & FINKEL, E.J. (2008).
Narcissism, interpersonal self-regulation, and romantic
relationships : An Agency Model approach. In E.J. Finkel
& K.D. Vohs (Eds.), Self and relationships :
Connecting intrapersonal and interpersonal processes
(pp. 297-316). New York : Guilford Press. |
|
CARROLL, L. (1987). A study of narcissism, affiliation,
intimacy, and power motives among students in business
administration. Psychological Reports, 61, 355-358. |
TWENGE, J.M. & FOSTER, J.D. (2008). Mapping the scale
of the narcissism epidemic : Increases in narcissism
2002-2007 within ethnic groups. Journal of Research in
Personality, 42, 1619-1622. [PDF] |
|
MILLER, M.J., SMITH, T.S., WILKINSON, L. & TOBACYK,
J.J. (1987). Narcissism and social interest among
counselors-in-training. Psychological Reports, 60,
765-766. |
TRZESNIEWSKI, K.H., DONNELLAN, M.B. & ROBINS, R.W.
(2008). Do today's young people really think they are so
extraordinary ? An examination of secular changes in
narcissism and self-enhancement. Psychological
Science, 19, 181-188. |
| |
CAMPBELL, W.K. & GREEN, J.D. (2008). Narcissism and
interpersonal self-regulation. In J.V. Wood, A. Tesser
& J.G. Holmes (Eds.), The self and social
relationships (pp. 73–94). Psychology Press. |
|
EMMONS, R.A. (1987). Narcissism : Theory and measurement.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 52,
1117. [PDF] |
CAIN, N.M., PINCUS, A.L. & ANSELL, E.B. (2008).
Narcissism at the crossroads : Phenotypic description of
pathological narcissism across clinical theory,
social/personality psychology, and psychiatric diagnosis.
Clinical Psychology Review, 28, 638-656. |
| |
TWENGE, J.M., KONRATH, S., FOSTER, J.D., CAMPBELL, K.
& BUSHMAN, B.J. (2008). Egos inflating over time : A
cross-temporal meta-analysis of the Narcissistic
Personality Inventory. Journal of Personality, 76
(4), 875-901. [PDF] |
|
DILLON, K.M. (1988). Narcissism and embellishments of
signature. Psychological Reports, 62, 152-154. |
RUSS, E., SHEDLER, J. BRADLEY, R. & WESTERN, D.
(2008). Refining the construct of narcissistic personality
disorder : Diagnostic criteria and subtypes. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 165, 1473-1481. [PDF] |
|
RASKIN, R. & TERRY, H. (1988). A principal-components
analysis of the Narcissistic Personality Inventory and
further evidence of its construct validity. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 52 (5),
890-902. [PDF] |
CORRY, N., MERRITT, R.D., MRUG, S. & PAMP, B. (2008).
The factor structure of the Narcissistic Personality
Inventory. Journal of Personality Assessment, 90,
593-600. |
|
RASKIN, R. & SHAW, R. (1988). Narcissism and the use
of persona pronouns. Journal of Personality, 56,
(2), 393-404. |
THOMAES, S., STEGGE, H., BUSHMAN, B.J. & OLTHOF, T.
(2008). Development and validation of the Childhood
Narcissism Scale. Journal of Personality Assessment,
90, 382-391. [PDF] |
|
GABBARD, G.O. (1989). Two subtypes of narcissistic
personality disorder. Bulletin of the Menninger
Clinic, 53 (6), 527-532. |
TWENGE, J.M. (2009). Status and gender : The paradox of
progress in an age of narcissism. Sex Roles, 61,
338-340. |
|
WRIGHT, F., O'LEARY, J. & BALKIN, J. (1989). Shame,
guilt, narcissism, and depression : Correlates and sex
differences. Psychoanalytic Psychology, 6, 217-230. |
CARLSON, K.S. & GJERDE, P.F. (2009). Preschool
personality antecedents of narcissism in adolescence and
young adulthood : A 20-Year longitudinal study. Journal
of Research in Personality, 43, 570-578. [PDF] |
|
|
CARROLL, L. (1989). A comparative study of narcissism,
gender, and sex-role orientation among bodybuilders,
athletes, and psychology students. Psychological
Reports, 64, 999-1006. |
LOCKE, R.D. (2009). Aggression, narcissism, self-esteem,
and the attribution of desirable and humanizing traits to
self versus others. Journal of Research in
Personality, 43, 99-102. |
|
WESTERN, D. (1990). The relations among narcissism,
egocentrism, self-concept, and self-esteem. Psychoanalysis
and Contemporary Thought, 13, 185-241. |
MILLER, J.D., GAUGHAN, E.T., PRYOR, L.R., KAMEN, C. &
CAMPBELL, W.K. (2009). Is research using the Narcissistic
Personality Inventory relevant for understanding
narcissistic personality disorder ? Journal of
Research in Personality, 43, 482-488. |
|
WINK, P. (1991). Two faces of narcissism. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 61, 590-597. |
BROWN, R.P., BUDZEK, K. & TAMBORSKI, M. (2009). On the
meaning and measure of narcissism. Personality &
Social Psychology Bulletin, 35, 951-964. |
|
RASKIN, R., NOVACEK, J. & HOGAN, R. (1991).
Narcissism, self-esteem, and defensive self-enhancement. Journal
of Personality, 59, 20-38. |
CAMPBELL, W.K. & CAMPBELL, S.M. (2009). On the
self-regulatory dynamics created by the peculiar benefits
and costs of narcissism : A contextual reinforcement model
and examination of leadership. Self & Identity,
8, 214-232. [PDF] |
|
RASKIN, R., NOVACEK, J. & HOGAN, R. (1991).
Narcissistic self-esteem management. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 60 (6),
911-918. [PDF] |
TWENGE, J.M. & CAMPBELL, W.K. (2009). The
narcissism epidemic : living in the age of entitlement.
New York : Free Press. |
|
RASKIN, R. & NOVACEK, J. (1991). Narcissism and the
use of fantasy. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 47 (4),
490-499. |
THOMAES, S., BUSHMAN, B.J., OROBIO DE CASTRO, B. &
STEGGE, H. (2009). What makes narcissists bloom ? A
framework for research on the etiology and development of
narcissism. Development & Psychopathology, 21,
1233-1247. [PDF] |
|
BRADLEE, P.M. & EMMONS, R.A. (1992). Locating
narcissism within the interpersonal circumplex and the
five-factor model. Personality & Individual
Differences, 13 (7), 821-830. |
THOMAES, S., BUSHMAN, B.J., OROBIO DE CASTRO, B., COHEN,
G.L. & DENISSEN, J.J.A. (2009). Reducing narcissistic
aggression by buttressing self-esteem. Psychological
Science, 20 (12), 1536-1542. [PDF] |
|
KAMMERER, P. (1992). Délinquance et narcissisme à
l'adolescence. L'alternative symbolisante du don et de
l'initiation. Paris : Bayard. |
ALLEN, T.D., JOHNSON, H.-A.M., XU, X., BIGA, A.,
RODOPMANN, O.B. & OTTINOT, R.C. (2009). Mentoring and
protégé narcissistic entitlement. Journal of Career
Development, 35 (4), 385-405. |
|
WATSON, P.J. & BIDERMAN, B.D. (1993). Narcissistic
Personality Inventory factors, splitting and
self-consciousness. Journal of Personality Assessment,
61 (1), 41-57. [PDF] |
WALLACE, H.M., READY, C.B. & WEITENHAGEN, E. (2009).
Narcissism and task persistence. Self & Identity,
8, 78-93. |
|
MORF, C.C. & RHODEWALT, F. (1993). Narcissism and
self-evaluation maintenance : Explorations in object
relations. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 19, 668- 676. |
RHODEWALT, F. & PETERSON, B. (2009). Narcissism. In
M.R. Leary & R.H. Hoyle (Eds.), Handbook of
individual differences in social behavior (pp.
547-560). New York, NY : Guilford Press. |
|
KERNIS, M.C. & SUN, C.R. (1994). Narcissism and
reactions to interpersonal feedback. Journal of
Research in Personality, 28, 4-13. |
HOVARTH, S. & MORF, C.C. (2009). Narcissistic
defensiveness : Hypervigilance and avoidance of
worthlessness. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 45, 1252-1258. |
|
GABBARD, G.O. (1993). On hate in love relationships : The
narcissism of minor differences revisited. Psychoanalytic
Quarterly, 62 (2), 229-238. |
FOSSATI, A., BORRONI, S., EISENBERG, N. & MAFFEI, C.
(2010). Relations of proactive and reactive dimensions of
aggression to overt and covert narcissism in nonclinical
adolescents. Aggressive Behavior, 36, 21-27. |
|
JOHN, O.P. & ROBINS, R.W. (1994). Accuracy and bias in
self-perception : Individual differences in
self-enhancement and the role of narcissism. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 66 (1),
206-219. |
AKEHURST, S. & THATCHER J. (2010). Narcissism, social
anxiety, and self-presentation in exercise.
Personality & Individual Differences, 49, 130-135. |
|
|
McHOSKEY, J.W. (1995). Narcissism and machiavellianism. Psychological
Reports, 77, 755-759. |
BESSER, A. & PRIEL, B. (2010). Grandiose narcissism
versus vulnerable narcissism in threatening situations :
emotional reactions to achievement failure and
interpersonal rejection. Journal of Social &
Clinical Psychology, 29 (8), 874-902. [PDF] |
|
RHODEWALT, F. & MORF, C.C. (1995). Self and
interpersonal correlates of the Narcissistic Personality
Inventory. Journal of Research in Personality, 29, 1-23. |
BACK, M.D., SCHMURKLE, S.C. & EGLOFF, B. (2010). Why
are narcissists so charming at first sight ? Decoding the
narcissism-popularity link at zero acquaintance.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 98
(1), 132-145. [PDF] |
|
CRAMER, P. (1995). Identity, narcissism and defense
mechanisms in late adolescence. Journal of Research
in Personality, 29, 341-361. |
PINCUS, A.L. & LUKOWITSKY, M.R. (2010). Pathological
narcissism and narcissistic personality disorder.
Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 6, 421-446. |
|
HENDIN, H.M. & CHEEK, J.M. (1997). Assessing
hypersensitive narcissism : A reexamination of Murray's
narcissism scale. Journal of Research in Personality,
31, 588-599. |
MEHDIZADEH, S. (2010), Self-presentation 2.0: Narcissism
and self-esteem on Facebook. Cyberpsycology,
Behavior, & Social Networking, 13 (4),
357-364.
[PDF] |
|
ROBINS, R.W. & JOHN, O.P. (1997). Effects of visual
perspective and narcissism on self-perception : Is seeing
believing ? Psychological Science, 8, 37-42. [PDF]
|
JONES, D.N. & PAULHUS, D.L. (2010). Different
provocations trigger aggression in narcissists and
psychopaths. Social & Personality Psychology
Science, 1, 12-18. |
|
LOWEN, A. (1997). Narcissism : Denial of the
true self. Touchstone Books. |
ACKERMAN, R.A., WITT, E.A., DONNELLAN, M.B., TRZESNIEWSKI,
K., ROBINS, R.W. & KASHY, D. (2011). What does the
narcissistic personality inventory really measure ?
Assessment, 18 (1), 67-87. [PDF] |
| |
KEALY, D. & OGRODNICZUK, J.S. (2011). Narcissistic
interpersonal problems in clinical practice. Harvard
Review Psychiatry, 19 (6), 290-301. [PDF] |
| |
MORF, C.C., TORCHETTI, L. & SCHÜRCH, E. (2011).
Narcissism from the perspective of the dynamic
self-regulatory processing model. In W.K. Campbell &
J. Miller (Eds.), The handbook of narcissism and
narcissistic personality disorder : Theoretical
approaches, empirical findings, and treatment (pp.
56-70). Hoboken, NJ : Wiley. |
|
RHODEWALT, F. & MORF, C.C. (1998). On
self-aggrandizement and anger : A temporal analysis of
narcissism and affective reactions to success and failure.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 74,
672-685. |
BROWN, R.P. & TAMBORSKI. M. (2011). Of tails and their
dogs : A critical view of the measurement of narcissism in
social personality research. In W.K. Campbell & J.D.
Miller (Eds.), Handbook of narcissism and
narcissistic personality disorder (pp. 141-147).
New York : Wiley & Sons. |
|
BUSHMAN, B.J. & BAUMEISTER, R.F. (1998). Threatened
egotism, narcissism, self-esteem, and direct and displaced
aggression : Does self-love or self-hate lead to violence
? Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 75,
219-229. |
DEWALL, N., BUFFARDI, L.E., BONSER, I. & CAMPBELL,
W.K. (2011). Narcissism and implicit attention seeking :
Evidence from linguistic analyses of social networking and
online presentation. Personality & Individual
Differences, 51, 57-62. [PDF] |
| |
MORF, C.C., HOVARTH, S. & TORCHETTI, L. (2011).
Narcissistic self-enhancement : Tales of (successful ?)
self-portrayal. In M.D. Alicke & C. Sedikides (Eds.),
Handbook of self-enhancement and self-protection
(pp. 399-424). New York : Guilford. |
|
FARWELL, L. & WOHLWEND-LLOYD, R. (1998). Narcissistic
processes : Optimistic expectations, favorable
self-evaluations, and self-enhancing attributions. Journal
of Personality, 66, 65-83. |
CARLSON, E.N., VAZIRE, S. & OLTMANNS, T.F. (2011). You
probably think this paper's about you : Narcissists'
perceptions of their personality and reputation.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 101,
185-201. [PDF] |
|
CAMPBELL, W.K., HOFFMAN, B.J., CAMPBELL, S.M. &
MARCHISIO, G. (2011). Narcissism in organizational
contexts. Human Resource Management Review, 21,
268-284. |
|
KERNBERG, O.F. (1998). Pathological narcissism and
narcissistic personality disorder : Theoretical background
and diagnostic classification. In E.F. Ronningstam (Ed.),
Disorders of narcissism : Diagnostic, clinical, and
empirical implications (pp. 29-51). Northvale, NJ
: Jason Aronson. |
WALLACE, H.M. (2011). Narcissistic self-enhancement. In
W.K. Campbell & J.D. Miller (Eds.), The handbook
of narcissism and narcissistic personality disorder :
Theoretical approaches, empirical findings, and
treatments (pp. 309-318). John Wiley & Sons,
Inc.
[PDF] |
|
TSCHANZ, B.B., MORF, C.C. & TURNER, C.M. (1998).
Gender differences in the structure of narcissism : A
multi-sample analysis of the Narcissistic Personality
Inventory. Sex Roles, 38, 863-870. |
CRAMER, P. (2011). Young adult narcissism : a 20 year
longitudinal study of the contribution of parenting
styles, preschool precursors of narcissism and denial. Journal
of Research in Personality, 45, 19-28. |
|
CRAMER, P. (1998). Freshman to senior year : A follow-up
study of identity, narcissism and defense mechanisms. Journal
of Research in Personality, 32, 156-172. |
WILSON, M.S. & SIBLEY, C.G. (2011). Narcissism creep ?
Evidence for age related differences in narcissism in the
New Zealand general population. New Zealand Journal
of Psychology, 40 (3), 89-95. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
| |
CATER, T.E., ZEIGLER-HILL, V. & VONK, J. (2011).
Narcissism and recollections of early life experiences. Personality
& Individual Differences, 51, 935-939. [PDF] |
| |
PINCUS, A.L. (2011). Some comments on nomology, diagnostic
process, and narcissistic personality disorder in the
DSM-5 proposal for personality and personality disorders.
Personality Disorders : Theory, Research, &
Treatment, 2, 41-53. |
| |
CRAMER, P. (2011). Narcissism through the ages : What
happens when narcissists grow older ? Journal of
Research in Personality, 45, 479-492. |
| |
ARTHUR, C.A., WOODMAN, T., ONG, C.W., HARDY, L. &
NTOUMANI, N. (2011). The role of athlete narcissism in
moderating the relationship between coaches'
transformational leader behaviors and athlete motivation.
Journal of Sport & Exercise Psychology, 33,
3-19. [PDF] |
| |
ACKERMAN, R.A., DONNELLAN, M.B. & ROBINS, R.W. (2012).
An item response theory analysis of the Narcissistic
Personality Inventory. Journal of Personality
Assessment, 94, 141-155. |
|
|
CAI, H., KWAN, V.S.Y. & SEDIKIDES, C. (2012). A
sociocultural approach to narcissism : The case of modern
china. European Journal of Personality, 26,
529-535. |
| |
CARPENTER, C.J. (2012). Narcissism on Facebook :
Self-promotional and anti-social behavior. Personality
& Individual Differences, 52, 482-486. |
| |
DOUGLAS, H., BORE, M. & MUNRO, D.F. (2012).
Distinguishing the dark triad : Evidence from the five
factor model and the Hogan Development Survey. Psychology,
3 (3), 237-242. [PDF] |
| |
GKIKA, E.C. & SAHINIDIS, A.G. (2012). Individual
differences in narcissistic behavior between generation me
and their parents. Recent Techniques in Educational
Science, 120-124. [PDF] |
| |
PINCUS, A.L. (2013). The Pathological Narcissism
Inventory. In J. Ogrudniczuk (Ed.), Understanding and
treating pathological narcissism (pp. 93-110).
Washington, DC : American Psychological Association. |
| |
BACK, M.D., KÜFNER, A.C.P., DUFNER, M., GERLACH, T.M.,
RAUTHMANN, J.F. & DENISSEN, J.J.A. (2013).
Narcissistic admiration and rivalry : Disentangling the
bright and dark sides of narcissism. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 105 (6),
1013-1037. [PDF] |
| |
WRIGHT, A.G.C., PINCUS, A.L., THOMAS, K.M., HOPWOOD, C.J.,
MARKON, K.E. & KRUEGER, R.F. (2013). Conceptions of
narcissism and the DSM-5 pathological personality traits.
Assessment, 20, 339-352. [PDF] |
|
ZEIGLER-HILL, V., ENJAIAN, B. & B, Essa L.
(2013). The role of narcissistic personality features in
sexual aggression. Journal of Social & Clinical
Psychology, 32, 186–199. |
| |
PIFF, P.K. (2014). Wealth and the inflated self : Class,
entitlement, and narcissism. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 40 (1), 34-43. [PDF]
|
| |
PINCUS, A.L., CAIN, N.M. & WRIGHT, A.G.C. (2014).
Narcissistic grandiosity and narcissistic vulnerability in
psychotherapy. Personality Disorders : Theory,
Research, & Treatment, 5, 439-443. [PDF] |
| |
GRIJALVA, E., NEWMAN, D.A., TAY, L., DONNELLAN, M.B.
HARMS, P.D., ROBINS, R.W. & YAN, T. (2015). Gender
differences in narcissism : a meta-analytic review. Psychological
Bulletin, 141 (2), 261-310. |
| |
VAN DER LINDEN, S. & ROSENTHAL, S.A. (2016). Measuring
narcissism with a single question ? An replication and
extension of the Single-Item Narcissism Scale (SINS).
Personality & Individual Differences, 90, 238-241.
[PDF] |
| |
MATOSIC, D., NTOUMANIS, N., BOARDLEY, I. D., SEDIKIDES,
C., STEWART, B.D. & CHATZISARANTIS, N.L.D. (2017).
Narcissism and coach interpersonal style : A
self-determination theory perspective. Scandinavian
Journal of Medicine & Science in Sports, 27 (2),
254-261. [PDF] |
|
IMBESI, L. (1999). The making of a narcissist. Clinical
Social Work Journal, 27, 41-54. |
ACKERMAN, R.A., HANDS, A.J., DONNELLAN, M.B., HOPWOOD,
C.J. & WITT E.A. (2017). Experts' views regarding the
conceptualization of narcissism. Journal of
Personality Disorders, 31, 346-361. |
|
KERNBERG, O.F. (1999). Sexual inhibition during treatment
of a narcissistic patient. International Journal of
Psycho-Analysis, 80, 899-908. |
MORF, C.C., SCHÜRCH E., KÜFNER, A., SIEGRIST, P., VATER
A., BACK, M., MESTEL R. & SCHRÖDER-ABÉ, M. (2017).
Expanding the nomological net of the Pathological
Narcissism Inventory : German validation and extension in
a clinical inpatient sample. Assessment, 24 (4),
419-443. |
|
CAMPBELL, W.K. (1999). Narcissism and romantic attraction.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 77,
1254-1270. [PDF] |
ACKERMAN, R.A., DONNELLAN, M.B. & WRIGHT, A.G.C.
(2019). Current conceptualizations of narcissism. Current
Opinion in Psychiatry, 32, 32-37. |
|
EIGUER, A. (1999). Du bon usage du narcissisme.
Paris : Éditions Bayard. |
BURNELL, K., ACKERMAN, R.A., METER, D.J., EHRENREICH, S.E.
& UNDERWOOD, M.K. (2020). Self-absorbed and socially
(network) engaged : Narcissistic traits and social
networking site use. Journal of Research in
Personality, 84, 1-29.[PDF] |
|
BALESTRI, M. (1999). Overt and covert narcissism and their
relationship to object relations, depression,
machiavellianism, and the five factor model of
personality. Dissertation Abstracts International B :
The Sciences and Engineering, 3680. |
DONNELLAN, M.B., ACKERMAN, R.A. & WRIGHT, A G.C.
(2021). Narcissism in contemporary personality psychology.
In O.P. John and R.W. Robins (Eds.), Handbook of
personality : Theory and research (pp. 625-641).
New York : Guilford. |
|
| |
|
Voir Trouble de la
personnalité narcissique,
Valorisation de soi, Machiavelisme,
Estime de soi,
Génération
du moi et Soi |
| LAPLANCHE,
J. et PONTALIS, J.B. (1967/1998). Vocabulaire de la
psychanalyse. Paris : Presses Universitaires de
France. |
|
|
|
Narcissisme
(Mesures/Évaluations) : Ensemble des tests
et des outils de collecte de
données qui permettent
d'évaluer et de mesurer
le narcissisme et
le Trouble de la personnalité
narcissique.
Pathological Narcissism
Inventory, narcissistic personality inventory.
| |
|
|
RASKIN, R. & HALL, C.S. (1979). A narcissistic
personality inventory. Psychological Reports, 45,
590. |
KUBARYCH, T.S., DEARY, I.J. & AUSTIN, E.J. (2004). The
Narcissistic Personality Inventory : Factor structure in a
non-clinical sample. Personality & Individual
Differences, 36, 857-872. |
|
ASBY, H.U., LEE, R.R. & DUKE, E.H. (1979). A
narcissistic personality disorder MMPI scale. Poster
presented at the annual meeting of the American
Psychological Association, New York, NY. |
AMES, R.D., ROSE, P. & ANDERSON, P.C. (2006). The
NPI-16 as a short measure of narcissism. Journal of
Research in Personality, 40, 440-450. [PDF] |
|
RASKIN, R. & HALL, C.S. (1981). The Narcissistic
Personality Inventory : Alternate form reliability and
further evidence of construct validity. Journal of
Personality Assessment, 45, 159-162. |
CAIN, N.M., PINCUS, A.L. & ANSELL, E.B. (2007).
Narcissism at the crossroads : Phenotypic description of
pathological narcissism across clinical theory,
social/personality psychology, and psychiatric diagnosis.
Clinical Psychology Review, 28, 638-656. |
|
WATSON, P.J., GRISHAM, S.O., TROTTER, M.V. & BIDERMAN,
B.D.D. (1984). Narcissism and empathy : Validity evidence
for the Narcissistic Personality Inventory. Journal
of Personality Assessment, 48, 301-305. |
CORRY, N., MERRITT, R.D., MRUG, S. & PAMP, B. (2008).
The factor structure of the Narcissistic Personality
Inventory. Journal of Personality Assessment, 90,
593-600. |
|
EMMONS, R.A. (1984). Factor analysis and construct
validity of the Narcissistic Personality Inventory. Journal
of Personality Assessment, 48, 291-300. |
TWENGE, J.M., KONRATH, S., FOSTER, J.D., CAMPBELL, W.K.
& BUSHMAN, B.J. (2008). Egos inflating over time : A
cross-temporal meta-analysis of the Narcissistic
Personality Inventory. Journal of Personality, 76,
875-901. [PDF] |
|
PINCUS, A.L., ANSELL, E.B., PIMENTAL C.A., CAIN, N.M.,
WRIGHT, A.G.C. & LEVY, K.N. (2009). Initial
construction and validation of the Pathological Narcissism
Inventory. Psychological Assessment, 21, 365-379. |
|
MILLER, J.D., GAUGHAN, E.T., PRYOR, L.R., KAMEN, C. &
CAMPBELL, W.K. (2009). Is research using the Narcissistic
Personality Inventory relevant for understanding
narcissistic personality disorder ? Journal of
Research in Personality, 43, 482-488. |
| |
ANG, R.P. & RAINE, A. (2009). Reliability, validity
and invariance of the Narcissistic Personality
Questionnaire for Children-Revised (NPQC-R). Journal
of Psychopathology & Behavioral Assessment, 31,
143-151. |
|
EMMONS, R.A. (1987). Narcissism : Theory and measurement.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 52,
1117. [PDF] |
BROWN, R.P. & TAMBORSKI. M. (2011). Of tails and their
dogs : A critical view of the measurement of narcissism in
social personality research. In W.K. Campbell & J.D.
Miller (Eds.), Handbook of narcissism and
narcissistic personality disorder (pp. 141-147).
New York : Wiley & Sons. |
|
RASKIN, R. & TERRY, H. (1988). A principal-components
analysis of the Narcissistic Personality Inventory and
further evidence of its construct validity. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 52 (5),
890-902. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
ACKERMAN, R.A., WITT, E.A., DONNELLAN, M.B., TRZESNIEWSKI,
K., ROBINS, R.W. & KASHY, D. (2011). What does the
narcissistic personality inventory really measure ?
Assessment, 18 (1), 67-87. [PDF] |
| |
ACKERMAN, R.A., DONNELLAN, M.B. & ROBINS, R.W. (2012).
An item response theory analysis of the Narcissistic
Personality Inventory. Journal of Personality
Assessment, 94, 141-155. |
| |
DAVIS, M.S. & BRUNELL, A.B. (2012). Measuring
narcissism within add health : The development and
validation of a new scale. Journal of Research on
Adolescence, 22, 632-645. |
|
GENTILE, B., MILLER, J.D., HOFFMAN, B.J., REIDY,
D.E., ZEICHNER, A. & CAMPBELL, W.K. (2013). A test of
two brief measures of grandiose narcissism : The
Narcissistic Personality Inventory–13 and the Narcissistic
Personality Inventory-16. Psychological Assessment,
25, 1120–1136. |
| |
HOPWOOD, C.J., DONNELLAN, M.B., ACKERMAN, R.A., THOMAS,
T.K.M., MOREY, L.C. & SKODAL, A.E. (2013). The
validity of the Personality Diagnostic Questionnaire-4
Narcissistic Personality Disorder scale for assessing
pathological grandiosity. Journal of Personality
Assessment, 95, 274-283. |
| |
ROCHE, M.J., PINCUS, A.L., LUKOWITSKY, M.R., MÉNARD,
K.S. & CONROY, D.E. (2013). An integrative approach to
the assessment of narcissism. Journal of Personality
Assessment, 95, 237-248. |
|
| |
ACKERMAN, R.A. & DONNELLAN, M.B. (2013) Evaluating
self-report measures of narcissistic entitlement. Journal
of Psychopathology & Behavioral Assessment, 35,
460-474. |
|
WATSON, P.J. & BIDERMAN, B.D. (1993). Narcissistic
Personality Inventory factors, splitting and
self-consciousness. Journal of Personality Assessment,
61, 41-57. |
PINCUS, A.L. (2013). The Pathological Narcissism
Inventory. In J. Ogrudniczuk (Ed.), Understanding and
treating pathological narcissism (pp. 93-110).
Washington, DC : American Psychological Association. |
|
RHODEWALT, F. & MORF, C.C. (1995). Self and
interpersonal correlates of the Narcissistic Personality
Inventory : A review and new findings. Journal of
Research in Personality, 29, 1-23. |
WRIGHT, A.G.C., PINCUS, A.L., THOMAS, K.M., HOPWOOD, C.J.,
MARKON, K.E. & KRUEGER, R.F. (2013). Conceptions of
narcissism and the DSM-5 pathological personality traits.
Assessment, 20, 339-352. [PDF] |
| |
PIFF, P.K. (2014). Wealth and the inflated self :
Class, entitlement, and narcissism. Personality &
Social Psychology Bulletin, 40, 34-43. |
| |
SHERMAN, E.D., MILLER, J.D., FEW, L.R., CAMPBELL, W.K.,
WIDIGER, T.A., CREGO, C. & LYNAM, D.R. (2015).
Development of a Short Form of the Five-Factor Narcissism
Inventory : the FFNI-SF. Psychological Assessment,
27, 1110-1116. |
| |
DE HOOGH, A.H.B., DEN HARTOG, D.N. & NEVICKA, B.
(2015). Gender Differences in the Perceived Effectiveness
of Narcissistic Leaders. Applied Psychology, 64
(3), 473-498. |
| |
SCHOENLEBER, M., ROCHE, M.J., WETZEL, E., PINCUS, A.L.
& ROBERTS, B.W. (2015). Development of a brief version
of the Pathological Narcissism Inventory. Psychological
Assessment, 27, 1520-1526. |
|
TSCHANZ, B.B., MORF, C.C. & TURNER, C.M. (1998).
Gender differences in the structure of narcissism : A
multi-sample analysis of the Narcissistic Personality
Inventory. Sex Roles, 38, 863-870. |
VAN DER LINDEN, S. & ROSENTHAL, S.A. (2016). Measuring
narcissism with a single question ? An replication and
extension of the Single-Item Narcissism Scale (SINS).
Personality & Individual Differences, 90, 238-241.
[PDF] |
| |
MILLER, J.D., LYNAM, D.R., McCAIN, J.L., FEW, L.R., CREGO,
C., WIDIGER, T.A. & CAMPBELL, W.K. (2016). Thinking
structurally : An examination of the Five-Factor
Narcissism Inventory and its components. Journal of
Personality Disorders, 30, 1-18. |
| |
ACKERMAN, R.A., DONNELLAN, M.B., ROBERTS, B.W. &
FRALEY R.C. (2016). The effect of response format on the
psychometric properties of the Narcissistic Personality
Inventory : Consequences for item meaning and factor
structure. Assessment, 23, 203-220. |
| |
ACKERMAN, R.A. (2017). Narcissistic Personality
Inventory. In V. Ziegler-Hill and T.K. Shackelford
(Eds.), Encyclopedia of personality and individual
differences. Springer International Publishing. |
| |
MORF, C.C., SCHÜRCH E., KÜFNER, A., SIEGRIST, P., VATER
A., BACK, M., MESTEL R. & SCHRÖDER-ABÉ, M. (2017).
Expanding the nomological net of the Pathological
Narcissism Inventory : German validation and extension in
a clinical inpatient sample. Assessment, 24 (4),
419-443. |
|
CALHOUN, G. B., GLASER, B., STEFURAK, T. & BRADSHAW,
C.P. (2000). Preliminary validation of the narcissistic
personality inventory - juvenile offender. International
Journal of Offender Therapy & Comparative
Criminology, 44, 564-580. |
ACKERMAN, R.A., CORRETTI, C.A. & CARSON, K.J. (2018).
Psychometric properties of the Narcissistic Personality
Inventory. In T. Hermann, A. Brunell, and J. Foster
(Eds.), The handbook of trait narcissism : Key
advances, research methods, and controversies (pp.
125-131). New York : Springer. |
| |
JACOBS, C. (2019). On need, necessity, and the source of
narcissism. The Psychoanalytic Review, 106 (3),
273-283. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Trouble de la
personnalité narcissiqueet
Narcissisme |
|
|
|
Narcissisme
primaire : Primary narcissism.
| |
|
|
BALINT, M. (1960). Primary narcissism and primary love. Psychoanalytic
Quarterly, 29, 6-43. |
ROUSSILLON, R. (2010) The deconstruction of primary
narcissism. The International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 91 (4), 821–837.
|
|
LAPLANCHE, J. et PONTALIS, J.B. (1967/1998).
Vocabulaire de la psychanalyse. Paris : Presses
Universitaires de France. |
|
|
Narcissisme
secondaire :
| |
|
| LAPLANCHE,
J. et PONTALIS, J.B. (1967/1998). Vocabulaire de la
psychanalyse. Paris : Presses Universitaires de
France. |
|
|
Narcolepsie
: Trouble du
sommeil qui se caractérise par des accès incontrôlables de
sommeil diurne. NDLR : Attention, la
narcolepsie peut frapper à tout mo =
maladie de Gélineau.
Narcolepsy.
| |
|
|
YOUNG, D. & SCOVILLE, W.B. (1938). Paranoid psychosis
in narcolepsy and the possible dangers of benzedrine
treatment. Medical Clinics of North America, 22, 637.
|
DEMENT, W.C. (1993). The history of narcolepsy and other
sleep disorders. Journal of the History of the
Neurosciences, 2 (2), 121-134. |
|
YOSS, R.E. & DALY D.D. (1957). Criteria for the
diagnosis of the narcoleptic syndrome. Proceedings of
the Staff Meetings of the Mayo Clinic, 32, 320-328. |
FOSSE, R., STICKGOLD, R. & HOBSON, J.A. (2002)
Emotional experience during rapid-eye-movement sleep in
narcolepsy. Sleep, 25, 724-732. |
|
GUILLEMINAULT, C., DEMENT, W.C. & PASSOUANT, P. (Eds.)
(1976). Advances in sleep research : Narcolepsy.
New York : Spectrum Publications. |
SCAMMELL, T.E. (2003). The neurobiology, diagnosis, and
treatment of narcolepsy. Annals of Neurology, 53, 154-166. |
|
GUILLEMINAULT, C. (1985). Narcolepsy. Sleep, 9
(1), 99-101. |
ZAHARNA, M., DIMITRIU, A. & GUILLEMINAULT, C. (2010).
Expert opinion on pharmacotherapy of narcolepsy. Expert
Opinion on Pharmacotherapy, 11 (10), 1633-1645. |
|
| |
Voir aussi
Sommeil paradoxal et Trouble
du sommeil |
|
|
|
Narcotique : Du grec narkè qui signifie "torpeur".
Famille de drogues
naturelles et synthétiques qui soulage la douleur
en imitant l'action des endorphines
(drogue naturelle produite par le cerveau). En injection, les
narcotiques produisent un sentiment d'euphorie
soudain, souvent suivi d'une baisse d'anxiété
et de motivation. =
stupéfiant, opiacé. ( ): Voir tableau
ci-dessous. Opiate.
|
Narration
: Narratif : Procédé artistique qui consiste à
utiliser un personnage - parfois un deus ex macchina - pour
raconter l'histoire d'un film, d'un roman. On utilise également le
terme dans les media pour désigner toute personne qui raconte
officiellement une histoire. EX : Matthieu Kasovitz est le
narrateur d'Apocalypse. Par extension, en sciences humaines, on
utilise le terme «naaratif» pour désigner la version dominante
d'un èvénement.
Narrative.
|
|
|
Narvaez Darcia (Puerto Rico-) : Psychologue
américaine d'origine porto-ricaine et spécialiste de l'étude de la
morale, du
développement moral, notamment de la théorie
de Kohlberg. Collaboratrice de
Rest.
|
NARVAEZ D. (1993). High achieving students and moral
judgment. Journal for the Education of the Gifted, 16
(3), 268-279. |
|
NARVAEZ D. & BOCK, T. (2002). Moral schemas and tacit
judgment or how the Defining Issues Test is supported by
cognitive science. Journal of Moral Educational, 31
(3), 297-314. |
|
NARVAEZ D., LAPSLEY, D.K., HAGELE, S. & LASKY, B.
(2006). Moral chronicity and social information processing
: Tests of a social cognitive approach to the moral
personality. Journal of Research in Personality, 40,
966-985. |
|
NARVAEZ D. (2008). Triune ethics : The neurobiological
roots of our multiplemoralities. New Ideas in
Psychology, 26, 95-119. |
|
NARVAEZ D., WANG, L., GLEASON, T., CHENG, A., LEFEVER, J.
& DENG, L. (2013). The evolved developmental niche and
sociomoral outcomes in Chinese three-year-olds.
European Journal of Developmental Psychology, 10
(2), 106-127. |
|
|
|
|
|
Nash
Justin M. ( ) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude des maux
de tête. Il s'intéresse également à la
transdisciplinarité. Collaborateur de Norcross,
Prochaska et Stokols.
|
NASH, J.M., NORCROSS, J.C. & PROCHASKA, J.O. (1984).
Satisfactions and stresses of independent practice. Psychotherapy
in Private Practice, 2, 39-48. |
|
NASH, J.M., HOLROYD, K.A., ROKICKI, L.A., KVAAL, S. &
PENZIEN, D.B. (2002). The influence of placebo awareness
on stimulant drug response in a double-blind trial. Psychopharmacology,
161, 213-221. |
|
NASH, J.M., PARK, E.R., WALKER, B.B., GORDON, N.G. &
NICHOLSON, R.A. (2004). Behavioral group treatment for
disabling headache. Pain Medicine, 5, 178-186. |
|
NASH, J.M., MCCRORY, D., NICHOLSON, R. & ANDRASIK, F.
(2005). Efficacy and effectiveness approaches in
behavioral treatment trials. Headache, 45 (5),
507-512. |
|
NASH, J.M. & THEBARGE, R. (2007). Understanding
psychological stress, its biological processes, and impact
on primary headache. Headache, 46, 1377-1386. |
|
|
|
Nash
John Forbes (Bluefield États-Unis 1928-2015)
: Mathématicien et prix Nobel d'économie en 1994. Il a
contribué au développement de la théorie
des jeux (Équilibre
de Nash).
 |
NASH, J. (1950). Equilibrium points in n-person games. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences, 36 (1),
48-49. |
|
NASH, J. (1950). The bargaining problem. Econometrica,
18 (2), 155-1162. [PDF] |
|
NASH, J. (1951). Non-cooperative games. The Annals of
Mathematics, 54 (2), 286-295. |
|
NASH, J. (1953). Two-person cooperative games.
Econometrica, 21 (1), 128-140. [PDF] |
|
|
|
NASAR, S. (1998). A beautiful mind: A biography of
John Forbes Nash, Jr., winner of the Nobel prize in
economics, 1994. New York : Simon and Schuster. |
|
CAPPS, D. (2011). John Nash, game theory, and the
schizophrenic brain. Journal of Religion &
Health, 50 (1), 145-162. |
|
|
|
Nash Michael R. ( ) : Psychanalyste
américain et spécialiste de
l'hypnose et des agressions
sexuelles. Collaborateur de
Killeen, Lynn et Woody.
|
NASH, M.R., JOHNSON, L.S. & TIPTON, R.D. (1979).
Hypnotic age regression and the occurrence of transitional
object relationships. Journal of Abnormal Psychology,
88 (5), 547-555. [PDF] |
|
NASH, M.R. (1987). What, if anything, is regressed about
hypnotic age regression ? A review of the empirical
literature. Psychological Bulletin, 102 (1),
42-52. [PDF] |
|
NASH, M.R. (1997). Why scientific hypnosis needs
psychoanalysis (or something like it). International
Journal of Clinical & Experimental Hypnosis, 45, 291-300. |
|
NASH, M.R. & NADON, R. (1997). Hypnosis. In D.L.
Faigman, D. Kaye, M.J. Saks and J. Sanders (Eds.),
Modern scientific evidence : The law and science of
expert testimony. St. Paul, MN : West. |
|
NASH, M.R. (2001). The truth and hype of hypnosis. Scientific
American, 285, 46-55. |
|
|
|
Nasreddine Ziad S. ( ) : Neurologue québécois et spécialiste des troubles neuro-cognitifs. On lui doit l'invention du test d'évaluation des fonctions cognitives de Montréal (MoCA).
|
NASREDDINE, Z.S. & SAVER, J.L. (1997). Pain after
thalamic stroke : Right diencephalic predominance and
clinical features in 180 patients. Neurology, 48
(5), 1196-1199. |
|
NASREDDINE, Z.S., COLLIN, I. & CHERTKOW, H. (2003).
Specificity of the Montreal Cognitive Assessment (MoCA)
for detection of mild cognitive impairment. The Canadian
journal of Neurological sciences / Le Journal Canadien
des Sciences Neurologiques. |
|
NASREDDINE, Z.S., PHILLIPS, N.A., BÉDIRIAN, V.,
CHARBONNEAU, S., WHITEHEAD, V., COLLIN, I., CUMMINGS, L.
& CHERTKOW, H. (2005). The Montreal Cognitive
Assessment, MoCA : a brief screening tool for mild
cognitive impairment. Journal of the American
Geriatrics Society, 53 (4), 695-699. |
|
NASREDDINE, Z.S. (2008). Short Clinical Assessments
Applicable to Busy Practices. CNS Spectrums, 13
(S16), 6-9. |
|
NASREDDINE, Z.S., PHILLIPS, N.A. & CHERTKOW, H.
(2012). Normative data for the Montreal Cognitive
Assessment (MoCA) in a population-based sample.
Neurology, 78 (10), 765-766. |
|
|
|
Nass Ivar Clifford (Jersey City, 1958-2013) : Sociologue
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de
l'intéraction humain-machine. Collaborateur de Moon.
|
NASS, C., FOGG, B.J. & MOON, Y. (1996). Can computers
be teammates ? International Journal of Human Computer
Studies, 45 (6), 669-678. |
|
NASS, C., MOON, Y. & CARNEY, P. (1999). Are people
polite to computers ? Responses to computer-based inter
systems. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 29 (5),
1093-111. |
|
NASS, C. & MOON, Y. (2000). Machines and mindlessness
: Social responses to computers. Journal of Social
Issues, 56 (1), 81-10. |
|
NASS, C. & LEE, K.M. (2001). Does computer-synthesized
speech manifest personality ? Experimental tests of
recognition, similarity-attraction, and consistency
attraction. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Applied, 7, 171-181. [PDF] |
|
NASS, C. (2004). Etiquette equality : Exhibitions and
expectations of computer politeness. Communications
of the ACM, 47 (4), 35-37. |
|
|
|
Näswall Katharina ( ) : Psychologue
organisationnelle suédoise. Elle s'intéresse au travail,
notamment aux effets psychologiques engendrés par la
précarité et la
perte de son emploi. Collaborateur de De
Cuyper, De Witte et
Sverke.
|
NÄSWALL, K. & DE WITTE, H.H. (2003). Who feels
insecure in Europe ? Predicting job insecurity from
background variables. Economic & Industrial
Democracy, 24 (2), 189-215. |
|
NÄSWALL, K., SVERKE, M. & HELLGREN, J. (2005). The
moderating effects of work-based and family-based support
on the relation between job insecurity and subsequent
strain. South African Journal of Industrial
Relations, 31, 57-64. |
|
NÄSWALL, K., SVERKE, M. & HELLGREN, J. (2005). The
moderating role of personality characteristics on the
relation between job insecurity and strain. Work
& Stress, 19, 37-49. |
|
NÄSWALL, K., LINDFORS, P. & SVERKE, M. (2012). Job
insecurity as a predictor of physiological indicators of
health in healthy working women : An extension of previous
research. Stress & Health, 28 (3), 255-263. |
|
NÄSWALL, K., SVERKE, M. & GÖRANSSON, S. (2014). Is
work affecting my health ? Appraisals of how work affects
health as a mediator in the relationship between working
conditions and work-related attitudes. Work &
Stress, 28 (4), 342-361. |
|
|
|
|
|
Nathan
Peter E. (1935-2016) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
américain, spécialisé dans l'évaluation
des thérapies et la mesure de leur
efficacité. Collaborateur de Gorman,
O'leary et Wilson.
 |
NATHAN, P.E. (1994). DSM-IV : Empirical, accessible, not
yet ideal. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 50,
103-110. |
|
NATHAN, P.E. (1996). Validated forms of psychotherapy may
lead to better-validated psychotherapy. Clinical
Psychology : Science & Practice, 3, 251-255. |
|
NATHAN, P.E., GORMAN, J.M. & SALKIND, N.J. (1999). Treating
mental disorders : A guide to what works. New York
& London : Oxford University Press. |
|
NATHAN, P.E., STUART, S.P. & DOLAN, S.L. (2000).
Research on psychotherapy efficacy and effectiveness :
Between Scylla & Charybdis ? Psychological
Bulletin, 126, 964-981. [PDF]
|
|
NATHAN, P. (2004). The evidence base for evidence-based
mental health treatments : Four continuing controversies.
Brief Treatment & Crisis Intervention, 4 (3),
243-254. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Nation
Kate ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américaine, d'origine anglaise, et spécialiste de l'étude de
la lecture et de la dyslexie.
Collaboratrice de Frith, Hulme
et Snowling.
|
NATION, K. & SNOWLING, M.J. (1997). Assessing reading
difficulties : the validity and utility of current
measures of reading skill. British Journal of
Educational Psychology, 67, 359-370. |
|
NATION, K. & SNOWLING, M.J. (1998). Individual
differences in contextual facilitation : Evidence from
dyslexia and poor reading comprehension. Child
Development, 689 (4), 996-1011. |
|
NATION, K. & SNOWLING, M.J. (2004). Beyond
phonological skills : broader language skills contribute
to the development of reading. Journal of Research in
Reading, 27 (4), 342-356. |
|
NATION, K. (2005). Children's reading comprehension
difficulties. In M.J. Snowling & C. Hulme (Eds.), The
science of reading : A handbook (pp. 248-265).
Blackwell Publishing. [PDF] |
|
NATION, K. & COCKSEY, J. (2009). Beginning readers
activate semantics from sub-word orthography.
Cognition, 110 (2), 273-278. |
|
|
|
Nation
: Nationalité : Groupe,
généralement assez vaste, occupant un
territoire, dont les membres (X) partagent un ensemble de
caractéristiques (linguistiques, culturelles, historiques,
religieuses, sociales, économiques, morphologique, etc.). La
stabilité et la perrenité de ce groupe reposent sur la reconnaissance
individuelle (Je suis un X) et la
familiarité (Nous sommes des X) et le projet collectif que
ces individus nourissent que leur groupe soit reconnu par les
autres (Les Y admettent que nous sommes des X). Le projet
collectif des nations varie : il peut s'agir de former un pays,
de se joindre à un plus vaste ensemble (union, fédération,
confédération, etc), ou simplement de défendre son existence et
ses intérêts au sein du "concert des nations", dixit Landry.
Pour certains auteurs, la distinction entre "peuple" et "nation"
réside dans le fait que le second a une reconnaissance formelle
des autres pays (Les Y admettent que nous sommes des X), ce qui
nécessite généralement que cette nation (Tous les X) soit
représentée par un état (des X élus) doté de pouvoirs formels (judiciaire,
exécutif, législatif,
militaire).
EX : Le Québec, la Catalogne, l'Écosse. D'autres
auteurs considèrent que ce qui distingue la nation du peuple,
c'est qu'un peuple peut exister sans territoire et sans état. EX
: Le peuple juif avant la création d'Israël. =
société distincte. Nation, patriotisme
et nationalisme.
Nation.
| |
|
|
GELLNER, E. (1983). Nations and nationalism.
Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
REICHER S.D. & HOPKINS, N. (2001). Self and nation
: Categorization, contestation and mobilisation. London
: Sage. |
|
COMEAU, R. et DIONNE, B. (Dirs.) (1998). À propos de
l'histoire nationale. Septentrion. |
DEMAUSE, L. (2002). The emotional life of nations. New
York : Karnac Books. |
|
SEYMOUR, N. (1999). La nation en question. Montréal
: L'Hexagone. |
BOCK-CÔTÉ, M. (2008). Derrière la laïcité, la nation :
retour sur la controverse des accommodements raisonnables
et sur la crise du multiculturalisme québécois. Globe,
Revue Internationale d’Études Québécoises, 11 (1),
95-113. [PDF] |
|
BOUCHARD, G. (1999). Genèse des nations et cultures du
nouveau monde. Montréal : Boréal. |
ALTER, A.L. & OPPENHEIMER, D.M. (2009). Uniting the
tribes of fluency to form a metacognitive nation. Personality
& Social Psychology Review, 3, 219-235. [PDF] |
|
MARKS, D.F. (2010). IQ variations across time, race, and
nationality : An artifact of differences in literacy
skills. Psychological Reports, 106 (3), 643-664. |
|
BOCK-CÔTÉ, M. (2015). Nation, laïcité, identité : à propos
du débat entourant le projet de loi 60 du gouvernement
québécois. Dans C. Leblanc (Dir.), Laïcité et
humanisme. Ottawa : Presses de l'Université
d'Ottawa. |
|
|
Voir aussi Référendum,
Pays, Nationalisme,
État, Peuple,
Patriotisme et
Québec |
|
|
|
National
Academy of Sciences :
| |
|
|
NATIONAL ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (2002). The polygraph and
lie detection. Washington, DC : National Academy
Press. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
National
Institute of Mental Health : NIMH : Il
s'agit du plus important organisme
public de santé
mentale aux États-Unis.
| |
|
|
NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF MENTAL HEALTH (1982). Television
and behavior : Ten years of scientific progress and
implications for the eighties. Washington, DC :
U.S. Government Printing Office. |
|
NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH (1991). National
Institutes of Health Consensus Development Conference
Statement. In Treatment of destructive behaviors in
persons with developmental disabilities.
Washington, DC : U.S. Department of Health and Human
Services. |
|
SHEA, M.T., ELKIN, I., IMBER, S.D., SOTSKY, S.M., WATKINS,
J.T., COLLINS, J.E., PILKONIS, P.A., BECKHAM, E., GLASS,
D.R., DOLAN, R.T. & PARLOFF, M.B. (1992). Course of
depressive symptoms over follow-up : Findings from the
National Institute of Mental Health treatment of
depression collaborative research program. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 49, 782-787. |
|
ELKIN, I., FALCONNIER, L., MARTIOVITCH, Z. & MAHONEY,
C. (2006). Therapist effects in the National Institute of
Mental Health treatment of depression collaborative
research program. Psychotherapy Research, 16, 144-160. |
|
|
|
National
Institute on Drug Abuse : NIDA : Organisme
américain de recherche sur les drogues.
|
National
Reading Panel : NRP :
National
Reading Panel.
| |
|
|
NATIONAL READING PANEL (2000). Teaching children to
read : An evidence-based assessment of the scientific
research literature on reading and its implications for
reading instruction. Rockville, MD : National
Institute of Child Health and Human Development.
[PDF] |
|
EHRI, L.C., NUNES, S.R., STAHL, S.A. & WILLOWS, D.M.
(2001). Systematic phonics instruction helps students
learn to read : evidence from the national reading panel’s
meta-analysis. Review of Educational Research, 71
(3), 393-447. [PDF] |
|
EHRI, L.C., NUNES, S.R., WILLOWS, D., SCHUSTER, B.,
YAGHOUD-ZADEH, Z. & SHANAHAN, T. (2001). Phonemic
awareness instruction helps children learn to read :
Evidence from the National Reading Panel’s meta-analysis.
Reading Research Quarterly, 36, 250-287. |
|
|
Voir aussi Lire/Lecture |
|
|
|
|
|
Nationalisme
: Idéologie
qui consiste, pour un individu, à prendre conscience de son appartenance
à un groupe x (pays,
nation, union de pays, etc.) et à défendre les intérêts
de ce groupe en son nom, parfois au sein d'un mouvement
social ou d'un parti
politique. Le nationalisme se fonde ou bien sur 1) les préférences individuelles (je préfère mon X à ce Y); 2) sur la comparaison sociale (mon X est supérieur à ce Y); 3) ou bien sur le rejetdes autres ou le repli sur soi (j'aime mon x mais je déteste ce Y); 4) parfois sur un
mélange des ces trois formes. Certains partis ou mouvements de droite
ou de gauche sont considérés comme nationalistes
s'ils mettent de l'avant un modèle
d'immigration inter-culturaliste,
par opposition au multiculturalisme,
et s'ils prônent un développement économique plus national que mondialiste/globaliste. Nationalisme, nation
et identité.
Nationalism.
| |
| +Nationaliste |
+Nationaliste |
+Nationaliste |
| GAUCHE |
CENTRE |
DROITE |
| +Mondialiste |
+Mondialiste |
+Mondialiste |
| |
|
|
DOOB, L.W. (1964). Patriotism and nationalism : Their
psychological foundations. New Haven : Yale
University Press. |
|
|
DOOB, L.W. (1964). Patriotism and nationalism : Their
psychological foundations. American Behavioral
Scientist, 8 (3), 27-27. |
|
|
KLINEBERG, O. & ZAVALLONI, M. (1969). Nationalism
and tribalism among African students : a study of social
identity. Paris : Mouton. |
BRUBAKER, R. (1992). Myths and misconceptions in the study
of nationalism. In J. Hall (Ed.), The state of the
nation : Ernest Gellner and the theory of nationalism. Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
|
KATZ, D., KELMAN, H.C. & VASSILIOU, D. (1970). A
comparative approach to the study of nationalism. Peace
Research Society (International) Papers, 14, 1-13. |
BALTHAZAR, L. (1992). L'évolution du nationalisme
québécois. Dans G. Daigle et G. Rocher. (Dirs.), Le
Québec en jeu (pp. 647-667). Montréal : Les
Presses de l’Université de Montréal. [PDF] |
|
DION, L. (1975). Nationalismes et politique au Québec.
Montréal : Les Éditions Hurbubise HMH. [PDF] |
CITRIN, J., HAAS, E.B., MUSTE, C. & REINGOLD, B.
(1994). Is American nationalism changing ? Implications
for foreign policy. International Studies Quarterly,
38, 1-31. |
|
BALTHAZAR, L. (1977). Le nationalisme au Québec. Études
internationales, 266-281. |
MONIÈRE, D. (2001). Pour comprendre le nationalisme
au Québec et ailleurs. Montréal : Presse de
l'Université de Montréal. |
|
BERLIN, I. (1979). Nationalism : Past neglect and present
power. Partsian Review, 46 (3), |
|
|
BALTHAZAR, L. (1980). La dynamique du nationalisme
québécois. Dans R. Pelletier et G. Bergeron (Dirs.), L'État du Québec en devenir (p. 37-58). Montréal : Boréal
Express. [PDF] |
HJERM, M. (2001). Education, xenophobia and nationalism :
A comparative analysis. Journal of Ethnic &
Migration Studies, 27 (1), 37-60. |
|
GELLNER, E. (1983). Nations and nationalism.
Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
WIMMER, A. (2002). Nationalist exclusion and ethnic
conflict : Shadows of modernity. Cambridge
University Press. |
|
|
GUIMOND, S. & DUBE-SIMARD, L. (1983). Relative
deprivation theory and the Quebec Nationalist Movement. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 44, 526-535. |
WIMMER, A. & GLICK-SCHILLER, N. (2003). Methodological
nationalism, the social sciences, and the study of
migration : An essay in historical epistemology. International Migration Review, 37 (3), 576-610. [PDF] |
|
BALTHAZAR, L. (1986). Bilan du nationalisme au
Québec. Montréal : Éditions de L’Hexagone. [PDF] |
SKITKA, L.J. (2005). Patriotism or nationalism ?
Understanding post-september 11, 2001, flag-display
behavior. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 35, 1995-2011.
[PDF] |
|
BALTHAZAR, L. (1987). Quebec nationalism after twenty-five
years. Quebec Studies, 5, 29-38. |
|
|
KOSTERMAN, R. & FESHBACH, S. (1989). Toward a measure
of patriotic and nationalistic attitudes. Political
Psychology, 10, 257-274. |
COURTOIS, S. (2007). La politique du multiculturalisme
est-elle compatible avec le nationalisme québécois ? Globe : Revue Internationale d'Études Québécoises, 10 (1),
53-72. [PDF] |
|
BREUILLY, J. (1993). Nationalism and the state.
Manchester : Manchester University Press. |
ALTER, A.L. & OPPENHEIMER, D.M. (2009). Uniting the
tribes of fluency to form a metacognitive nation. Personality
& Social Psychology Review, 3, 219-235. [PDF] |
|
BILLIG, M. (1995). Banal nationalism. London :
Sage. |
CARTER, T.J. & FERGUSON, M.J. (2011). Implicit
natioanalism as system justification : The case of the
United States of America. Social Cognition, 29
(3), 341-359. [PDF] |
|
KELMAN, H.C. (1997). Nationalism, patriotism, and national
identity : Social-psychological dimensions. In D. Bar-Tal
& E. Staub (Eds.), Patriotism in the life of
individuals and nations (pp. 165-189). Chicago :
Nelson-Hall. [PDF] |
CARTER, T.J., FERGUSON, M.J. & HASSIN, R.R. (2011).
Supporting the American system : The relationship between
implicit American nationalism and system justification. Social
Cognition, 29, 341-359. |
|
BOCK-CÔTÉ, M. (2016). Du printemps érable au débat sur la Charte des valeurs : mutation et renaissance du
nationalisme québécois. Dans M. Meunier (Dir.),Le
Québec et ses mutations culturelles (p. 393-419).
Ottawa : Presses de l'Université d'Ottawa. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Patriotisme,
Nation, Identité sociale et Drapeau |
|
|
Nativisme
: Ce concept a deux acceptions bien distinctes : a)
Au sens philosophique du terme, le nativisme désigne les théories
qui attribuent à l'esprit
un rôle prépondérant dans l'acquisition de la connaissance,
par opposition à l'expérience
et aux sens. Pour les tenants
de cette thèse, la connaissance est prédéterminée c-à-d que le cerveau
est programmé pour agir ou pour parler, et il le fera s'il reçoit
une stimulation suffisante de la part des congénères.
= rationalisme. /empirisme.
b) En science,
le nativisme est une doctrine qui accorde à l'hérédité
un rôle fondamental dans la détermination des
comportements, du langage,
de l'intelligence,
etc. EX: La théorie de Chomsky sur le
développement du langage est une théorie nativiste. /environnementalisme,
behaviorisme. =
innéisme. Nativism.
|
|
| |
a |
|
SPELKE, E.S. & NEWPORT, E. (1998). Nativism,
empiricism, and the development of knowledge. In W. Damon
and R.M. Lerner (Eds.), Handbook of child psychology
: Theoretical models of human development. (Vol. 1,
pp. 275-340). New York : Wiley. |
|
NEWCOMBE, N.S. (2002). The nativist-empiricist controversy
in the context of recent research on spatial and
quantitative development. Psychological Science, 13,
395-401.
[PDF] |
|
LAURENCE, E. & MARGOLIS, E. (2002). Radical concept nativism. Cognition, 86, (1), 22-55. [PDF] |
|
Voir aussi Empirisme |
| b |
|
KUHL, P.K. & MELTZOFF, A.N. (1997). Evolution,
nativism, and learning in the development of language and
speech. In M. Gopnik (Ed.), The inheritance and
innateness of grammars (pp. 7-44). New York :
Oxford University Press. |
| GREEN, C.D. & VERVAEKE, J. (1997). But what have you
done for us lately ? : Some recent perspectives on
linguistic nativism. In D. Johnson & C. Erneling
(Eds.), The future of the cognitive revolution. Oxford
: Oxford University Press. |
|
OVERTON, W.F. (1999). Nativism, empiricism and
developmental dynamic action systems. Developmental
Science 3, 281-282 |
|
PALMER, D.C. (2000). Chomsky's nativism : A critical
review. Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 17, 39-50.
[PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Hérédité |
|
|
|
Natsoulas Thomas (-2025) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de la conscience.
|
NATSOULAS, T. (1970). Concerning introspective
"knowledge". Psychological Bulletin, 73 (2),
89-111. |
|
NATSOULAS, T. (1978). Toward a model for consciousness in
the light of B.F. Skinner's contribution. Behaviorism,
6 (2), 139-175. [PDF] |
|
NATSOULAS, T. (1981). Basic problems of consciousness.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 41
(1), 132-178. |
|
NATSOULAS, T. (1997). Blindsight and consciousness. American Journal of Psychology, 110 (1), 1-33. |
|
NATSOULAS, T. (1998). Tertiary consciousness. Journal
of Mind & Behavior, 19 (2), 141-176. |
|
|
|
Naturalisme : Naturaliste : Toute personne qui étudie ou
s'intéresse à comprendre la nature, sans
faire intervenir dieu ou le divin dans ses explications. Les
naturalistes sont souvent des scientifiques,
mais pas nécessairement... Bates,
Bonnet, Buffon,
Darwin, Geoffroy,
Humbolt, Linné,
Romanes, Treviranus,
Vicq d'azir,
Wallace.
Naturalist.
| |
|
|
WHITMAN, C.O. (1891). The naturalist's occupation.
Boston : Ginn et Co. |
|
TINBERGEN, N. (1958). Curious naturalists.
London : Country life. |
|
CRAVENS, H. & BURNHAM, F.A.(1971). Psychology and
evolutionary naturalism in American thought, 1890-1940. American
Quarterly, 23, 635-657. |
|
|
|
Naturalisme
(philosphique) :
Naturalism, ethical naturalism, critical
naturalism.
| |
|
|
BHASKAR, R. (1978). On the possibility of social
scientific knowledge and the limits of naturalism. Journal
for the Theory of Social Behaviour, 8 (1), 1-28. |
|
LAUDAN, L. (1990). Normative naturalism. Philosophy
of science, 57 (1), 44-59. |
|
KING, A. (1999). The impossibility of naturalism : The
antinomies of Bhaskar's realism. Journal for the
Theory of Social Behaviour, 29 (3), 267-288. |
|
GODFREY-SMITH, P. (2002). Dewey on naturalism, realism and
science. Philosophy of Science, 69 (S), 1S11 [PDF] |
|
ELDER-VASS, D. (2010). Realist critique without ethical
naturalism and moral realism. Journal of Critical
Realism, 9 (1), 33-58. |
|
|
|
|
|
Nature : Naturel : Naturellement : Ensemble des objets
(et leur propriétés) qui
constituent le monde, et qui n'ont pas été créés ou altérés par l'humain.
( EX: Une montagne, un soleil, un poumon, les
ailes d'un oiseau, un cerveau). On peut reproduire la nature en
laboratoire pour mieux décrire ses propriétés ou en comprendre les causes. On peut aussi domestiquer la nature pour en tirer avantage ( EX: Une ruche, une rizière, etc.) ou la reproduire pour mieux l'exploiter ( EX: Un aquarium). /culture,
artificiel. Nature.
| |
|
|
HUXLEY, T.H. (1863). Evidence as to man's place in
nature. New York : Appleton & co. |
SOSA, E. (1983). Nature unmirrored, epistemology
naturalized. Synthese, 55, 49-72. |
|
SHERRINGTON, C.S. (1940). Man on his nature. Cambridge
: The Gifford lectures. |
CHANGEUX, J.P. et RICOEUR, P. (1998). Ce qui nous
fait penser - La nature et la règle. Paris : Odile
Jacob. |
|
MÜLLER, H. (1973). Modern concept of nature.
SUNY Press. |
HUGHES, C. & CUTTING, A. (1999). Nature, nurture and
individual differences in early understanding of mind. Psychological
Science, 10, 429-432. |
|
DRETSKE, F. (1977). Laws of nature. Philosophy of
Science, 44, 248-268. |
NADDAF, G. (2005). The Greek concept of nature. New
York : New York Press. |
| |
BERMAN, M.G., JONIDES, J. & KAPLAN, S. (2008). The
cognitive benefits of interacting with nature. Psychological Science, 19, 1207-1212. |
|
|
Voir aussi Variation
naturelle et
Objet naturel |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nature humaine : Ce qui caractérise l'espèce humaine ( EX: la station
verticale, le langage, la
conscience, le rire,
les calembours faciles, etc), la distingue des autres espèces
animales. Le concept a aussi un sens plus étroit lorsqu'il renvoie
à ce qui nous distingue des autres espèces, notamment des
grands singes ( EX: la parole mais pas le
langage, la penée abstraite mais pas la conscience, etc).
Finalement, on utilise souvent cette expression comme synonyme
d'inné pour désigner tout ce qui serait produit par les
gènes, sans influence de la culture
( EX: égoïsme,
agressivité, certains cancers,
etc).
Human nature.
| |
|
|
COOLEY, C.H. (1902). Human nature and the social
order. New York : Scribner's. |
MASLOW, A.H. (1976). The farther reaches of human
nature. New York : Penguin. |
|
FARIS, E. (1914). The nature of human nature. Publications
of the American Sociological Society, 20, 15-29. [LIRE] |
FEIBLEMAN, J.K. (1977). Understanding human nature :
a popular guide to the effects of technology on man and
his behavior. New York : Horizon Press. |
|
DEWEY, J. (1922/57). Human nature and conduct : An
introduction to social psychology. New York : The
Modern Library. |
WILSON, E.O. (1978). On human nature. Cambridge
MA : Harvard University Press. |
|
STEVENSON, L. (1974). Seven theories of human nature.
New York : Oxford University Press. |
HARZEM, P. (2007). A brief history of knowledge : Science
and non-science in the understanding of human nature. In
E. Ribes-Inesta & J.E. Burgos (Eds.), Knowledge,
cognition, and behavior: Proceedings of the 9th Biannual
Symposium on the Science of Behavior (pp. 11-30).
Guadalajara, Mexico : Universidad de Guadalajara. |
|
|
Voir aussi Humain |
|
|
Nature Neuroscience : Revue
scientifique qui consacre ses pages aux neurosciences.
Éditeur : Nature Publishing Group. =
Nat Neurosci.
EVERITT, B.J. & ROBBINS, T.W. (2005.) Neural systems
of reinforcement for drug addiction : from actions to
habits to compulsion. Nature Neuroscience, 8, 1481-1489.
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Nature Review Neuroscience : Revue
scientifique qui consacre ses pages à l'étude du cerveau.
Éditeur : Nature Publishing Group. =
Nat Rev Neurosci.
FISHER, S.E. & DeFRIES, J.C. (2002). Developmental
dyslexia : genetic dissection of a complex cognitive
trait. Nature Review Neuroscience, 3, 767-780.
|
| |
|
|
Nature Reviews Drug Discovery : Revue
scientifique.
DIETRICH, M.O. & HORVATH, T.L. (2012). Limitations
in anti-obesity drug development : the critical role of
hunger-promoting neurons. Nature Reviews Drug
Discovery, 11, 675-691. [PDF]
|
| |
|
|
| |
|
|
BEYERSTEIN, B.L. & DOWNIE, S. (1998). Naturopathy. The
Scientific Review of Alternative Medicine, 1 (2),
10-18. |
|
BEYERSTEIN, B.L. & DOWNIE, S. (2000). Naturopathy. In
W. Sampson & L. Vaughn (Eds.), Science meets
alternative medicine (pp. 141-163). Amherst, N.Y. :
Prometheus Books. |
|
DE SMET, P.A. (2002). Herbal remedies. New England
Journal of Medicine, 347, 2046-2056. |
|
|
Voir aussi Pseudotechnologie
|
|
|
|
Naturwissenschaften
: Revue
scientifique qui consacre ses pages à l'étude animaux .
Éditeur : Nature Publishing Group. =
Nat Rev Neurosci.
FERSEN, L., WYNNE, C.D.L., DELIUS, J.D. & STADDON,
J.E.R. (1990). Deductive reasoning in pigeons. Naturwissenschaften, 77, 548-549.
|
| |
|
|
Nausée : Malaise provoqué par de nombreux facteurs, notamment par conditionnement
aversif.
= Haut-le-coeur.
Nausea.
| |
|
|
REDD, W.H., JACOBSEN, P.B., DIE-THRILL, M. & DERMATIS,
H. (1987). Cognitive/attentional distraction in the
control of conditioned nausea in pediatric cancer patients
receiving chemotherapy. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 55, 391-395. |
|
MUTH, E.R., STERN, R.M., THAYER, J.F. & KOCH, K.L.
(1996). Assessment of the multiple dimensions of nausea :
the nausea profile (NP). Journal Psychosomatic
Reserch, 40, 511-520. |
|
BOVBJERG, D.H., REDD, W.H., JACOBSON, P.B., MANNE, S.L.,
TAYLOR, K.L., SURBORNEW, A., CROWN, J.P., NORTON, L.,
GILEWSKI, T.A., HUDIS, C.A., REICHMAN, B.S., KAUFMAN,
R.J., CURRIE, V.E. & HAKES, T.B. (1992). An
experimental analysis of classically conditioned nausea
during cancer chemotherapy. Psychosomatic Medicine,
54, 623-637. |
|
BRANDON, S. & OVERMIER, J.B. (Eds.) (2006). Nausea and
vomiting : An interdisciplinary approach. Autonomic
Neuroscience, 129 (1-2), 1-118. |
|
GRUNDY, D. (2006). Nausea and vomiting : An
interdisciplinary approach. Autonomic Neuroscience,
129 (1-2), 1-118. |
|
|
Voir aussi conditionnement
aversif |
|
|
|
Navarette Carlos D. ( ) : Anthropologue
américain. Collaborateur de Cesario,
Donnellan, Fessler,
Higgins et Sidanius.
|
NAVARRETE, C.D. & FESSLER, D.M.T. (2005). Normative
bias and adaptive challenges: A relational approach to
coalitional psychology and a critique of terror management
theory. Evolutionary Psychology, 3, 297-325. |
|
NAVARRETE, C.D. & FESSLER, D.M.T. (2006). Disease
avoidance and ethnocentrism : The effects of disease
vulnerability and disgust sensitivity on intergroup
attitudes. Evolution & Human Behavior, 27, 270-282.
[PDF] |
|
NAVARRETE, C.D., FESSLER, D.M.T. & ENG, S.J. (2007).
Elevated ethnocentrism in the first trimester of
pregnancy. Evolution & Human Behavior, 28,
60-65. [PDF] |
|
NAVARRETE, C.D., FESSLER, D.M.T., FLEISHMAN, D.S. &
GEYER, J. (2009). Race bias tracks conception risk across
the menstrual cycle. Psychological Science, 20
(6), 661-665. |
|
NAVARRETE, C.D., McDONALD, M.M., MOLINA, L.E. &
SIDANIUS, J. (2010). Prejudice at the nexus of race and
gender : An out-group male target hypothesis. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 98, 933-945.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
|
Navarick Douglas J. ( ) : Psychosociologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de l'autorité
et de l'obéissance à
l'autorité, notamment des expériences de Milgram.
|
NAVARICK, D.J. (2004). Discounting of delayed reinforcers
: Measurement by questionnaires versus operant choice
procedures. The Psychological Record, 54, 85-94. |
|
NAVARICK, D.J. (2007). Attenuation and enhancement of
compliance with experimental demand characteristics. The
Psychological Record, 57, 501-515. |
|
NAVARICK, D.J. (2009). Reviving the Milgram obedience
paradigm in the era of informed consent. The
Psychological Record, 59, 155-170. |
|
NAVARICK, D.J. (2012). Historical psychology and the
Milgram paradigm : Tests of an experimentally derived
model of defiance using accounts of massacres by Nazi
reserve police Battalion 101. The Psychological
Record, 62, 133-154. |
|
NAVARICK, D.J. (2012). Question framing and sensitivity to
consequences in sacrificial moral dilemmas. Journal
of Social Psychology, 161 (1), 25-39. |
|
|
|
Naveh-Benjamin Moshe ( ) :
Psychologue cognitiviste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la mémoire,
de l'encodage, de l'attention
partagée, et des effets du vieillissement
sur ces phénomènes. Professeur de
Greene. Collaborateur de Cowan,
Craik, Jonides
Logie et Roediger.
 |
NAVEH-BENJAMIN, M. & JONIDES, J. (1984). Cognitive
load and maintenance rehearsal. Journal of Verbal
Learning & Verbal Behavior, 23 (4), 494-507. |
|
NAVEH-BENJAMIN, M. & JONIDES, J. (1985). The effects
of rehearsal on frequency coding. Bulletin of the
Psychonomic Society, 23 (4), 387-390. |
|
NAVEH-BENJAMIN, M., CRAIK, F.I., GAVRILESCU, D. &
ANDERSON, D. (2000). Asymmetry between encoding and
retrieval processes : evidence from divided attention and
a calibration analysis. Memory & Cognition, 28
(6), 965-996.
[PDF] |
|
NAVEH-BENJAMIN, M., COWAN, N., KILB, A. & CHEN, Z.
(2007). Age-related differences in immediate serial recall
: Dissociating chunk formation and capacity. Memory
& Cognition, 35 (4), 724-737.
[PDF] |
|
NAVEH-BENJAMIN, M. (2014). Age-related differences in
associative memory : The role of sensory decline. Psychology
& Aging, 29, 672-683. |
|
|
|
Navette d'évitement : Dispositif
expérimental, semblable à une
boîte de Skinner, mis au point par Miller
et Mowrer. La boîte
est divisée en deux sections, d'où le mot navette; dans la
première section, l'animal peut recevoir une décharge électrique, alors que dans la seconde il peut s'y réfugier afin d'éviter cette décharge,
de s'en échapper ou de recevoir un renforcement
positif. Ce dispositif permet à un rat,
à un pigeon ou même à un
poisson d'apprendre à
éviter ou à échapper
à un stimulus aversif. Navette d'évitement et conditionnement
aversif. = Navette
d'évitement/échappement ( ): navette aquatique, navette-double.
Shuttle box.
| |
|
 |
|
|
|
WALLGREN, H. & SAVOLAINEN S. (1962). Modification of shuttle-box to improve rate of avoidance learning in rats.
Scandinavian Journal of Psychology, 3,
78–80. |
LEVITT, R.A., STILWELL, D.J. & EVERS, T.M. (1978). Morphine and shuttlebox self-stimulation in the rat : Tolerance studies. Pharmacology, Biochemistry & Behavior, 9 (4), 567-569. |
|
JOHNSON, J.L. & CHURCH, R.M. (1965). Effects of
shock intensity on nondiscriminative avoidance learning of
rats in a shuttlebox. Psychonomic Science, 3,
497-498. |
|
|
BOICE, R., DENNY, M.R. & EVANS, T. (1967). A
comparison of albino and wild rats in shuttlebox
avoidance. Psychonomic Science, 8 (7), 271-272. [PDF] |
SMITH, R.H. (1978). Selection for shuttle avoidance in
wild Mus musculus. Behavior Genetics, 8 (3),
269-274. |
|
KATZEV, R. (1972). What is both necessary and sufficient
to maintain avoidance responding in the shuttle box
? : The Quarterly Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 24 (3), 310-317. |
LEVIS, D.J., DUBIN, W.J. & HOLZMAN, A.D. (1978).
Effects of component training and subsequent sequencing of stimuli on shuttlebox avoidance responding of rats.
Animal Learning & Behavior, 6 (3), 335-340. |
|
RIESS, D. & FARRAR, C.H. (1972). Unsignalled avoidance in a shuttlebox : A rapid acquisition, high efficiency
paradigm. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 18 (1), 169-178. [PDF] |
HINELINE, P. & ALLOY, L.B. (1978). Warm-up effects in free-operant avoidance in a shuttle box. Bulletin of
the Psychonomic Society, 12, 447-450. |
|
GALLON, R.L. (1972). Effects of shock intensity on
shuttlebox avoidance conditioning in goldfish. Psychological
Reports, 31 (3), 855-858. |
MINEKA, S. (1978). The effects of overtraining on flooding of jump-up and shuttlebox avoidance responses. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 16 (5), 335-344. |
|
GALLON, R.L. (1972). Effects of pretraining with fear and escape conditioning on shuttlebox avoidance acquisition by
goldfish. Psychological Reports, 31 (3),
919-924. |
SANAVIO, E. & SAVARDI, U. (1979). Observational
learning of a discriminative shuttlebox avoidance by rats. Psychological Reports, 44 (3), 1151-1154. |
|
WILCOCK, J. & FULKER, D.W. (1973). Avoidance
learning in rats : Genetic evidence for two distinct
behavioral processes in the shuttle box : Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 82 (2),
247-253. |
ANDERSON, D.C., CROWELL, C., CUNNINGHAM, C. & LUPO, V.
(1979). Behavior during shock exposure as a determinant of subsequent interference with shuttle box escape-avoidance
learning in the rat. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, Animal Behavior Processes, 5, 243-257. |
|
SCHLEIDT, W.M. & KICKERT-MAGG, M. (1979).
Hearing thresholds of albino house mouse between 1 and 80 kHz by shuttle box training. Journal of Auditory
Research, 19 (1), 37-40. |
|
CAUL W.F. & BARRETT, R.J. (1973). Shuttle-box versus -maze avoidance : Value of multiple response measures in
interpreting active-avoidance performance of rats. Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 84
(3), 572-578. |
RAKOVER, S.S. (1979). Fish (Tilapia aurea), as rats, learn
shuttle better than lever-bumping (press) avoidance tasks : A suggestion for functionally similar universal reactions to a conditioned fear-arousing stimulus. American Journal of Psychology, 92 (3), 489-495. |
|
LEVIS, D.J. & DUBIN, W.J. (1973). Some parameters
affecting shuttle-box avoidance responding with rats
receiving serially presented conditioned stimuli. Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 82 (2),
328-344. |
COTTON, M.M. & WOOD, W.P. (1982). Rapidly developed
scalar timing in unsignalled shuttlebox avoidance
learning. The Quarterly Journal of Experimental
Psychology B : Comparative & Physiological
Psychology, 34 (4), 209-219. |
|
ETSCORN, F. (1974). A home tank aquatic shuttlebox. Behavior
Research Methods & Instrumentation, 6 (1), 77. |
RUSH, D.K. (1982). A two-way shuttlebox for testing
nonhuman primates. Behavior Research Methods &
Instrumentation, 14 (1), 16-18. |
|
MOOT, S.A., NELSON, K. & BOLLES, R.C. (1974).
Avoidance learning in a black and white shuttlebox. Bulletin
of the Psychonomic Society, 4 (5-B), 501-502. |
ABRAMSON, C.I., MILER, J. & MANN, D.W. (1982). An
olfactory shuttle box and runway for insects. Journal
of Mind & Behavior, 3 (2), 151-159. |
|
KAZDOVA, E. & DLABAC, A. (1975). Our experience with
the method of shuttle-box in the evaluation of
psychotropic drugs. Activitas Nervosa Superior, 17 (4), 284-285. |
WOODRUFF, M.L. & KANTOR, H.M. (1983). Fornix
lesions, plasma ACTH levels, and shuttle box avoidance in
rats. Behavioral Neuroscience, 97 (6), 897-907. |
|
De KLOET, E.R., DRAGO, F., MEZEY, E., BOHUS, B. & De
WIED, D. (1983). Pituitary stalk section transiently
impairs the acquisition of shuttle box avoidance behavior.
Physiology & Behavior, 30 (4), 499-502. |
|
|
IZQUIERDO, I., SALZANO, F., THOME, F.S. & THADDEU, R.
(1975). Shuttle behavior in weanling and in adult rats. Behavioral
Biology, 14 (3), 361-366. |
BOZARTH, M.A. (1983). A computer approach to measuring shuttle box activity and conditioned place preference. Brain
Research Bulletin, 11 (6), 751-753. |
|
ASHTON G.R. & CROUCHER, D.J. (1976). Electronic
circuit for controlling a shuttle box behavioral
experiment. Physiology & Behavior, 16 (5),
653-655. |
ROBERTS, A.E. (1986). The shuttle-avoidance response
chains of rats. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society,
24 (2), 163-165. |
|
FREEDMAN, P.E. (1990). A computer analog of shuttlebox
avoidance by human subjects : Journal of General
Psychology, 117 (2), 203-213. |
|
FUREDY, J.J. & BIEDERMAN, G.B. (1976). Preference for signaled shock phenomenon : Direct and indirect evidence
for modifiability factors in the shuttlebox. Animal Learning & Behavior, 4 (1), 1-5. |
PEELER, D.F. (1995). Shuttlebox performance in BALB/cByJ,
C57BL/6ByJ, and CXB recombinant inbred mice: Environmental and genetic determinants and constraints. Psychobiology,
23 (2), 161-170. |
|
OHTA, R., MATSUMOTO, A., HASHIMOTO, Y., NAGAO, T. &
MIZUTANI, M. (1997). Behavioral characteristics of
micrencephalic rats in high and low shuttlebox avoidance
lines. Neurotoxicology & Teratology, 19
(2), 157-162. |
|
BACHAMANOV, A.A. & DMITRIEV, Y.S. (1992).
Properties of learning of shuttle avoidance of
spontaneously hypertensive and normotensive rats : Zhurnal Vysshei Nervnoi Deyatel'nos, 42 (1), 152-156. |
|
EVERSS, E. & PARRA, A. (1998). Inhibitory avoidance
with a two-way shuttle-box. Psicothema, 10 (2),
387-391. |
|
BLATT, R.C. (1976). Facilitation and nonfacilitation of
active avoidance behavior of rats with septal lesions in
the shuttle box and running whee. Journal of
Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 90 (7),
704-713. |
ESCORIHUELA, R.M., FERNANDEZ-TERUEL, A., GIL, L., AGUILAR, R., TOBENA, A. & DRISCOLL, P. (1999). Inbred Roman
high- and low-avoidance rats : Differences in anxiety, novelty-seeking and shuttlebox behaviors. Physiology
& Behavior, 67 (1), 19-26. |
|
STARK, H., BISCHOF, A., WAGNER, T. & SCHEICH, H.
(2001). Activation of the dopaminergic system of medial prefrontal cortex of gerbils during formation of relevant
associations for the avoidance strategy in the
shuttle-box: Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology & Biological Psychiatry, 25 (2), 409-426. |
|
CLARK, M.G., VASILEVSKY, S. & MYERS, T.M. (2003). Air and shock two-way shuttlebox avoidance in mice. Physiology
& Behavior, 78 (1), 117-123. |
|
NAKAO, M. (2001). Examination of latent inhibition using shuttle-box avoidance task in rats. Japanese Journal of Animal Psychology, 51 (2), 55-59. |
|
BIEDERMAN, G.B. & FUREDY, J.J. (1976). The
preference-for-signaled-shock phenomenon : Fify days with
scrambled shock in the shuttelbox. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 7 (2) 129-132. |
AGUILAR, R., GIL, L., FERNANDEZ-TERUEL, A. & TOBENA, A. (2004). Genetically-based behavioral traits influence
the effects of Shuttle Box avoidance overtraining and extinction upon intertrial responding : A study with the Roman rat strains. Behavioural Processes, 66 (1), 63-72. |
|
GRALEWICZ, S. (1976). Electrical stimulation of the
hippocampus and acquisition of the conditioned avoidance response in shuttle-box in cats. Acta Neurobiologiae
Experimentalis, 36 (6), 639-654. |
MORAGREGA, I., CARRASCO, M.C. & REDOLAT, R. (2005). Effects of housing and nicotine on shuttle-box avoidance in male NMRI mice. Behavioural Brain Research, 164 (2), 178-187. |
|
HEIGHTINGTON, G.A. & BIEDERMAN, G.B. (1977).
Automation of mazes and shuttleboxes. Behavior Research
Methods & Instrumentation, 9 (6), 567-568. |
MYERS, T.M., COHN, S.I. & CLARK, M.G. (2005).
Acquisition and performance of two-way shuttlebox
avoidance : Effects of aversive air intensity. Learning
& Motivation, 36 (3), 312-321. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Décharge
électrique, Dispositif
expérimental, Échappement
et Évitement |
| |
|
|
|
|
Nazisme : Nazi : Nazisme, Hitler
et
idéologie.
Nazi, Nazism.
| |
|
|
KIRKPATRICK, C. (1939). Woman In nazi Germany.
Londres : Jarrolds. |
|
|
DOOB, L.W. (1950). Goebbels' principles of propaganda. The
Public Opinion Quarterly, 14 (3), 419-423. [PDF] |
ZILLMER, E.A., HARROWER, M., RITZLER, B.A. & ARCHER, R.P. (1995). The quest for the Nazi personality. Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
UNGER, A.L. (1965). Party and state in Soviet Russia and Nazi Germany. Political Quarterly, 36, 441-459.
|
FRITZCHE, P. (1996). «Nazi modern. Modernism/Modernity,
3 (1), 1-22. |
|
LOEWENBERG, P. (1971). The psychohistorical origins of the
Nazi youth cohort. The American Historical Review,
76, 1457-1502. |
KERSHAW, I. (1997). Qu'est-ce que le nazisme ?
Problèmes et perspectives d'interprétation. Paris :
Éditions Gallimard. |
|
RAY, J.J. (1972) Is antisemitism a cognitive
simplification ? Some observations on Australian
Neo-Nazis. Jewish Journal of Sociology 15,
207-213. [LIRE] |
BRÜNE, M. (2001). Evolutionary fallacies of Nazi
psychiatry : Implications for current research. Perspectives
in Biology & Medicine, 44, 426-433. |
|
HENLE, M. (1978). One man against the Nazis : Wolfgang
Köhler. American Psychologist, 33, 939-944. |
VERSTEGEN, I. (2006). Art history, gestalt and nazism. Gestalt
Theory, 26 (1), 134-150. |
| WEINDLING, P. (1989). Health, race, and German
politics between National unification and Nazism,
1870-1945. Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
FRIEDLÄNDER, S. (2008). L'Allemagne nazie et les
Juifs. Les années de persécution. Paris : Éditions
du Seuil. |
|
BEYERCHESEN, A.D. (1992). What we now know about Nazism
and science. Social Research, 59, 615-641. |
NAVARICK, D.J. (2012). Historical psychology and the
Milgram paradigm : Tests of an experimentally derived
model of defiance using accounts of massacres by Nazi
reserve police Battalion 101. The Psychological
Record, 62, 13-154. |
|
HUTTENBACH, H.R. (1991). The Romani Po?ajmos : The Nazi
Genocide of Europe’s Gypsies. The Journal of
Nationalism & Ethnicity, 19 (3), 373-394. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Guerre, Racisme,
Idéologie et Point
Goodwin |
|
|
|
|
| NA
- NÉCESSITÉ
- NEEF - NÉGOCIATION - NEISSER - NEO - NÉPOSTIME
- NEUGARTEN - NEUMANN - NEURATH - NEURINGER - NEURO |
Neale John M. (Toronto 1943-2011 Hilton Head) : Psychologue
canadien et spécialiste l'étude de la schizophrénie.
Professeur de Krang et Oltmanns.
|
NEALE, J.M. (1968). Size estimation in schizophrenics as a function of stimulus-presentation time. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 73 (1), 44-48. |
|
NEALE, J.M. (1971). Perceptual span in schizophrenia.
Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 77 (2), 196-204. |
|
NEALE, J.M. & WEINTRAUB, J. (1975). Children
vulnerable to psychopathology : the Stony Brook high-risk
project. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 3 (2),
95-113. |
|
NEALE, J.M., OLTMANNS, T.F. & WINTERS, K. (1983).
Recent advances in the conceptualization and assessment of
schizophrenia. Behavioral Assessment, 5, 33-54. |
|
NEALE, J.M., OLTMANNS, T.F., HARVEY, P.D. (1985). The need to relate cognitive deficits to specific behavioral
referents of schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 11 (2), 286-291. [PDF]
|
|
|
OLTMANNS, T.F. & KRANG, A.M. (2012). John M. Neale (1943-2011). American Psychologist, 67 (6), 497. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Néant
: Vide ou absence de matière, d'énergie, d'idée, de
toute chose. NDLR
: «le Grand Néant et ses zéros absolus» ferait un bon
nom de groupe rock-nihiliste... Néant et
zéro absolu.
|
|
|
Near Janet P. ( ) : Spécialiste
américaine de la gestion. Elle
s'intéresse notamment aux lanceurs
d'alerte. Collaboratrice de Miceli.
|
NEAR, J.P. & MICELI, M.P. (1985). Organizational
dissidence : The case of whistle-blowing. Journal of
Business Ethics, 4 (1), 1-16. |
|
NEAR, J.P., DWORKIN, T.M. & MICELI, M.P. (1993).
Explaining the whistle-blowing process : Suggestions from
power theory and Jjustice theory. Organization
Science, 4 (3), 345-512. |
|
NEAR, J.P. & MICELI, M.P. (1995). Effective
whistle-blowing The Academy of Management Review, 20
(3), 679-708. [PDF] |
|
NEAR, J.P. & MICELI, M.P. (1996). Whistle-blowing :
Myth and reality. Journal of Management, 22, (3),
507-526. |
|
NEAR, J.P. & MICELI, M.P. (2016). After the
wrongdoing : What managers should know about
whistleblowing. Business Horizons, 59, 105-114.
|
|
|
|
Neary David ( ) : Neuropsychologue
britannique et spécialiste de l'étude de la démence.
Collaborateur Mann et Snowden.
|
NEARY, D., SNOWDEN, J.S. & BOWEN, D.M. (1986).
Neuropsychological syndromes in presenile dementia due to
cerebralatrophy. Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery, & Psychiatry, 49, 163-174. |
|
NEARY, D., SNOWDEN, J.S., NORTHEN, B. & GOULDING, P. (1988). Dementia of frontal lobe type.Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery, & Psychiatry, 51, 353-361.
[PDF] |
|
NEARY, D., SNOWDEN, J.S., GUSTAFSON L., PASSANT, U.,
STUSS, D., BLACK, S., FREEDMAN, M., KERTESZ, A., ROBERT, P.H., ALBERT, M., BOONE, K., MILLER, B.L., CUMMINGS, J.
& BENSON, D.F. (1998). Frontotemporal lobar
degeneration : a consensus on clinical diagnostic
criteria. Neurology, 51, 1546-1554. |
|
NEARY, D. & SNOWDEN, J.S. (2002). Sorting out the dementias. Practical Neurology, 2, 328-339. [PDF]
|
|
NEARY, D., SNOWDEN, J.S. & MANN, D. (2005).
Frontotemporal dementia. Lancet Neurology, 4
(11), 717-780. |
|
|
|
|
|
Nécessité : En logique,
caractère d'un objet ou d'une
propriété d'un objet qui
existe ou influence un
autre objet (cause) si les
conditions x sont réunies. EX: Il est
nécessaire qu'un carré ait quatre angles droits (a) et quatre
cotés égaux (b) pour être un carré (c), donc Si a et b donc c. En
méthodologie, phénomème
qui doit être absolument présenté pour qu'un autre phénomène
se produise, survienne. = condition
obligatoire, absolument, certainement.
Necessity.
| |
|
|
QUINE, W.V. (1943). Notes on existence and necessity. The
Journal of Philosophy, 40, (5), 113-127. |
KRIPKE, S. (1980). Naming and necessity.
Cambridge, MA : Harvard University Press. |
|
PAP, A. (1943). On the meaning of necessity. Journal
of Philosophy 40 (17), 449-458. |
|
|
CARNAP, R. (1947). Meaning and necessity.
Chicago : University of Chicago Press. |
PIAGET, J. (1981). Le possible et le nécessaire :
L'évolution des possibles chez l'enfant. Paris : Presses
Universitaires de France. |
|
PAP, A. (1949). Are all necessary propositions analytic ?
Philosophical Review, 58, 299-320. |
|
|
PAP, A. (1958). Semantics and necessary truth : An
inquiry into the foundations of analytic philosophy. New
Haven : Yale University Press. |
|
|
RESCHER, N. (1967). Truth and necessity in temporal
perspective. In R.M. Gale (Ed.), The Philosophy of
time ( pp. 182-220). New York : Palgrave
Macmillan. |
|
|
QUINE, W.V. (1970). Notes on existence and necessity. In
L. Linsky (Ed.), Semantic and the philosophy of
language. Urbana and Chicago : University of
Illinois Press. |
|
|
MONOD, J. (1970). Le hasard et la nécessité.
Paris : Seuil. |
PIAGET, J. (1986). Essay on necessity. Human
Development, 29, 301-314. |
|
HACKING, I. (1978). On identity, necessity and
physicalism. In S. Korner (Ed.), Philosophy of logic
(pp. 147-58). Oxford and California. |
OVERTON, W.F. (Ed.) (1990). Reasoning, necessity, and
logic: Developmental perspectives. Hillsdale, NJ :
Erlbaum. |
|
PIAGET, J. (1976). Le possible, l'impossible et le
nécessaire. Archives de Psychologie, 44 (172),
281-299. |
EVANS, J., HANDLEY, S.J., HARPER, C.N.J. &
JOHNSON-LAIRD, P.N. (1999). Reasoning about necessity and
possibility : A test of the mental model theory of
deduction. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Learning, Memory & Cognition, 25, 1495-1513. [PDF] |
|
PIAGET, J. (1977). Essai sur la nécessité. Archives
de Psychologie, 45 (175), 235-251. |
CARROLL, S.B. (2001). Chance and necessity : the evolution
of morphological complexity and diversity. Nature,
409 (6823), 1102-1109. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Condition
nécessaire |
|
|
Nécrophilie : Paraphilie
qui consiste à chercher une excitation
sexuelle en pensant (fantaisies et
fantasmes répétés et intenses) en voyant ou en manipulant un
cadavre lors de l'acte
sexuel.
Necrophilia.
| |
|
|
BRILL, A.A. (1941). Necrophilia. Journal of Criminal
Psychopathology, 2 (4), 433-443. |
|
KLAF, F.S. & BROWN, W. (1958). Necrophilia :
Brief review and case report. The Psychoanalytic
Quarterly, 29 (143), 645-652. |
|
ROSMAN, J.P. & RESNICK, P.J. (1989). Sexual attraction
to corpses : a psychiatric review of necrophilia. Bulletin
of the American Academy of Psychiatry & the Law, 17,
153-163. |
|
|
Voir aussi Paraphilie
et Excitation
sexuelle |
|
|
|
|
Needham Amy W. ( ) : Psychologue
américaine et cognitiviste
européenne, spécialisée dans l'étude de la ségrégation
cognitive. Professeur de
Libertus. Collaboratice de Baillargeon.
|
NEEDHAM, A. & BAILLARGEON, R. (1993). Intuitions about
support in 4.5-month-old infants. Cognition, 47,
121-148. |
|
NEEDHAM, A. (1997). Factors affecting infants' use of
featural information in object segregation. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 6, 26-33. [PDF] |
|
NEEDHAM, A. & KAUFMAN, J. (1997). Infants' integration
of information from different sources in object
segregation. Early Development & Parenting, 6, 137-147.
[PDF] |
|
NEEDHAM, A. (2009). Improvements in object exploration
skills may facilitate the development of object
segregation in early infancy. Journal of Cognition
& Development, 1 (2), 131-156. [PDF] |
|
NEEDHAM, A., JOH, A.S., WIESEN, S.E. & WILLIAMS, N.
(2014). Effects of contingent reinforcement of actions on
infants' object-directed reaching. Infancy, 19,
496-517. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Needlman Robert ( ) : Pédiatre
américain et spécialiste de la
littéracie et de la lecture.
|
NEEDLMAN, R., FRIED, L.E., MORLEY, D.S., TAYLOR, S. &
ZUCKERMAN, B. (1991). Clinic-based intervention to promote
literacy. A pilot study. American Journal of Diseases
of Children, 145, 881-884. [PDF] |
|
NEEDLMAN, R., KLASS, P. & ZUCKERMAN, B. (1992). Fight
illiteracy : Prescribe a book ! Contemporary
Pediatrics, 9 (2), 41 |
|
NEEDLMAN, R., KLASS, P. & ZUCKERMAN, B. (2002). Reach
out and get your patients to read. Contemprory
Pediatrics, 19 (1), 51-69. [PDF] |
|
NEEDLMAN, R. & SILVERSTEIN, M. (2004). Pediatric
interventions to support reading aloud : how good is the
evidence ? Journal of Developmental & Behavioral
Pediatrics, 25 (5), 352-363. |
|
NEEDLMAN, R., TOKER, K.H., DREYER, B.P., KLASS, P. &
MENDELSOHN, A.L. (2005). Effectiveness of a primary care
intervention to support reading aloud : a multicenter
evaluation. Ambululatory Pediatrics, 5 (4),
209-215. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Neef Nancy A. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude du trouble
de l'hyperactivité avec déficit d'attention, de l'impulsivité
et de la loi de
l'appariement. Collaboratrice de
Cataldo, Cihon, Iwata,
Lattal, Lerman,
Mace, Saville
et Vollmer.
 |
NEEF, N.A., IWATA, B.A. & PAGE, T.J. (1978). Public
transportation training : In vivo versus classroom
instruction. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 11
(3), 331-344. [PDF] |
|
NEEF, N.A., SHAFER, M.S., EGEL, A.L, CATALDO, M.F. &
PARRISH, J.M. (1983). The class specific effects of
compliance training with "do" and "don't" requests :
analogue analysis and classroom application. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 16 (1), 81-99. [PDF] |
|
NEEF, N.A., MACE, F.C. & SHADE, D. (1993). Impulsivity
in students with serious emotional disturbance : The
interactive effects of reinforcer rate, delay, and
quality. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 26
(1), 37-52. [PDF] |
|
NEEF, N.A. (1992). Effects of reinforcer rate and
reinforcer quality on time allocation : Extensions of
matching theory to educational settings. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 25 (3), 691-699. [PDF] |
|
NEEF, N.A., MARCKEL, J., FERRERI, S.J., BICARD, D.F.,
ENDO, S., AMAN, M.G., MILLER, K.M., JUNG, S., NIST, L.
& ARMSTRONG, N. (2005). Behavioral assessment of
impulsivity : A comparison of children with and without
attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 38 (1), 23-37. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
Nefazodone : Antidépresseur.
| |
|
|
HEDGES, D.W., REIMHERR, F.W., STRONG, R.E., HALLS, C.H.
& RUST, C. (1996). An open trial of nefazodone in
adult patients with generalized anxiety disorder. Psychopharmacology
Bulletin, 32 (4), 671-676. |
|
DAVIS, R., WHITTINGTON, R. & BRYSON, H.M. (1997).
Nefazodone. Drugs, 53 (4), 608-636. |
|
SUSSMAN, N., GINSBERG, D.L. & BIKOFF, J. (2001).
Effects of nefazodone on body weight : a pooled analysis
of selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor-and
imipramine-controlled trials. The Journal of Clinical
Psychiatry, 62 (4), 256-260. |
|
SAPER, J.R., LAKE, A.E. & TEPPER, S.J. (2001).
Nefazodone for chronic daily headache prophylaxis : an
open-label study. Headache, 41 (5), 465-474. |
|
CHOI, S. (2003). Nefazodone (Serzone) withdrawn because of
hepatotoxicity. Canadian Medical Association or its
licensors. Canadian Medical Association Journal, 169
(11), 1187. [PDF] |
|
EDWARDS, I.R. (2003). Withdrawing drugs : nefazodone, the
start of the latest saga. Lancet, 361 (9365),
1240. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Antidépresseur |
|
|
Neff Kristin D. ( ) : Psychosociologue
américaine. Elle étudie la compassion
de soi.
 |
NEFF, K.D. (2003). The development and validation of a
scale to measure self-compassion. Self & Identity,
2, 223-250. [PDF] |
|
NEFF, K.D., HSEIH, Y. & DEJTTHIRAT, K. (2005).
Self-compassion, achievement goals, and coping with
academic failure. Self & Identity, 4,
263-287. [PDF] |
|
NEFF, K.D., RUDE, S.S. & KIRKPATRICK, K. (2007). An
examination of self-compassion in relation to positive
psychological functioning and personality traits. Journal
of Research in Personality, 41, 908-916.
[PDF] |
|
NEFF, K.D. & VONK, R. (2009). Self-compassion versus
global self-esteem : Two different ways of relating to
oneself. Journal of Personality, 77, 23-50. [PDF] |
|
NEFF, K.D. (2009). The role of self-compassion in
development : A healthier way to relate to oneself. Human
Development, 52, 211-214. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Négationnisme : Doctrine selon laquelle l'extermination des Juifs
(Shoah) et l'existence ds camps de concentration pendant la deuxième guerre mondiale sont des mythes.
En fait, il y a deux thèses négationnistes, l'une forte, l'autre
faible. La première - la thèse forte - nie carrément ces
deux réalités - extermination et camps de concentration - alors
que la seconde - plus faible - prétend que, s'ils ont
effectivement eu lieu, ces événements n'ont jamais eu l'ampleur
que l'on prétend. Dans ce dernier cas, l'usage du terme
«contestation» ou «révision» serait sans doute plus avisé que
«négation». Précisions que la vaste majorité des historiens
considèrent que la Shoah est un fait historique.
En France, la loi Gayssot interdit et condamne le négationnisme
depuis 1990.
| |
|
|
FINKELKRAUT, A. (1982). L’avenir
d’une négation. Paris : Le Seuil |
|
TROPER, M. (1999). La loi Gayssot et la
constitution. Annales : Histoire, Sciences Sociales, 6,
1239-1257. |
|
IGOUNET, V. (2000). Histoire
du négationnisme en France. Paris : Le Seuil. |
|
SAPITO, G. (2004). Le négationnisme en France. Revue
de Synthèse, 125, 217-228. [PDF]
|
|
DHOQUOIS, R. (2004). Les thèses négationnistes et
la liberté d'expression en France. Ethnologue
Française, 36 (1), 27-33. [PDF] |
|
Voir aussi Théorie
officielle |
|
|
Négativisme : Opposition
irrationelle à toute proposition, qui se traduit dans certain cas
par un refus d'établir un contact
visuel et un mutisme
partiel ou total, ainsi que par un évitement
systématique des individus de l'entourage qui tentent d'infléchir
cette attitude ou de
modifier les comportements
qui en découlent.
|
Négligence : Absence ou quantité insuffisante de soins prodigués à un enfant, un
handicapé ou une
personne âgée. Négligence et maltraitance.
Neglect.
| |
|
|
HIGGINS, D.J. & McCABE, M.P. (2001). Multiple forms of
child abuse and neglect : Adult retrospective reports. Aggression
& Violent Behavior, 6 (6), 547-578. |
|
KNUTSON, J.F., DEGARMO, D., KOEPPL, G. & REID, J.B.
(2005) Care Neglect, supervisory neglect and harsh
parenting in the development of children's aggression : A
replication and extension. Child Maltreatment, 10, 92-107. |
|
|
Voir aussi Maltraitance |
|
|
Négociation : Négocier : Négociateur : Discussion entre deux individus/groupes ou plus autour d'un problème dans le but de
trouver une solution, une entente,
une façon de faire satisfaisante pour toutes les parties. Les
parties d'une négociation use d'argument
(logique), d'humour,
d'intimitation et de menace
pour conclure une entente.
=
stratégie de négociation, trouver un accord, un terrain d'entente.
Negotiation, bargaining.
| |
|
|
NASH, J. (1950). The bargaining problem. Econometrica, 18 (2), 155-1162. [PDF] |
BOLTON, G.E. & ZWICK, R. (1995). Anonymity versus punishment in ultimatum bargaining. Games & Economic Behavior, 10, 95-121. [PDF] |
|
SIEGEL, S. & FOURAKER, L.B. (1960). Bargaining and group decision making. New York : McGraw Hill. |
RAPOPORT, A., EREV, I. & ZWICK, R. (1995). Bargaining behavior in bilateral monopoly with one-sided incomplete
information. Management Science, 41 (3),
377-394. [PDF] |
|
DEUTSCH, M. & KRAUSS, R.M. (1962). Studies of
interpersonal bargaining. The Journal of Conflict
Resolution, 6 (1), 52-76. |
THOMPSON, L.L., PETERSON, E. & BRODT, S.E. (1996).
Team negotiation : An examination of integrative and
distributive bargaining. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 70, 66-78. |
|
KELLEY, H.H. (1965). Experimental studies of threats in
interpersonal negotiations. Journal of Conflict
Resolution, 9, 81-107. |
|
|
KELLEY, H.H. (1966). A classroom study of the dilemnas in
interpersonal negotiations. In K. Archibald (Ed.), Strategic interaction and conflict (pp. 49-73). Berkeley,
California : University of California, Institute of
International Studies. |
FORGAS, J.P. (1998). On feeling good and getting your way : Mood effects on negotiator cognition and bargaining
strategies. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 74 (3), 565–577. |
|
KELLEY, H.H., DEUTCH, M., LANZETTA, J.T., NUTTIN, J.M., SHURE, G.H., FAUCHEUX, C., MOSCOVICI, S., RABBIE, J.M. & THIBAULT, J.W. (1970). A comparative experimental
study of negociation behavior. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 16 (3), 411-438. |
ZWICK, R. & LEE. C.C. (1999). Bargaining and search : An experimental study. Group Decision &
Negotiation, 8 (6), 463-487. [PDF] |
|
ARTHURS, H.W. (1971). Collective nargaining by public
employees in Canada : Five models. University of
Michigan-Wayne State University. |
|
|
BENTON, A.A. & KELLEY, H.H. & LIEBLING, B. (1972). Effects of extremity of offers and concession rate on the
outcomes of bargaining. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 24, 73-84. |
STUHLMACHER, A.F. & WALTERS, A.E. (1999). Gender
differences in negotiation outcome : A meta analysis. Personnel
Psychology, 52 (3), 653-677. |
|
RUBIN, J.Z. & BROWN, B.R. (1975). The social
psychology of bargaining and negotiation. New York
: Academic Press. |
ZWICK, R., RAPOPORT, A. & WEG, E. (2000). Invariance
failure under subgame perfectness in sequential
bargaining. Journal of Economic Psychology, 21 (5), 517-544. [PDF] |
|
PRUITT, D.G. & LEWIS, S.A. (1975). Development of integrative solutions in bilateral negoctation. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 31 (4), 621-633. |
|
|
CIALDINI, R.B., BICKMAN, L. & CACIOPPO, J.T. (1979).
An example of consumeristic social psychology : Bargaining
tough in the new car showroom. Journal of Applied
Social Psychology, 9, 115-126. |
WADE, M.E. (2001). Women and salary negotiation : The costs of self-advocacy. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 25 (1), 65-76. |
|
SMITH, D.L., PRUITT, D.G. & CARNAVALE, P.J. (1982). Matching and dispatching : The effect of own Limit,
other's toughness and time pressure on concession rate in negotiation. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 42, 876-903. |
ZETIK, D.C. & STUHLMACHER, A.F. (2002). Goal setting and negotiation performance : A meta-analysis. Group
Processes & Intergroup Relations, 5 (1), 35-52.
|
|
RAIFFA, H. (1982). The art and science of
negotiation. Cambridge : Harvard University Press. |
KRAY, L.J., THOMPSON, L. & GALINSKY, A. (2001). Battle
of the sexes : Gender stereotype confirmation and
reactance in negotiations. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 80 (6), 942-958. |
|
|
FARBER, H.S. & BAZERMAN, M.H. (1987). Why is there
disagreement in bargaining ? Journal American
Economic Review, 77 (2), 347-352. [PDF] |
O'SHEAA, P.G. & BUSH, D.F. (2002). Negotiation for
starting salary : Antecedents and outcomes among recent
college graduates. Journal of Business &
Psychology, 16 (3), 365-382. |
|
PRUITT, D.G. (1983). Strategic choice in negotiation.
American Behavioral Scientist, 27 (2), 167-194. |
|
|
BAZERMAN, M.H. & LEWICKI, R.J. (Eds.) (1991). Negotiating
in organizations. Sage Publications. |
JOHNSON, D.W. & JOHNSON, R.T. (2003). Field testing
integrative negotiations. Peace & Conflict :
Journal of Peace Psychology, 9, 39-68. |
|
WALL, J.A. & BLUM, M.W. (1991). Negotiations. Journal
of Management, 17, 273-303. |
DE DREU C.K. (2004). Motivation in negotiation : a social
psychological analysis. In M.J. Gelfand & J.M. Brett,
(Eds.), The handbook of negotiation and culture
(pp. 114-135). Stanford, CA : Stanford University Press. |
|
BRESLIN, J.W. & RUBIN, J.Z. (Eds.) (1991). Negotiation
theory and practice. Cambridge : PON Books. |
LEE, C.C., WEG, E. & ZWICK, R. (2005). Failure of
Bayesian updating in repeated bilateral bargaining. In A.
Rapoport and R. Zwick (Eds.), Experimental business
research, economic and managerial perspectives
(Vol. 2, pp. 249-260). Dordrecht, The Netherlands :
Springer. [PDF] |
|
NEALE, M.A. & BAZERMAN, M.H. (1991). Cognition and
rationality in negotiation. Free Press. |
PRUITT, D.G. (2006). Negotiation with terrorists. International
Negotiation, 11, 370-394. |
|
ZWICK, R., RAPOPORT, A. & HOWARD, J.C. (1992).
Two-person sequential bargaining behavior with exogenous
breakdown. Theory & Decision, 32, 241-268. [PDF] |
VAN KLEEF, G.A., De BREU, C.K.W. & MANSTEAD, A.S.R.
(2006). Supplication and appeasement in conflict and
negotiation : The interpersonal effects of disappointment,
worry, guilt, and regret. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 91, 124-142. |
|
NEALE, M.A. & BAZERMAN, M.H. (1992). Negotiator
cognition and rationality : A behavioral decision theory
perspective. Organizational Behavior & Human
Decision Processes, 51, 157-175. |
MITCHELL-TURNER, M., TAMBORINI, R., LIMON, M.S. &
ZUCKREMAN-HYMAN, C. (2007). The moderators and mediators
of door-in-the-face requests : Is it a negotiation or a
helping experience ? Communication Monographs, 74
(3), 333-356. [PDF] |
|
PRUITT, D.G. & CARNEVALE, P.J. (1993). Negotiation
in social conflict. Buckingham, UK : Open
University Press |
SMALL, D.A., GELFAND, M., BABCOCK, L. & GETTMAN, H.
(2007). Who goes to the bargaining table ? The influence
of gender and framing on the initiation of negotiation. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 93 (4),
600-613. [PDF] |
|
WALTON, R.E., CUTCHER-GERSHENFELD, J.E. & McKERSIE,
R.B. (1994). Strategic negotiations. Boston :
Harvard Business School Press. |
CURHAN, J.R. & OVERBACK, J.R. (2008). Making a
positive impression in a negotiation : Gender differences
in response to impression motivation. Negotiation
& Conflict Management Research, 1 (2), 179-193.
[PDF] |
|
GRAHAM, J.L., MINTU, A.T. & RODGERS, W. (1994).
Explorations of negotiation behaviors in 10 foreign
cultures using a model developed in the United States. Management
Science, 40, 72-95. |
BOWLES, H.R. & MCGINN, K.L. (2008). Untapped potential
in the study of negotiation and gender inequality in
organizations. The Academy of Management Annals, 2
(1), 99-132. [PDF] |
| |
PRUITT, D.G. (2009). Les communications de coulisse dans
les négotiations inter-groupes : avantages et risques. Négociations,
1, 13-29. |
|
KAMAN, V.S. & HARTEL, C.E.J. (1994). Gender
differences in anticipated pay negotiation strategies and
outcomes. Journal of Business & Psychology, 9
(2), 183-197. |
KRAY, L.J., GALINSKY, A.D. & MARKMAN, K.D. (2009).
Counterfactual structure and learning from experience in
negotiations. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 45, 979-982. [PDF] |
| |
FISCHER-LOUKOU, J. & GUÉGUEN, N. (2015). Négociation
et genre : L'approche "contextuelle" en psychologie
sociale. Négociations, 23 (1), 93-104. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Conflit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nègre : Négritude : Pour certains, terme péjoratif, voire raciste,
pour désigner les
Afro-Américains/Noir, alors que pour d'autres, comme Césaire et Senghor, le mot renvoie à la reconnaissance du fait d'être
Noir, et à l'acceptation, voire la valorisation de ce fait. Negro, nigrescence, Black.
| |
|
|
BEAN, R.B. (1906). Some racial peculiarities of the Negro
brain. American Journal of Anatomy, 5, 353-432. |
SENGHOR, L.S. (1988). Ce que je crois : Négritude,
francité, et civilisation de l'universel. Paris :
Grasset. |
|
FRAZIER, E.F. ( 1939). The Negro family in the United
States. Chicago, IL : University of Chicago Press. |
|
|
BRUCE, M. (1940). Factors affecting intelligence test
performance of Whites and Negroes in the rural south. Archives
of Psychology, 252, 99. |
|
|
BLAKE, R. & DENNIS, W. (1943). The development of
stereotypes concerning the Negro. Journal of Abnormal
and Social Psychology, 38, 525–531. |
|
|
MYRDAL, G. (1944). An American dilemma : The Negro
problem in modern democracy. New York : Harper &
Row. |
|
|
PETTIGREW, T.F. (1959). Regional differences in anti-Negro prejudice. Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 59, 28-36. |
CROSS, W.E., PARHAM, T.A. & HELMS, J.E. (1991). The stages of Black identity development : Nigrescence models. In R.L. Jones (Ed.), Black psychology (pp. 319-338). Cobb & Henry Publishers. |
|
McQUEEN, R. & BROWNING, C. (1960). The intelligence
and educational achievement of a matched sample of White
and Negro Students. School & Society, 88, 327-329.
|
|
|
BRUCE, M. (1961). Factors affecting intelligence test
performance of Whites and Negroes in the rural south. In
J.J. Jenkins & D.G. Paterson (Eds.), Studies in
individual differences : The search for intelligence
(pp. 482-503). Appleton-Century-Crofts. |
|
|
BYRNE, D. & McGRAW, C. (1964). Interpersonal
attraction toward Negroes. Human Relations, 17,
201–213. |
. |
|
SENGHOR, L.S. (1964). Négritude et humanisme,
discours, conférences. Paris : Le Seuil. |
|
|
INSKO, C.A. & ROBINSON, J.E. (1967). Belief similarity
versus race as determinants of reactions to Negroes by
southern white adolescents : A further test of Rokeach’s
theory. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 7, 216–221. |
|
|
LABOV, W. (1967). Systematic relations of standard and
non-standard rules in the grammars of Negro speakers.
Project Literacy Reports, Ithaca (New Jersey), Cornell
University. |
CROSS, W.E. (1994). Nigrescence theory : Historical and
Explanatory Notes. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 44
(2), 119-123. |
|
BYRNE, D. & ERWIN, C.R. (1969). Attraction toward a
Negro stranger as a function of prejudice, attitude
similarity, and the stranger’s evaluation of the subject.
Human Relations, 22, 397-404. |
CROSS, WE. & FHAGEN-SMITH, P. (1996). Nigrescence and
ego identity development : Accounting for differential
Black identity patterns. In P.B. Pedersen, J.G. Draguns,
W.J. Lonner & J.E. Trimble (Eds.), Counseling
across cultures (pp. 108-123). Sage Publications.
|
|
CROSS, W.E. (1971). The Negro-to-Black conversion
experience. Black World, 20 (9), 13-27. |
CROSS, W.E. (2001). Encountering nigrescence. Handbook of multicultural
Counseling, 2, 30-44. |
|
CROSS, W.E. (1978). The Cross and Thomas models of
psychological nigrescence. Journal of Black
Psychology, 5 (1), 13-19. |
VANDIVER, B.J., FHAGEN-SMITH, P.E., COKLEY, K.O., CROSS,
W.E. & WORREL, F.C. (2001). Cross's nigrescence model
: From theory to scale to theory. Journal of
Multicultural Counseling & Development, 29 (3),
174-200. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Afro-Américain,
Afrique,
Rectitude politique, Esclavage
et Racisme |
|
|
|
|
Neill Wilfred Trammell ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste américain, spécialisé
dans l'étude de l'attention
et de l'amorçage.
|
NEILL, W.T. (1977). Inhibitory and facilitatory processes
in selective attention. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Human Perception & Performance, 3, 444-450. |
|
NEILL, W.T., VALDES, L.A., TERRY, K.M. & GORFEIN, D.S.
(1992). Persistence of negative priming : II. Evidence for
episodic trace retrieval. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory & Cognition, 18, 993-1000. |
|
NEILL, W.T. & VALDES, LA. (1992). Persistence of
negative priming : Steady state or decay ? Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory &
Cognition, 18, 565-576. |
|
NEILL, W.T. (1997). Episodic retrieval in negative priming
and repetition priming. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory & Cognition, 23, 1291-3105. |
|
NEILL, W.T. & JOORDENS, S. (2002). Negative priming
and stimulus repetitions : A reply to Grison and Strayer
(2001). Perception & Psychophysics, 64,
855-860. |
|
|
|
Neisser Ulrich Gustav (Kiel 1928-2012 Ithaca) : Psychologue
cognitiviste américain, d'origine
allemande, et pionnier de l'étude de la mémoire
et des images mentales.
Il a écrit l'un des tout premiers livres traitant de la cognition.
Professeur de Bahrick. Collaborateur
de Bouchard, Ceci,
Halpern, Loehlin, Perloff,
Spelke, Sternberg et Urbina.
No
32 |
NEISSER, U. (1978). Anticipations, images and
introspection. Cognition, 6, 167-174. |
|
NEISSER, U. (1979). Images, models, and human nature. Behavioral
& Brain Sciences, 2, 561. |
|
NEISSER, U. (1982). Memory observed : Remembering in
natural contexts. New York : W.H. Freeman. |
|
NEISSER, U. & WINOGRAD, E. (1988). Remembering
reconsidered : Ecological and traditional approaches to
the study of memory. Cambridge : Cambridge
University. |
|
NEISSER, U., BOODOO, G., BOUCHARD, T.J., BOYKIN, A.W.,
BRODY, N., CECI., S J., HALPERN, D.F., LOEHLIN, J.C.,
PERLOFF, R., STERNBERG, R.J. & URBINA, S. (1996).
Intelligence : Knowns and unknowns. American
Psychologist, 51 (2), 77-101. [PDF] |
|
|
SALZINGER, K. (1973). Inside the black box, with apologies
to Pandora. A review of Ulric Neisser's Cognitive
Psychology. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 19 (2), 369-378. [PDF] |
|
CUTTING, J.E. (2012). Ulric Neisser (1923-2012): Obituary.
American Psychologist, 67 (6), 492. |
|
|
|
Nelder Johnn Ashworth (1924-2010) : Mathématicien
et statisticien anglais,
spécialisé dans
l'analyse de la variance.
|
NELDER, J.A. & MEAD, R. (1965). A simplex method for
function minimization. Computer Journal, 7 (4),
308-313. [PDF] |
|
NELDER, J.A. (1966). Inverse polynomials, a useful group
of multi-factor response functions. Biometrics, 22, 128-141. |
|
NELDER, J.A. (1968). Weighted regression quantal reponse
data and inverse polynomials. Biometrics, 24,
979-985. |
|
NELDER, J.A. & WEDDERBURN, R.W.M. (1972). Generalized
linear models. Journal of the Royal Statistical
Society, A, 135 (3), 370-384. [PDF] |
|
NELDER, J.A. (1987). Discussion : What is an analysis of
variance ? The Annals of Statistics, 15 (3),
930-931. |
|
|
|
|
|
Nelson Thomas O. (Newark 1943-2005) : Psychologue
cognitivisme américain
et spécialiste de la métacognition
et de la métamémoire.
Collaborateur de Kruglanski,
Mezzoni et Shimamura.
|
NELSON, T.O. (1971). Extinction, delay, and
partial-reinforcement effects in paired-associate
learning. Cognitive Psychology, 2 (2), 212-228. |
|
NELSON, T.O. & NARENS, L. (1980). A new technique for
investigating the feeling of knowing. Acta
Psychologica, 46, 69-80. |
|
NELSON, T.O. & LEONESIO, R.J. (1988). Allocation of
self-paced study time and the "labor-in-vain effect".
Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory,
& Cognition, 14, 476-486. |
|
NELSON, T.O. & DUNLOSKY, J (1991). The delayed-JOL
effect : When delaying your judgements of learning can
improve the accuracy of your metacognitive monitoring.
Psychological Science, 2, 267-270. |
|
NELSON, T.O. (1996). Consciousness and metacognition. American
Psychologist, 51, 102-116. |
|
|
BAHRICK, H.P. & BJORK, B. (2005). In memory of Thomas
O. Nelson. The Experimental Psychology Bulletin, 9
(1), [LIRE] |
BAHRICK, H.P. (2005). Dedication to Thomas O. Nelson.
Journal of Memory and Language, 52, 461-462.
|
|
BAHRICK, H.P. (2008). Thomas O. Nelson: His life, and
implications of his functional view of metacognitive
monitoring. In J. Dunlosky & R.A. Bjork (Eds.) Handbook
of metamemory and memory (pp. 1-7). New York :
Psychology Press. |
|
|
|
|
Nelson Todd D. ( ) : Psychosociologue
américain et
spécialiste de l'étude de
l'âgisme.
|
NELSON, T.D. (1993). The hierarchical organization of
behavior : A useful feedback model of self-regulation. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 2 (4),
121-126. |
|
NELSON, T.D. (1997). Mood regulation prior to social
interaction : Mood maintenance versus neutralization.
Journal of Social Psychology, 137 (4), 535-537. |
|
NELSON, T.D. (1998). A Stimulus-response social psychology
? American Psychologist, 53 (9),
1078. |
|
NELSON, T.D. (2005). Ageism : Prejudice against our feared
future self. Journal of Social Issues, 61 (2),
207-221. |
|
NELSON, T.D. (2016). Promoting healthy aging by
confronting ageism. American Psychologist, 71
(4), 276-282. |
|
|
|
|
|
Nemeroff
Charles B. (New York 1949-) : Psychiatre
américain. Collaborateur de Kirsch
et Weiss.
|
NEMEROFF, C.B., DEVANE, C.L. & OLLOCK, B.G. (1996).
Newer antidepressants and the cytochrome P450 system. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 153 (3), 311-320. |
|
NEMEROFF, C.B. (1999). Recognition and treatment of
psychiatric disorders : A psychopharmacology handbook
for primary care. American Psychiatric Pub Inc. |
|
NEMEROFF, C.B., COMPTON, M.T. & BERGER, J. (2001). The
depressed suicidal patient : assessment and treatment. Annals
of the New York Academy of Sciences, 932, 1-23. |
|
NEMEROFF, C.B., JONGSMA, A.R. & PURSELLE, D.C. (2003).
The psychopharmacology treatment planner. John
Wiley & Sons Inc. |
|
NEMEROFF, C.B. (2008). Recent findings in the
pathophysiology of depression. Focus, 6, 3-14.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Nemeth Charlan Jeanne ( ) : Psychosociologue
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude de l'influence
des groupes
majoritaire/minoritaire. Collaboratrice de Moscovici.
|
|
NEMETH, C.J. & WATCHLER, J. (1983). Creative problem
solving as a result of majority vs minority influence.
European Journal of Social Psychology, 13, 45-55. |
|
NEMETH, C.J. (1986). Differential contributions of
majority and minority influence. Psychological
Review, 93 (1), 23-32. [PDF] |
|
NEMETH, C.J., MAYSELESS, O., SHERMAN, J. & BROWN, Y.
(1990). Exposure to dissent and recall of information. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 58,
429-437. |
|
NEMETH, C.j, MOSIER, K. & CHILES, C. (1992). When
convergent thought improves performance : Majority vs.
minority influence. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 81, 139-144. |
|
NEMETH, C.J. (2003). Minority dissent and its "hidden
benefits". New Review of Social Psychology, 2, 21-28.
|
|
|
|
|
|
| NÉO - NÉPOTSIME - NERF - NERSESSIAN - NESDALE - NESSE - NEUGARTEN - NEURATH - NEURINGER - NE |
Néo : Préfixe qui signifie nouveau. Généralement utilisé pour qualifier une nouvelle
variante d'un phénomène
bien connu.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Néo-natal
: Néo-natalité : Qualifie un nouveau-né.
|
|
| |
DUMONT, V., DELAUNEY EL ALLAM, M., GUILLOIS, B., ZABALIA,
M. & ROCHE-LABARDE, N. (2018. La perception tactile et
ses implications dans la prise en charge néonatale.
Revue Médicale de Périnatalité, 10, 184-190. |
|
|
Voir aussi Nouveau-né |
|
|
|
Néo-piagétisme
: Voir Piagétisme
(Néo).
Neo-piagetism, neo-piagetian
theories, neo-Piagetian, post-piagetian.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Néotonie
: Conservation des caractéristiques juvéniles chez les
adultes d'une espèce.
Chez l'humain, la néotonie
se manifeste notamment par la présence de grands yeux et d'un
petit nez, ce qui rappelle le visage d'un jeune enfant (=
babyface).
|
Népotisme
: De façon générale, avantage que l'on tire du fait
d'être apparenté avec un individu qui détient un rang ou une
position enviable, qui lui confère du pouvoir.
Chez l'humain, forme de discrimination
qui consiste à favoriser de manière injustifiée ceux et celles que
l'on connaît, souvent des membres de notre famille, au détriment
d'autrui, dans l'octroi d'un emploi, d'une promotion, d'une
bourse, etc. Népotisme, biais
intergroupe et clientélisme.
Nepotism.
| |
|
|
SHERMAN, P.W. (1977). Nepotism and the evolution of alarm
calls. Science, 197, 1246-1253. |
CHAPAIS, B., GAUTHIER, C., PRUD’HOMME, J. & VASEY, P.
(1997). Relatedness threshold for nepotism in Japanese
macaques. Animal Behaviour, 53, 1089-1101. |
|
SHERMAN, P.W. (1980). The meaning of nepotism. American
Naturalist, 116, 604-606. |
WENNERAS, C. & WOLD, A. (1997). Nepotism and sexism in
peer-review. Nature, 387, 341-343. |
|
JONES, R.G., STOUT, T., HARDER, B., LEVINE,
E., LEVINE, J. & SANCHEZ, J.I. (2008). Personnel
psychology and nepotism : Should we support anti-nepotism
policies. The Industrial Organizational Psychologist,
45, 17-20. |
|
SHERMAN, P.W. (1981). Kinship, demography, and Belding's
ground squirrel nepotism. Behavioral Ecology &
Sociobiology, 8, 251-259. |
SANDSTRÖM, U. & HÖLLSTEN, M. (2008). Persistent
nepotism in peer-review. Scientometrics, 74 (2),
175-189. [PDF] |
|
SHERMAN, P.W. (1985). Alarm calls of Belding's ground
squirrels to aerial predators : nepotism or
self-preservation ? Behavioral Ecology &
Sociobiology 17, 313-323. |
SILK, J.B. (2009). Nepotistic cooperation in nonhuman
primate groups. Philosophical Transactions of the
Royal Society, 364, 3243-3254. |
| |
DARIOLY, A. & RIGGIO, R.E. (2014). Nepotism in hiring
leaders : Is there stigmatization of relatives ? Swiss
Journal of Psychology, 73 (4), 243-248. |
|
GADAGKAR, R. (1990). Nepotistic bee-eaters. Current
Science, 59 (9), 445-446. [PDF] |
RIGGIO, R.E. & SAGGI, K. (2015). If we do our job
correctly, nobody gets hurt by nepotism. Industrial
& Organizational Psychology : Perspectives on
Science & Practice, 8, 19-21. |
|
|
Voir aussi Biais
intergroupe,
Favoristisme et
Clientélisme |
|
|
Népotisme
intellectuel : Forme de népotisme
que l'on observe dans le milieu intellectuel et scientifique,
et qui consiste à accorder des avantages indus aux collègues
qui partagent nos idées, au détriment de ceux qui les contestent
ou proposent des idées différentes. Népotisme intellectuel et
comité de lecture.
|
Nerf
: Faisceau de fibres
nerveuses du système nerveux
périphérique. Ils sont composés de fibre
afférente et de fibre efférente.
Nerve.
| |
|
|
TISSOT, S. (1778). Traité des nerfs et de leurs
maladies. Paris : Didot PF. |
MITCHELL, S.W. (1872). Injuries of nerves and their
consequences. Philadelphia : Lippincott. |
|
VICQ D'AZIR, F. (1784). Second mémoire contenant des
observations sur plusieurs régions du cerveau disséqué
par sa base, et sur l'origine des nerfs. Paris :
Mémoires de l'Académie royale des sciences. |
TASAKI, I. (1939). The strength-duration relation of the
normal, polarized and narcotized nerve fiber. American
Journal of Physiology, 125, 367-379. |
|
REIl J.C. (1796). First volume of anatomical practice
: On the structure of nerves. Halle, Halae Saxonum,
In Officina Curtiana Venalis. |
TASAKI, I. (1953). Nervous transmission.
Springfield, Illinois : C.Thomas. |
|
PHILIPEAUX, J.-M. et VULPIAN, A. (1860). Recherches
expérimentales sur la régénération des nerfs séparés des
centres nerveux. Comptes Rendus des Séances et
Mémoires de la Société de Biologie, 1, 343-415. |
TASAKI, I. (1968). Nerve excitation : A
macromolecular approach. Springfield, Illinois : C.Thomas. |
|
| CARPENTER,
M.B. & SUTIN, J. (1983). Human neuroanatomy.
Londres : Williams & Wilkins. |
|
|
|
Nerf
optique :
Optic nerve.
| |
|
|
BISHOP, G.H. (1933). Fiber groups in the optic nerve. American
Journal of Physiology, 106, 460-474. |
|
BISHOP, G.H. & O'LEARY, J.S. (1940). Electrical
activity of the lateral geniculate of cats following optic
nerve stimuli. Jounral of Neurophysiology, 3, 308-322. |
|
SPERRY, R.W. (1944). Optic nerve regeneration with return
of vision in anurans. Journal of Neurophysiology, 7, 57-69. |
|
BISHOP, G.H., BURKE, W. & DAVIS, R. (1959). Activation
of single lateral geniculate cells by stimulation of
either optic nerve. Science, 130, 506-507. |
|
DANIEL, P.M. & WHITTERIDGE, D. (1961). The
representation of the visual field on the calcarine cortex
in baboons and monkeys. Journal of Physiology, 148,
33. |
|
|
Voir aussi Yeux, Rétine
et Nerf |
|
|
Nerf
parasympathique :
|
Nerf
sympathique :
|
Nerf
vague :
Vagus nerve.
| |
|
|
CORAZZOL, M., LIO, G., LEFEVRE, A., DEIANA, G., TELL, L.,
ANDRÉ-OBADIA, N., BOURDILLON, P., GUENOT, M., DESMURGET,
M., LUAUTÉ, J. & SIRIGU, A. (2017). Restoring
consciousness with vagus nerve stimulation. Current
Biology, 27 (18), 994-996. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Neria Yuval ( ) : Psychologue
spécialisé danss l'étude du stress,
notamment du trouble
du stress post-traumatique. Il s'intéresses plus
particulièrement aux conséquences psychologique du
onze septemmbre 2001. Collaborateur de Galea
et Marshall.
|
NERIA, Y. GUTTMANN-STEINMETZ, S., KOENEN, K., LEVINOVSKY,
L., ZAKIN G. & DEKEL R. (2001). Do attachment and
hardiness relate to each other and to mental health in
real-life stress ? Journal of Social & Personal
Relationships, 18, 844-858. |
|
NERIA, Y., GROSS, R., OLFSON, M., GAMEROFF, M.J.,
WICKRAMARATNE, P., DAS, A. & WEISSMAN, M.M. (2006).
Posttraumatic stress disorder in primary care one year
after the 9/11 attacks. General Hospital Psychiatry,
28, 213-222. [PDF] |
|
NERIA, Y., NANDI, A. & GALEA, S. (2007).
Post-traumatic stress disorder following disasters : a
systematic review. Psychological Medicine, 8
(4), 467-480. [PDF] |
|
NERIA, Y. OLFSON M, GAMEROFF, M.J., WICKRAMARATNE, P.,
GROSS, R., PILOWSKY, D.J. & WEISSMAN, M.M. (2008). The
mental health consequences of disaster-related loss :
Findings from primary care one year after the 9/11
terrorist attacks. Psychiatry : Interpersonal &
Biological Processes, 71 (4), 339-348.
[PDF] |
| NERIA, Y., DIFRANDE, L. & ADAMS, B. (2011). Posttraumatic stress disorder following the September 11, 2001, terror attacks : A review of the literature among highly exposed populations. American Psychologist, 66 (6), 429-446. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Nersessian Nancy J. ( ) : Philosophe
et épistémologue
néerlandaise, spécialisée dans l'étude de la pensée
et du raisonnement
scientifiques.
 |
NERSESSIAN, N.J. (1992). In the theoretician's laboratory
: Thought experimenting as mental modeling. Proceedings
of the Biennial Meeting of the Philosophy of Science
Association, 2, 291-301. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
NERSESSIAN, N.J. (1995). Should physicists preach what
they practice ? Constructive modeling in doing and
learning physics. Science & Education, 4 (3),
203-226. [PDF] |
|
NERSESSIAN, N.J. (2006). The cognitive-cultural systems of
the research laboratory. Organization Studies, 27, 125-145.
[PDF] |
|
NERSESSIAN, N.J. (2009). How do engineering scientists
think ? Model-based simulation in biomedical engineering
laboratories. Topics in Cognitive Science, 1,
730-757. [PDF] |
|
NERSESSIAN, N.J. & CHANDRASEKHARAN, S. (2009). Hybrid
analogies in conceptual innovation in science. Cognitive
Systems Research, 10 (3), 178-188. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Nervous
Child (1941-1956) : Revue
scientifique qui consacre ses pages à l'étude des troubles
mentaux chez les enfants.
Éditeur : Child Care publication.
| |
KANNER, L. (1943). Autistic disturbance of affective
contact. Nervous Child, 2, 217-250.
|
|
|
|
Nesdale Drew ( ) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude du
harcèlement à l'école. 
|
NESDALE, D. & SCARLETT, M. (2004). Effects of group
and situational factors on pre-adolescent children's
attitudes to school bullying. International Journal
of Behavioral Development, 28, 428-434. |
|
NESDALE, D., DURKIN, K., MAASS, A. & GRIFFITHS, J.
(2005). Group norms, threat, and children’s racial
prejudice. Child Development, 76 (3), 652-663. [PDF] |
|
NESDALE, D. & PICKERING, K. (2006). Teacher's
reactions to children's aggression. Social
Development, 15, 109-127. |
|
NESDALE, D., DURKIN, K., MAAS, A., KLESNER, J. &
GRIFFITHS, J.A. (2008). Effects of group norms on
children's intentions to bully. Social Development, 17
(4), 889-907. [PDF] |
|
NESDALE, D., LAWSON, M., DURKIN, K. & DUFFY, A.
(2010). Effects of information about group members on
young children's attitudes towards the in-group and
out-group. British Journal of Developmental
Psychology, 28, 467-482.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Nesse Randolf M. (1948-) : Biologiste
américain et spécialiste de la psychologie
évolutionniste. Il s'intéresse notamment aux
troubles de santé mentale. Collaborateur de Williams.
|
NESSE, R.M. & WILLIAMS, G.C. (1994). Why we get
sick : The new science of Darwinian medicine. New
York, NY : Vintage Books. |
|
NESSE, R.M. (1999). Emotional disorders in evolutionary
perspective. British Journal of Medical Psychology,
71, 397-415. |
|
NESSE, R.M. (1999). Testing evolutionary hypotheses about
mental disorders. In S. Stearns (Ed.), Evolution in
Health and Disease (pp. 260-266). New York : Oxford
University Press. |
|
NESSE, R.M. (2000). Is depression an adaptation ? Archives
of General Psychiatry, 57, 14-20. |
|
NESSE, R.M. (2011). Evolutionary foundations for
psychiatric diagnosis : making DSM-V valid. In P.R. Ariens
& De Block, A. (Eds.), Maladapting minds (pp.
173-197). New York : Oxford University Press. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Nestler Eric J. ( ) :
Psychiatre et neurobiologiste
américain et spécialiste de la
dépendance.
|
NESTLER, E.J. (1992). Molecular mechanisms of drug
addiction. Journal of Neuroscience, 12, 2439-2450. |
|
NESTLER, E.J., HOPE, B.T. & WIDNEL, K.L. (1993). Drug
addiction : a model for the molecular basis of neural
plasticity. Neuron, 11, 995-1006. |
|
NESTLER, E.J. (2000). Genes and addiction. Nature
Genetics, 26, 277-281. |
|
NESTLER, E.J. (2005). Is there a common molecular pathway
for addiction ? Nature Neuroscience, 8, 1445-1449. |
|
NESTLER, E.J. & CALREZON, W.A. (2006). The mesolimbic
dopamine reward circuit in depression. Biological
Psychiatry, 59 (12), 1151-1159. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Nestor Peter J. ( ) :
Neurocognitiviste
britannique et spécialiste de la démence,
notamment de l'Alzheimer.
Collaborateur de Hodges et
Patterson.
|
NESTOR, P.J., FRYER, T.D., SMILEWSKI, P. & HODGES,
J.R. (2003). Limbic hypometabolism in Alzheimer's disease
and mild cognitive impairment. Annals of Neurology,
54, 343-351. |
|
NESTOR, P.J., SCHELTENS, P. & HODGES, J.R. (2004).
Advances in the early detection of Alzheimer's disease.
Nature medicine, 10 (7), 34-41. |
|
NESTOR, P.J., FRYER, T.D. & HODGES, J.R. (2006).
Declarative memory impairments in Alzheimer's disease and
semantic dementia. Neuroimage, 30, 1010-1020. |
|
NESTOR, P.J. (2012). Reversal of abnormal eating and
drinking behaviour in a frontotemporal lobar degeneration
patient using low-dose topiramate. Journal of
Neurology Neurosurgery & Psychiatry, 83 (3),
349-350. |
|
NESTOR, P.J. (2017). Dementia of the personality.
Medical Journal of Australia, 207 (7), 286-287. |
|
|
|
Neto Félix ( ) :
Psychologue
portugais et spécialiste de l'étude de
l'amour.
|
NETO, F. (1994). Love styles among Portuguese students.
The Journal of Psychology, 128, 613-616. |
|
NETO, F. MULLET, E., DESCHAMPS, J., BARROS, J., BENVINDO,
R., CAMINO, L., FALCONI, A, KGIBANGA, V. & MACHADO, M.
(2000). Cross-cultural variations in attitudes toward
love. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 31,
626-635. |
|
NETO, F. (2005). The satisfaction with Love Life Scale. Measurement
& Evaluation in Counseling & Development, 38,
2-13. |
|
NETO, F. & PINTO, M.C. (2007). Love styles : A
cross-cultural study of British, Indian, and Portuguese
college students. Journal of Comparative Family
Studies, 38, 239-254. |
|
NETO, F. (2012). Perceptions of love and sex across the
adult life span. Journal of Social & Personal
Relationships, 29 (6) 760-775. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Netquiz
: Le mot désigne un logiciel québécois développé par
le CCDMD pour rédiger des jeux
questionnaire. NDLR : Le terme quiz
est un anglicisme (avec un z ou deux).
|
Neubauer Aljoscha C. ( ) : Neuropsychologue
autrichien, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'efficience
neurale. Collaborateur de
Grabner et Stern.
|
NEUBAUER, A.C. & FINK, A. (2003). Fluid intelligence
and neural efficiency : effects of task complexity and
sex. Personality & Individual Differences, 35 (4),
811-827. |
|
NEUBAUER, A.C., GRABNER, R.H., FREUDENTHALER, H.H.,
BECKMANN, J.F. & GUTHKE, J. (2004). Intelligence and
individual differences in becoming neurally efficient.
Acta Psychologica, 116 (1), 55-74. |
|
NEUBAUER, A.C., GRABNER, R.H. & STERN, E. (2005).
Intelligence and neural efficiency : further evidence of
the influence of task content and sex on the brain-IQ
relationship. Cognitive Brain Research, 25 (1),
217-225. |
|
NEUBAUER, A.C. & FINK, A. (2009). Intelligence and
neural efficiency. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral
Reviews, 33 (7), 1004-1023. |
|
NEUBAUER, A.C. & FINK, A. (2009). Intelligence and
neural efficiency : Measures of brain activation versus
measures of functional connectivity in the brain.
Intelligence, 37 (2), 223-229. |
|
|
|
Neugarten Lewin Bernice (Norfolk 1916-2001 Chicago) :
Psychologue américaine
spécialisée dans l'étude du vieillissement
et pionnière de la gérontologie.
 |
NEUGARTEN, B.L., HAVIGHURST, R.J. & TOBIN, S.S.
(1961). The measurement of life satisfaction. Journal
of Gerontology, 16, 134-143. |
|
NEUGARTEN, B.L., MOORE, J.W. & LOWE, J.C. (1965). Age
norms, age constraints and adult socialization. American
Journal of Sociology, 70, 710-717. |
|
NEUGARTEN, B.L. (1970). The old and the young in modern
societies. American Behavioral Scientist, 14,
13-24 |
|
NEUGARTEN, B.L. (1982). Age or need ? Public policies
for old people. Beverly Hills, CA : Sage. |
|
NEUGARTEN, B.L. (1996). The meanings of age :
Selected papers. Dail A. Neugarten. Chicago :
University of Chicago Press. |
|
|
COHLER, B. & TOBIN, S.S. (2002). Bernice Levin
Neugarten (1916-2001) : Obituary. American
Psychologist, 57 (4), 288. |
|
BINSTOCK, R.H. (2002). In Memoriam : Bernice L. Neugarte.
The Gerontologist, 42 (2), 149-151. [PDF] |
|
FERRARO, K.F. (2013). The time of our lives : Recognizing
the contributions of Mannheim, Neugarten, and Riley to the
study of aging. The Gerontologist, 54 (1),
127-133. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Neural Plasticity : Revue
scientifique multidisciplinaire qui se consacre à l'étude
des réseaux neuronaux
et à leur plasticité. Éditeur :
Elsevier.
DALEN, L., SONUGA-BARKE, E.J.S,HALL, M. & REMINGTON,
B. (2004). Inhibitory deficits, delay aversion and
rreschool AD/HD : Implications the dual pathway model. Neural
Plasticity, 11, (1-2), 1-11. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
Neurath Otto (Vienne 1882-1945 Oxford) : Sociologue
et épistémologue
autrichien. Il est membre du Cercle
de Vienne.
 |
NEURATH, O. (1932). World planning and the USA. Survey
Graphic, 20 (6), 621-628. |
|
NEURATH, O. (1933). Museums of the future. Survey
Graphic, 22 (9), 458-463. |
|
NEURATH, O. (1939). Modern man in the making. New
York : Knopf. |
|
NEURATH, O. (1945). The human approach to visual
education. Health Education Journal, 2, 61-66. |
|
NEURATH, O. (1937). Visual education : a new language. Survey
Graphic, 26 (1), 25-28. |
|
|
|
Neuringer Allen Joel (1940-) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la variabilité
comportementale et de
l'auto-expérérimentation. Professeur de Kornel,
Piff et Slavin.
 |
NEURINGER, A. (1967). Effects of reinforcement magnitude
on choice and rate of responding. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 10 (5), 417-424.
[PDF] |
|
NEURINGER, A. (1969). Delayed reinforcement versus
reinforcement after a fixed interval. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 12 (3),
375-383. [PDF] |
|
NEURINGER, A. (1970). Many responses per food reward with
free food present. Science, 169, 503-504. |
|
NEURINGER, A. (1985). Melioration and
self-experimentation. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 42 (3), 397-406. [PDF] |
|
NEURINGER, A. (2004). Reinforced variability in animals
and people. American Psychologist, 59 (9),
891-906.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
| NE
- NEUROCIRCUIT
- NEUROCOGNITION
-
NEURODÉPRESSEUR - NEUROLEPTIQUE -
NEURONE - NEUROPSYCHOLOGIE
- NEUROSCIENCE
- NEUTRA |
|
|
Neuroanatomie
: Branche de la neurobiologie
qui s'intéresse plus particulièrement à la division et à
l'organisation des parties ou structures
du cerveau.
|
|
| |
ROSENZWEIG, M. et LEIMAN, A.L. (1991). Psychophysiologie.
Ville Mont Royal : Décarie. |
|
|
Neurobiologie
: Branche de la biologie
qui étudie la structure (neuranatomie) et le fonctionnement
(neurophysiologie) des composants de base du
cerveau, les neurones.
( ): Adrian,
Ahmed, Alzheimer,
Aston-Jones,
Barlow, Bartels,
Berger, Bremer, Carlsson,
Changeux, Chapoutier,
Calvin, Cohen,
Alzheimer, Eliot,
Forel,
Gage, Geschwind, Goldman-Rakic,
Greengard, Gutkin,
Haber, Jelliffe,
Jouvet, Kandel, Kempermann,
Kuhn, Lüders,
Magistretti, Magoun,
McEwen, McGaugh,
Menzel, Moruzzi,
Morris, Nestler,
Parent, Penfield, Ramon
y Cajal, Rankin, Rose,
Royet, Sapolsky,
Shalev, Shankardas,
Shaywitz, Shaywitz,
Sherrington,
Schultz, Silva,
Spalding, Squire, Swaab,
Swanson,
Tononi, Vidal, Wickens.
Neurobiology.
| |
|
|
THOMPSON, R.F. (1986). The neurobiology of learning and
memory. Science, 233, 941-947. |
|
SHEPERD, G.M. (1988). Neurobiology. New York :
Oxford University Press. |
|
WISE, R.A. (1996). Neurobiology of addiction. Current
Opinion in Neurobiology, 6, 243-251. [PDF] |
|
| ROSENZWEIG, M. et LEIMAN, A.L. (1991). Psychophysiologie.
Ville Mont Royal : Décarie. |
|
|
Voir aussi Biologie,
Neurocognitiviste
et Neuropsychologue |
|
|
Neurobiology
of Learning & Memory : Revue
scientifique de neurobioologie.
Anciennement Behavioral
& Neural Biology. Éditeur : Elsevier. =
Neurobiol Learn. Mem.
LEPORT, A.K.R., MATTFELD, A.T., DICKINSON-ANSON, H.,
FALLON, J.H., STARK, C.E.L., KRUGGEL, F., CAHILL, L.
& MCGAUGH, J.L. (2012). Behavioral and
neuroanatomical investigation of Highly Superior
Autobiographical Memory (HSAM). Neurobiology of
Learning & Memory, 98, 78-92. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Neurochirurgie
de l'esprit : Voir Chirurgie de l'esprit.
Psychochirurgy. |
Neurocircuit : Chemin neural
suivit dans le cerveau par
l'influx nerveux en réponse
à un stimulus, et qui
mène à de nombresuses structures cérébrales. Certains auteurs
distinguent le circuit (neural circuit) , qui forme une boucle
(A-B-A), de la voie
cérébrale (pathway) qui va de A en B sans retourner à son
point d'origine. Circuit neuronal, cerveau
et mécanisme
neural. ( ): Voir tableau
ci-dessous. = circuit neural. Circuit,
neural circuit, neural pathway.
| |
|
|
PITTS, W. (1942). Some observations on the simple neuron
circuit. Bulletin of Mathematical Biology, 4 (3),
121-129. |
KELLEY, A.E., BALDO, B.A., PRATT, W.E. & WIL, M.J.
(2005). Corticostriatal-hypothalamic circuitry and food
motivation : integration of energy, action and reward. Physiology
& Behavior, 86, 773-795. |
|
OLDS, J. & MILNER, P.M. (1955). Positive reinforcement
produced by electrical stimulation of septal area and
other regions of rat brain. Journal of Comparative
& Physiological Psychology, 47, 419-427. |
BALLEINE, B. (2005). Neural bases of food-seeking :
affect, arousal and reward in corticostriatolimbic
circuits. Physiology & Behavior, 86 (5),
717-730. [PDF] |
|
BYRNE, J.H. (1981). Comparative aspects of neural circuits
for inking behavior and gill-withdrawal in aplysia
californica. Journal of Neurophysiology, 45,
98-106. |
SWANSON, L.W. (2005). Anatomy of the soul as reflected in
the cerebral hemispheres : neural circuits underlying
voluntary control of basic motivated behaviors. Journal
of Comparative Neurology, 493, 122-131. |
|
SCHWARZ, M. & SUSSWEIN, A.J. (1986). Identification of
the neural pathway for reinforcement of feeding when
aplysia learn that food is inedible. Journal of
Neuroscience, 6, 1528-1536. |
STATFORD, T.R. (2005). Activation of feeding-related
neural circuitry after unilateral injections of muscimol
into the nucleus accumbens shell. Brain Research,
1048, 241-250. |
|
GOLDMAN-RAKIC, P.S. (1987). Circuitry of primate
prefrontal cortex and regulation of behavior by
representational memory. In F. Plum (Ed.), Handbook
of physiology : The nervous system (pp. 373-317).
Bethesda, MD : American Physiology Society. |
WISE, R.A. (2006). Role of brain dopamine in food reward
and reinforcement. Philosophical Transactions of the
Royal Society of London B : Biological Sciences, 361,
1149-1158. [PDF] |
|
GOLDMAN-RAKIC, P.S. & FRIEDMAN, H.R. (1991). The
circuitry of working memory revealed by anatomy and
metabolic imaging. In H.S. Levin, H.M. Eisenberg &
A.L. Benton (Eds.), Frontal lobe function and
dysfunction (pp. 72-91). New York : Oxford
University Press. |
KNUTSON, B. & WIMMER, G.E. (2007). Reward : Neural
circuitry for social valuation. In Harmon-Jones, E.,
Winkielman, P. (Eds.), Social neuroscience (pp.
157-175). New York : Guilford Press. [PDF] |
|
HABER, S., KUNISHIO, K., MIZOBUCHI, M. & LYND-BALTA,
E. (1995). The orbital and medial prefrontal circuit
through the primate basal ganglia. Journal of
Neuroscience, 15, 4851-4867. |
|
McDONALD, A. (1996). Glutamate and aspartate
immunoreactive neurons of the rat basolateral amygdala:
colo-calization of excitatory amino acids and projections
to the limbic circuit. Journal of Comparative
Neurology, 365, 367–379.
|
|
|
CALLAWAY, E.M. (1998). Local circuits in primary visual
cortex of the macaque monkey. Annual Review of
Neuroscience, 21, 47-74. |
|
|
SCHWARZ, J.M. (1999). A role for volition and attention in
the generation of new brain circuitry : Towards a
neurobiology of mental force. Journal of
Consciousness Studies, 6, 115-142. |
|
|
HOLLAND, P. & GALLAGHER, M. (1999). Amygdala circuitry
inattentional and representational processes. Trends
in Cognitive Sciences, 3 (2), 65-73. |
WAGER, T.D., DAVIDSON, M.L., HUGHES, B.L., LINDQUIST, M.A.
& OCHSNER, K.N. (2008). Prefrontal-subcortical
pathways mediating successful emotion regulation. Neuron,
59, 1037-1050. [PDF] |
|
|
CARELLI, R.M., IJAMES, S.G. & CRUMLING, A.J. (2000).
Evidence that separate neural circuits in the nucleus
accumbens encode cocaine versus "natural" (water and food)
reward. Journal of Neuroscience, 20 (11),
4255-4266. [PDF] |
|
|
MIDDLETON, F.A. & STRICK, P.L. (2000) Basal ganglia
and cerebellar loops : motor and cognitive circuits. Brain
Research. Brain Research Reviews, 31, 236-250. |
PETERS, J., KALIVAS, P.W. & QUIRK, G.J. (2009).
Extinction circuits for fear and addiction overlap in
prefrontal cortex. Learning & Memory, 16,
279-288. [PDF] |
|
LEDOUX, J.E. (2000). Emotion circuits in the brain.
Annual Review of Neuroscience, 21, 155-184 |
BANGASSER, D.A. & SHORS, T.J. (2010). Critical brain
circuits at the intersection between stress and learning.
Neuroscience Biobehavioral Reviews, 34,
1223-1233. [PDF] |
|
SCHULTZ, W. (2000). Multiple reward systems in the brain.
Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 1, 199-207. [PDF] |
HABER, S.N. & KNUTSON, B. (2010). The reward circuit :
Linking primate anatomy and human imaging. Neuropsychopharmacology,
35, 4-26. [PDF] |
|
VEIT, R., FLOR, H., ERB, M., HERMANN, C., LOTZE, M.,
GRODD, W. & BIRBAUMER, N. (2002). Brain circuits
involved in emotional learning in antisocial behavior and
social phobia in humans. Neuroscience Letters, 328, 233-236. |
IKEMOTO, S. (2010). Brain reward circuitry beyond the
mesolimbic dopamine system : A neurobiological theory. Neuroscience
& Biobehavioral Reviews, 35, 129-150.
[PDF] |
|
WISE, R.A. (2002) Brain reward circuitry : insights from
unsensed incentives. Neuron, 36, 229-240. |
TAU, G.Z. & PETERSON, B.S. (2010). Normal development
of brain circuits. Neuropsychopharmacology, 35 (1),
147-168. |
|
DE VRIES, G.J. & SIMERLY, R. (2002). Anatomy,
development and function of sexually dimorphic neural
circuits in the mammalian brain. In D.W. Pfaff, et al.
(Eds.)., Hormones, brain and behavior. New York
: Elsevier. |
|
|
FELLOUS, J.M., ARMONY, J.L. & LEDOUX, J.E. (2002).
Emotional circuits and computational neuroscience. In M.A.
Aribd (Ed.), The handbook of brain theory and neural
networks. Cambridge, MA : The MIT.
[PDF] |
ARNSTEN, A.F. & RUBIA, K. (2012). Neurobiological
circuits regulating attention, cognitive control,
motivation, and emotion : Disruptions in
neurodevelopmental psychiatric disorders. Journal of
the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 51 (4), 356-367. |
|
MECK, W.H. & BENSON, A.M. (2002). Dissecting the
brain's internal clock : How frontal-striatal circuitry
keeps time and shifts attention. Brain &
Cognition, 48, 195-211. [PDF] |
RICHARD, J.M., CASTRO, D.C., DIFELICEANTONIO, A.G.,
ROBINSON, M.J.F. & BERRIDGE, K.C. (2012). Mapping
brain circuits of reward and motivation : In the footsteps
of Ann Kelley. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral
Reviews, 37, 1919-1931. [PDF] |
|
ALMEIDA, T.F., ROIZENBLATT, S. & TUFIK, S.
(2004). Afferent pain pathways: a
neuroanatomical review. Brain Research, 1000
(1–2), 40–56. |
|
|
CARELLI, R.M. & WIGHTMAN, R.M. (2004). Functional
microcircuitry in the accumbens underlying drug addiction
: insights from real-time signaling during behavior. Current
Opinion in Neurobiology 14, 763-768. [PDF] |
ZHANG, S., XU, M., KAMIGAKI, T., HOANG DO, J.P., CHANG,
W.C., JENVAY, S., KAZUNARI, M., LIQUN, L. & YANG, D.
(2014). Long-range and local circuits for top-down
modulation of visual cortex processing. Science, 345,
660-665. [PDF] |
|
GUTKIN, B.S., JOST, J. & HELY, T. (2004). Noise delays
onset of sustained firing in a positively coupled neural
circuit. Neurocomputing, 58-60, 753-760. [PDF] |
HABER, S.N. (2016). Corticostriatal circuitry. Dialogues
in Clinical Neuroscience, 18 (1), 7-21. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Influx
nerveux et Mécanisme
neural |
|
|
Neurocircuit
de la récompense/renforcement :
=
système hédonique, centre du plaisir, circuit de la dopamine.
Cerebral localization of pleasure, pleausre circuit, reward
circuit, neural pathway for reinforcement, reward pathway,
brainstem pathways of reward, dopamine hypothesis of reward,
reward system, reward neurocircuitry.
| |
|
 |
|
| |
|
OLDS, J. & MILNER, P.M. (1955). Positive reinforcement
produced by electrical stimulation of septal area and
other regions of rat brain. Journal of Comparative
& Physiological Psychology, 47, 419-427. |
SCHULTZ, W. (2000). Multiple reward systems in the brain.
Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 1, 99-207. [PDF] |
| |
RAO, R.P.N. & SEJNOWSKI, T.J. (2000). Predictive
sequence learning in recurrent neocortical circuits. In
S.A. Solla, T.K. Leen & K.-R. Miller (Eds.),
Advances in neural infomation processing systems (Vol.
12). Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
|
OLDS, J. (1956). "Reward" from brain stimulation in the
rat. Science, 122, 878. |
WISE, R.A. (2002). Brain reward circuitry : Insights from
unsensed incentives. Neuron, 36, 229-240. [PDF] |
| |
ESCH, T. & STEFANO, G.B. (2004). The neurobiology of
pleasure, reward processes, addiction and their health
implications. Neuroendocrinology Letters, 25
(4), 235-251. [PDF] |
| |
KOOB, G.F. & MOAL, M. (2005). Plasticity of reward
neurocircuitry and the "dark side" of drug addiction. Nature
Neuroscience, 8, 1442-1444. |
|
ROUTTENBERG, A. & MALSBURY, C. (1969). Brainstem
pathways of reward. Journal of Comparative &
Physiological Psychology, 68, 22-30. |
BRATCHER, N.A., FARMER-DOUGAN, V., DOUGAN, J.D.,
HEINDENREICH, B.A. & GARRIS, P.A. (2005). The role of
dopamine in reinforcement : Changes in reinforcement
sensitivity induced by D1-type, D2-type, and nonselective
dopamine receptor agonists. Journal of Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 84 (3), 371-399. [PDF] |
|
SCHWARZ, M. & SUSSWEIN, A.J. (1986). Identification of
the neural pathway for reinforcement of feeding when
aplysia learn that food is inedible. Journal of
Neuroscience, 6, 1528-1536. |
NESTLER, E.J. & CALREZON, W.A. (2006). The mesolimbic
dopamine reward circuit in depression. Biological
Psychiatry, 59 (12), 1151-1159. [PDF] |
|
WISE, R.A. & BOZARTH, M.A. (1984). Brain reward
circuitry : Four circuit elements "wired" in apparent
series. Brain Research Reviews, 12, 203-208. |
BAUMEISTER, A.A. (2006). Serendipity and the cerebral
localization of pleasure. Journal of the History of
the Neurosciences, 15, 92-98. [PDF] |
|
ETTENBERG, A. (1989). Dopamine, neuroleptics and
reinforced behavior. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral
Reviews, 13 (2-3), 105-111. |
WISE, R.A. (2006). Role of brain dopamine in food reward
and reinforcement. Philosophical Transactions of the
Royal Society of London B : Biological Sciences, 361,
1149-1158. [PDF] |
|
KOOB, G.F. (1992). Drugs of abuse : anatomy, pharmacology
and function of reward pathways. Trends in
Pharmacological Sciences, 13, 177-184. |
SCHULTZ, W. (2006). Behavioral theories and the
neurophysiology of reward. Annual Review of
Psychology, 57, 87-115. [PDF] |
|
| |
SMITH, K.S. & BERRIDGE, K.S. (2007). Opioid limbic
circuit for reward : interaction between hedonic hotspots
of nucleus accumbens and ventral pallidum. Journal of
Neuroscience, 27, 1594-1605. |
|
SCHULTZ, W. (1998). Predictive reward signal of dopamine
neurons. The Journal of Neurophysiology, 80 (1),
1-27. [PDF] |
KNUTSON, B. & WIMMER, G.E. (2007). Reward : Neural
circuitry for social valuation. In E. Harmon-Jones &
P. Winkielman (Eds.), Social neuroscience (pp.
157-175). New York : Guilford Press. [PDF] |
|
WISE, R.A. (1888). Drug-activation of brain reward
pathways. Drug & Alcohol Dependence, 51,
13-22. [PDF] |
WU, M.V., MANOLI, D.S., FRASER, E.J., COATS, J.K,
TOLLKUHN, J. HONDA, S.-I., HARADA, N. & SHAH, N.M.
(2009). Estrogen masculinizes neural pathways and
sex-specific behaviors. Cell, 139 (1), 61-72. [PDF] |
| |
IKEMOTO, S. (2010). Brain reward circuitry beyond the
mesolimbic dopamine system : A neurobiological theory. Neuroscience
& Biobehavioral Reviews, 35, 129-150.
[PDF] |
| |
HABER, S.N. & KNUTSON, B. (2010). The reward circuit :
Linking primate anatomy and human imaging. Neuropsychopharmacology,
35, 4-26. [PDF] |
|
BERRIDGE, K.C. & ROBINSON, T.E. (1998). What is the
role of dopamine in reward : hedonic impact, reward
learning, or incentive salience ? Brain Research
Reviews, 28, 309-369. |
HABER, S.N. & KNUTSON, B. (2010). The reward circuit :
Linking primate anatomy and human imaging. Neuropsychopharmacology,
35, 4-26. [PDF] |
|
SPANAGEL, R. & WEISS, F. (1999). The dopamine
hypothesis of reward : Past and current status. Trends
in Neuroscience, 22, 521-527. |
RICHARD, J.M., CASTRO, D.C., DIFELICEANTONIO, A.G.,
ROBINSON, M.J.F. & BERRIDGE, K.C. (2012). Mapping
brain circuits of reward and motivation : In the footsteps
of Ann Kelley. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral
Reviews, 37, 1-26. [PDF] |
| |
BAZAN, A. & DETANDT, S. (2013). On the physiology of
jouissance : interpreting the mesolimbic dopaminergic
reward functions from a psychoanalytic perspective.
Frontiers in Human Neuroscience, 7 [709], 1-13. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Plaisir,
Renforcement,
Dopamine, Neurocircuit
et Récompense |
| |
|
|
Neuro-circuit
de Papez-Jacob : Neurocircuit
qui joue un rôle important dans le contrôle des émotions.
Ce circuit comprend quatre structures : les corps
mamillaires, le noyau antérieur du thalamus,
le cortex cingulaire
et l'hippocampe.
Papez circuit, medial limbic circuit.
| |
|
 |
|
| PAPEZ, J.W. (1937). A proposed mechanism of emotion. Archives
of Neurology & Psychiatry, 38, 725-743. [PDF] |
|
VERTES, R.P., ALBO, Z. & DI PRISCO, G.V. (2001).
Theta-rhythmically firing neurons in the anterior thalamus
: Implications for mnemonic functions of Papez's circuit.
[Letter]. Neuroscience, 104 (3), 619-625. |
|
SHAH, A., JHAWAR, S.S. & GOEL, A. (2012). Analysis of
the anatomy of the Papez circuit and adjoining limbic
system by fiber dissection techniques. Journal of
Clinical Neuroscience, 19 (2), 289-298. |
|
VANN, S.D. (2013). Dismantling the Papez circuit for
memory in rats. eLife. |
|
BHATTACHARYY (2017). James Wenceslaus Papez, his circuit,
and emotion. Annals of Indian Academy of Neurology, 20
(3), 207-210. [LIRE] |
|
BUENO, A.P.A., PINAYA, W.H.L., MOURA, L.M., BERTOUX, M.,
RADAKOVIC, R., KIERNAN, M.C., TEIXEIRA, A.L., DE SOUZA,
L.C., HORNBERGER, M. & SATO, J.R. (2018). Structural
and functional papez circuit integrity in amyotrophic
lateral sclerosis. Brain Imaging & Behavior,
[LIRE]
|
|
|
Voir aussi Neurocircuit |
|
|
Neuro-circuit
fronto-limbic : . Fronto-limbic
circuity.
| |
|
|
BACHEVALIER, J. & LOVELAND, K. (2006). The
orbitofrontal-amygdala circuit and self-regulation of
socio-emotional behavior in autism. Neuroscience &
Biobehavioral Reviews, 30, 97-117. |
|
LOVELAND, K.A., BACHEVALIER, J., PEARSON, D. & LANE,
D.M. (2008). Fronto-limbic functioning in children and
adolescents with and without autismm. Neuropsychologia,
46 (1), 49-62. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Neurocircuit |
|
|
Neurocircuit
fronto-pallidalo-thalamique :
Pallidal-thalamocortical circuit.
| |
|
| KALIVAS, P.W., CHURCHILL, L. & ROMANIDES, A. (1999).
Involvement of the pallidal-thalamocortical circuit in
adaptive behavior. Annals of the New York Academy of
Sciences, 877, 64070. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Neurocircuit |
|
|
|
|
Neuro-circuit
striato-frontal :
Frontal-striatal
circuity.
| |
|
|
SEO, M, LEE, E. & AVERBECK. B.B. (2012) Action
selection and action value in frontal-striatal circuits.
Neuron, 74, 947-960. |
|
AVERBECK, B.B., LEHMAN, J., JACOBSON, M. & HABER, S.N.
(2016). Estimates of projection overlap and zones of
convergence within frontal-striatal circuits. The
Journal of Neuroscience, 34 (29), 9497-9505.
[PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Neurocircuit |
|
|
Neuro-circuit
striato-thalamo-cortical :
Corticostriatal-hypothalamic
circuitry, cortical-limbic pathway, cortico- limbic-striatal
circuits.
| |
|
|
MAYBERG, H.S. (1997). Limbic-cortical dysregulation : a
proposed model of depression. The Journal of
Neuropsychiatry & Clinical Neurosciences, 9 (3),
471-481. |
|
MAYBERG, H.S. (2003) Modulating dysfunctional
limbic-cortical circuits in depression: towards
development of brain-based algorithms for diagnosis and
optimised treatment. British Medical Bulletin, 65,
193-207. |
|
GOLDAPPLE, K., SEGAL, Z., GARSON, C., LAU, M., BIELING,
P., KENNEDY, S. & MAYBERG, H. (2004). Modulation of
cortical-limbic pathways in major depression :
treatment-specific effects of cognitive behavior therapy.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 61 (1), 34-41. [PDF] |
|
KELLEY, A.E., BALDO, B.A., PRATT, W.E. & WIL, M.J.
(2005). Corticostriatal-hypothalamic circuitry and food
motivation : integration of energy, action and reward. Physiology
& Behavior, 86 (5), 773-795. |
|
FLORESCO, S.B., ST-ONGE, J.R., GHODS-SHARII, S. &
WINSTANLEY, C.A. (2008). Cortico- limbic-striatal circuits
subserving different forms of cost-benefit decision
making. Cognitive, Affective, & Behavioral
Neuroscience, 8 (4), 375-389. |
|
HABER, S.N. (2016). Corticostriatal circuitry. Dialogues
in Clinical Neuroscience, 18 (1), 7-21. [PDF] |
|
FRETTES, P., SCHULZE, L. & DOWNAR, J. (2017).
Cortico-striatal-thalamic loop circuits of the
orbitofrontal cortex : Promising Therapeutic Targets in
Psychiatric Illness. Frontiers in Systems
Neuroscience, 11, 25. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Neurone et
Neurocircuit |
|
|
Neurocognition
: Neurocognitivisme : Branche de la neuropsychologie
qui étudie la relation entre le cerveau,
la cognition et le
traitement de l'information. Neuropsychologie
et neurocognition. =
neurobiologie cognitive, neuropsychologie cognitive. (
): Anderson, Arbib, Bäckman,
Bates, Bavelier,
Berntson,
Bindra, Buxbaum,
Cacioppo, Camarazza,
Eccles, Cohen,
Dawson, Dehaene, Dunbar,
Federmeier, Frith, Goswani,
Graham, Green,
Grossberg, Hebb,
Hernandez, Hodges,
Holcomb, Jefferies,
Keefe,
Kimura, Kuhl, Kutas,
Lambon Ralph, Marr,
Martin,
Meltzoff, Morin, Nestor, Nyberg,
Owen,
Pascalis, Patterson,
Penfield, Poldrack,
Posner, Pribram,
Raz,
Redish, Rugg, Saffran,
Schmajuk, Schwartz,
Segalowitz, Snowden,
Stuss, Stigsdotter,
Tanaka,
Touretzky, Voicu, Wade,
Woods, Ziegler,
Zurif.
Neurocognition,
cognitive neuropsychology, cognitive neuroscience.
| |
|
|
CHURCHLAND, P.S. & SEJNOWSKI, T.J. (1988).
Perspectives on cognitive neuroscience. Science, 242,
741-74. [PDF]
|
FAUX, S.F. (2002). Cognitive neuroscience from a
behavioral perspective : A critique of chasing ghosts with
Geiger counters. The Behavior Analyst, 25, 161-173.
[PDF] |
|
McCARTHY, R.A. & WARRINGTON, E.K. (1990). Cognitive
neuropsychology : A clinical introduction. New
York : Academic Press. |
GEAKE, J. & COOPER, P. (2003). Cognitive neuroscience
: Implications for education ? Westminster Studies in
Education, 26, 7-20. |
|
ANTROBUS, J. (1990). The neurocognition of sleep mentation
: Rapid eye movements, visual imagery, and dreaming. In
R.R. Bootzin (Eds.), Sleep and cognition (pp.
1-24). Washington, D.C. : APA Books. |
ADOLPHS, R. (2003). Investigating the cognitive
neuroscience of social behavior. Neuropsychologia,
41, 119-126. |
|
HOBSON, J.A. & STICKGOLD, R. (1994). Dreaming : A
Neurocognitive approach. Consciousness &
Cognition, 3 (1), 1-15 . |
RAZ, A. & NORMAN, K. (2004). Social psychology
illuminates cognitive neuroscience. Brain &
Behavioral Sciences, 27 (5), 673-674.
[PDF] |
|
SARTER, M., BERNSTON, G.G. & CACIOPPO, J.T. (1996).
Brain imaging and cognitive neuroscience : Toward strong
inference in attributing function to structure. American
Psychologist, 51, 13-21. [PDF] |
BAARS, B. & GAGE, N. (2007). Cognition, brain,
and consciousness : Introduction to cognitive
neuroscience. Academic Press. |
|
SCHACTER, D.L. (1999). The seven sins of memory : Insights
from psychology and cognitive neuroscience. American
Psychologist, 54 (3), 182-203. |
SCHACTER, D.L. & ADDIS, D.R. (2007). The cognitive
neuroscience of constructive memory : remembering the past
and imagining the future. Philosophical Transactions
of the Royal Society B : Biological Sciences, 362, 773-786.
[PDF] |
|
BUCKNER, R.L. & WHEELER, M.E. (2001). The cognitive
neuroscience of remembering. Nature Reviews
Neuroscience, 2, 1-12. |
TIBERGHIEN, G. (2007). Entre neurosciences et
neurophilosophie : la psychologie cognitive et les
sciences cognitives. Psychologie Française, 52
(3), 279-297. [PDF] |
|
KOSSLYN, S.M. & PLOMIN, R. (2001). Towards a
neurocognitive genetics : Goals and issues. In D.
Dougherty, S.L. Rauch & J.F. Rosenbaum (Eds.), Psychiatric
neuroimaging research : Contemporary strategies (pp.
383-402). Washington, D.C. : American Psychiatric Press
Inc. |
DAW, N.D. & SHOHAMY, D. (2008). The cognitive
neuroscience of motivation and learning. Social
Cognition, 26 (5), 593-620. [PDF] |
| |
POLDRACK, R.A. (2008). The role of fMRI in cognitive
neuroscience : Where do we stand ? Current Opinion
in Neurobiology, 18, 223-227.
[PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Cognitivisme
américain, Neuropsychologie
et Neurobiologie |
| |
|
|
|
|
Neuroconstructivisme : Neuroconstructiviste
: Théorie ou perspective
du développement humain qui se fonde sur les travaux de Piaget
et du cognitivisme européen, ainsi que sur les progrès récents de la neurocognition.
Neuroconstructivist approach, neuroconstructivism.
| |
|
|
KARMILOFF-SMITH, A. (2006). The tortuous route from genes
to behavior : a neuroconstructivist approach. Cognitive Affective & Behavioral Neuroscience, 1, 9-17.
[PDF] |
| WESTERMANN, G., MARESCHAL, D., JOHNSON, M.H., SIROIS, S.,
SPRATLING, M. & THOMAS, M. (2007). Neuroconstructivism. Developmental Science, 10, 75-83.
[PDF] |
|
WESTERMANN, G., THOMAS, M.S.C. & KARMILOFF-SMITH, A.
(2010). Neuroconstructivism. In Goswami, U. (Ed). The
handbook of cognitive development. Oxford :
Blackwell.
[PDF] |
|
RINALDI, L. & KARMILOFF-SMITH, A.
(2017). Intelligence as developing function : A neuroconstructivist approach. Journal of Intelligence 5 (2), 1-26.
[PDF]
|
|
|
Voir aussi Cognitivisme
européen et Neurocognition |
|
|
Neurodépresseur
: Famille de drogues
naturelles et synthétiques qui réduit l'activité du système
nerveux central (SNC). Leur consommation modérée entraîne
un sentiment de calme, d'assoupissement (relaxation)
et une réduction de l'anxiété
et du sentiment de culpabilité.
L'action de ces drogues entraîne également une somnolence
et un ralentissement de la respiration, et parfois, en trop forte
de dose, une démarche chancelante, un manque de coordination, une
articulation laborieuse, une diminution des réflexes
et des erreurs de jugement.
= dépresseur, sédatif. (
): anxiolytique,
alcool, café.
Neurodepressor.
|
Neuroéconomie
: Science au carrefour de l'économie,
de la psychologie et
de la neurobiologie. La
neuroéconomie s'intéresse principalement aux structures neurales
sous-jacentes aux mécanismes de prise de décision
et d'évaluation de risque
des agents économiques. En français, on ajoute souvent e mot
«neuro» à toutes les sauces. L'usage de ce préfixe devrait être
réservé à des travaux qui mettent en relation des comportements
(économiques) et des structures
cérébrales. En l'absence de ces structures, donc de tout
substrat biologique, il est préférable de recourir aux
termes «économie comportementale et expérimentale» ou «économie
cognitive». Neuroéconomie et risque.
= psychoéconomie, économie béhaviorale.
Neuroeconomy.
| |
|
|
TARDE, G. (1881). La psychologie en économie politique. Revue
Philosophique, 12, 232-250/401-418. |
SLOVIC, P., FINUCANE, M., PETERS, E. & MacGREGOR, D.
(2002). Rational actors or rational fools : Implications
of the affect heuristic for behavioral economics. Journal
of Socio-Economics, 31, 329-342. |
|
TARDE, G. (1902). La psychologie économique.
Paris : Alcan. |
CAMERER, C., LOEWENSTEIN, G. & PRELEC, D. (2004).
Neuroeconomics : Why economics needs brains. Scandinavian
Journal of Economics, 106, 555-579. |
|
TVERSKY, A. & KAHNEMAN, D. (1974). Judgment under
uncertainty : Heuristics and biases. Science, 185,
1124-1130. |
CAMERER, C., LOEWENSTEIN, G. & PRELEC, D. (2005).
Neuroeconomics : How neuroscience can inform economics. Journal
of Economic Literature, 243, 9-64. |
|
KAHNEMAN, D. & TVERSKY, A. (1979). Prospect theory :
An analysis of decision under risk. Econometrica, 47,
263-291. |
KNUTSON, B., RICK, S., WIMMER, E., PRELEC, D. &
LOEWENSTEIN, G. (2007). Neural predictors of purchases. Neuron,
53, 147-156. |
|
BELSKY, G. & GILOVICH, T. (1999). Why smart people
make big money mistakes and how to correct them: Lessons
from the new science of behavioral economics. New
York : Simon and Schuster. |
BOURGEOIS-GIRONDE, S. (2008). La neuroéconomie,
comment le cerveau gère mes intérêts. Plon. |
| |
RICK, S. (2011). Losses, gains, and brains :
Neuroeconomics can help to answer open questions about
loss aversion. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 21,
453-463. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Économie
cognitive, Économie
comportementale et expérimentale, Économie
et Psychologie |
|
|
|
Neuroéducation
: Contribution des sciences neurocognitives/ neuropsychologie
aux connaissances et aux paratiques en éducation.
En français, on ajoute le mot «neuro» à toutes les sauces. Ici ce préfixe devrait
pourtant être réservé à des travaux qui mettent en relation des
apprentissages scolaires et des structures
cérébrales. En l'absence de ces structures, donc de tout
substrat biologique, il est préférable de s'en tenir aux
termes «éducation» ou «éducation cognitive».
Educational neuroscience.
| |
|
|
WILLINGHAM, D.T. & LLOYD, J.W. (2002). How
educational theories can use neuroscientific data. Mind
Brain & Education, 1 (3), 140-149.
[PDF] |
|
|
GOSWANI, U. (2004). Neuroscience and education. British
Journal of Educational Psychology, 74, 1-14. |
MONNIN, C. (2010-2011). De jeunes cerveaux à formater.
Contre la neuroéducation. Argument, 13 (1),
3-13. |
|
GOSWANI, U. (2006). Neuroscience and education : from
research to practice ? Nature Review Neurosciences, 7
(5), 406-411. [PDF] |
GOSWANI, U. (2011). What cognitive neuroscience really
tells educators about learning and development. In J.
Moyles, J. Paylor, J. Georgeson (Eds.), Beginning
teaching, beginning learning (pp. 21-31). Open
University Press. |
|
FISHER, K.W., DANIEL, D., IMMORDIO-YANG, M.H., STERN, E.,
BATTRO, A. & KOIZUMI, H. (2007). Why mind, brain, and
education ? Why now ? Mind, Brain, & Education, 1
(1), 1-2. [PDF] |
POTVIN, P., RIOPEL M. et MASSON, S. (2011). Soutenir les
élèves et outiller les enseignants. Pour la
neuroéducation. Argument, 13 (2), 203-212. [PDF] |
|
PICKERING, S.J. & HOWARD-JONES, P. (2007). Educators’
views on the role of neuroscience in education : findings
from a study of UK and international perspectives. Mind,
Brain, & Education, 1, 109-113. |
ANSARI, D., COCH, D. & DE SMEDT, B. (2011). Connecting
education and cognitive neuroscience : where will the
journey take us ? Educational Philosophy & Theory,
43, 37-42. |
|
SZÜCS, D. & GOSWANI, U. (2007). Educational
Neuroscience : Defining a new discipline for the study of
mental representations. Mind, Brain & Education 1
(3), 114-127. |
LALANCETTE, H. & CAMPBELL, S.R. (2012). Educational
neuroscience : Neuroethical considerations. International
Journal of Environmental & Science Education, 7 (1),
37-52.
[PDF] |
|
PURDY, N. (2008). Neuroscience and education : how best to
filter out the neurononsense from our classrooms ? Irish
Educational Studies, 27, 197-208. |
|
|
BRAULT-FOISY, L.-M. et MASSON, S. (2009). La
neuroéducation : mieux comprendre le cerveau pour mieux
enseigner. Vivre le Primaire, 22 (4), 1-6. [PDF] |
DEKKER, S., LEE, N.C., HOWARD-JONES, P. & JOLLES, J.
(2012). Neuromyths in education : Prevalence and
predictors of misconceptions among teachers. Frontiers
in Psychology, 3, 1-8. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Éducation |
|
|
Neuroéthique
:
Neuroethic.
| |
|
|
FARAH, M.J. (2005). Neuroethics : The practical and the
philosophical. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 9,
34-40. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
Neuroéthologie
:
Neuroethology.
| |
|
|
CHANG, S.W.C., BRENT, L.J.N., ADAMS, G.K., KLEIN, J.T.,
PEARSON, J.M., WATSON, K.K. & PLATT, M.L. (2013).
Neuroethology of primate social behavior. Proceeding
of the National Academy of Science, USA, 110 (2),
10387-10394.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Neurogénèse
postnatale : Division de
cellules souches en nouveaux neurones
dans un cerveau à
maturité, chez les lézards,
les souris, les lapins,
les primates humain
et non-humains, plus particulièrement dans l'hippocampe
(gyrus dentelé et
région sous-ventriculaire) et le bulbe
olfactif. Cette différenciation tardive des cellules dans le
cerveau a été observée chez des rats par Altman,
chez le singe par Gould, puis
mise en évidence chez l'humain par Eriksson
et Gage. Des études
récentes semblent par contre remettre en question l'existence de
ce phénomène chez l'humain.
=
neurogénèse tardive.
Adult neurogenesis, Birth
of neuron, neuron creation.
| |
|
|
ALTMAN, J. (1962). Are neurons formed in the brains of
adult mammals ? Science, 135, 1127-1128. [PDF] |
ZHAO M., MOMMA, S. & DELFANI, K. (2003). Evidence for
neurogenesis in the adult mammalian substantia nigra. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences, 100 (13),
7925-7930. |
|
ALTMAN, J. (1963). Autoradiographic investigation of cell
proliferation in the brains of rats and cats. Anatomical
Record, 145, 573-591. [PDF] |
PARENT, J.M. (2003). Injury-induced neurogenesis in the
adult mammalian brain. Neuroscientist, 9, 261-272. |
|
ALTMAN, J. & DAS, G.D. (1965). Autoradiographic and
histological evidence of postnatal hippocampal
neurogenesis in rats. Journal of Comparative
Neurology, 124, 319-335. [PDF] |
JIN, K., PEEL, A.L., MAO, X.O., XIE, L., COTTRELL, B.A.,
HENSHALL, D.C. & GREENBERG, D.A. (2003). Increased
hippocampal neurogenesis in Alzheimer's disease. Proceeding
of National Academy of Sciences, 101 (1), 343-347.
[PDF] |
|
ALTMAN, J. & DAS, G.D. (1967). Postnatal neurogenesis
in the guinea-pig. Nature, 214, 1098-1101. [PDF] |
SHORS, T.J. (2003). Can new neurons replace memories lost
? Science of Aging Knowledge Environment, 49,
35-38. [PDF] |
|
BAYER, S.A., YACKEL, J.W. & PURI, P.S. (1982). Neurons
in the rat dentate gyrus granular layer substantially
increase during juvenile and adult life. Science, 216,
890-892. [PDF] |
BÉDARD, A. & PARENT, A. (2004). Evidence of newly
generated neurons in the human olfactory bulb. Developmental
Brain Research, 151, 159-168. |
|
GODLMAN, S.A. & NOTTEBOHM, F. (1983). Neuronal
production, migration, and differentiation in a vocal
control nucleus of the adult female canary brain.
Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 80
(8), 2390-2394. |
KEMPERMANN, G., WISKOTT, L. & GAGE, F.H. (2004).
Functional significance of adult neurogenesis. Current
Opinion in Neurobiology, 14 (2), 186-191. |
|
BAYER, S.A. (1984). Neurogenesis in the rat neostriatum.
International Journal of Developmental Neuroscience, 2
(2), 163-175. |
WISKOTT, L., RASCH, M.J. & KEMPERMANN, G. (2004). What
is the functional role of adult neurogenesis in the
hippocampus ? Cognitive Sciences, 4012, 1-39.
[PDF] |
|
RAKIC, P. (1985). Limits of neurogenesis in primates. Science,
227, 1054-1056. |
BAYER, S.A. & ALTMAN, J. (2004). Development of the
preoptic area : Time and site of origin, migratory routes,
and settling patterns of its neurons. The Journal of
Comparative Neurology, 265 (1), 65-95. |
|
ALVAREZ-BUYLLA, A., THEELEN, M. & NOTTEBOHM, F.
(1988). Birth of projection neurons in the higher vocal
center of the canary forebrain before, during, and after
song learning. Proceedings of the National Academy of
Sciences of the U.S.A. 85, 8722-8726. |
BIZON, J.L., LEE, H.J. & GALLAGHER, M. (2004).
Neurogenesis in a rat model of age- related cognitive
decline. Aging Cell, 3, 227-234. |
|
RICHARDS, L.J., KILPATRICK, T.J. & BARTLETT, P.F.
(1992). De novo generation of neuronal cells from the
adult mouse brain. Proceedings of the National Academy
of Sciences, 89, 8591-8595. |
SPALDING, K.L., BHARDWAJ, R.D., BUCHHOLZ, B.A., DRUID, H.
& FRISEN, J. (2005). Retrospective birth dating of
cells in humans. Cell, 122 (1), 133-143. |
|
GOULD, E., CAMERON, H.A. & McEWEN, B.S. (1994).
Blockade of NMDA receptors increases cell death and birth
in the developing rat dentate gyrus. Journal of
Comparative Neurology, 340, 551-565. |
VAN PRAAG, H., SHUBERT, T., ZHAO, C. & GAGE, F.H.
(2005). Exercise enhances learning and hippocampal
neurogenesis in aged mice. Journal of Neuroscience,
25, 8680-8685. |
|
BAYER, S.A., WILLS, K.V., TRIARHOU, C.L. & GHETTI, B.
(1995). Time of neuron origin and gradients of
neurogenesis in midbrain dopaminergic neurons in the
mouse. Experimental Brain Research, 105 (2),
191-199. |
GÖTZ, M. & HUTTNER, W.B. (2005). The cell biology of
neurogenesis. Nature Reviews : Molecular Cell
Biology, 6, 777-788. [PDF] |
|
KUHN, H.G., DICKINSON-ANSON, H. & GAGE, F.H. (1996).
Neurogenesis in the dentate gyrus of the adult rat :
Age-related decrease of neuronal progenitor proliferation.
Journal of Neuroscience, 16, 2027-2033. |
BJORNEBEKK, A., MATHÉ, A.A. & BRENÉ, S. (2005). The
antidepressant effect of running is associated with
increased hippocampal cell proliferation.
International Journal of Neuropsychopharmacology, 8
(3), 357-368. |
|
GOULD, E., McEWEN, B.S., TANAPAT, P., GALE, L.A.M. &
FUCHS, E. (1996). Neurogenesis in the dentate gyrus of the
adult tree shrew is regulated by psychosocial stress and
NMDA receptor activation. Journal of Neuroscience,
17, 2492-2498. |
BECKER, S. (2005). A computational principle for
hippocampal learning and neurogenesis. Hippocampus,
15 (6), 722-738. |
|
KEMPERMANN, G., KUHN, H.G. & GAGE, F.H. (1997).
Genetic influence on neurogenesis in the dentate gyrus of
adult mice. Proceedings of the National Academy of
Sciences, 94, 10409-10414. |
SNYDER, J.S., HONG, N.S., McDONALD, R.J. & WOJTOWICZ,
J.M. (2005). A role for adult neurogenesis in spatial
long-term memory. Neuroscience, 130 (4),
843-852. |
|
GOULD, E., McEWEN, B.S., TANAPAT, P., GALE, L.A.M. &
FUCHS, E. (1997). Neurogenesis in the dentate gyrus of the
adult tree shrew is regulated by psychosocial stress and
NMDA receptor activation. Journal of Neuroscience, 17
(7), 2492-2498. |
MING, G.-L. & SONG, H. (2005). Adult neurogenesis in
the mammalian central nervous system. Annual Review of
Neuroscience, 28, 223-250. [PDF] |
|
KEMPERMANN, G., KUHN, H.G. & GAGE, F.H. (1998).
Experience induced neurogenesis in the senescent dentate
gyrus. The Journal of Neuroscience, 18, 3206-3212.
[PDF] |
MESHI, D., DREW, M.R. & SAXE, M. (2006). Hippocampal
neurogenesis is not required for behavioral effects of
environmental enrichment. Nature Review Neuroscience,
9 (6), 729-731. |
|
ERIKSSON, P.S., PERFILIEVA, E., BJÖRK-ERIKSSON, T.,
ALBORN, A.-M., NORDBORG, C., PETERSON, D.A. & GAGE,
F.H. (1998). Neurogenesis in the adult human hippocampus.
Nature Medicine 4, 1313-1317. |
WISKOTT, L. RASCH, M.J. & KEMPERMANN, G. (2006).A
functional hypothesis for adult hippocampal neurogenesis :
Avoidance of catastrophic interference in the dentate
gyrus. Hippocampus, 16 (3), 329-343. [PDF] |
|
GOULD, E., TANAPA, T., HASTING, N.B. & SHORS, T.J.
(1999). Neurogenesis in adulthood : a possible role in
learning. Trends in Cognitive Neurosciences, 3,
186-192. |
KEMPERMANN, G. (2006). Adult neurogenesis.
Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
|
GOULD, E., BEYLIN, A., TANAPAT, P., REEVES, A. &
SHORS, T.J. (1999). Learning enhances adult neurogenesis
in the hippocampal formation. Nature Review
Neuroscience, 2 (3), 260-265.
[PDF] |
AIMONE J.B., WILES, J. & GAGE, F.H. (2006). Potential
role for adult neurogenesis in the encoding of time in new
memories. Nature Review Neuroscience, 9 (6),
723-727. |
|
GOULD, E., REEVES, A.J., GRAZIANO, M.S. & GROSS, C.G.
(1999). Neurogenesis in the neocortex of adult primates. Science,
286 (5439), 548-552. |
AIMONE J.B., JESSBERGER, S. & GAGE, F.H. (2007). Adult
neurogenesis. Scholarpedia. |
|
|
GOULD, E., BEYLIN, A., TANAPAT, P., REEVES, A. &
SHORS, T.J. (1999). Learning enhances adult neurogenesis
in the hippocampal formation. Nature Neurosciences,
2, 260-265.
[PDF] |
DALLA, C., BANGASSER, C. EDGECOMB, A.S. & SHORS, T.J.
(2007). Neurogenesis and learning : Acquisition and
asymptotic performance predict how many new cells survive.
Neurobiology of Learning & Memory, 88, 143-148.
[PDF] |
|
GOULD, E., REEVES, A., GRAZINO, M.S.A. & GROSS, C.G.
(1999). Neurogenesis in the neocortex of adult primates. Science,
286, 548–552. |
|
|
KORNACK, D.R. & RAKIC, P. (1999). Continuation of
neurogenesis in the hippocampus of the adult macaque
monkey. Proceedings of the National Academy of
Sciences, 96, 5768-5773. [PDF] |
GALVAN, V. & JIN, K. (2007). Neurogenesis in the aging
brain. Clinical Interventions in Aging, 2 (4),
605-610. [PDF] |
|
MALBERG, J.E., EISCH, A.J., NESTLER, E.J. & DUMAN,
R.S. (2000). Chronic antidepressant treatment increases
neurogenesis in adult rat hippocampus. Journal of
Neuroscience, 20 (24), 9104-9110. |
PONTI, G., PERETTO, B. & BONFANTI, L. (2008). Genesis
of neuronal and glial progenitors in the cerebellar cortex
of peripuberal and adult rabbits. PLoS ONE, 3
(6), 1-19. [PDF] |
|
SHORS, T.J., MIESEAGES, G., BEYLIN, A., ZHAO, M., RYDEL T.
& GOULD, E. (2001). Neurogenesis in the adult is
involved in the formation of trace memories. Nature,
410, 372-376. |
WADDELL, S. & SHORS, T.J. (2008). Neurogenesis,
learning and associative strength. European Journal
of Neuroscience, 28, 5290-5294.
[PDF] |
|
ZUPANC, G.K. (2001). A comparative approach towards the
understanding of adult neurogenesis. Brain Behavior
Evolution, 58, 246-249 |
SHORS, T.J. (2008). From stem cells to grandmother cells :
How neurogenesis relates to processes of learning and
memory. Cell Stem Cell, 3, 253-258. [PDF] |
|
GOULD, E. & GROSS, C.G. (2002). Neurogenesis in adult
mammals : some progress and problems. The Journal of
Neuroscience, 22, 619-623. |
SHORS, T.J. (2009). Saving new brain cells. Scientific
American (March), 47-54. [PDF] |
|
SHORS, T.J., TOWNSHEND, D.A., ZHAO, M., KOZOROVITSKIY, Y.
& GOULD, E. (2002). Neurogenesis may relate to some
but not all types of hippocampal-dependent learning. Hippocampus,
12 (5), 578-584. |
BALU, D.T. & LUCK, I. (2009). Adult hippocampal
neurogenesis : Regulation, functional implications, and
contribution to disease pathology. Neuroscience &
Biobehavioral Reviews, 33 (3), 232-252. [PDF] |
|
VAN PRAAG, H., SCHINDER, A.F., CHRISTIE, B.R., TONI, N.,
PALMER, T.D. & GAGE, F.H. (2002). Functional
neurogenesis in the adult hippocampus. Nature, 415,
1030-1034. |
PONTI, G., CROCIARA, P., ARMENTANO, M. & BONFANTI, L.
(2010). Adult neurogenesis without germinal layers : the
"atypical" cerebellum of rabbits. Archives Italiennes
de Biologie, 148, 147-158. [PDF] |
|
TAUPIN, P. & GAGE, F.H. (2002). Adult neurogenesis and
neural stem cells of the central nervous system in
mammals. Journal of Neuroscience Research, 69
(6), 745-749. |
AIMONE J.B., DENG, W. & GAGE, F.H. (2011). Resolving
new memories : A critical look at the dentate gyrus, adult
neurogenesis, and pattern separation. Neuron, 70,
589-596. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
RAKIC, P. (2002). Neurogenesis in adult primate neocortex
: an evaluation of the evidence. Nature Review
Neuroscience, 3 (1), 65-71. |
CURTIS, M.A., KAM, M. & FAULL, R.L.M. (2011).
Neurogenesis in humans. European Journal of
Neuroscience, 33, 1170-1174. [PDF] |
| |
SNYDER, J.S. & CAMERON, H.A. (2011). Could adult
hippocampal neurogenesis be relevant for human behavior ?
Behavioural Brain Research, 227 (2), 384-390. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
COOPER-KUHN, C.M. & KUHN, H.G. (2002). Is it all DNA
repair ? Methodological considerations for detecting
neurogenesis in the adult brain. Developmental Brain
Researcher, 134, 13-21. |
ANDERSON, M.L., NOKIA, M.S., GOVINDARAJU, K.P. &
SHORS, T.J. (2012). Moderate drinking ? Alcohol
consumption significantly decreases neurogenesis in the
adult hippocampus. Neuroscience, 224, 202-209. [PDF] |
| |
SONG, J., CHRISTIAN, K.M., MING, G.L. & SONG, H.
(2012). Modification of hippocampal circuitry by adult
neurogenesis. Developmental Neurobiology, 72, 1032-1043.
|
|
MAGAVI, S.S. & MACKLIS, J.D. (2002). Interactive
Induction of neuronal type-specific neurogenesis in the
cerebral cortex of adult mice : manipulation of neural
precursors in situ. Developmental Brain Research,
134, 57-76.
[PDF] |
CURLIK, D.M. & SHORS, T.J. (2012). Training your brain
: Do mental and physical (MAP) training enhance cognition
through the process of neurogenesis in the hippocampus ? Neuropharmacology,
64, 506-514. [PDF] |
|
VAN PRAAG, H., SCHINDER, A.F., CHRISTIE, B.R., TONI, N.,
PALMER, T.D. & GAGE, F.H. (2002). Functional
neurogenesis in the adult hippocampus. Nature, 415 (6875),
1030-1034. |
SHORS, T.J., ANDERSON, M., CURLOK, D.M. & NOKIA, M.
(2012). Use it or lose it : How neurogenesis keeps the
brain fit for learning. Behavioral Brain Research,
227 (S2), 450-458. [PDF] |
|
PARENT, J.M., VEXLER, Z.S., GONG, C., DERUGIN, N. &
FERRIERO, D.M. (2002). Rat forebrain neurogenesis and
striatal neuron replacement after focal stroke. Annals
of Neurology, 52, 802-813 |
JUN, H., QASIM-HUSAINI, S.M., RIBGY, M. & JANG, M.
(2012). Functional role of adult hippocampal neurogenesis
as a therapeutic strategy for mental disorders. Neural
Plasticity, 1-20 ID 854285. [PDF] |
| |
SPALDING, K.L., BERGMANN, O., ALKASS, K., BERNARD, S.,
SALEHPOUR, M., HUTTNER, H.B., BOSTÖM, E., WESTERLUND, I.,
VIAL, C., BUCHHOLZ, B.A., POSSNERT, G., MASH, D.C., DRUID,
H. & FRISÉN, J. (2013). Dynamics of hippocampal
neurogenesis in adult. Humans Cell, 153 (6),
1219-1227. [PDF] |
|
GAGE, F.H. (2002). Neurogenesis in the adult brain.
Journal of Neuroscience, 22 (3), 612-613. |
MARTINEZ-CANABAL, A., AKERS, K.G., JOSSELYN, S.A. &
FRANKLAND, P.W. (2013). Age-dependent effects of
hippocampal neurogenesis suppression on spatial learning.
Hippocampus, 23 (1), 66-74. [PDF] |
| |
FUCHS, E. & FLÜGGE, G. (2014). Adult neuroplasticity :
More than 40 years of research. Hindawi Publishing
Corporation Neural Plasticity, 1-10. [PDF] |
| |
BERGMANN, O., SPALDING, K.L. & FRISEN, J. (2015).
(2015). Adult neurogenesis in humans. Cold Spring
Harbor in Perspectives in Biology, 7 (7), 1-12. [PDF] |
| |
SORRELLS, S.F., PAREDES, M.F., CEBRIAN-SILLA, A.,
SANDOVAL, K., QI, D., KELLEY, K.W., JAMES, D., MAYER, S.,
CHANG, J., AUGUSTE, K.I.CHANG, E.F., GUTIERREZ, A.J.,
KRIEGSTEIN, A.R., MATHERN, G.W., OLDHAM, M.C., HUANG,
E.J., GARCIA-VERDUGO, J.M., YANG, Z. & ALVAREZ-BUYLLA,
A. (2018). Human hippocampal neurogenesis drops sharply in
children to undetectable levels in adults. Nature,
555, 377-381. |
| |
BOLDRINI, M., FULMORE, C.A., TARTT, A.N., SIMEON, L.R.,
PAVLOVA, I., POPOSKA, V., ROSOKLIJA, G.B., STANKOV, A.,
ARANGO, V., DWORK, A.J., HEN, R. & MANN, J.J. (2018).
Human hippocampal neurogenesis persists throughout aging.
Cell Stem Cell, 22 (4), 589-599. |
| |
SNYDER, J.S. (2018). Questioning human neurogenesis. Nature,
555, 315-316. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Neurone,
Gyrus dentelé
et Hippocampe |
|
|
Neurogénétique
:
Neurogenetic.
| |
|
|
GREENSPAN, R.J. (1990). The emergence of neurogenetics.
Seminars in the Neurosciences, 2, 145-157. |
|
KOSSLYN, S.M. & PLOMIN, R. (2001). Towards a
neurocognitive genetics : Goals and issues. In D.
Dougherty, S.L. Rauch & J.F. Rosenbaum (Eds.), Psychiatric
neuroimaging research : Contemporary strategies (pp.
383-402). Washington, D.C. : American Psychiatric Press
Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Neuro-imagerie cognitive : Procédé d'inférence des fonctions
cognitives au moyen notamment de l'imagerie par résonance magnétique fonctionnelle.
Neuroimaging.
| |
|
|
WANG, Y. & MORGAN, W.P. (1992). The effect of imagery
perspectives on the psychophysiological responses to
imagined exercise. Behavioral Brain Research, 52, 167-174. |
CARPENTER, P.A., JUST, M.A. & REICHLE, E.D. (2000).
Working memory and executive function : evidence from neuroimaging . Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 10, 195-199.
[PDF] |
|
JEANNEROD, M. (2001). Neural simulation of action : A unifying mechanism for motor cognition. NeuroImage, 14, 103-109. [PDF] |
|
GUR, R.C., ERWIN, R.J. & GUR, R.E. (1992).
Neurobehavioral probes for physiologic neuroimaging
studies. Archives of General Psychiatry, 49,
409-414. |
BAUMEISTER, A.A. & HAWKINS, M.F. (2001).
Incoherence of neuroimaging studies of attention
deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Clinical
Neuropharmacology, 24, 2-10. [PDF] |
|
KERTSZ, A. (Ed.) (1994). Localization and
neuroimaging in neuropsychology. Academic Press : New York. |
BEAULIEU, A. (2002). Images are not the (only) truth : Brain mapping, visual knowledge, and iconoclasm. Science, Technology, & Human Values, 27, 53-86. |
|
JEANNEROD, M. (1994). The representing brain : Neural
correlates of motor intention and imagery. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 17, 187-245. |
HULL, A.M. (2002). Neuroimaging findings in post-traumatic
stress disorder systematic review. The British
Journal of Psychiatry, 181, 102-110. [PDF] |
| |
PHELPS, E.A. & THOMAS, L.A. (2003). Race, behavior and the brain : The role of neuroimaging in understanding complex human behaviors. Political Psychology, 24, 747-758.
[PDF] |
| |
POLDRACK, R.A. & WAGNER, D.A. (2004). What can
neuroimaging tell us about the mind? Insights from
prefrontal cortex. Current Directions in
Psychological Science, 13, 177-181. [PDF] |
|
TIBERGHIEN, G., GUILLAUME, F. et BAUDOIN, J.-Y. (à
paraître). La neuro-imagerie cognitive : nouvel
indicateur, nouvelle science ou nouvelle phrénologie. Dans
J. Vauclair et S. Nicolas (Dirs.), Localisation
cérébrale des fonctions mentales. Marseille :
Solal. |
KANWISHER, N. & DUNCAN, J. (Eds.). (2004). Functional
neuroimaging of visual cognition : Attention and
performance. New York : Oxford University Press. |
| |
DICKINS, D.W. (2005). On aims and methods in the
neouroimaging of derived relations. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 84 (3),
453-484. [PDF] |
| |
DOBBS, D. (2005). Fact or phrenology ? The growing
controversy over fMRI scans is forcing us to confront
whether brain equals mind. Scientific American Mind,
16, 24-31. [PDF] |
| |
POLDRACK, R.A. (2006). Can cognitive processes be inferred
from neuroimaging data ? Trends in Cognitive
Sciences, 10, 59-63. [PDF] |
|
| |
NICOLSON, C. (2006). Thinking it over : fMRI and
psychological science. APS Observer, 19. [LIRE] |
| |
JUNG, R.E. & HAIER, R.J. (2007). The parieto-frontal
integration theory (P-FIT) of intelligence : converging
neuroimaging evidence. Journal of Behavioral &
Brain Science 30, 135-187. [PDF] |
| |
OWEN, A.M. & COLEMAN, M.R. (2007). Functional MRI in
disorders of consciousness : Advantages and limitations. Current
Opinion in Neurology, 20 (6), 632-637. [PDF] |
|
DECETY, J. & JEANNEROD, M. (1995). L’imagerie mentale
et son substrat neurologique. Revue Neurologique,
151, 474-479. |
VAUCLAIR, J. & NICOLAS, S. (Dirs) (2007).
Localisation cérébrale des fonctions mentales. De la
cranioscopie de Gall à l'IRMf. Éditions Solal. |
| |
McCABE, D.P. & CASTEL, A.D. (2008). Seeing is
believing : the effect of brain images on judgments of
scientific reasoning. Cognition 107, 343-352. [PDF] |
| |
GIEDD, J.N. (2008). The teen brain : Insights from
neuroimaging. Journal of Adolescent Health, 42,
335-343. [PDF] |
| |
COLEMAN, M.R. & OWEN, A.M. (2008). Functional
neuroimaging of disorders of consciousness.
International Anesthesiology Clinics, 46 (3),
147-157. [PDF] |
|
DECETY, J. (1996). Neural representations for action. Reviews
in the Neurosciences, 7, 285-297. |
KUMRA, S. (2008). Digging deeper using neuroimaging tools
reveals important clues to early-onset schizophrenia. Journal
of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 47 (10), 1103-1104. |
| |
OWEN, A.M. & COLEMAN, M.R. (2008). Using neuroimaging
to detect awareness in disorders of consciousness. Functional
neurology, 23 (4), 189-194. [PDF] |
|
SMITH, E.E. & JONIDES, J. (1997). Working memory : A
view from neuroimaging. Cognitive Psychology, 33,
5-42. [PDF] |
BANDETTINI, P.A. (2009). What’s new in neuroimaging
methods ? Annals of the New York Academy of Science,
1156, 260-293. [PDF] |
|
LYON, G.R. & RUMSEY, J. (1996). Neuroimaging : A
window to the neurological foundations of learning and
behavior in children. Baltimore : Paul H. Brookes. |
SHENTON, M.A. (2010). Structural neuroimaging in
schizophrenia from methods to insights to treatments. Dialogues
in Clinical Neuroscience, 12 (3), 317-332. [PDF] |
| |
DAS, T., PADAKANNAYA, P., PUGH, K.R. & SINGH, N.C.
(2011). Neuroimaging reveals dual routes to reading in
simultaneous proficient readers of two orthographies. NeuroImage,
54, 1476-1487. [PDF] |
|
SEIDENBERG, M.S. & HOEFNNER, J.H. (1998). Evaluating
behavioral and neuroimaging evidence about past tense
processing. Language, 74, 104-122. |
DIAMOND, L.M. & DICKENSON, J. (2012). The neuroimaging
of love and desire : Review and future directions. Clinical
Neuropsychiatry, 9, 39-46. [PDF] |
|
BUCHHEIM, A., LABEK, K., WALTER, S. & VIVIANI, R.
(2013). A clinical case study of a psychoanalytic
psychotherapy monitored with functional neuroimaging.
Frontiers in Human Neuroscience, 7, 677.
|
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Imagerie par
résonance magnétique fonctionnelle |
| |
|
|
Neuroleptique
: Du grec neuron, qui signifie "nerf" et leptos,
qui veut dire "affaiblir". Il s'agit d'un groupe de médicaments
qui ont pour fonction de réduire la sévérité des symptômes
psychotiques, notamment
chez les schizophrènes.
On les prescrit également aux patients
qui ont un trouble
bipolaire et à ceux qui souffrent d'hallucination
et de délires. Ces
médicaments ont pour effet de bloquer les récepteurs de la dopamine
dans le cerveau
(benzisoxazoles, butyrophénones, dibenzodiazépines,
dibenzothiazépines, dibenzoxazépines, phénothiazines,
thiénobenzodiazépines, thioxanthènes). On distingue les
neuroleptiques typique (première génération) des neuroleptiques
atypique (seconde génation); les premiers ont des effets plus spécifiques
que les seconds. Il convient de noter que leur usage et leur degré
d'efficacité sont contestés par certains psychiatres, psychologues
et autres professionnels de la santé et que peu
d'études indépendantes ont fait la démonstration claire de
leur efficacité
(soulagement des symptômes supérieur à une thérapie psychologique
ou à un placebo ou
modifications des comportements pathologiques). =
antipsychotique, tranquillisants majeurs. ( ):
Voir tableau ci-dessous.
Antipsychotic drug,
neuroleptic.
| |
|
|
VAN PUTTEN, T. (1974). Why do schizophrenics refuse to
take their drugs ? Archives of General Psychiatry,
31, 67-72. |
GEDDES, J., FREEMANTLE, N., HARRISON, P. & BEBBINGTON,
P. (2000). Atypical antipsychotics in the treatment of
schizophrenia : systematic overview and meta-regression
analysis. British Medical Journal, 321, 1371-1376. |
|
DENIKER, P. (1975). Qui a inventé les neuroleptiques ? Confrontations
Psychiatriques, 13, 7-17. |
ADAMS, C.E., FENTON, M.K.P., QURAISHI, S. & DAVID
(2001). Systematic meta-review of depot antipsychotic
drugs for people with schizophrenia. British Journal
of Psychiatry, 179, 290-299.
[PDF] |
|
SEEMAN, P. & LEE, T. (1975). Antipsychotic drugs :
direct correlation between clinical potency and
presynaptic action on dopamine neurons. Science, 188,
1217-1219. |
GITLIN M., NUECHTERLEIN, K., SUBOTNICK, K.L., VENTURA, J.,
MINTZ, J., FOGERLSON, D.L., BARTZOKIS, G. & ARAVAGIRI,
M. (2001). Clinical outcome following neuroleptic
discontinuation in patients with remitted recent- onset
schizophrenia. American Journal of Psychiatry, 158
(11), 1835-1842. |
|
CHOUINARD, G. & JONES, B.D. (1980).
Neuroleptic-induced supersensitivity psychosis : Clinical
and pharmacologic characteristics. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 137 (1), 16-21. [PDF] |
BOLA J. & MOSHER, L. (2003). Treatment of acute
psychosis without neuroleptics : two-year outcomes from
the Soteria Project. Journal of Nervous & Mental
Disease, 191, 219-229. |
|
ZANDER, K.J., FISCHER, B., ZIMMER, R. & ACKENHEIL, M.
(1981). Long-term neuroleptic treatment of chronic
schizophrenic patients : Clinical and biochemical effects
of withdrawal. Psychopharmacology, 73 (1),
43-47. |
BALDWIN, D. & MAYERS, A. (2003). Sexual side-effects
of antidepressant and antipsychotic drugs. Advances
in Psychiatric Treatment, 9, 202-210. |
|
SEVERSON, J.A., ROBINSON, H.E. & SIMPSON, G.M. (1984).
Neuroleptic-induced striatal dopamine receptor
supersensitivity in mice : relationship to dose and drug.
Psychopharmacology, 84, 115-119. |
DAVIS, J., CHEN, N. & GLICK, I. (2003). A
meta-analysis of the efficacy of second-generation
antipsychotics. Archives of General of Psychiatry, 60,
553-564. |
|
BREGGIN, P.R. (1990). Brain damage, dementia and
persistent cognitive dysfunction associated with
neuroleptics : Evidence, etiology, implications. Journal
of Mind Behavior, 11, 425-464.
[PDF] |
HADDAD, P. (2004). Antipsychotics and diabetes: A review
of non-prospective data. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 184 (S47), 80-86. |
|
WYATT, R.J. (1991). Neuroleptics and the natural course of
schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 17 (2),
325-351. |
ANANTH, J., PARAMESRAWAN, S. & GUNATILAKE, S. (2004).
Side effects of atypical antipsychotic drugs. Current
Pharmaceutical Design, 10, 2219-2229. |
|
KANE, J. (1994). The use of higher-dose antipsychotic
medication. British Journal of Psychiatry, 164,
431-432. |
WHITAKER, R. (2004). The case against antipsychotic drugs:
a 50-year record of doing more harm than good. Medical
Hypotheses, 62 (1), 5-13. [PDF] |
|
GILBERT, P.L., HARRIS, M.J., McADAMS, L.A. & JESTE,
D.V. (1995). Neuroleptic withdrawal in schizophrenic
patients. A review of the literature. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 52 (3), 173-188. |
CORRELL, C.U., LEUCHT, S. & KANE, J.M. (2004). Lower
risk for tardive dyskinesia associated with
second-generation antipsychotics : a systematic review of
1-year studies. American Journal of Psychiatry, 161, 414-425. |
|
MELTZER, H.Y. (1995). Clozapine : is another view valid ?
American Journal of Psychiatry, 152, 821-823. |
MARGOLESE, H., CHOUINARD, G., KOLIVAKIS, T., BEAUCLAIR,
L., MILLER, R. & ANNABLE, L. (2005). Tardive
dyskinesia in the era of typical and atypical
antipsychotics (Part 2) : Incidence and management
strategies in patients with schizophrenia. Canadian
Journal of Psychiatry/Revue Canadienne de Psychiatrie,
50, 541-547. [PDF] |
|
GILBERT, P.L., HARRIS, M.J., McADAMS, L.A. & JESTE,
D.V. (1995). Neuroleptic with-drawal in schizophrenic
patients : A review of the literature. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 52, 173-188. |
LIEBERMAN, J.A., STROUP, T.S., MCEVOY, J.P., SWARTZ, M.S.,
ROSENHECK, R.A., PERKINS, D.O., KEEFE, R.S., DAVIS, S.M.,
DAVIS, C.E,. LEBOWITZ, B.D., SEVERE, J. & HSIAO, J.
(2005). Effectiveness of antipsychotic drugs in patients
with chronic schizophrenia. New England Journal of
Medicine, 353 (12), 1209-1223. |
|
BELDRESSARINI, R.J. & VIGUERA, A.C. (1995).
Neuroleptic withdrawal in schizophrenic patients.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 52 (3), 189-192. |
RÉMILLARD, S., POURCHER, E. & COHEN, H. (2005). The
effect of neuroleptic treatments on executive function and
symptomatology in schizophrenia : A 1-year follow up
study. Schizophrenia Research, 80, 99-106. |
|
MOSHER, L.R., VALLONE, R. & MENN, A. (1995). The
treatment of acute psychosis without neuroleptics :
six-week psychopathology outcome data from the soteria
project. International Journal of Social Psychiatry,
41 (3), 157-167. [PDF] |
PATRICK, V., LEVIN, E. & SCHLEIFER, S. (2005).
Antipsychotic polypharmacy : is there evidence for its use
? Journal of Psychiatric Practice, 11 (4),
248-257. |
| |
NEWCOMER, J.W. (2005). Second-generation (atypical)
antipsychotics and metabolic effects : a comprehensive
literature review. CNS Drugs, 19 (S1), 1-93. [PDF] |
|
COHEN, D. (1997). A critique of the use of neuroleptic
drugs in psychiatry, in S. Fisher and R.P. Greenberg
(Eds.), From placebo to panacea : Putting psychiatric
drugs to the test (pp. 173-228). New York : Wiley.
|
STROUP, T., LIEBERMAN, J., McEVOY J., SWATZ, M., DAVI, D.,
ROSENHECK, R., PERKINS, D., KEEFE, R., DAVIS, C., SEVERE,
J. & HSIAO, J. (2006). Effectiveness of olanzapine,
quetiapine, risperidone and ziprasidone in patients with
chronic schizophrenia following discontinuation of a
previous atypical antipsychotic. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 163, 611-622.
[PDF] |
| |
MONCRIEFF, J. (2006). Does antipsychotic withdrawal
provoke psychosis ? Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 114, 3-13. [PDF] |
|
VIGUERA, A.C., BELDRESSARINI, J. HEGARTY, J.D., VAN
KAMMEN, D.P. & TOHEN, M. (1997). Clinical risk
following abrupt and gradual withdrawal of maintenance
neuroleptic treatment. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 54 (1), 49-55. |
NEWCOMER, J.W. & HAUPT, D.W. (2006). The metabolic
effects of antipsychotic medications. Canadian
Journal of Psychiatry, 51, 480-491. [PDF] + [PDF] |
|
| |
McEVOY J, LIEBERMAN, J., STROUP, T., DAVIS, S., MELTZER,
H., ROSENHECK, R., SWARTZ, M., PERKNS, D., KEEFE, R.,
DAVIS, C., SEVERE, J. & HSIAO, J. (2006).
Effectiveness of clozapine versus olanzapine, quetiapine
and risperidone in patients with chronic schizophrenia who
did not respond to prior atypical antipsychotic treatment.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 600-610.
[PDF] |
| |
LEUCHT, S., CIPRIANI, L. & SPINELI, D. (2007).
Comparative efficacy and tolerability of 15 antipsychotic
drugs in schizophrenia : a multiple-treatments
meta-analysis. Lancet, 382, 951-962.
[PDF] |
| |
HARROW, M. & JOBE, T.H. (2007). Factors involved in
outcome and recovery in schizophrenia patients not on
antipsychotic medications : A 15-year multifollow-up
study. Journal of Nervous & Mental Disease, 195
(5), 406-414. [PDF] |
|
DAY, J., KINDERMAN, P. & BENTALL, R. (1997).
Discordant views of neuroleptic side-effects : a potential
source of conflict between patients and professionals. Acta
Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 97, 93-97. |
KIRSCH P., RONSHAUSEN, S., MIER, D. & GALLHOFER, B.
(2007). The influence of antipsychotic treatment on brain
reward system reactivity in schizophrenia patients. Pharmacopsychiatry,
40, 196-198. |
|
SEEMAN, P., CORBETT, R. & VAN TOL, H.H. (1997).
Atypical neuroleptics have low affinity for dopamine D2
receptors or are selective for D4 receptors. Neuropsychopharmacology,
16, 93-110. |
KUMRA, S., OBERSTAR, J.V., SIKICH, L., FINDLING, R.L.,
MCCLELLAN, J.M., VINOGRADOV, S. & SCHULZ, C.S. (2008).
Efficacy and tolerability of second-generation
antipsychotics in children and adolescents with
schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 34 (1),
60-71. [PDF] |
|
LANCTÔT, K., BEST, T.S., MITTMANN, N., LIU B.A., OH, P.I.,
EINARSON, T.R. & NARANJO, C.A. (1998). Efficacy and
safety of neuroleptics in behavioral disorders associated
with dementia. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 59
(10), 550-561. |
LIPEROTI, R., PEDONE, C. & CORSONELLO, A. (2008).
Antipsychotics for the treatment of behavioral and
psychological symptoms of dementia (BPSD). Current
Neuropharmacology, 6, 117-124. [PDF] |
| |
LEUCHT, S. KOMOSSA, K., RUMMEL-KLUGE, C., HUNGER, H.,
SCHMID, F., ASENJO LOBOS, C. & DAVIS, J.M. (2009). A
meta-analysis of head-to-head comparisons of
second-generation antipsychotics in the treatment of
schizophrenia. American Journal of Psychiatry, 166
(2), 152-163. |
| |
HO, B., ANDREASEN, N.C., ZIEBELL, S., PIERSON, R. &
MAGNOTTA, V. (2011). Long-term antipsychotic treatment and
brain volumes. Archives of General Psychiatry, 68, 128-137.
[PDF] |
| |
ZHANG, X.R., ZHANG, Z.J., ZHU, R.X., YUAN, Y.G., JENKINS,
T.A. & REYNOLDS, G.P. (2011). Sexual dysfunction in
male schizophrenia : influence of antipsychotic drugs,
prolactin and polymorphisms of the dopamine D2 receptor
gene. Pharmacogneomics 12 (8), 1127-1136. [PDF] |
| |
TURNER, E.H., KNOEPFLMACHER, D. & SHAPLEY, L. (2012).
Publication bias in antipsychotic trials : An analysis of
efficacy comparing the published literature to the US Food
and Drug Administration Database. PLoS Medicine, 9
(3), 1-17. [PDF] |
| |
KOMOSSA, K., RUMMEL-KLUGE, C., SCHWARZ, S., SCHMID, F.,
HUNGER, H., KISSLING, W. & LEUCHT, S. (2013).
Risperidone versus other atypical antipsychotics for
schizophrenia. Cochrane Database of Systematic
Reviews, 1, 1-281. [PDF] |
| |
ASMAL, L., FLEGAR, S.J., WANG, J., RUMMEL-KLUGE, C.,
SCHWARZ, S., KOMOSSA, K. & LEUCHT, S. (2013).
Quetiapine versus other atypical antipsychotics for
schizophrenia. Cochrane Database of Systematic
Reviews, 11, 1-278. [PDF] |
| |
KHANNA, P., SUO, T., KOMOSSA, K., MA, H., RUMMEL-KLUGE,
C., EL-SAYEH, H.G., LEUCHT, S. & XIA, J. (2014).
Aripiprazole versus other atypical antipsychotics for
schizophrenia. Cochrane Database of Systematic
Reviews, 1, 1-559.
[PDF] |
|
HOGARTY, G.E. & ULRICH, R.F. (1998). The limitations
of antipsychotic medication on schizophrenia relapse and
adjustment and the contributions of psychosocial
treatment. Journal of Psychiatric Research, 32
(3-4), 243-250. |
KIM, J., MacMASTER, E.C. & SCHWATRZ, T.L. (2014).
Tardive dyskinesia in patients treated with atypical
antipsychotics : case series and brief review of etiologic
and treatment considerations. Drugs Context, 3,
1-9.
[PDF] |
| |
KOMOSSA, K., RUMMEL-KLUGE, C., HUNGER, H., SCHWARZ, S.,
BHOOPATHI, P.S., KISSLING, W. & LEUCHT, S. (2014).
Risperidone versus other atypical antipsychotics for
schizophrenia. Cochrane Database of Systematic
Reviews, 1, 1-176. [PDF] |
| |
CORRELL, C.U., DETRAUX, J., DE LEPELEIRE, J. & DE
HERT, M. (2015). Effects of antipsychotics,
antidepressants and mood stabilizers on risk for physical
diseases in people with schizophrenia, depression and
bipolar disorder. World Psychatry, 14 (2),
119-136. [PDF] |
| |
HARROW, M. & JOBE, T.H. (2018). Long-term
antipsychotic treatment of schizophrenia : does it help or
hurt over a 20-year period ? World Psychiatry, 17
(2), 162-163. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Dyskénisie
tardive |
|
|
Neurolinguistique
: Scienceau
carrefour de la lnguistique et de la neurobiologie qui étudie
comment les neurones contrôlent l'acquisition, la production et la
compréhension du langage. *Programmation
neuro-linguistique.
| |
|
|
DUBOIS, J. (1967). La neurolinguistique. Langages, 5,
6-17 [PDF] |
|
HECAEN, H. et DUBOIS, J. (1972). Introduction à la
neuropsychologie, Paris : Larousse, |
|
DUBOIS, J. (1977). De la linguistique à la
neurolinguistique : 1939-1976. Langages, 47,
3-39. |
|
BOUTON, C. (1989). La neurolinguistique en 1989 :
permanences et évolution. Langagess, 11-19. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Neurologie
: Neurologue : Branche de la médecine
qui traite les affections du cerveau.
Neurologie et neuroscience.
( ): Ajuriaguerra,
Andermann,
Bastian, Broca,
Brodmann, Campbell,
Duchenne, Galaburda,
Gilles de la Tourette,
Habib, Hécaen, Lenneberg,
Luys, Vulpian,
Wernicke. Neurology.
|
|
| |
CLIFFORD-ROSE (Ed.) (1999). A short history of
neurology. Oxford : Butterworth-heinemann. |
|
|
|
Neurology
: Revue
scientifique de neurologie.
Éditeur : American Academy of Neurology.
ALEXANDER, M.P., STUSS, D.T., SHALLICE, T., PICTON, T.W.
& GILLINGHAM, S. (2005). Impaired concentration due
to frontal lobe damage from two distinct lesion sites. Neurology,
65 (4), 572-579.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Neuromarketing
: Neuromarketing.
| |
|
|
LINDELL, A.K. & KIDD, E. (2013). Consumers favor
"right brain" training : The dangerous lure of
neuromarketing. Mind, Brain, & Education, 7,
(1), 35-39. |
|
|
|
Neuromédiateur
:
|
|
|
Neuromythe : Mythes qui
découlent de superstition
ou des mauvais usages de la recherche en neurosciences
sur le cerveau.
| |
|
|
BEYERSTEIN, B.L. (1990). Brainscams : neuromythologies of
the New Age. International Journal of Mental Health,
19, 27-36. |
TARDIF, É., DOUDIN P.-A. & MEYLAN, N. (2015).
Neuromyths among teachers and student teachers. Mind,
Brain, & Education, 9 (1), 50-59. |
|
BEYERSTEIN, B.L. (1999). Whence cometh the myth that we
only use ten percent of our brains ? In, S. Della Sala
(Ed.), Mind myths : Exploring popular assumptions
about the mind and brain (pp. 1-24). Chichester, UK
: John Wiley and Sons, Ltd. |
MASSON, S. (2015). Les apports de la neuroéducation à
l'enseignement : des neuromythes aux découvertes
actuelles. Approche Neuropsychologique des
Apprentissages chez l'Enfant, 134, 11-22. |
|
LETHABY, C. & HARRIES, P. (2015). Learning styles and
teacher training : are we perpetuating neuromyths ? ELT
Journal, 70 (1), 16–25.
|
| HERCULANO-HOUZEL, S., Do You Know Your Brain? A Survey
on Public Neuroscience Literacy at the Closing of the
Decade of the Brain. The Neuroscientist, 8 (2), 98-110. |
PARK, S., PARK, J., LEE, S. & SHIN, J. (2016). Prevalence and
predictors of neuromyth among pre-service teachers.
Korean Journal of Teaching. Education, 32, 185–212.
|
|
GEAKE, J.G. (2008). Neuromythologies in education. Educational
Research, 50 (2), 123-133. |
FERRERO, M., GARAIZAR, P. & VADILLO, M.A. (2016).
Neuromyths in education : Prevalence among Spanish
teachers and an exploration of cross-cultural variation. Frontiers
in Human Neuroscience, 10 [496], 1-11. [PDF] |
| |
GLEICHGERRCHT, E., LUTTGES, B.L., SALVAREZZA, F. &
CAMPOS, A.L. (2015). Educational neuromyths among teachers
in Latin America. Mind, Brain, & Education, 9 (1),
170-178. |
|
TARDIF, É. et DOUDIN, P.-A. (2010). Neurosciences, neuromythes et sciences de l'éducation. Prisme, 12, 11-14. |
DOUDIN, P.-A., TARDIF, É. et MEYLAN, N. (2016). De
l'utilité ambiguë des styles d'apprentissage et des
neuromythes. Dans É. Tardif et P.-A. Doudin (Dirs.),
Neurosciences et cognition : perspectives pour les
sciences de l'éducation (p. 81-102). Bruxelles,
Belgique : De Boeck. |
| |
DÜNDAR, S. & GÜNDÜZ N. (2016). Misconceptions
regarding the brain : the neuromyths of preservice
teachers. Mind, Brain, & Education, 10,
212-232. |
|
BOUGOUSSLAVSKY, J. (2016). The mysteries of hysteria. Neurosciences
& History, 2 (2), 54-73. [PDF] |
|
LINDELL, A.K. & KIDD, E. (2011). Why right-brain
teaching is half-witted : a critique of the misapplication
of neuroscience to education. Mind, Brain, &
Education, 5, 121-127. |
MACDONALD, K., GERMINE, L., ANDERSON, A., CHRISTODOULOU,
J. & McGRATH, L.M. (2017). Dispelling the myth :
Training in education or neuroscience decreases but does
not eliminate beliefs in neuromyths. Frontiers of
Psychology, 8 [1314], 1-18. [PDF] |
|
|
DUVEL, N., WOLF, A. & KPPIEZ, R. (2017). Neuromyths in
music education : prevalence and predictors of
misconceptions among teachers and students. Front.
Psychol. 8:[629], 1-12.
[PDF] |
|
PASQUINELLI, E. (2012). Neuromyths : why do they exist and
persist ? Mind, Brain, & Education, 6,
89-96. |
BAILEY, R.P., MADIGAN, D.J., COPE, E. & NICHOLLS, A.R.
(2018). The prevalence of pseudoscientific ideas and
neuromyths among sports coaches. Frontiers in
Psychology, 9, 1-11. [PDF] |
|
RUHAAK, A.E. & COOK, B.G. (2018). The prevalence of
educational neuromyths among pre-service special education
teachers. Mind, Brain & Education, 12,
155–161. |
|
SKRABAN, O.P., VITULIC, H.S., YTANCIG, S. & PROSEN,
S. (2018). Neuromyths about brain development and
learning among university students of primary education. Didactica Sloven Pedagoska Obzorja, 33, 136–148. |
|
IM, S., CHO, J.-Y., DUBINSKY, J.M. & VARMA, S. (2018).
Taking an educational psychology course improves
neuroscience literacy but does not reduce belief in
neuromyths. PLoS One, 13 (2), 1-19.
[PDF] |
|
TOKUHAMA-ESPINOSA, T. (2018). Neuromyths : Debunking false beliefs about the brain. New York : W.W. Norton.
|
|
DEKKER, S., LEE, N.C., HOWARD-JONES, P.A. & JOLLES, J.
(2012). Neuromyths in education : Prevalence and
predictors of misconceptions among teachers. Frontiers
in Psychology, 3 [429], 1-9. [PDF] |
PAPADATOU-PASTOU, M., GRITZAL, M. & BARRABLE, A.
(2018). The learning styles educational neuromyth : Lack
of agreement between teachers, judgments, self-assessment,
and students' intelligence. Frontiers in Education, 3
[105], 1-5. [PDF] |
| |
ZHANG, R., JIANG Y., DANG, B. & ZHOU, A. (2019). Neuromyths in Chinese classrooms : evidence from headmasters in an underdeveloped region of China. Frontiers in Education, 4 [8], 1-6. |
|
GROSPIETSCH, F. & MAYR, J. (2019). Pre-service science
teachers’ neuroscience literacy : neuromyths and a
professional understanding of learning and
memory. Frontiers in Human Neuroscience, 13, 1-16.
[PDF] |
|
RODRIGUES RATO, J., ABREU, A.M. & CASTRO-CALDAS, A.
(2013). Neuromyths in education : what is fact and what is
fiction for portuguese teachers ? Educational
Research, 55, 441-453. |
HOWARD-JONES, P.A. (2019). Neuromyths and evidence-based practices in higher education.
Online Learning Consortium (Rapport de recherche). [PDF] |
|
RODRIGUES RATO, J., ABREU, A.M. & CASTRO-CALDAS, A.
(2013). Neuromyths in education : what is fact and what is
fiction for portuguese teachers ? Educational
Research, 55, 441-453. |
SARRASIN, J.B., RIOPEL, M. & MASSON, S. (2019).
Neuromyths and their origin among teachers in Quebec. Mind,
Brain & Education, 13, 100–109. |
|
NEWTON, P.M. & SALVI, A. (2020). How common is belief
in the learning styles neuromyth, and does it matter ? A
pagmatic systematic review. Frontiers in Education,
5, 1-14. [PDF] |
|
TORRIJOS-MUELAS, M., GONZALEZ-VILLORA, S. &
BODOQUE-OSMA, A.R. (2021). The persistence of neuromyths
in the educational settings : A systematic review. Frontiers
in Psychology, 11, 1-18. [PDF]
|
| |
NEWTON, P.M., NAJABAT-LATTIF, H., SANTIAGO, G. &
SALVI, A. (2021). The learning styles neuromyth is still
thriving in medical education. Frontiers in Human
Neuroscience, 15, 1-5. [PDF] |
|
HOWARD-JONES, P.A. (2014). Neuroscience and education :
Myths and messages. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 15
(12), 817-824. [PDF] |
PAPADATOU-PASTOU, M., TOULOUMAKOS, A.K., KOUTOUVELI, C.
& BARRABLE, A. (2021). The learning styles neuromyth :
when the same term means different things to different
teachers. European Journal of Psychology of
Education, 36, 511-531. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Cerveau, Mythe sur le cerveau et
Mythe |
|
|
|
|
Neurone : Cellule du cerveau
- découverte par Golgi et
Ramon y Cajal et ainisi
nommé par et Waldemeyer -
en forme d'arbuste qui possède deux fonctions : 1)
transmettre et propager des signaux électriques (l'influx
nerveux) le long de son
axone et; 2) secréter des neurotransmetteurs.
Le neurone constitue l'unité de base du système
nerveux central. Les 86 à 100 milliards de neurones que
compte notre cerveau forment
de minuscules réseaux à travers lesquels circulent l'influx
nerveux. Cet influx peut se propager du cerveau vers les muscles (neurone
moteur) ou, en sens inverse, des sens au cerveau (neurone
sensoriel). Neurone, neuroscience
et neorogènèse.
= cellule nerveuse. ( ): Voir
tableau ci-dessous. Neuron.
| |
|
 |
|
|
WALDEYER, H.W. (1891). Ueber einige neuere forschungen im
gebiete der anatomie des centralnervensystems. Deutsche
Medicinische Wochenschrift, 17, 1213-1218,
1244-1246, 1287-1289, 1331-1332, 1350-1356 |
|
|
RAMON Y CAJAL, S. (1894). Les nouvelles idées sur la
fine anatomie des centres nerveux. Paris : C.
Reinwald & Cie. |
TOVEE, M.J., ROLLS, E.T. & RAMACHANDRAN, V.S. (1996).
Rapid visual learning in neurones of the primate temporal
visual cortex. Neuroreport, 7, 2757-2760. |
|
ADRIAN, E.D. (1932). The mechanism of nervous action
: electrical studies of the neurone. University of
Pennsylvania Press. |
COGGESHALL, R.E. & LEKAN, H.A. (1996). Methods for
determining numbers of cells and synapses : a case for
more uniform standards for review. Journal of
Comparative Neurology, 364, 6-15. |
|
KONORSKI, J. (1948). Conditioned reflexes and neuron
organization. Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press. |
ZAIDEL D.W., ESIRI, M.M. & HARRISON, P.J. (1997).
Size, shape, and orientation of neurons in the left and
right hippocampus : Investigation of normal asymmetries
and alterations in schizophrenia. American Journal of
Psychiatry 154, 812-818. [PDF]
|
|
ALTMAN, J. (1962). Are neurons formed in the brains of
adult mammals ? Science, 135, 1127-1128. [PDF] |
KEMPERMANN, G., KUHN, H.G. & GAGE, F.H. (1997). More
hippocampal neurons in adult mice living in an enriched
environment. Nature, 386 (6624), 493-495. |
|
VERTES, R.P. & MILLER, N.E. (1976). Brain stem neurons
that fire selectively to a conditioned stimulus for shock.
Brain Research, 103, 229-242. |
PACKENBERG, B. & GUNDERSEN, H.J.G. (1997). Neocortical
neuron number in humans : Effect of sex and age. The
Journal of comparative Neurobiology, 384, 312-320. |
|
BAYER, S.A., YACKEL, J.W. & PURI, P.S. (1982). Neurons
in the rat dentate gyrus granular layer substantially
increase during juvenile and adult life. Science, 216,
890-892. [PDF] |
KRUIJVER, F.P., ZHOU, J.N., POOL, C.W., HOFMAN, M.A.,
GOOREN, L.J. & SWAAB DF. (2000). Male-to-female
transsexuals have female neuron numbers in a limbic
nucleus. Journal of Clinical Endocrinology &
Metabolism 85, 2034-2041. |
|
FLOOD, D.G. & COLEMAN, P.D. (1988). Neuron numbers and
sizes in aging brain : Comparisons of human, monkey, and
rodent data. Neurobiology of Aging, 9, 453-463. |
BULLIER, J.C. HUPÉ, J.-M., JAMES, A.C. & GIRARD, P.
(2001). The role of feedback connections in shaping the
responses of visual cortical neurons. In C. Casanova &
M. Pfito (Eds.), Progress in brain research (Vol.
34, pp. 193-204). Elsevier Science.
[PDF] |
|
ALVAREZ-BULLYA, A. & NOTTEBOHM, F. (1988). Migration
of young neurons in adult avian brain. Nature, 335,353-354. |
NOTTEBOHM, F. (2002). Why are some neurons replaced in
adult brain ? The Journal of Neuroscience, 22
(3), 624-628. [PDF] |
|
STEIN, L. & BELLUZZI, J.D. (1988). Operant
conditioning of individual neurons. In M. Commons, R.M.
Church, J.R. Stellar & A. Wagner (Eds.),
Quantitative analyses of behavior : Biological
determinants of reinforcement (pp. 249-264).
Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
SHORS, T.J. (2003). Can new neurons replace memories lost
? Science of Aging Knowledge Environment, 49,
35-38. [PDF] |
|
|
WEST, M.J. & GUNDERSON, H.J.G. (1990). Unbiased
stereological estimation of the number of neurons in the
human hippocampus. The Journal of Comparative
Neurology, 296, 1-22. |
WADE, N.J. (2004). Visual neuroscience before the neuron.
Perception, 33 (7), 869-889. |
|
GARCIA-FALGUERAS, A., LIGTENBERG, L., KRUJVER, F.P.M.
& SWAAB, D.F. (2004). Neurons in the intermediate
nucleus (InM) of the human hypothalamus in relation to
sex, age, and gender identity. Journal of Comparative
Neurology, 519, 3061-3084. |
|
BARNES, C.A., McNAUGHTON, B.L., MIZURI, S.J.Y., LEONARD,
B.W. & LIN, L.-H. (1990). Comparison of spatial and
temporal characteristics of neuronal activity in
sequential stages of hippocampal processing. Progress
in Brain Research, 83, 287-300. |
BULLOCK, T.H., BENNETT, M.V.L., JOHNSTON, D., JOSEPHSON,
R., MARDER, E. & FIELDS, R.D. (2005). The neuron
doctrine, redux. Science, 310 (5749), 791-793. |
|
GEISLER, W.S. & ALBRETCH, D.G., SALVI, R.J. &
SAUNDERS, S.S. (1991). Descrimination performance of
single neurons : Rate and temporal-pattern information. Journal
of Neurophysiology, 66 (1), 334-362. [PDF] |
BARNEA, A., MISHAL, A. & NOTTEBOHM, F. (2006). Social
and spatial changes induce multiple survival regimes for
new neurons in two regions of the adult brain : An
anatomical representation of time ? Behavioural Brain
Research, 167, 63-74. [PDF] |
|
SKOTTUN, B.C, DE VALOIS, R.L., GROSOF, D.H., MOVSHON,
J.A., ALBRETCHT, D.G. & BONDS, A.B. (1991).
Classifying simple and complex cells on the basis of
response modulation. Vision Research, 31 (7/8),
1079-1086. [PDF] |
SHORS, T.J. (2009). Saving new brain cells. Scientific
American (March), 47-54. [PDF] |
|
YEOMANS, J.S., MATHUR, A. & TAMPAKERAS, M. (1993).
Rewarding brain stimulation : Role of tegmental
cholinergic neurons that activate dopamine neurons. Behavioral
Neuroscience, 107 (6), 1077-1087. |
WADDELL, J., ANDERSON, M.L. & SHORS, T.J. (2011).
Changing the rate and hippocampal dependence of trace
eyeblink conditioning : slow learning enhances survival of
new neurons. Neurobiology of Learning & Memory,
95, 159-165. [PDF] |
|
WEST, M.J. (1993). Regionally specific loss of neurons in
the aging human hippocampus. Neurobiology of Aging,
14, 287-293. |
AGGARWAL, M. & WICKENS, J.R. (2011). A role for phasic
dopamine neuron firing in habit learning. Neuron, 72,
892-894. [PDF] |
|
LABERGE, D. (2020). The neural foundation of
experience: the role of vibrating neurons. Dorrance
Publishing Co. (2020). |
|
| |
| CARPENTER,
M.B. & SUTIN, J. (1983). Human neuroanatomy.
Londres : Williams & Wilkins. |
Voir aussi Neuroscience et
Neurogenèse |
|
|
Neurone canonique :
Canonical neuron.
| |
|
|
GALLESE V. & FREEDBERG, D. (2007). Mirror and
canonical neurons are crucial elements in esthetic
response. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 11, 411.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Neurone formel : Formalisation mathématique des propriétés
biologiques d'un neurone.
|
Neurone miroir : Neurone
du cortex prémoteur et du lobe lobule pariétal inférieur, qui
décharge ou s'active (potentiel
d'action) dans le cerveau
d'un macaque lorsqu'il
émet un comportement
(mouvement de la main ou de la bouche) ou lorsqu'il observe
l'un de ses congénères faire ce comportement. Mirror
neuron.
| |
|
|
RIZZOLATTI, G., FADIGA, L., GALLESE, V. & FOGASSI, L.
(1996). Premotor cortex and the recognition of motor
actions. Cognitive Brain Research, 3, 131-141. [PDF] |
RIZZOLATTI, G. (2005). The mirror neuron system and its
function in humans. Anatomy & Embryology, 210 (5-6),
419-421. |
|
RIZZOLATTI, G., FADIGA, L., FOGASSI, L. & GALLESE, V.
(1999). Resonance behaviors and mirror neurons. Archives
of Italian Biology, 137 (2-3), 85-100. |
OBERMAN, L.M., HUBBARD, E.M., McCLEERY, J.P., ALTSCHULER,
E.L. & RAMACHADRAN, V.S. (2005). EEG evidence for
mirror neuron dysfunction in autism spectrum disorders. Cognitive
Brain Research, 24 (2), 190-198. [PDF] |
|
GALLESE, V. & KEYSERS, C. (2001). Mirror neurons : a
sensorimotor representation system. Behavioral Brain
Sciences, 24 (5), 983-984. |
RIZZOLATTI, G. & CRAIGHERO, L. (2005). Mirror neuron : a
neurological approach to empathy. Neurobiology of
Human Values, 107-123. [PDF] |
|
GALLESE, V. (2001). The shared manifold hypothesis. From
mirror neurons to empathy. Journal of Consciousness
Studies, 8, 33-50. |
FERRARI, P.F., ROZZI, S. & FOGASSI, L. (2005). Mirror
neurons responding to observation of actions made with
tools in monkey ventral premotor cortex. Journal of
Cognitive Neuroscience, 17 (2), 212-226. |
| |
GALLESE, V. (2001). Mirror neurons and intentional
attunement : Commentary on Olds. Journal of the
American Psychoanalytic Association, 54, 47-57. |
|
WILLIAMS, J.H.G., WHITEN, A., SUDDENDORF, T. &
PERRETT, D.I. (2001). Imitation, mirror neurons and
autism. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 25
(4), 287-295. |
LYONS, D.E., SANTOS, L.R. & KEIL, F.C. (2006).
Reflections of other minds : How primate social cognition
can inform the function of mirror neurons. Current
Opinion in Neurobiology, 16 (2), 230-234. [PDF] |
|
KOHLER, E., KEYSERS, C., UMILTÀ, M.A., FOGASSI, L.,
GALLESE, V. & RIZZOLATTI G. (2002). Hearing sounds,
understanding actions : Action representation in mirror
neurons. Science, 297, 846-848. |
SCHULTE-RUTHER, M., MARKOWITSCH, H.J., FINK, G.R. &
PIEFKE, M. (2007). Mirror neuron and theory of mind
mechanisms involved in face-to-face interactions : a
functional magnetic resonance imaging approach to empathy.
Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 19, 1354-1372. |
| |
OBERMAN, L.M. & RAMACHADRAN, V.S. (2007). The
simulating social mind : the role of the mirror neuron
system and simulation in the social and communicative
deficits of autism spectrum disorders. Psychological
Bulletin, 133, 310-327. |
| |
LEPAGE, J.F. & THEORET, H. (2007). The mirror neuron
system : Grasping others’ actions from birth ? Developmental
Science, 10, 513-529. |
|
WOHLSCHLÄGER, A. & BEKKERING, H. (2002). Is human
interaction based on a mirror-neurone system ? Some
behavioral evidence. Experimental Brain Research,
143, (3), 35-341, |
EAGLE, M.N. & WAKEFIELD, J.C. (2007). Gestalt
psychology and the mirror neuron discovery. Gestalt
Theory, 29 (1), 59-64. |
|
WICKER, B., KEYSERS, C., PLAILLY, J., ROYET, J.P.,
GALLESE, V. & RIZZOLATI, G. (2003). Both of us
disgusted in my insula : The common neural basis of seeing
and feeling disgust. Neuron, 40, 655-664. |
PFEIFER, J.H., IACOBONI, M., MAZZIOTTA, J.C. &
DAPRETTO, M. (2008). Mirroring others' emotions relates to
empathy and interpersonal competence in children.
Neuroimage, 39, 2076-2085. |
|
BUCCINO, G., BINKOFSKI, F. & RIGGIO, L. (2004). The
mirror neuron system and action recognition. Brain
Language, 89 (2), 370-376. |
FABRI-DESTRO, M. & RIZZOLATTI, G. (2008). Mirror
neurons and mirror systems in monkeys and humans. Physiology,
23, 171-179. |
| |
LOTTO, A.J., HICKOK, G. & HOLT, L.L. (2009).
Reflections on mirror neurons and speech perception. Trends
in Cognition Sciences, 13 (3), 110-114. [PDF] |
| |
EAGLE, M.N., GALLESE V. & MIGONE, P. (2009). Mirror
neurons and mind : Commentary on Vivona. Journal of
the American Psychoanalytic Association, 57, 559-568.
[PDF] |
|
RIZZOLATTI, G. & CRAIGHERO L. (2004). The
mirror-neuron system. Annual Reviews of Neuroscience,
27, 169-192. [PDF] |
IACOBONI, M. (2009). Imitation, empathy, and mirror
neurons. Annual Review of Psychology, 60,
653-670. [PDF] |
|
HEYES, C.M. (2010). Where do mirror neurons come from ? Neuroscience
& Biobehavioral Reviews, 34, 575-583. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi
Apprentissage par observation |
|
|
Neurone moteur : Voie de sortie du système
nerveux central, qui relie le cortex
moteur aux muscles. =
neurone-moteur. Motor neuron.
| |
|
|
LAWRENCE, D.G. & HOPKINS, D.A. (1976). The development
of motor control in the rhesus monkey : Evidence
concerning the role of corticomotor-neuronal connections.
Brain, 99, 235-254. |
|
MANUEL, M. & ZYTNICKI, D. (2011). Alpha, Beta, and
Gamma motoneurons : Functional diversity in the motor
system's final pathway. Journal of Integrative
Neuroscience, 10 (3), 243-276. [PDF] |
|
DAVIS-DUSENBERY, B.N., WILLIAMS, L.A., KLIM, J.R. &
EGGAN, K. (2014). How to make spinal motor neurons. Development,
141 (3), 491-501. |
|
PINEL, J. (2007). Biopsychologie. Pearsons. |
|
|
Neurone
pré-post synaptique :
| |
|
|
PINEL, J. (2007). Biopsychologie. Pearsons. |
|
|
Neurone
sensoriel :
| |
|
| CARPENTER,
M.B. & SUTIN, J. (1983). Human neuroanatomy.
Londres : Williams & Wilkins. |
|
|
Neurones
sérotoninergiques : Neurones
qui synthétisent de la sérotonine.
| |
|
|
LAWRENCE, D.G. & HOPKINS, D.A. (1976). The development
of motor control in the rhesus monkey : Evidence
concerning the role of corticomotor-neuronal connections.
Brain, 99, 235-254. |
|
MANUEL, M. & ZYTNICKI, D. (2011). Alpha, Beta, and
Gamma motoneurons : Functional diversity in the motor
system's final pathway. Journal of Integrative
Neuroscience, 10 (3), 243-276. [PDF] |
|
DAVIS-DUSENBERY, B.N., WILLIAMS, L.A., KLIM, J.R. &
EGGAN, K. (2014). How to make spinal motor neurons. Development,
141 (3), 491-501. |
|
PINEL, J. (2007). Biopsychologie. Pearsons. |
|
|
Neuropaediatrics
: Revue
scientifique. Éditeur : Thieme.
CRONEL-OHAYON, S., ZESIGER, P., DAVIDOFF, V., BONI, A.,
ROULET, E., VILLEMURE, J.-G. & DEONNA, T. (2006).
Deficit in memory consolidation (abnormal forgetting
rate) in childhood temporal lobe epilepsy. Pre- and
postoperative long-term observation. Neuropaediatrics,
37 (6), 317-324.
|
|
|
|
Neurophilosophie
: Neurophilosophy.
| |
|
|
CHURCHLAND, P.S. (1989). Neurophilosophy : Toward a
unified science of the mind-brain. The MIT Press. |
|
ANDRIEU, B. (1998). La neurophilosophie. Paris
: PUF/Que sais-je ? |
|
CHURCHLAND, P.S. (2002). Brain-wise : Studies in
neurophilosophy. The MIT Press. |
|
NORTHOFF, G. (2004). Philosophy of the brain : The
brain problem. John Benjamins. |
|
WALTER, H. (2001). Neurophilosophy of free Will :
From libertarian illusions to a concept of natural
autonomy. The MIT Press. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Neurone,
Neuroscience, Neurobiologiste
et Neurocognitivisme |
|
|
|
Neurophysiologie
: Neurophysiology.
| |
|
|
BURNISTON-BRAZIER, M.A. (1984). A history of
neurophysiology in the 17th and 18th Centuries : From
concept to experiment. Michigan : Raven Press. |
|
BURNISTON-BRAZIER, M.A. (1988). A history of
neurophysiology in the 19th century. Michigan :
Raven Press. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Neurone,
Neuroscience, Neurobiologiste
et Neurocognitivisme |
|
|
|
Neuroplasticité
: Neuroplasticité, neuroplasticité
synaptique et neurogénèse.
=
plasticité neurale, plasticité neurobiologique.
Plasticity, neural plasticity, learning-induced plasticity,
physiological plasticity, brain plasticity, cortical plasticity,
synaptic plasticity.
| |
|
|
BENNETT, E.L., DIAMOND, M.C., KRECH, D. & ROSENWEIG,
M.K. (1964). Chimecal and anatomical plasticity of brain.
Science, 146, 610-619. [PDF] |
POLDRACK, R.A. (2000). Imaging brain plasticity :
conceptual and methodological issues; a theoretical
review. Neuroimage, 12, 1-13. [PDF] |
|
MAGOUN, H.W. (1966). Neural plasticity and the memory
process. In M. Rinkel (Ed.), Biological treatment of
mental illness (pp. 154-193). New York : L.C. Page. |
VICARI, S., ALBERTONI, A., CHILOSI, A., CIPRIANI, P.,
CIONI, G. & BATES, E. (2000). Plasticity and
reorganization during early language learning in children
with congenital brain injury. Cortex, 36, 31-46. |
|
SPERRY, R.W. (1968). Plasticity of neural maturation. In
M. Locke (Ed.), Proc. 27th Symp. Soc. Devel. Biol.
(pp. 307-327). New York : Academic Press. |
DAVIDSON, R.J., JACKSON, D.C. & KALIN, N.H. (2000).
Emotion, plasticity, context, and regulation :
Perspectives from affective neuroscience. Psychological
Bulletin, 126 (6), 890-909. [PDF] |
|
RAISMAN, G. (1969). Neuronal plasticit y in the septal
nuclei of the adult. rat. Brain Research, 14,
25-48. |
PAULSEN, O. & SEJNOWSKI, T.J. (2000). Natural patterns
of activity and long-term synaptic plasticity. Current
Opinion in Neurobiology, 10 (2), 172-179. |
|
BERGER, T.W. & THOMPSON, R.F. (1978). Neuronal
plasticity in the limbic system during classical
conditioning of the rabbit nictitating membrane response.
I. The hippocampus. Brain Research, 145 (2),
323-346. |
TONONI, G. & CIRELLI, C. (2001). Some considerations
on sleep and neural plasticity. Archives of Italian
Biology, 139, 221-241. [PDF] |
|
SEJNOWSKI, T.J. (1977). Statistical constraints on
synaptic plasticity. Journal of Theoretical Biology,
69, 385-389.
[PDF] |
ZUCKER, R.S. & REGEHR, W.G. (2020). Short-term
synaptic plasticity. Annual Review of Physiology, 64,
355–405 |
|
BERGER, T.W. & THOMPSON, R.F. (1978). Neuronal
plasticity in the limbic system during classical
conditioning of the rabbit nictitating membrane response.
II : Septum and mammilary bodies. Brain Research, 156,
(2), 293-314. |
MARTIN, S.J. & MORRIS, R.G. (2002). New life in an old
idea: the synaptic plasticity and memory hypothesis
revisited. Hippocampus, 12 (5), 609-636. [PDF] |
|
GAZZANIGA, M.S., VOLPE, B.T., SMYLIE, C.S., ILSON, D.H.
& LEDOUX, J.E. (1979.) Plasticity in speech
organization following commissurotomy. Brain, 102,
805-815. |
MAQUET, P., SMITH, C. & STICKGOLD, R. (2003). Sleep
and brain plasticity. Oxford University Press. |
|
WALL, P.D. (1980). Mechanisms of plasticity of connection
following damage in adult mammalian nervous systems. In P.
Bach-y-Rita (Ed.), Recovery of function. Theoretical
considerations for brain injury rehabilitation (pp.
91-105). Lewiston, NY : Hans Huber. |
KOLB, B., GORNY, G., LI, Y., SAMAHA, A-N. & ROBINSON,
T.E. (2003). Amphetamine or cocaine limits the ability of
later experience to promote structural plasticity in the
neocortex and nucleus accumbens. Proceedings of the
National Academy of Sciences (USA), 100,
10523-10528. [PDF] |
|
WEINBERGER, N.M. & DIAMOND, D.M. (1987). Physiological
plasticity in auditory cortex : rapid induction by
learning. Progress in Neurobiology, 29 (1),
1-55. |
SAPOLSKY, R.M. (2003). Stress and plasticity in the limbic
system. Neurochemical Research, 28, (11),
1735-1742. [PDF] |
|
| FRÉGNANC, Y., SHULZ, D.E., THORPE, S. & BIENENSTOCK,
E. (1988). A cellular analogue of visual cortical
plasticity. Nature, 333, 367-370. |
TANAKA, J.W. (2004). Object categorization, expertise and
neural plasticity. In M. Gazzaniga (Ed.), The New
Cognitive Neurosciences (pp. 876-888). Cambridge,
MA : MIT Press. |
|
MORRIS, R.G.M. (1989). Synaptic plasticity and learning :
selective impairment of learning in rats and blockade of
long-term potentiation in vivo by the N-methyl-D-aspartate
receptor antagonist AP5. Journal of Neuroscience, 9, 3040-3057. |
COLCOMBE, S.J., KRAMER, A.F., ERICKSON, K.I., SCALF, P.,
MCAULEY, E., COHEN, N. J., WEBB, A., JEROME, G.J.,
MARQUEZ, D.X. & ELAVSKY, S. (2004). Cardiovascular
fitness, cortical plasticity, and aging. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences : U.S.A. 101, 3316-3321. |
|
DIAMOND, D.M. & WEINBERGER, N.M. (1989). Role of
context in the expression of learning-induced plasticity
of single neurons in auditory cortex. Behavioral
Neuroscience, 103 (3), 471-494. |
KOOB, G.F. & MOAL, M. (2005). Plasticity of reward
neurocircuitry and the "dark side" of drug addiction. Nature
Neuroscience, 8, 1442-1444. |
|
BRAMHAM, C.R. & SREBO, B. (1989). Synaptic plasticity
in the hippocampus is modulated by behavioral state. Brain
Research, 49, 74-86. |
WALKER, M.P., STICKGOLD, R., ALSOP, D. GAAB, N. &
SCHLAUG, G. (2005). Sleep-dependent motor memory
plasticity in the human brain. Neuroscience, 133,
911-917. [PDF] |
|
NESTLER, E.J., HOPE, B.T. & WIDNEL, K.L. (1993). Drug
addiction : a model for the molecular basis of neural
plasticity. Neuron, 11, 995-1006. |
WALKER, M.P. & STICKGOLD, R. (2006). Sleep, memory and
plasticity. Annual Review of Psychology, 57,
139-166. [PDF] |
|
KARNI, A,. MEYER, G., JEZZARDA, P., DAMS, M.M., TURNER, R.
& UNGERLEIDE, L.G. (1995). Functional MRI evidence for
adult motor cortex plasticity during motor skill learning.
Nature, 377, 155-158. |
ERICKSON, K.I., COLCOMBE, S.J., WADHWA, R., BHERER, L.,
PETERSON, M.S., SCALF, P.E., KIM, J.S., ALVARADO, M. &
KRAMER, A.F. (2007). Training-induced plasticity in older
adults : effects of training on hemispheric asymmetry. Neurobiology
of Aging, 28, 272-283. |
|
GARCIA, J. (1995). Brain and behavior : Bridging the
barranca. In J.L. McGrAugh, F. Bermudez-Rattoni & R.A.
Prado (Ed.), Plasticity in the central nervous system
: Learning and memory (pp. 1-16). Mahwah, NJ :
Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
FUMAGALLI, F., MOLTENI, R., RACAGNI, G. & RIVA, M.A.
(2007). Stress during development : impact on
neuroplasticity and relevance to psychopathology. Progress
in neurobiology, 81 (4), 197-217. |
|
WOODRUFF-PAK, D.S. & HANSON, C. (1995). Neuronal
plasticity, brain compensation, and brain memory systems.
In R. Dixon & L. Backman (Eds.), Psychological
compensation: Managing losses and promoting gains
(pp. 191-217). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
KRAMER, A.F. & ERICKSON, K.I. (2007). Capitalizing on
cortical plasticity : influence of physical activity on
cognition and brain function. Trends in Cognitive
Sciences, 11 (8), 342-348. [PDF] |
|
RAMACHADRAN, V.S. (1995). Perceptual correlates of neural
plasticity. In T.V. Papathomas, C. Chubb, A. Gorea &
E. Kowler (Eds.), Early vision and beyond.
Cambridge, MA : The MIT Press. |
LASSONDE, M. et SAUERWEIN, H.C. (2007). Neuropsychologie,
plasticité et épilepsie infantile. Medecine/Science,
23, 923-928. [PDF] |
|
REGAN, C.M. & FOX, G.B. (1995). Polysialylation as a
regulator of neural plasticity in rodent learning and
aging. Neurochemistry Research, 20, 593-598. |
WEISBERG, D.S., KEIL, F.C., GOODSTEIN, J., RAWSON, E.
& GRAY, J.R. (2008). The seductive allure of
neuroscience explanations. Journal of Cognitive
Neuroscience, 20 (3), 470-477. [PDF] |
|
ROSENZWEIG, M.R., KRECH, D. & BENNETT, E.L. (1960). A
search for relations between brain chemistry and behavior.
Psychological Bulletin, 57, 76-92. |
DAWSON, G. (2008). Early behavioral intervention, brain
plasticity, and the prevention of autism spectrum
disorder. Development & Psychopathology, 20, 775-803.
[PDF] |
|
QUIRK, G., ARMONY, J.L., REPA, J.C., LI, X.-.F. &
LEDOUX, J.E. (1996). Emotional memory : A search for sites
of plasticity. Cold Spring Harbor Symposium on
Quantitative Biology, 61, 247-257. |
TANAKA, J.W. & PIERCE, L.J. (2009). The neural
plasticity of other-race face recognition. Cognitive,
Affective & Behavioral Neuroscience, 9,
122-131. [PDF] |
|
|
BYRNE, J.H. (1997). Synapses : Plastic plasticity. Nature,
389, 791-792. |
HABIB, M. & BESSON, M. (2009). What do music training
and musical experience teach us about brain plasticity ?
Journal s of the University of California Press, 26,
279-285. [PDF] |
|
ROSENZWEIG, M.R. & BENNETT, E.L. (1996). Psychobiology
of plasticity : effects of training and experience on
brain and behavior. Behavioural Brain Research, 78,
57-65. [PDF] |
KOOB, G.F. (2009). Dynamics of neuronal circuits in
addiction : Reward, antireward, and emotional memory. Pharmacopsychiatry,
42 (S1), 32-41. [PDF]
|
|
KING, J.W. & KUTAS, M. (1998). Neural plasticity in
the dynamics of visual word recognition. Neuroscience
Letters, 244 (2), 61-64. [PDF] |
KLINGBERG, T. (2010). Training and plasticity of working
memory. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 14 (7),
317-324. [PDF]
|
|
NADEL, L. & MOSCOVITCH, M. (1998). Hippocampal
contribution to cortical plasticity. Neuropharmacology,
3, 431-449. [PDF] |
VOSS, M.W., PRAKASH, R., ERICKSON, K.I., BASAK, C.,
CHADDOCK, L., KIM, J., HEO, S., WHITE, S., WOJICICKI, T.,
MAILEY, E., GOTHE, N., OLSON, E., MCAULEY, E. &
KRAMER, A.F. (2010). Plasticity of brain networks in a
randomized intervention trial of exercise training in
older adults. Frontiers in Aging Neuroscience, 2, 1-17.
[PDF] |
|
POSNER, M.I. & ABDULLAEV, Y.G. (1999). Neuroanatomy,
circuitry and plasticity of word reading. Neuroreport,
10, 12-22. |
BAVELIER, D. & GREEN, C.S. SCHRATER, P. & POUGET,
A. (2012). Brain plasticity through the life span :
Learning to learn and action video games. Annual
Reviews of Neuroscience, 35, 391-416. [PDF] |
|
HONER, W.G., FALKAI, P., CHEN, C., ARANGO, V., MANN, J.J.
& DWORK, A.J. (1999). Synaptic and
plasticity-associated proteins in anterior frontal cortex
in severe mental illness. Neuroscience, 91, 1247-1255. |
HORNICKEL, J., ECKER, S.G., BRADLOW, A.R. & KRAUS, N.
(2012). Assistive listening devices drive neuroplasticity
in children with dyslexia. Proceedings of the
National Academy of Sciences, 109 (41),
16731-16736.
[PDF] |
|
BATES, E. (1999). Plasticity, localization and language
development. In S.H. Broman & J.M. Fletcher (Eds.), The
changing nervous system : Neurobehavioral consequences
of early brain disorders (pp. 214-253). New York :
Oxford University Press. |
FINE, C., JORDAN-YOUNG, R., KAISER, A. & RIPPON, G.
(2013). Plasticity, plasticity, plasticity and the rigid
problem of sex. Trends in Cognitive Sciences 17, 550-551.
|
|
PAPAGNO, C. & VALLAR, G. (2014). A plastic brain for a
changing environment. Cortex. 58, 248–250.
|
| |
KUHN, S., GLEICH, T., LORENZ, R.C., LINDENBERGER, U. &
GALLINAT J. (2014). Playing Super Mario induces structural
brain plasticity : gray matter changes resulting from
training with a commercial video game. Molecular
Psychiatry, 9, 265-271. |
|
|
|
ROSENZWEIG, M. et LEIMAN, A.L. (1991).
Psychophysiologie. Ville Mont Royal : Décarie. |
Voir aussi
Neurogénèse |
|
|
Neuroplasticité
synaptique :
| |
|
|
MALENKA, R.C. & NICOLL, R.A. (1993).
NMDA-receptor-dependent synaptic plasticity : multiple
forms and mechanisms. Trends in Neurosciences, 16,
521-527. |
|
ENGERT, F. & BONHOEFFLER, T. (1999). Dendritic spine
changes associated with hippocampal long-term synaptic
plasticity. Nature 399, 66-70. |
|
|
|
Neuropsychanalyse
: Neuro-psychoanalysis.
( ): Bazan, Johnson,
Panksepp, Schore,
Solms.
| |
|
|
SCHORE, A.N. (1997). A century after Freud's project : Is
a rapprochement between psychoanalysis and neurobiology at
hand ? Journal of the American Psychoanalytic
Association, 45, 841-867. [PDF] |
SCHORE, A.N. (2007). Psychoanalytic research : Progress
and process. Developmental affective neuroscience and
clinical practice. Psychologist Psychoanalyst, 27,
6-15. [PDF] |
|
PANKSEPP, J. (1999). Emotions as viewed by psychoanalysis
and neuroscience : an exercise in consilience. Neuropsychanaliysis,
1, 15–38. |
BLASS, R.B. & CARMELI, Z. (2007). The case against
neuropsychanalysis. On fallacies underlying
psychoanalysis’ latest scientific trend and its negative
impact on psychoanalytic discourse. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 88, 19-40. |
|
FEDIDA, P. (2000). Le canular de la neuropsychanalyse. La
Recherche, 101. |
PANKSEPP, J. & SOLMS, M. (2007). What is
neuropsychoanalysis ? Clinically relevant studies of the
minded brain. Trends in Cognitive Science, 16,
6-8. |
|
JONHSON, B. (2009). A "neuropsychoanalytic" treatment of a patient with cocaine dependence. Neuropsychoanalysis,
11 (2), 181-196.
|
|
SOLMS, M. & TURNBULL, O. (2011). What is
neuropsychoanalysis ? Neuropsychoanalysis 13,
133–145.
|
|
BAZAN, A. (2011). Phantoms in the voice : a
neuropsychoanalytic hypothesis on the structure of the
unconscious. Neuropsychoanalysis, 13, 161–176.
|
| |
DAMASIO, A.R. (2012). Neuroscience and psychoanalysis : A
natural alliance. Psychoanalysis Review, 99,
591-594. |
|
SCHORE, A.N. (2002). Advances in neuropsychoanalysis,
attachment theory, and trauma research : Implications for
self psychology. Psychoanalytic Inquiry, 22,
433-484. [PDF] |
SOLMS, M. & PANKSEPP, J. (2012). The "Id" knows more
than the "Ego" admits : Neuropsychoanalytic and primal
consciousness perspectives on the interface between
affective and cognitive neuroscience. Brain Sciences,
2 (2), 147-175. [PDF] |
|
PANKSEPP, J. (2007). Neuro-psychoanalysis may enliven the
mindbrain sciences. Cortex, 43, 1106-1107. |
RAMUS, F. (2013). What’s the point of neuropsychoanalysis
? The British Journal of Psychiatry, 203, 170-171.
[PDF] |
|
ABBASS, A., NOWOWEISKI, S., BERNIER, D., TARZWELL, R., AND
BEUTEL, M. (2014). Review of psychodynamic psychotherapy
imaging studies. Psychotherapy & Psychosomatics,
83, 142–147.
|
|
JONHSON, B. & MOSRI, D.F. (2016). The
neuropsychoanalytic approach : Using neuroscience as the
basic science of psychoanalysis. Frontiers in
Psychology, 7 [1459], 1-12.
[PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Neurone,
Neuroscience, Neurobiologiste,
Neurocognitivisme
et Psychanalyse |
|
|
|
Neuropsychoanalysis
: Revue
scientifique qui étudie les déterminants
biologiques de l'inconscient
et des processus psychiques. Éditeur : Taylor & Francis
Online.
NOVAC, A. & BLINDER, B.J. (2021). Free association
in psychoanalysis and its links to neuroscience
contributions. Neuropsychoanalysis, 23, 55-81.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Neuropsychologie
: Neuropsychologue : Science
au carrefour de la psychologie
et de la biologie, qui
étudie la relation entre le cerveau
et les phénomènes psychologiques (comportements,
émotion,
perception, cognition,
etc.). Tous les neurocognivistes
sont neuropsychologues; l'inverse est faux, pusqu'il existe des
neurobéhavioristes et des neuropsychanalystes. Neuropsychologie, neurone
et neurocognition. (
): Adolphs, Aggleton,
Ajuriaguerra, Amodio,
Andreasen, Bechara,
Benton, Bell,
Berridge, Berridge,
Beyerstein, Bherer, Bickle,
Bishop,
Brannon, Braun, Brown,
Buchanan, Butterworth,
Carelli, Casey,
Cavanagh,
Champagne, Cohen,
Corr, Cyrulnik,
Damasio, Davidson,
Denson, De
Valois, Doyon,
Du Bois-Reymond, Easton,
Eccles, Elison,
Everitt, Edelman, Eden,
Eichenbaum, Fletcher,
Franz, Friedmann,
Gaffan,
Gallagher, Gallese,
Garcia, Gazzaniga,
Gilboa,
Goldstein, Gould,
Gray, Gregory,
Habib, Hamann,
Harris, Harris,
Hebb, Hécaen, Hermann,
Howard-Jones, Iacono,
Ison, James,
Jasnow, Joel,
Jolicoeur, Katz,
Kelley, Kimura, Kiran,
Knutson, Konorski,
Koob,
Kuhl, Lashley,
Lassonde, Ledoux, Lissek,
Lorch,
Loveland, Lupien,
Luria, Maier,
Markham, McManus,
McCulloch, Meck,
Meltzoff, Melzack, Miller,
Miller, Milner,
Milner, Moritz,
Moscovitch, Nadel,
Nicolson,
Öhman, O'keefe,
Ozonoff, Panksepp,
Penfield, Peretz,
Phelps, Pickering,
Preyer, Price, Posner,
Ptito, Pugh,
Quirk, Ramachadran,
Richer,
Ripoll, Rippon,
Rizzolatti, Robbins,
Robinson,
Rouleau, Roy,
Sacks, Sakurai, Salamone,
Sasson,
Savage, Schmajuk, Sergeant,
Seron, Shallice,
Shors, Smallwood,
Smillie, Sperry,
Starrfelt,
Stratford, Taffe,
Thompson, Thompson, Tranel, Umiltà,
Van der Linden, Vann,
Verbruggen, Villeneuve,
Voss,
Walker, Warrington,
Weiskrantz, Weiss,
West, Wise,
Woods, Wolfe,
Xu,
Yeo, Yeomans, Yonelinas,
Zangwill, Zattore.
Neuropsychology, neuropsychologist.
| |
|
|
HEBB, D.O. (1959). A neuropsychological theory. In S. Koch
(Ed.), Psychology : A study of a science (Vol.
1). New York : McGraw-Hill. |
MIALET, J.P. (2000). Les explorations cognitives de
l'anxiéte. Dans M. Van der Linden, J.-M. Danion & A.
Agniel, (Dirs), La psychopathologie : Une approche
cognitive et neuropsychologique (pp. 133-160).
France : Solar éditeurs. |
|
BEAUMONT, J.G. (1983). Introduction to
Neuropsychology. New York : The Guilford Press. |
|
|
HARTLAGE, L.C. & TELZROW, C.F. (1985). The
neuropsychology of individual differences. New York
: Plenum Press. |
GOTTLIEB, G. (2001). The relevance of
developmental-psychobiological metatheory to developmental
neuropsychology. Developmental Neuropsychology, 19
(1), 1-9. |
|
HANNAY, H.J. (1986). Experimental techniques in human
neuropsychology. New York : Oxford University
Press. |
RAINS, G.D. (2002). Principles of human
neuropsychology. Boston : McGraw-Hill. |
|
MIRSKY, A.F. & DUNCAN, C.C. (1987). An introduction to
modern techniques of clinical neuropsychology. In G.A.
Favaand & T.N. Wise (Eds.), Advances in
psycho-somatic medicine (pp. 167-184). S. Karger,
Basel. |
KOLB, B. & WHISHAW, I.Q. (2003/2008). Fundamentals
of human neuropsychology. Freeman. |
|
SHALLICE, T. (1988). From neuropsychology to mental
structure. Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
LASSONDE, M., SAUERWEIN, H.C., GALLAGHER, A., THÉRIAULT,
M. & LEPORE, F. (2006). Neuropsychology : traditional
and new methods of investigation. Epilepsia, 47
(S2), 9-13. [PDF] |
|
FINGER, S. (1994). Origins of neuroscience. New
York : Oxford University Press. |
|
|
LEZAK, M.D. (1995). Neuropsychological assessment.
New York : Oxford University Press. |
|
|
CYTOWIC, R.E. (1996). The neurological side of
neurospychology. Cambridge, MA : MIT press. |
CORR, P.J. (2010). The psychoticism-psychopathy continuum
: A neuropsychological model of core deficits. Personality
& Individual Differences, 48, 695-703. [PDF] |
|
PETRI, H.L. & MISHKIN, M. (1994). Behaviorism,
cognitivism and the neuropsychology of memory. American
Scientist, 82, 30-37. [PDF] |
McDANIEL, M.A. & EINSTEIN, G.O. (2011). The
neuropsychology of prospective memory in normal aging : A
componential approach. Neuropsychologia, 49,
2147-2155. [PDF] |
|
ASHBY, F.G., ISEN, A.M. & TURKEN, A.U. (1999). A
neuropsychological theory of positive affect and its
influence on cognition. Psychological Review, 106 (3),
529-550. |
|
|
O'REILLY, R.C. & FARAH, M.J. (1999). Simulation and
explanation in neuropsychology and beyond. Cognitive
Neuropsychology, 16, 49-72. [PDF] |
SCHWARTZ, S.J., LILIENFELD, S.O., MECA, A. & SAUVIGNE,
K.C. (2016). The role of neuroscience within psychology :
A call for inclusiveness over exclusiveness. American
Psychologist, 71, 52-70. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Neurone,
Neuroscience, Neurobiologiste
et Neurocognitivisme |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Neuropsychopharmacologie
: Neuropsychopharmacology.
|
Neuropsychopharmacology
: Revue
scientifique multidisciplinaire qui s'intéresse aux effets
des drogues sur les comportements
et le cerveau. Éditeur : APA.
KHAN, A., KHAN, S. & BROWN, W.A. (2002). Are placebo
controls necessary to test new antidepressants and
anxiolytics ? International Journal of
Neuropsychopharmacology, 5, 193-197.
|
| |
|
|
|
|
NeuroReport
: Revue
scientifique multidisciplinaire qui consacre ses pages à
l'étude du cerveau.
Éditeur : Wolters Kluwers.
BALL, D., HILL, L., ELEY, T.C., CHORNEY, M.J., CHORNEY,
K., THOMPSON, L.A., DETTERMAN, D.K., BENBOW, C.P.,
LUBINSKI, D., OWEN, M., McGUFFIN, P. & PLOMIN, R.
(1998). Dopamine markers and general cognitive ability.
NeuroReport, 9, 347-349.
|
|
|
|
Neuroscience : Neuroscientifique : Ensemble des sciences, auquel appartient une partie de la psychologie, qui s'intéresse au fonctionnement du cerveau, et au lien entre le cerveau, le comportement et la cognition
(neurocognition).
= neurocognitive science, neuroscience.
Neuroscience, computational neuroscience.
| |
|
|
BECHTEL, W. (1983). A bridge between cognitive science and
neuroscience : The functional architecture of mind. Philosophical
Studies, 44, 319-30. |
SULLIVAN, P.R. (2006). Are current philosophical theories
of consciousness useful to neuroscientists ? Behavior
& Philosophy, 34, 59-70. [PDF] |
| |
CAHILL, L. (2006). Why sex matters for neuroscience. Nature
Reviews. Neuroscience, 7, 447-448. |
|
JASPER, H.H. (1985). The early development of neuroscience
in Canada. Canadian Journal of Neurological Sciences,
12, 221-229. |
LIEBERMAN, M.D. (2006). Social cognitive neuroscience : A
review of core processes. Annual Review of
Psychology, 58, 259-289. [PDF] |
|
SEJNOWSKI, T.J. KOCH, C. & CHURHLAND, P.S. (1988).
Computational neuroscience. Science, 241,
1299-1306. [PDF] |
LUO J. & KNOBLICH, G. (2007). Studying insight problem
solving with neuroscientific methods. Methods, 42,
77-86. |
|
BUTLER, K. (1994). Neural constraints in cognitive
science. Minds & Machines, 4, 129-162. |
TIBERGHIEN, G. (2007). Entre neurosciences et
neurophilosophie : la psychologie cognitive et les
sciences cognitives. Psychologie Française, 52 (3),
279-297. |
|
NELSON, C.A. & BLOOM, F.E. (1997). Child development
and neuroscience. Child Development, 68, 970-987. |
POLDRACK, R.A. (2008). The role of fMRI in cognitive
neuroscience : Where do we stand ? Current Opinion in
Neurobiology, 18, 223-227.
[PDF] |
|
BECHTEL, W., MANDIK, P., MUNDALE, J. & STUFFLEBEAM,
R.S. (Eds.) (2001). Philosophy and the neurosciences
: A reader. Basil Blackwell. |
WEISBERG, D.S., KEIL, F.C., GOODSTEIN, J., RAWSON, E.
& GRAY, J. (2008). The seductive allure of
neuroscience explanations. Journal of Cognitive
Neuroscience, 20, 470-477. |
|
KANDEL, E.R. & SQUIRE, L.R. (2000). Neuroscience :
Breaking down scientific barriers to the study of brain
and mind. Science, 290, 1113-1120. |
THOMPSON, T. (2008). Self-awareness : Behavior analysis
and neuroscience. The Behavior Analyst, 31 (2),
137-144. [PDF] |
|
MARSHALL, J.C. (2001). Cognition and neuroscience: where
were we ? in E. Dupoux (Ed.), Language, brain and
cognitive develoment (pp. 503–512). Cambridge,
MA : MIT Press. |
VARMA, S., McCANDLISS, B.D., AND SCHWARTZ, D.L. (2008).
Scientific and pragmatic challenges for bridging education
and neuroscience. Educational Research, 37 (3),
140–152. |
|
BEYERSTEIN, B.L. (2001). Neuroscience and psi-ence.
Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 10 (4), 571-572. |
DIAMOND, A. & AMSO, D. (2008). Contributions of
neuroscience to our understanding of cognitive
development. Current Directions in Psychological
Science, 17 (2), 136-141. [PDF] |
|
SQUIRE, L.R. (2002). Fundamental neuroscience. San
Diego, CA : Academic Press. |
PURDY, N. (2008). Neuroscience and education : how best to
filter out the neurononsense from our classrooms ? Irish
Educational Studies, 27, 197-208. |
| |
HOWARD-JONES, P. (2008). Philosophical challenges for
researchers at the interface between neuroscience and
education. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 42
(3-4), 361-380. [PDF] |
|
RAZ, A. & SHAPIRO, T. (2002). Hypnosis and
neuroscience : a cross talk between clinical and cognitive
research. Archives of General Psychiatry, 59
(1), 85-90. [PDF] |
POIRIER, P. & FAUCHER, L. (2008). (Dir ). Des
neurosciences à la philosophie : Neurophilosophie et
philosophie des neurosciences. Éditions Syllepse.
|
|
WILLINGHAM, D.T. & LLOYD, J.W. (2002). How educational
theories can use neuroscientific data. Mind Brain
& Education, 1 (3), 140-149. [PDF] |
DOVIDIO, J.F., PEARSON, A.R. & ORR, P. (2008). Social
psychology and neuroscience : Strange bedfellows or happy
marriage ? Group Processes & Intergroup
Relations, 11, 249-265. [PDF] |
| |
SAMUELS, B.M. (2009). Can the difference between education
and neuroscience be overcome by mind, brain and education
? Mind, Brain, & Education, 43,
45–55. |
| BENNETT, M.R. & HACHER, P.M.S. (2003).
Philosophical foundations of neuroscience. Malden,
MA : Blackwell. |
CHOUDHURY, S., NAGEL, S.K. & SLABY, J. (2009).
Critical neuroscience : Linking neuroscience and society
through Critical practice. BioSocieties, 4,61-77. |
| |
HOWARD-JONES, P. (2010). Introducing Neuroeducational
Research: Neuro- science, Education and the Brain from
Contexts to Practice. Abingdon : Routledge. |
|
GEAKE, J. & COOPER, P. (2003). Cognitive neuroscience:
Implications for education ? Westminster Studies in
Education, 26, 7-20. |
JOKIC-BEGIC, N. (2010). Cognitive-behavioral therapy and
neuroscience : Towards closer integration. Psychological
Topics, 19 (2), 235-254. [PDF] |
|
| |
CAREW, T.J. & MAGSAMEN, S.H. (2010). Neuroscience
and education : an ideal partnership for producing
evidence-based solutions to guide 21 st century learning.
Neuron, 67, 685-688. |
| |
FISHER, K.W. & HEIKKINEN, K. (2010). The future of
educational neuroscience. In D.A. Sousa (Ed.), Mind,
brain, and education : Neuroscience implications for the
classroom(pp. 248-269). Bloomington : Solution
Tree. |
|
GREENE, J.D. & COHEN, J.D. (2004). For the law,
neuroscience changes nothing and everything. Philosophical
Transactions of the Royal Society B: Biological
Sciences, 359, 1775-1785. |
KOHLS, N. & BENEDIKTER, R. (2010). The origins of the
modern concept of "neuroscience". In J. Giordano and B.
Gordijn, (Eds.), Scientific and philosophical
perspectives in neuroethics (pp. 37-65). Cambridge
: Cambridge University Press. |
| |
DEVONSHIRE, I.M. & DOMMETT, E. (2010). Neuroscience :
viable applications in education ? Neuroscientist 16,
349-356. |
|
LIBET, B. (2004). Mind time : The temporal factor in
consciousness : Perspectives in Cognitive Neuroscience.
Harvard : Harvard University Press. |
SYLVAN, L.J. & HRISDOULOU, J.A. (2010). Understanding
the role of neuroscience in brain based products : a guide
for educators and consumers. Mind, Brain, &
Education, 4, 1-7. [PDF] |
|
STERN, E. (2005). Pedagogy meets Neuroscience.
Science, 310, 745. [PDF] |
LEGRENZI, P., UMILTÀ, C. & ANDERSON, F. (2011).
Neuromania : On the limits of brain science. Oxford
: Oxford University Press. |
| |
ANSARI, D., COCH, D. & DE SMEDT, B. (2011). Connecting
education and cognitive neuroscience : where will Brain Gym
International. (2011). the journey take us ? Educational
Philosophy & Theory, 43, (1), 37-42. |
| |
DEKKER, S., LEE, N.C., HOWARD-JONES, P. & JOLLES, J.
(2012). Neuromyths in education : Prevalence and
predictors of misconceptions among teachers. Frontiers
in Psychology, 3, 429. [PDF] |
|
CACIOPPO, J.T. & BERNTSON, G.G. (2005). Social
neuroscience. New York : Psychology Press. |
CORR, P.J. & McNAUGHTON, N. (2012). Neuroscience and
approach/avoidance personality traits : A two stage
(valuation-motivation) approach. Neuroscience &
Biobehavioral Reviews, 36, 2339-2354. [PDF] |
|
SCHAAL, D.W. (2005). Naming our concerns about
neuroscience : A review of Bennett and Hacker's
philosophical foundations of neuroscience. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 84 (3),
683-692. [PDF] |
HYDE, H.L., SHAW, D.S. & HARIRI, A.R. (2013).
Understanding youth antisocial behavior using neuroscience
through a developmental psychopathology lens : Review,
integration, and directions for research. Developmental
Review, 33, 168-223. [PDF] |
| |
BELLERT, A. & GRAHAM, L. (2013). Neuromyths and
neurofacts : Information from cognitive neuroscience for
classroom and learning support teachers. Special
Education Perspectives, 22 (2), 7-20. |
| |
HOWARD-JONES, P.A. (2014). Neuroscience and education :
Myths and messages. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 15
(12), 817-824. [PDF] |
| |
SILVA, A.J., LANDRETH, A. & BICKLE, J. (2014).
Engineering the Net revolution in neuroscience. New
York, NY : Oxford University Press. |
| |
PAYLOR, B., LONGSTAFF, H., ROSSIL, F. & ILLES. J.
(2014). Collision or convergence ? Beliefs and politics in
neuroscience discovery, ethics, and intervention.
Trends in Neuroscience, 37 (8), 409-412. |
| |
SIMMONDS, A. (2014). How neuroscience is affecting
education : Report of teacher and parent surveys. London
: Wellcome Trust. |
|
BELLO-MORALES, R. & DELGADO-GARCIA, J.M. (2015). The
social neuroscience and the theory of integrative levels.
Frontiers in Integrative Neuroscience, 9 [54],
2-11. [PDF] |
|
TIMBERLAKE, W., SCHAAL, D.W. & STEINMETZ, J.E. (2005).
Relating behavior and neuroscience : Introduction and
synopsis. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 84 (3), 305-311. [PDF] |
POLDRACK, R.A. (2015). Is "efficiency" a useful concept in
cognitive neuroscience ? Developmental Cognitive
Neuroscience, 11, 12-17. |
| |
BICKLE, J. (2016). Revolutions in neuroscience : tool
development. Frontiers in Systems Neuroscience, 10
[24], 1-13. [PDF] |
|
WINGER, G., WOODS, J.H., GALUSKA, C.M. & WADE-GALUSKA,
T. (2005). Behavioral perspectives on the neuroscience of
drug addiction. Journal of the Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 84 (3), 667-681. [PDF] |
MARESHAL, D. (2016) The neuroscience of conceptual
learning in science and mathematics. Current Opinion
in Behavioral Sciences, 10, 114-118. [PDF] |
| |
SCHWARTZ, S.J., LILIENFELD, S.O., MECA, A. & SAUVIGNE,
K.C. (2016). The role of neuroscience within psychology :
A call for inclusiveness over exclusiveness. American
Psychologist, 71, 52-70. |
|
MACDONALD, K., GERMINE, L., ANDERSON, A., CHRISTODOULOU,
J. & McGRATH, L.M. (2017). Dispelling the myth :
Training in education or neuroscience decreases but does
not eliminate beliefs in neuromyths. Frontiers of
Psychology, 8 [1314], 1-18. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Neurone, Neurobiologiste,
Computation, Neuromythe
et Neurocognitiviste |
|
|
|
|
|
Neuroscience
& Biobehavioral Reviews : Revue
scientifique de neuroscience et
de psychologie.
Éditeur : Elsevier. = Neurosci
Biobehav Rev.
BARON-COHEN, S., RING, H, BULLMORE, E., WHEELWRIGHT, S.,
ASHWIM, C. & WILLIAMS, S. (2000). The amygdala
theory of autism. Neuroscience & Behavioural
Reviews, 24, 355-364.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Neurotisme : Dans la théorie
des traits de Costa et McCrae
(Big-five),
trait de
personnalité qui se caractérise chez l'individu par un
tendance persistante à ressentir des émotions
négatives (anxiété,
stress, colère,
culpabilité, déprime).
= neuroticisme, névrotisme. Neuroticism.
| |
|
|
McCRAE, R.R. & COSTA, P.T. (1983). Joint factors in
self-reports and ratings : Neuroticism, extraversion and
openness to experience. Personality & Individual
Differences, 4, 245-255. |
HETTEMA, J.M., NEALE, M.C., MYERS, J.M., PRESCOTT, C.A.
& KENDLER, K.S. (2006). A population-based twin study
of the relationship between neuroticism and internalizing
disorders. American journal of Psychiatry, 163, 857-864. |
|
JOHN, O.P. (1983). Joint factors in self-reports and
ratings : Neuroticism, extraversion and openness to
experience. Personality & Individual Differences,
4, 245-255. |
SCOLLON, C.N. & DIENER, E. (2006). Love, work, and
changes in extraversion and neuroticism over time.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 91
(6), 1152-1165. |
| |
LYNN, M. & STEELE, P. (2006). National differences in
subjective well-being: The interactive effects of
extraversion and neuroticism. Journal of Happiness
Studies, 7, 155-165. |
| |
DENISSEN, J.J.A. & PENKE, L. (2008). Neuroticism
predicts reactions to cues of social inclusion. European
Journal of Personality, 22, 497-517. [PDF] |
|
OKUN, M.A. & GOERGE, L.K. (1984). Physician- and
self-ratings of health, neuroticism, and subjective
well-being among men and women.Personality &
Individual Differences, 5, 533-539. |
HIRSH, J.B. & INZLICHT, M. (2008). The devil you know
: Neuroticism predicts neural response to uncertainty.
Psychological Science, 19, 962-967. |
| |
WIDIGER, T.A. (2009). Neuroticism. In M.R. Leary and R.H.
Hoyle (Eds.), Handbook of individual differences in
social behavior (pp. 129-146). NY : Guilford. |
|
BRIGGS, S.R. (1988). Shyness : Introversion or
neuroticism. Journal of Research In Personality, 22,
290-307. |
LAHEY, B.B. (2009). Public health significance of
neuroticism. American Psychologist, 64, 241-256. |
|
VIKEN, R.J., ROSE, R.J., KAPRIO, J. & KOSKENVUO M.
(1994). A developmental genetic analysis of adult
personality : extraversion and neuroticism from 18 to 59
years of age. Journal of personality & social
psychology, 66 (4), 722-730. |
ORMEL J., JERONIMUS, B.F., KOTOV, M., RIESE, H., BOS, E.H.
& HANKIN, B. (2013). Neuroticism and common mental
disorders : Meaning and utility of a complex relationship.
Clinical Psychology Review, 33 (5), 686-697. |
|
RIGGIO, H.R. & RIGGIO, R.E. (2002). Extraversion,
Neuroticism, and emotional expressiveness : A
meta-analysis. Journal of Nonverbal Behavior, 26,
195-218. |
JERONIMUS, B.F., RIESE, H., SANDERMAN, R. & ORMEL, J.
(2014). Mutual reinforcement between neuroticism and life
experiences : A five-wave, 16-Year study to test
reciprocal causation. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 107 (4), 751-764 |
| |
ZACHAROPOULOS, G., LANCASTER, T.M., MAIO, G.R. &
LINDEN, D.E. (2016). The genetics of neuroticism and human
values. Genes, Brain & Behavior, 15, 361-366. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi McCrae, Costa
et Théorie
des 5 traits centraux |
|
|
Neurotransmetteur
: Famille de molécules,
donc de substance chimique libérée dans la fente
synaptique du neurone
émetteur et qui modifie l'activité du neurone récepteur afin de
permettre la transmission de l'influx
nerveux. Il existe dans le cerveau
des mammifères près
d'une centaine de neurotransmetteurs. Le rôle premier de ces
molécules est de permettre aux neurones de communiquer entre eux.
( ): Voir tableau ci-dessous.
Neurotransmitter, neuromodulator.
| |
|
|
IVERSEN, S.D. & IVERSEN, L.L. (1975). Central
neurotransmitters and the regulation of behavior. In
Handbook of psychobiology (pp. 153-200). Academic
Press : New York. |
|
MOORE, K.E. (1977). The actions of amphetamine on
neurotransmitters : A brief review. Biological
Psychiatry, 12, 451-462. |
|
GUR, R.E. & GUR, R.C. (1992). Neurotransmitters are
important, but so is metabolism. Neuropsychopharmacology,
7, 63-65. |
|
VALENSTEIN, E.S. (2002). The discovery of chemical
neurotransmitters. Brain & Cognition, 49
(1), 73-95. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Neurone |
|
|
|
Neurotransmission : Transmission entre au moins deux neurones d'un signal électro-chimique.
Neurotransmission.
| |
|
|
FIBIGER, H.C., DAMSMA, G. & DAY, J.C. (1991).
Behavioral pharmacology and biochemistry of central
cholinergic neurotransmission. Advances in
Experimental Medicine & Biology, 295, 399-414. |
|
|
|
Neurotrophine
: Neurotrophin.
| |
|
|
REICHARDT, L.F. (2006). Neurotrophin-regulated signalling
pathways. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal
Society of London. Series B, Biological Sciences, 361
(1473), 1545-1564. |
|
|
|
| NEURO - NEUTRALISER - NEUTRALITÉ -
NEVIN - NEVIS -
NÉVROSE - NEWCOMB - NEWELL
- NEWMAN - NEYMAN -
NEZ - NEZU - NI |
Neutralisation : Technique
thérapeutique qui a pour objectif d'apprendre au patient/ client
à réduire l'anxiété
provoquée par ses obsessions.
Il s'agit en fait de toute activité volontaire (distraction, arrêt
de la pensée, évitement, échappement, etc.) qui a pour but de
chasser, prévenir ou diminuer ces obsessions. Neutralization
technique, techniques of neutralization, neutralization.
| |
|
|
PRIEST, T.B & McGRATH, J.H (1970). Techniques of
neutralization: Young adult marijuana smokers. Criminology,
8 (2), 185-194. |
SIPONEN, M. & VANCE, A. (2010). Neutralization : New
insights into the problem of employee information systems
security policy violations. MIS Quarterly, 34
(3), 487-502. |
|
ROGERS, J.W & BUFFALO, M.D. (1974). Neutralization
techniques : Toward a simplified measurement scale. Pacific
Sociological Review, 17 (3), 313-331. |
PIACENTINI, M.G., A. CHATZIDAKIS & BANISTER, E.N.
(2012). Making sense of drinking : The role of techniques
of neutralisation and counter-neutralisation in
negotiating alcohol Consumption. Sociology of Health
& Illness, 34 (6), 841-857. |
|
ROSECRANCE, J. (1988). Accommodating negative client
perceptions : A process of neutralization.
Sociological Inquiry, 58 (2), 194-205. |
STADLER, W.A & BENSON, M.L (2012). Revisiting the
guilty mind : The neutralization of white-collar crime.
Criminal Justice Review, 37 (4), 494-511. |
|
AGNEW R. (1994). The techniques of neutralization and
violence. Criminology, 32 (4), 555-580. |
SHIGARA, A.M. (2013). It's only stealing a little a lot:
Techniques of neutralization for theft among restaurant
workers. Deviant Behavior, 34 (6), 494-512. |
|
RIBEAUD D. & EISNER, M. (2010). Are moral
disengagement, neutralization techniques, and self-serving
cognitive distortions the same ? Developing a Unified
Scale of Moral Neutralization of aggression.
International Journal of Conflict & Violence, 4 (2),
298-315. |
SEVIERE-MUNOZ, L. & MALLIN, M.L. (2013). How do
unethical salespeople sleep at night ? The role of
neutralizations in the justification of unethical Ssales
intentions. Journal of Personal Selling & Sales
Management, 33 (3), 289-306. |
| |
KAPTEIN, M. & VAN HELVOORT, M. (2019). A model of
neutralization techniques. Deviant Therapy, 40
(10), 1260-1285. |
|
|
Voir aussi Technique
thérapeutique |
|
|
Neutraliser : Le terme a un sens geénéral et un sens plus technique : a) De façon générale, opération qui
consiste éliminer un effet, généralement indésirable. =
rendre neutre.
Neutralization. b)
En méthodologie, opération,
essentiel au caractère
scientifique d'une recherche, qui consiste à
atténuer/annuler l'effet nuisible des variables
parasites au moyen d'une stratégie
de contrôle, dans le but d'isoler
un et un seul facteur,
celui que l'on considère comme la cause du phénomène Y que l'on
cherche à expliquer (variable
dépendante), soit notre X (variable
indépendante). Dans ce contexte, neutraliser signifie
«rendre sans effet» ou «rendre sans effet nuibile au raisonnement,
à la démonstration». = réduire à zéro,
rendre sans effet, sans influence nuisible ou parasite.
Neutralization.
| |
POLLACK, I. (1965). Neutralization of stimulus bias in
the rating of grays. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 69 (6), 564-578.
|
| |
|
|
|
Neutralisme : Théorie
de l'évolution, proposée par Kimura,
selon laquelle la plupart des mutations
ont une influence négligeable, sinon nulle, sur la valeur
sélective des individus
d'une espèce.
Neutral theory.
| |
|
|
KIMURA, M. (1985). The neutral theory of molecular
evolution. New Scientist, 41-46. |
|
KIMURA, M. (1989). The neutral theory of molecular
evolution and the world view of the neutralists. Genome,
31 (1), 24-31. |
|
|
|
|
|
Neutralité de l'observateur : En fançais, le terme a deux
acceptions : a) Vertu
épistémique. En science, un observateur
est neutre s'il rapporte fidèlement ce qu'il observe, sans biais.
Pour favoriser cette neutralité, qui n'est jamais complète, il
faut : 1) Munir l'observateur d'un outil de collecte de données fidèle
et valide. 2)
Maintenir l'observateur dans l'ignorance des hypothèses de la
recherche (plan
de recherche en double aveugle). 3) Entraîner l'observateur
à éviter les
biais d'observation. 4) Entraîner l'observateur à manipuler
efficacement l'outil de collecte
de données. Il va de soi que, dans la mesure du possible, il est
préférable de remplacer un observateur humain par un ne machine.
b) On utilse aussi cette expression pour désigner un
individu impartial à qui l'on demande d'être présent lors d'une
situation importante ( EX : des élections) ou
délicate ( EX : une intervention chirurgicale), et à qui
l'on demande de rapporter certains éléments de cette situation ou
d'en apprécier le déroulement. NDLR : Les termes
«observateur impartial» et «observateur naïf» sont sans
doute mieux avisés puisqu'ils mettent l'accent sur l'absence de
biais idéologique.
= observateur impartial, observateur naïf.
Neutral observer.
|
|
|
a |
|
|
|
|
|
OYEN, E. (1972). The impact of prolonged observation on
the role of the "neutral observer" in small groups. Acta Sociologica, 15 (3), 254-266. |
| |
ANGUS, A.A., HOWARD, K.K., JAWANDA, H., CALLHAN, R.,
ZIEGLER, K. & ROACH, V.A. (2022). The effect of an
attending versus neutral observer on peg transfer and
intracorporeal knot-tying laparoscopic tasks. Surgery, 172 (5), 1352-1357.
|
|
|
|
Neutralité du scientifique : Vertu épistémique. La science n'est pas neutre; au contaire, sa pratique est marquée de nombreux biais, souvent connus, qu'elle parvient à réduire ou neutraliser avec succès. On dira d'un scientifique
qu'il est neutre s'il défend ses idées (et non celles d'une chaire
de recherche, de l'entreprise qui lui verse un salaire, du fonds
de recherche qui le subventionne, etc.), à condition bien sûr que ses idées s'appuient sur des connaissances
scientifiques (et non sur ses propres opinions).
La neutralité scientifique se divise en trois : la neutralité de l'observateur, la neutralité théorie et la neutralité
méthodologique. Neutralité, impartialié et objectivité
de la science.
Neutrality, neutrality
ideal, value free.
|
|
| SNOW, C.P. (1961). The moral un-neutrality of science. Science, 133 (3448), 256-259. |
|
HARDING, S. (1993). After the neutrality ideal : Science, politics, and "strong objectivity". Social Research, 59 (3), 567-587. [PDF] |
|
LACEY, H. (1997). Neutrality in the social sciences. Journal
for the Theory of Social Behavior, 27, 213-241. |
|
LACEY, H. (1999).Is science value free ?
Values and scientific understanding. London &
New York : Routledge. |
|
LACEY, H. (2002). The ways in which the sciences are and
are not value free. In P. Gardenfors, K. Kijania-Placek
& J. Wolenski (Eds.), Proceedings of the 11th
international congress of logic, methodology and
philosophy of science (pp. 513-526). Dordrecht,
Holland : Kluwer. |
|
DESCARRIES, F. (2014). Language is not neutral : The
construction of knowledge in the social sciences and
humanities. Signs : Journal of Women in Culture &
Society, 7 (3), 564-569. |
|
|
Voir aussi Angélisme,
Impartialité,
Vertu
épistémique,
Biais scientifiques et Objectivité
scientifique |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nevill Alan ( ) : Psychosociologue
anglais et spécialiste de la psychologie
du sport. Il s'intéresse notamment à l'avantage
du terrain dans les sports,
notamment au football
(soccer). Collaborateur de Balmer.
|
NEVILL, A.M., NEWELL, S.M. & GALE, S. (1996). Factors
associated with home advantage in English and Scottish
soccer matches. Journal of Sports Sciences, 14 (2),
181-186. |
|
NEVILL, A.M., HOLDER, R.L., BARDLEY, A., CALVERT, H. &
JONES, S. (1997). Identifying home advantage in
international tennis and golf tournaments.Journal
of Sports Sciences, 15 (4), 437-443. |
|
NEVILL, A.M., BALMER, N.J. & WILLIAMS, A.M. (1999).
Crowd influence on decisions in association football. Lancet,
353 (9162), 1416. |
|
NEVILL, A.M. & HOLDER, R.L. (1999). Home advantage in
sport : An overview of studies on the advantage of playing
at home. Sports Medicine, 28 (4), 221-236. |
|
NEVILL, A.M., BALMER, N.J. & WILLIAMS, A.M. (2002).
The influence of crowd noise and experience upon
refereeing decisions in football. Psychology of Sport
& Exercise, 3, 261-272. |
|
|
|
Nevin John Anthony (New York 1933-2018) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américain. Il a proposé une théorie du momentum
pour expliquer le taux
de réponse des comportements.
Il s'est également intéressé à la théorie de la détection
du signal. = Tony Nevin.
Étudiant de Schoenfeld.
Professeur de Grace et
collaborateur de Baum, Cumming,
Davison, Deleon,
Mace, Shahan,
Shettleworth, Smith
et Wacker.
 |
NEVIN, J.A. (1969). Interval reinforcement of choice
behavior in discrete trials. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 12 (6), 875-885.
[PDF] |
|
NEVIN, J.A. & BAUM, W.N. (1980). Feedback functions
for variable-interval reinforcement. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 34 (2), 207-217.
[PDF] |
|
NEVIN, J.A., SMITH, L.D. & ROBERTS, J. (1987). Does
contingent reinforcement strengthen operant behavior ?
Journal of Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 48
(1), 17-33. [PDF] |
|
NEVIN, J.A. (1992). An integrative model for the study of
behavioral momentum. Journal of Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 57 (3), 301-316. [PDF] |
|
NEVIN, J.A. (2003). Mathematical principles of
reinforcement and resistance to change. Behavioural
Processes, 62, 65-73. |
|
|
SHIMP, C. (1992). Computational behavior dynamics : an
alternative description of Nevin (1969). Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 57, 289-299. |
|
|
|
Nevis Edwin Clifford (Brooklyn 1926-2011 Wellfleet) : Psychologue humaniste et gestaltiste américain,
spécialisé dans l'étude des organisations
et des besoins.
 |
NEVIS, E.C. (1983). Using an American perspective in
understanding another culture: Toward a hierarchy of needs
for the people's Republic of China. Journal of
Applied Behavioral Science, 19 (3), 249-264. |
|
NEVIS, E.C. (1983). Cultural assumptions and productivity
: The United States and China. Sloan Management
Review, 24 (3), 17-29. |
|
NEVIS, E.C. (1997). Gestalt therapy : Perspectives
and applications. Routledge. |
|
NEVIS, E.C. (1997). Organizational consulting : A
gestalt approach. Gestalt Press. |
|
BOWMAN, C.E. & NEVIS, E.C. (2005). The history and development of gestalt therapy. In A.L. Woldt & S.M. Toman (Eds.), Gestalt therapy : History, theory, and practice (pp. 3–20). Sage Publications. |
|
|
|
Névrose : Chez Freud, maladie
mentale dont les symptômes
révèlent l'existence d'un conflit
intrapsychique refoulé d'origine infantile.
Neurosis.
| |
|
|
HITSCHMANN, E. (1911/1917). Freud's theories of the
neuroses. New York : Moffat, Yard and company. |
EYSENK, H.J. (1962). Conditionnement et névrose :
nouvelle méthode thérapeutique. Paris :
Gauthier-Villars. |
|
FREUD, S. (1921). Introduction to psychoanalysis and the
war neurosis. The International Psycho-Analytical
Library, 2, 1-4. |
EYSENK, H.J. & RACHMAN, S. (1965). The causes and
cures of neurosis. London : Routledge and Kegan
Paul. |
|
FERENCZI, S., ABRAHAM, K., SIMMEL, E. & JONES, E.
(1921). Psychoanalysis and the war neurosis. The
International Psycho-Analytical Library, 2, 1-59. |
|
|
ALEXANDER, F. (1926). Neurosis and the whole personality.
International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 7, 340-352. |
|
|
EY, H., BONNAFÉ, F., FOLIN, S., LACAN, J. et ROUART, J.
(Ed.) (1950). Le problème de la psychogenèse des
névroses et des psychoses. Paris : Desclée de
Brouwer. |
EYSENK, H.J. (1979). La névrose et vous.
Bruxelles : Pierre Mardaga. |
|
ELLIS, A. (1952). Perversions and neurosis. International
Journal of Sexology, 55, 135-138. |
ISAACS, K.S. (1990). Affect and the fundamental nature of
neurosis : Logic and reality. Psychoanalytic
Psychology, 7 (2), 259-284. |
|
FENICHEL, O. (1953). La théorie psychanalytique des
névroses : tome I et II. Paris : Presses
Universitaires de France. |
FREEMAN, D. & GARETY, P.A. (2003). Connecting neurosis
and psychosis : The direct influence of emotion on
delusions and hallucinations. Behavior Research &
Therapy, 41, 923-497. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Dépression |
|
|
|
|
Névrose
d'angoisse : Anxiety neurosis.
|
Névrose
de caractère : Character
neurosis.
|
Névrose
d'échec : = syndrome
d'échec.
Failure neurosis.
|
Névrose
de transfert : Transference
neurosis.
|
Névrose
narcissique : Narcissistic
neurosis.
|
Névrose
obsessionnelle : =
psychonévrose obsessionnelle. Obsessional
neurosis.
| |
|
|
GREEN, A. (1964). Névrose obsessionnelle et hystérie,
leurs relations chez Freud et depuis. Revue Française
de Psychanalyse, 28 (5-6), 679-716. |
BARNETT, J. (1966). Cognitive repair in the treatment of
obsessional neurosis. Proceedings of the 4th World
Congress of Psychiatry, 150, 752-757. |
|
GREEN, A. (1965). Obsessions et psychonévrose
obsessionnelle. Dans Encyclopédie médico-chirurgicale II. |
WINNICOTT, D. (1966). Comment on obsessional neurosis and
'Frankie. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 47
(2), 143-144. |
|
LEBOVICI, S. (1965). Evolution de la névrose
obsessionnelle de l’enfant et de l’adolescent. Revue
de Psychiatrie Infantile et d'Hygiène Mentale de
l'Enfance, 33 (11-12), 469-474. |
|
|
KRINGLEN, E. (1965). Obsessional neurotics : A long-term
follow-up. British Journal of Psychiatry, 111,
709-722. |
GREEN, A. (1967). Métapsychologie de la névrose
obsessionnelle. Revue Française de Psychanalyse, 31 (4),
629-646. |
|
INOUYE, E. (1965). Similar and dissimilar manifestations
of obsessive-compulsive neurosis in monozygotic twins. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 45, 1094-1099. |
LANTÉRI-LAURA, G. & DEL PISTOIA, L. (1984). Névrose
obsessionnelle. Encyclopédie Médico-Chirurgicale II,
37370, A-10 à D-10. |
|
GITTELSON, N. (1965). The depressive psychosis in the
obsessional neurotic. Archives of General Psychiatry,
112, 883-887. |
JEAMMET, P. (1985). Éros et folie : La névrose
obsessionnelle. Neuropsychiatrie de l'Enfance, 33,
455-461. |
|
|
Voir aussi Voir aussi Névrose
et Dépression |
|
|
Névrose
obsessionnelle compulsive : De nos jours on utilise le
terme trouble obsessif-compulsif.
Obsessive-compulsive neurosis.
| |
|
|
SANDLER, J. & HAZARA, A. (1960). The "obsessional" :
On the psychological clarification of obsessional
character traits and symptoms. British Journal of
Medical Psychology, 33, 113-122. |
|
JUDD, L.L. (1965). Obsessive-compulsive neurosis in
children. Archives of General Psychiatry, 12,
136-143. |
|
RACHMAN, S., HODGSON, R. & MARKS, I.M. (1971). The
treatment of chronic obsessive-compulsive neurosis. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 9, 237-247. |
|
TEMPLER, D.I. (1972). The obsessive-compulsive neurosis :
Review of research findings. Comprehensive
Psychiatry, 13 (4), 375-383. |
|
AKHTAR, S., WIG, N.N., VERMA, V.K., PERSHAD, D. &
VERMA, S.K. (1975). A phenomenological analysis of
symptoms in obsessive-compulsive neurosis. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 127, 342-348. |
|
RAMSAY, R. (1977). Behavioural approaches to
obsessive-compulsive neurosis. In J.C. Boulougouris &
A.D. Rabavilas (Eds.), The treatment of phobic and
obsessive compulsive disorders : Selected papers from
the sixth annual meeting of the European association of
behaviour therapy (pp. 102-103). Oxford : Pergamon
Press. |
|
|
|
|
Névrose
phobique : Voir Phobie.
Phobic neurosis.
|
Névrose
traumatique : Traumatic neurosis.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
New Directions for Youth Development : Revue
scientifique qui consacrent ses pages à l'étude du développement
et de l'adolescence.
Éditeur : Wiley.
ZARRETT, N. & ECCLES, J.S. (2006). The passage to
adulthood : Challenges of late adolescence. New
Directions for Youth Development, 111 (4), 13-28.
[PDF]
|
| |
|
|
|
|
New Ideas in Psychology : Revue
scientifique qui onsacre ses pages aux nouvelles théories
en psychologie.
Éditeur : Elsevier.
BUNGE, M. (1991). What is science ? Does it matter to
distinguish it from pseudoscience ? A reply to my
commentators. New Ideas in Psychology, 9,
245-283.
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
New Zealand Journal of Educational Studies : Revue
scientifique qui consacre ses pages à
l'éducation. Éditeur : New York Academy of Sciences. =
New Zeal J Educ Stud.
CLAY, M.M. (1967). The reading behaviour of five year
old children : a research report. New Zealand
Journal of Educational Studies, 2 (1), 11-31.
|
| |
|
|
Newcomb Theodore Mead (1903-1984) : Psychosociologue
américain. Président de l'APA
en 1956. Étudiant de Murphy.
Professeur de Bem.
Collaborateur de Festinger
et Pepitone.
No
57 |
NEWCOMB, T.M. (1929). Does extroversion-introversion offer
a clue for the prognosis and treatment of problem boys ? Mental
Hygiene, 14, 919-925. |
|
NEWCOMB, T.M (1946). The influence of attitude climate
upon some determinants of information. Journal of
Abnormal & Social Psychology, 41, 291-302. |
|
NEWCOMB, T.M (1950). Social psychology. Hinsdale
: Dryden Press. |
|
NEWCOMB, T.M (1953). Social psychology and group
processes. Annual Review of Psychology, 4,
183-214. |
|
NEWCOMB, T.M., TURNER, R.H. & CONVERSE, P.E. (1969). Social
psychology. The study of the human interaction.
London : Routledge & Kegan Paul Ltd. |
|
|
DOUVAN, E. (1986). Obituary : Theodore M. Newcomb
(1903-1984). American Psychologist, 41 (12),
1380-1381. |
|
CONVERSE, P.E. (1994). Theodore Mead Newcomb
1903-1984 : A bibliographical memoir. Washington :
National Academy of Sciences. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Newell Allen (San Francisco 1927-1992 Pittsburgh) :
Mathématicien et physicien
américain, chef de file de la perspective cognitive
américaine et de l'intelligence
artificielle. Collaborateur de Simon.
 |
NEWELL, A. & SIMON, H.A. (1956). The logic theory
machine : A complex information processing system. IRE
Trans. Inf. Theory IT, 2, 61-79. |
|
NEWELL, A. & SIMON, H.A. (1972). Human problem
solving. Englewood Cliffs, N.J. : Prentice-Hall. |
|
NEWELL, A. & SIMON, H.A. (1976). Computer science as
empirical enquiry : symbols and search. Communications
of the Association for Computing Machinery, 19,
113-126. |
|
NEWELL, A. (1982). The knowledge level. Artificiel
Intelligence, 18, 87-127. |
|
NEWELL, A. (1990). Unified theories of cognition.
Cambridge : Harvard University Press. |
|
|
LAIRD, J.E. & ROSENBLOOM, P.S. (1992). The research of Allen Newell. AI Magazine, 13, (4), 17-45.
|
|
STEIER, D. & MITCHELL, T.M. (1996). Mind matters : A tribute to Allen Newell. Mahwah, N.J. : Lawrence Eribaum Associates, |
|
SIMON, H. (1998). Allen Newell : 1927-1992. IEEE Annals of the History of Computing, 20 (2), 63-76. |
|
|
|
Newell
Karl M. ( ) : Kinésiologue
américain, spécialiste de l'étude du mouvement
et des habiletés
motrices, notamment de la préhension.
Il s'intéresse également à la dyskénisie
tardive. Collaborateur de Baillargeon.
|
|
NEWELL, K.M., SCULLY, D.M., McDONALD, P.V. &
BAILLARGEON, R. (1989). Task constraints and infant grip
configurations. Developmental Psychobiology, 22
(8), 817-832. [PDF] |
|
NEWELL, K.M. & VAN EMMERIK, R.E.A. (1987). Can schema
account for the generation of novel action patterns ?
Cahiers de Psychologie Cognitive, 7, 177-180. |
|
NEWELL, K.M., SCULLY, D.M., TENENBAUM, F. & HARDIMAN,
S. (1989). Body scale and the development of prehension. Developmental
Psychobiology, 22 (1), 1-13. [PDF] |
|
NEWELL, K.M. (1991). Motor skill acquisition. Annual
Review Psychology, 42, 213-237. [PDF] |
|
NEWELL, K.M., MAYER-KRESS, G. & LIU, Y.-H. (2001).
Time scales in motor learning and development. Psychological
Review, 108 (1), 57-82. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Newman Michelle Gayle ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude et l'application des thérapies
à distance, en ce qui concerne notamment le traitement de l'anxiété
et du trouble
d'anxiété. Elle s'intéresse également aux phobies.
Collaboratrice de Borkovec,
Castonguay,
Crits-Christoph, Ehlers,
Hayes, Hofmann,
Kozak et
Stiles.
|
NEWMAN, M.G., HOFMANN, S.G., TRABERT, W., ROTH, W.T. &
TAYLOR, C.B. (1994). Does behavioral treatment of social
phobia lead to cognitive changes ? Behavior Therapy,
25, 503-517. [PDF] |
|
NEWMAN, M.G. & BORKOVEC, T. (1995).
Cognitive-behavioral treatment of generalized anxiety
disorder. The Clinical Psychologist, 48, 5-7. |
|
NEWMAN, M.G. (2004). Technology in psychotherapy : An
introduction. Journal of Cliical Psychoologyl/In
Session, 60 (2), 141-145. [PDF] |
|
NEWMAN, M.G. & STILES, W.B. (2006). Therapeutic
factors in treating anxiety disorders. Journal of
Clinical Psychology, 62, 649-659. [PDF] |
|
NEWMAN, M.G., SZKODNY, L.E., LLERA, S.J. & PRZEWORSKI,
A. (2011). A review of technology-assisted self-help and
minimal contact therapies for anxiety and depression : Is
human contact necessary for therapeutic efficacy ?
Clinical Psychology Review, 31 (1), 89-103. |
|
|
|
Newstead Stephen E. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américain d'origine anglaise et spécialiste de l'étude du raisonnement,
notamment du syllogisme. Collaborateur
de Evans et Handley.
|
NEWSTEAD, S.E. (1989). Interpretational errors in
syllogistic reasoning. Journal of Memory &
Language, 28, 78-91. |
|
NEWSTEAD, S.E. (1995). Gricean implicatures and
syllogistic reasoning. Journal of Memory &
Language, 34, 644-664. |
|
NEWSTEAD, S.E. (2000). Are there two different types of
thinking ? Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 23,
690-691. |
|
NEWSTEAD, S.E. (2003). Can natural language semantics
explain syllogistic reasoning ? Cognition, 90, 193-199. |
|
NEWSTEAD, S.E. BRADON, P., HANDLEY, S.J., DENNIS, I. &
EVANS, J.St.B.T. (2006). Predicting the difficulty of
complex logical reasoning problems. Thinking &
Reasoning, 12, 62-90. |
|
|
|
Newton Philip M. ( ) : Médecin américain et
spécialiste de l'éducation, notamment
des mythes qui y sont
véhiculés.
|
NEWTON, P.M. (2015). The learning styles myth is thriving
in higher education. Frontiers in Psychology, 6
[1908], 1-5. [PDF] |
|
NEWTON, P.M. & MIAH, M. (2017). Evidence-based higher
education - is the learning styles "myth" important ?
Frontiers in Psychology, 8 [444], 1-9.
[PDF] |
|
NEWTON, P.M., DA SILVA, S. & BERRY, S. (2020). The
case for pragmatice evidence-based higher education : A
useful way forward ? Frontiers in Education, 5, 1-13.[PDF] |
|
NEWTON, P.M. & SALVI, A. (2020). How common is belief
in the learning styles neuromyth, and does it matter ? A
pagmatic systematic review. Frontiers in Education,
5, 1-14. [PDF] |
|
NEWTON, P.M., NAJABAT-LATTIF, H., SANTIAGO, G. &
SALVI, A. (2021). The learning styles neuromyth is still
thriving in medical education. Frontiers in Human
Neuroscience, 15, 1-5. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Neyman Jerzy (Bessarabia, Russie [maintenant Tighina]
1894-1981 Oakland) : Mathématicien
et statisticien russe.
Pionnier de l'étude et de la mise à l'épreuve de la théorie des
probabilités. En collaboration avec
Pearson, il a développé la notion de test
d'hypothèse. Professeur de Dantzig
et Lehmann. Collaborateur
de Pearson.
 |
NEYMAN, J. & PEARSON, S.E. (1928). On the use and
interpretation of certain test criteria for purposes of
statistical inference. Biometrika,
175-240/263-294. [PDF] |
|
NEYMAN, J. & PEARSON, S.E. (1933). On the problem of
the most efficient tests of statistical hypotheses. Philosophical
Transactions of the Royal Society, 231, 289-337.
[PDF] |
|
NEYMAN, J. (1934). On the two different aspects of the
representative method : the method of stratified sampling
and the method of purposive selection. Journal of the
Royal Statistical Society, 97 (4), 558-606. [PDF] |
|
NEYMAN, J. (1937). Outline of a theory of statistical
estimation based on the classical theory of probability. Philosophical
Transactions of the Royal Society of London. Series A,
Mathematical & Physical Sciences, 236 (767),
333-380. [PDF] |
|
NEYMAN, J. (1957). "Inductive behavior" as a basic concept
of philosophy of science. Review ofthe International
Statistical Institute, 25 (1), 7-22. [PDF] |
|
|
LEHMANN, I.E. (1994). Jerzy neyman : 1894-1981. Washington
D.C. : National Academy of Sciences. [PDF] |
|
KLONECKI, W.J. (1995). Jerzy Neyman (1894-1981), Dedicated
to the memory of Jerzy Neyman. Probability &
Mathematical Statistics, 15, 7-14. |
|
BERGER, J.O. (2003). Could Fisher, Jeffreys, and Neyman
have agreed on testing ? Statistical Science, 18 (1),
1-12. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nezu Arthur M. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste,
spécialisé dans l'étude de la résolution
de problèmes, des conséquences psychologiques du
cancer et du traitement de la dépression.
Collaborateur de D'zurilla et
Nezu.
 |
D’ZURILLA, T.J. & NEZU, A. (1980). A study of the
generation-of-alternatives process in social problem
solving. Cognitive Therapy & Research, 4,
67-76. |
|
NEZU, A.M. (1987). A problem-solving formulation of
depression : A literature review and proposal of a
pluralistic model. Clinical Psychology Review, 7,
122-144. |
|
NEZU, A.M. & PERRI, M.G. (1989). Social
problem-solving therapy for unipolar depression : An
initial dismantling investigation. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 57 (3),
408-413. [PDF] |
|
NEZU, A.M., NEZU, C.M. & LOMBARDO, E.R. (2001).
Cognitive-behavior therapy for medically unexplained
symptoms : A critical reviewof the treatment literature. Behavior
Therapy, 32, 537-583. [PDF] |
|
NEZU, A.M. & NEZU, C.M. (Eds.) (2008). Evidence-based
outcome research : A practical guide to conducting
randomized clinical trials for psychosocial
interventions. New York : Oxford University Press.
|
|
|
|
Nezu Christine M. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste,
spécialisée dans l'étude de la résolution
de problèmes, des agresseurs
sexuels et des conséquences psychologiques du
cancer. Collaboratrice de D'zurilla
et Nezu.
 |
NEZU, C.M. & NEZU, A.M. (1989). Unipolar depression.
In A.M. Nezu & C.M. Nezu (Eds.), Clinical
decision making in behavior therapy : A problem-solving
perspective (pp. 117-156). Champaign, IL : Research
Press. |
|
NEZU, C.M., NEZU, A.M. & AREAN, P.A. (1991).
Assertiveness and problem-solving therapy for mild
mentally retarded persons with dual diagnoses. Research
in Developmental Disabilities, 12, 371-386. [PDF] |
|
NEZU, A.M., NEZU, C.M., FRIEDMAN, S.H., HOUTS, P.S. &
FADDIS, S. (1997). Project Genesis : Application of
problem-solving therapy to individuals with cancer. The
Behavior Therapist, 20, 155-158. |
|
NEZU, C.M. (2003). Cognitive-behavioral treatment for sex
offenders : Current status. Japanese Journal of
Behavior Therapy, 29, 15-24. |
|
NEZU, C.M., NEZU, A.M., DUDEK, J.A., PEACOCK, M. &
STOLL, J. (2005). Social problem-solving correlates of
sexual deviancy among child molesters. Journal of
Sexual Aggression 11, 27-36. |
|
|
|
| NEUTRA - NICOLSON
- NICOTINE - NICTATION
- NIETZSCHE -
NISBETT - NISSEN -
NIVEAU - NIVEAU DE BASE -
NIVEAU OPÉRANT - NO |
Niche
écologique : Milieu de vie d'un organisme,
dans lequel son espèce a
évolué. EX : votre maison n'est pas une niche
pour votre chien (mais c'est son habitat).
| |
|
|
ELTON, C. (1927/2001). Animal ecology. London
: Sidgwick and Jackson/ University of Chicago Press. |
|
HUTCHISON, G.E. (1987). The ecological niche.
Physiology & Ecology Japan, 24, 3-7. |
|
LEHMANN, L. (2008). The adaptative dynamics of
niche-constructing traits in spatially subdivised
populations : evolving posthumous extended phenotypes. Evolution,
62 (3), 549-566. |
|
|
|
|
|
Nicholls John G. ( ) :
Psychologue et spécialiste de l'éducation.
Il s'intéresse notamment à l'étude des
capacités et de la motiivation
à l'accomplissement.
|
NICHOLLS, J.G. (1975). Causal attributions and other
achievement-related cognitions : Effects of task outcome.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 31
(3), 379-389. |
|
NICHOLLS, J.G. (1979). Development of perception of own
attainment and causal attributions for success and failure
in reading. Journal of Educational Psychology, 71 (1),
94-99. |
|
NICHOLLS, J.G. & BURTON, J.T. (1984). Motivation and
equality. The Elementary School Journal, 82 (4),
367-378. |
|
NICHOLLS, J.G. (1984). Achievement motivation :
conceptions of ability, subjective experience, task
choice, and performance. Psychological Review, 9 (3),
328-346. [PDF] |
|
NICHOLLS, J.G., PATASHNIK, M. & METTETSAL, G. (1986).
Conceptions of ability and intelligence. Child
Development, 57, 636-645. |
|
|
|
Nichols Margaret E. (1947-) : Psychologue et
féministe américaine, spécialisée dans le traitement et
l'étude du désir sexuel,
notamment chez les lesbiennes.
 |
NICHOLS, M. (1988). Low sexual desire in lesbian couples.
In S. Leiblum & R. Rosen (Eds.), Sexual desire
disorders (pp. 387-412). New York : Guilford Press. |
|
NICHOLS, M. (1990). Lesbian relationships : implications
for the study of sexuality and gender. In D. McWhirter, S.
Sanders & J. Reinisch (Eds.), Homosexuality/heterosexuality
: concepts of sexual orientation (pp. 351-363).
London : Oxford University Press. |
|
NICHOLS, M. (1994). Therapy with bisexual women : working
on the edge of emerging cultural and personal identities.
In M. Mirkin (Ed.), Women in context : toward a
feminist reconstruction of psychotherapy (pp.
149-169). New York : Guilford Press. |
|
NICHOLS, M. (1995). Sexual desire disorder in a lesbian
couple : the intersection of therapy and politics. In R.
Rosen & S. Leiblum (Eds.), Case studies in sex
therapy (pp. 161-175). New York : Guilford Press. |
|
NICHOLS, M. (2002). Sex therapy with sexual minorities. In
S. Leiblum & R. Rosen (Eds.), Principles and
practices of sex therapy (pp. 335-367). New York :
Guilford Press. |
|
|
|
Nickell Joe (West Liberty 1944-) : Sceptique
américain et spécialiste de l'étude des
phénomènes paranormaux et de la parapsychologie.
Collaborateur de Baker.
 |
NICKELL, J. (1993). Looking for a miracle : Weeping
icons, Relics, stigmata, visions and healing cures.
Amherst, NY : Prometheus Books. |
|
NICKELL, J. (1995). Entities : Angels, spirits,
demons, and other alien beings. Amherst, NY :
Prometheus Books. |
|
NICKELL, J., FRAZIER, K. & KARR, B. (1997).The
UFO invasion: The Roswell incident, alien abductions,
and government coverups. Amherst, NY : Prometheus
Books. |
|
NICKELL, J. & FISCHER, J.F. (1999). Crime science
: Methods of forensic detection. Lexington, KY :
University Press of Kentucky. |
|
NICKELL, J. (2004). Investigating the paranormal. New
York : Barnes & Noble. |
|
|
|
Nicolas Serge ( ) : Psychologue cognitiviste américain d'origine française et historien de la
psychologie. Collaborateur de Gobet
et Piolino.
|
NICOLAS, S. (1993). Existe-t-il une ou plusieurs mémoires
permanentes ? L'Année Psychologique, 93, 141-168.
[PDF] |
|
NICOLAS, S. (1994). Réflexions autour du concept de
mémoire implicite. L'Année Psychologique, 94,
63-80. [PDF] |
|
NICOLAS, S. (1997). La mémoire dans l'oeuvre d'Alfred
Binet (1857-1911). L'Année Psychologique, 94 (2),
257-282. [PDF] |
|
NICOLAS, S. (1997). Alfred Binet et "L'Année
Psychologique" d'après une correspondance inédite. L'Année
Psychologique, 97 (4), 665-699. [PDF] |
|
NICOLAS, S. & VOBORÏL, D. (2019). Weber's compass and
aesthesiometers : History of the technical evolution of
devices for tactile discrimination. L'Année
Psychologique / Topics in Cognitive Psychology, 119, 97-170. |
|
|
|
Nicolson Rod I. ( ) : Neurosychologue
anglais, spécialisé dans l'étude de la
dyslexie et du rôle du cervelet
dans ce trouble d'apprentissage. Collaborateur de
Fawcett et Shankardass.
 |
NICOLSON, R.I. & FAWCETT, A.J. (1990). Automaticity :
a new framework for dyslexia research ? Cognition,
35, 159-182. |
|
NICOLSON, R.I. & FAWCETT, A.J. (1999). Developmental
dyslexia : The role of the cerebellum. Dyslexia, 5, 515-177.
[PDF] |
|
NICOLSON, R.I., FAWCETT, A.J. & DEAN, P. (2001).
Developmental dyslexia : the cerebellar deficit
hypothesis. Trends in Neurosciences, 24 (9),
508-516. [PDF] |
|
NICOLSON, R. & SZATMARI, P. (2003). Genetic and
neurodevelopmental influences in autistic disorder. Canadian
Journal of Psychiatry, 48, 526-37. [PDF] |
|
NICOLSON, R.I. & FAWCETT, A.J. (2005). Developmental
dyslexia, learning and the cerebellum. Journal of
Neural Transmission, 69 (S), 19-36. |
|
|
|
Nicotine : Drogue de la
famille des stimulants,
que l'on trouve notamment dans le tabac et qui est, avec le renforcement
buccal, à l'origine de la dépendance
à la cigarette et au vapotage.
Nicotine et fumer.
Nicotine.
| |
|
|
JOHNSTON, L.M. (1942). Tobacco smoking and nicotine. Lancet,
243, 742. |
SHADEL, W.G., SHIFFMAN, S., NIAURA, R., NICHTER, M. &
ABRAMS, D.B. (2000). Current models of nicotine dependence
: what is known and what is needed to advance
understanding of tobacco etiology among youth. Drug
& Alcohol Dependence, 59 (S1), 9-22. |
|
FINNEGAN, J.K., LARSON, P.S. & HAAG, H.B. (1945). The
role of nicotine in the cigarette habit. Science,
102, 94-96. |
HU, T., SUNG, H., KEELER, T.K. & MARCINAK, M. (2000).
Cigarette consumption and sales of nicotine replacement
products. Tobacco Control, 9 (S2), 60-63. [PDF] |
|
FIRTH, C.D. (1971). The effect of varying the nicotine
content of cigarettes on human smoking behaviour. Psychopharmacologia,
19, 188-192. |
|
|
RUSSELL, M.A., WILSON, C., PATEL, U.A., COLE, P.V. &
FEYERABEND, C. (1973). Comparison of effect on tobacco
consumption and carbon monoxide absorption of changing to
high and low nicotine cigarettes. British Medical
Journal, 4, (5891), 512-516. [PDF] |
|
|
RUSSELL, M.A., WILSON, C., PATEL, U.A., FEYERABEND, C.
& COLE, P.V. (1975). Plasma nicotine levels after
smoking cigarettes with high, medium, and low nicotine
yields. British Medical Journal, 2, 414-416. [PDF] |
|
|
SCHACHTER, S. (1977). Nicotine regulation in heavy and
light smokers. Journal of Experimental Psychology,
106, 5-12. |
ANTONUCCIO, D.O. (2002). Effectiveness of over-the-counter
nicotine replacement therapy. Journal of American
Medical Association, 288, 3108. |
|
RUSSELL, M.A., JARVIS, M., YVER, R. & FEYERABEND, C.
(1980). Relation of nicotine yield of cigarettes to blood
nicotine concentrations in smokers. British Medical
Journal, 280, 972-976. [PDF] |
SMITH, R. C., SINGH, A., INFANTE, M., KHANDAT, A. &
KLOOS, A. (2002). Effects of cigarette smoking and nico-
tine nasal spray on psychiatric symptoms and cognition in
schizophrenia. Neuropsychopharmacology, 27 (3),
479-497. |
|
RUSSELL, M.A., SUTTON, S.R., FEYERABEND, C. &
SALLOJEE, Y. (1980). Smokers response to shortened
cigarettes : Dose reduction without dilution of tobacco
smoke. Clinical Pharmacology & Therapeutics, 27
(2), 210-218. |
MOOLCHAN, E.T., RADZIUS, A., EPSTEIN, D.H., UHL, G.,
GORELICK, D.A., CADET, J.L. & HENNINGFIELD, J.E.
(2002). The Fagerstrom Test for Nicotine Dependence and
the Diagnostic Interview Schedule : do they diagnose the
same smokers ? Addictive Behavior, 27, 101-113. |
|
HUGHES, J.R ., HATSUKAMI, D.K., PICKENS, R.W., KRAHN, D.,
MALIN, S. & LUKNIC, A. (1984). Effect of nicotine on
the tobacco withdrawal syndrome. Psychopharmacology,
83, 82-87. |
|
|
PERKINS, K.A., EPSTEIN, L.H., JENNINGS, J.R. &
STILLER, R. (1986). The cardiovascular effects of nicotine
during stress. Psychopharmacology, 90, 373-378.
|
|
|
JUBIS, R.T. (1986). Effects of alcohol and nicotine on
free recall of relevant cues. Perceptual & Motor
Skills, 62, 363-369. |
BICKEL, W.K. & KISCHENBAUM, A.P. (2004). Substitutes
for tobacco smoking : A behavioral economic analysis of
nicotine gum, denicotinized cigarettes, and
nicotine-containing cigarettes. Drug & Alcohol
Dependence, 74, 253-264. |
| WEST, R.J. & RUSSELL, M.A.H. (1988). Loss of acute
nicotine tolerance and severity of cigarette withdrawal. Psychopharmacology, 94,563-565. |
|
|
BENOWITZ, N.L. (1988). Pharmacologic aspects of cigarette
smoking and nicotine addiction. New England Journal of
Medicine, 319, 1318-1330. |
VINK, J.M., WILLEMSEN, G.G. & BOOMSMA, D.I. (2005).
Heritability of smoking initiation and nicotine
dependence. Behavior Genetics, 35 (4), 397-406. |
|
CORRIGALL, W.A. & COEN, K.M. (1989). Nicotine
maintains robust self-administration in rats on a
limited-access schedule. Psychopharmacology, 99, 473-478.
|
PERKINS, K.A., DOYLE, T., CICCOCIOPPO, M., CONKLIN, C.,
SAYETTE, M. & CAGGIULA, A. (2006). Sex differences in
the influence of nicotine dose instructions on the
reinforcing and self-reported rewarding effects of
smoking. Psychopharmacology, 184 (3-4), 600-607.
|
|
VELICER, W.F., RICHMOND, R., GREELY, J., SWIFT, W. &
REDDING, C.R. (1992). A time series investigation of three
nicotine regulation models. Addictive Behaviors, 17, 325-345. |
GUTKIN, B.S., DEHAENE, S. & CHANGEUX, J.P. (2006). A
neurocomputational hypothesis for nicotine addiction. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences, 103,
1106-1111. [PDF] |
|
LICHTENSTEIN, E. (1992). Nicotine patch therapy in primary
care settings : the missing research link. International
Journal of Smoking Cessation, 1, 33-34. |
GEHRICKE, J-G., WHALEN, C.K., JAMNER, L.D., WIGAL, T.L.
& STEINHOFF, K. (2006). The reinforcing effects of
nicotine and stimulant medication in the everyday lives of
adult smokers with ADHD : A preliminary examination. Nicotine
& Tobacco Research, 8, 37-47. |
|
WESTMAN, E.C., LEVIN, E.D. & ROSE, J.E. (1993). The
nicotine patch in smoking cessation. A randomized trial
with telephone counseling. Archives of Internal
Medicine, 153, 1917-1923. |
HABERSTICK, B.C., TIMBERLAKE, D., EHRINGER, M.A., LESSEM,
J.M., HOPFER, C.J., SMOLEN, A. & HEWITT, J.K. (2007).
Genes, time to first cigarette and nicotine dependence in
a general population sample of young adults.
Addiction, 102 (4), 655-665. |
|
FIORE, M. C., SMITH, S.S., JORENBY, D.E. & BAKER, T.B.
(1994). The effectiveness of the nicotine patch for
smoking cessation: A meta-analysis. Journal of the
American Medical Association, 271, 1940-1947. |
WAN, G.E. & LESSOV-SCHLAGGAR, C.N. (2007). The effects
of tobacco smoke and nicotine on cognition and the brain.
Neuropsychology Review, 17, 259-273. |
|
GILBERT, D.G. & GILBERT, B.O. (1995). Personality,
psychopathology, and nicotine response as mediators of the
genetics of smoking. Behavior Genetics, 25 (2),
133-147. |
KANDEL, D.B., HU, M-C, GRIESLER, P.C. & SCHAFFRAN, C.
(2007). On the development of nicotine dependence in
adolescence. Drug & Alcohol Dependence, 91
(1), 26-39. [PDF] |
|
JARVIK, M.E. (1995). The scientific case that nicotine is
addictive. Psychopharmacology, 117 (1), 18-20. |
AUDRAIN-MCGOVERN, J.N., AL KOUDSI, N., RODRIGUEZ, D.,
WILEYTO, E.P., SHIELDS, P.G. & TYNDALE, R.F. (2007).
The role of CYP2A6 in the emergence of nicotine dependence
in adolescents. Pediatrics, 119 (1), 264-274. |
|
FUNG, Y.K., SCHMID, M.J., ANDERSON, T.M. & LAU, Y.-S.
(1996). Effects of nicotine withdrawal on central
dopaminergic systems. Pharmacology Biochemistry &
Behavior, 53, 635-640. |
PATERSON, N.E., BALFOUR D.J. & MARKOU, A. (2007).
Chronic bupropion attenuated the anhedonic component of
nicotine withdrawal in rats via inhibition of dopamine
reuptake in the nucleus accumbens shell. European
Journal of Neuroscience, 25, 3099-3108. |
|
BOBO, J.K., SLADE, J. & HOFFMAN, A.L. (1995). Nicotine
addiction counseling for chemically dependent patients.
Psychiatric Services 46 (9), 945-947. |
|
|
|
POMERLEAU, O.F. (1995). Individual differences in
sensitivity to nicotine : Implications for genetic
research on nicotine dependence. Behavior Genetics,
25, 161-177. |
SLOTKIN, T.A. (2008). If nicotine is a developmental
neurotoxicant in animal studies, dare we recommend
nicotine replacement therapy in pregnant women and
adolescents ? Neurotoxicology & Teratology, 30,
1-19. |
|
PONTIERI F.E., TANDA G., ORZI F. & DI CHIARA, G.
(1996). Effects of nicotine on the nucleus accumbens and
similarity to those of addictive drugs. nicotine on the
nucleus accumbens and similarity to those of addictive
drugs. Nature, 382, 255-257. |
PIPER, M.E., McCARTHY, D.E., BOLT, D.M., SMITH, S.S.,
LERMAN, C., BENOWITZ, N., FIORE, M.C. & BAKER, T.B.
(2008). Assessing dimensions of nicotine dependence: an
evaluation of the Nicotine Dependence Syndrome Scale
(NDSS) and the Wisconsin Inventory of Smoking Dependence
Motives (WISDM). Nicotine & Tobacco Research, 10
(6), 1009-1020. [PDF]. |
|
BENOWITZ, N.L. (1997). Treating tobacco addiction :
Nicotine or no nicotine ? The New England Journal of
Medicine, 337, 1230-1231. |
PATERSON, N.E., BALFOUR, D.J. & MARKOU, A. (2008).
Chronic bupropion differentially alters the reinforcing,
reward-enhancing and conditioned motivational properties
of nicotine in rats. Nicotine & Tobacco Research,
10, 995-1008. |
|
EPPING-JORDAN, M.P., WATKINS, S.S., KOOP, G.F. &
MARKOU, A. (1998). Dramatic decreases in brain reward
function during nicotine withdrawal. Nature, 393, 76-79. |
CASSIDY, R.N. & DALLERY, J. (2012). Effects of economy
type and nicotine on the essential value of food in rats.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 97
(2), 183-202. [PDF] |
|
PERKINS, K.A., DONNY, E. & CAGGIULA, A.R. (1999). Sex
differences in nicotine effects and self-administration :
Review of human and animal evidence. Nicotine &
Tobacco Research, 1, 301-315. |
BRANDON, T.H., GONIEWICZ, M.L., HANNA, N.H. HATSUKAMI,
D.K., HERBST, R.S. HOBIN, J.A., OSTROFF, J.S., SHIELDS,
P.G., TOLL, B.A., TYNE, C.A., VISWANATH, K. & WARREN,
G.W. (2015). Electronic nicotine delivery systems : a
policy statement from the American Association for Cancer
Research and the American Society of Clinical Oncology. Journal
of Clinical Oncology, 33, 952-963. |
|
PERKINS, K.A. (1999). Nicotine self-administration.
Nicotine & Tobacco Research, 1 (S), 133-137. |
RICHMOND-RAKERD, L.S., SLUTSKE, W.S., LYNSKEY, M.T.,
AGRAWAL, A., MADDEN, P.A.F., BUCHOLZ, K.K., HEATH, A.C.,
STATHAM, D.J. & MARTIN, N.G. (2016). Age at first use
and later substance use disorder : Shared genetic and
environmental pathways for nicotine, alcohol, and
cannabis. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 125,
946-959. |
|
SHAHAN, T.A., BICKEL, W.K., MADDEN, G.J. & BADGER,
G.J. (1999). A comparison of the reinforcing efficacy of
nicotine containing and de-nicotinized cigarettes. Psychopharmacology,
147, 210-216. |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Stimulant,
Dépendance,
Gomme, Vapotage et Fumer
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nicotinique
(Substitut)
: Drogue de
substitution à la nicotine, utilisée
comme médicament dans le traitement du tabagisme.
Patch.
| |
|
|
TONNESEN, P., NORREGAARD, J., SIMONSEN, K. & SAWE, U.
(1991). A double-blind trial of a 16-hour transdermal
nicotine patch in smoking cessation. The New England
Journal of Medicine, 325, 311-15. |
PIERCE, J., GILPIN, E. & FARKAS, A.J. (1995). Nicotine
patch use in the general population : results from the
1993 California tobacco survey. Journal of the
National Cancer Institute, 87, 87-93. |
|
WESTMAN, E.E., LEVIN, E.D. & ROSE, J.E. (1992).
Smoking while wearing the nicotine patch : Is smoking
satisfying or harmful ? Clinical Research, 40, 871. |
BENOWITZ, N.L. (1997). Treating tobacco addiction-nicotine
or no nicotine ? The New England Journal of Medicine,
337, 1230-1231. |
|
FIORE, M.C., JORENBY, D.E., BAKER, T.B. & KENFORD,
S.L. (1992). Tobacco dependence and the nicotine patch. Journal
of the American Medical Association, 268,
2687-2694. |
LEWIS, S.F., PIASECKI, T.M., FIORE, M.C., ANDERSON, J.E.
& BAKER, T.B. (1998). Transdermal nicotine replacement
for hospitalized patients : a randomized clinical trial. Preventive
Medicine, 27, 296-303. |
|
PALMER, K.J., BUCKLEY, M.M. & FAULDS, D. (1992).
Transdermal nicotine : a review of its pharmacodynamic and
pharmacokinetic properties, and therapeutic efficacy as an
aid to smoking cessation. Drugs, 44, 498-529. |
HU, T., SUNG, H., KEELER, T.K. & MARCINAK, M. (2000).
Cigarette consumption and sales of nicotine replacement
products. Tobacco Control, 9 (S2), 60-63. [PDF]
|
|
BICKEL, W.K. & KISCHENBAUM, A.P. (2004). Substitutes
for tobacco smoking : A behavioral economic analysis of
nicotine gum, denicotinized cigarettes, and
nicotine-containing cigarettes. Drug & Alcohol
Dependence, 74, 253-264. |
|
CHU, A. ZHENG, Y., LAVOIE, V., WORNER, T.W., LI, D. &
McARTHY, E. (1994). The effects of nicotine patch use on
smoking cessation. Employee Benefits Journal, 14, 27-34. |
WARNER, C. & SHOAIB, M. (2005). How does bupropion
work as a smoking cessation aid ? Addiction Biology,
10, 219-231. |
|
KENFORD, S.L., FIORE, M.C., JORENBY, D.E., SMITH, S.S.,
WETTER, D. & BAKER, T.B. (1994). Predicting smoking
cessation : who will quit with and without the nicotine
patch. Journal of the American Medical Association,
271, 589-594. |
MADDEN G.J. & KALMAN, D. (2010). Effects of bupropion
on simulated demand for cigarettes and the subjective
effects of smoking. Nicotine & Tobacco Research,
12, 416-422. [PDF] |
|
KORNITZER, M., BOUTSEN, M., DRAMAIX, M., THIJS, J. &
GUSTAVSSON, G. (1995). Combined use of nicotine patch and
gum in smoking cessation : a placebo-controlled clinical
trial. Preventive Medicine, 24, 41-47. |
ONCKEN, C. (2012). Nicotine replacement for smoking
cessation during pregnancy. The New England Journal
of Medicine, 366 (9), 846-847. [PDF]
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Nicotine |
|
|
Nictation
: Réflexe qui
consiste à ouvrir et à fermer les paupières (ou la
membrane nictinante) dans un laps de temps très court (entre
100 et 150 millisecondes). Ce réflexe a fait l'objet de nombreuses
recherches en conditionnement
répondant, notamment chez le lapin.
Nictation, yeux
et réflexe
pupillaire. = clignement de
l'oeil. Blinking, eye blink, Eyeblink
classical conditioning, eyelid response, eyelink response,
nictitating membrane response, nictitating membrane responses.
| |
|
|
SPENCE, K.W. & TAYLOR, J. (1951). Anxiety and strength
of the UCS as determiners of the amount of eyelid
conditioning. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 42,
183-188. |
WAGNER, A.R. & DONEGAN, N. (1989). Some relationships
between a computational model (SOP) and an essential
neural circuit for Pavlovian (rabbit eyeblink)
conditioning. In R.D. Hawkins and G.H. Bower (Eds.), Computational
models of learning in simple neural systems : The
psychology of learning & motivation (Vol. 23,
pp. 157-203). New York : Academic Press. |
|
SPENCE, K.W. (1953). Learning and performance in eyelid
conditioning as a function of the intensity of the
unconditioned stimulus. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 45, 57-63. |
STEINMETZ, J.E. (1990). Classical nictitating membrane
conditioning in rabbits with varying interstimulus
intervals and direct activation of cerebellar mossy fibers
as the CS. Behavioural Brain Research, 38, 97-108. |
|
SPENCE, K.W. & ROSS, L.E. (1959). A methodological
study of the form and latency of eyelid responses in
conditioning. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 58,
376-381. |
BUCHANAN, S.L. (1991). Differential and reversal Pavlovian
conditioning in rabbits with mediodorsal thalamic lesions
: assessment of heart rate and eyeblink responses. Experimental
Brain Research, 86, 174-181. |
|
SPENCE, K.W. & TRAPOLD, M.A. (1961). Performance in
eyelid conditioning as a function of reinforcement
schedules and changes in them. Proceedings of the
National Academy of Sciences, 47, 1860-1868. |
MAUK, M.D. & RUIZ, B.P. (1992). Learning-dependent
timing of pavlovian eyelid responses : Differential
conditioning using multiple interstimulus intervals. Behavioral
Neuroscience, 106 (4), 666-681. [PDF] |
|
GORMEZANO, I.N., SCHNEIDERMAN, N., DEAUX, E. &
FUENTES, I. (1962). Nictitating membrane : Classical
conditioning and extinction in the albino rabbit.
Science, 138, 33-34. |
|
|
SPENCE, K.W. (1963). Cognitive factors in the extinction
of the conditioned eyelid response in humans. Science,
140, 1224-1225. |
|
|
GOODRICH, K.P., MARKOVITZ, J. & NORMAN, D.A. (1964).
An AC amplification system for recording eyeblinks and
other movements. American Journal of Psychology, 77,
127-128. |
|
|
SCHNEIDERMAN, N. & GORMEZANO, I.N. (1964).
Conditioning of the nictitating membrane of the rabbit as
a function of CS-US interval. Journal of Comparative
& Physiological Psychology, 57, 188-195. |
WOODRUFF-PAK, D.S., ROMANO, S. & PAPKA, M. (1996).
Training to criterion in eyeblink classical conditioning
in Alzheimer's disease, Down's syndrome with Alzheimer's
disease, and healthy elderly. Behavioral
Neuroscience, 110, 22-29. |
|
SPENCE, K.W. (1966). Extinction of the human eyelid CR as
a function of presence or absence of the UCS during
extinction. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 57,
642-48. |
POWELL, D.A., MAXWELL, B. & PENNEY, J. (1996).
Neuronal activity in the medial prefrontal cortex during
Pavlovian eyeblink and nictitating membrane conditioning.
Journal of Neuroscience, 19, 6296-6306. [PDF] |
|
SCHNEIDERMAN, N. (1966). Interstimulus interval function
of the nictitating membrane response of the rabbit under
delay versus trace conditioning. Journal of
Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 62 (3),
397-402. |
|
|
|
SPENCE, K.W. (1966). Cognitive and drive factors in the
extinction of the conditioned eye blink in human subjects.
Psychological Review, 73 (5), 445-458. |
WOODRUFF-PAK, D.S. (1999). New directions for a classical
paradigm : Eyeblink conditioning. Psychological
Science, 10, 1-3. |
|
SMITH, M.C. (1968). CS-US interval and US intensity in
classical conditioning of the rabbit's nictitating
membrane response. Journal of Comparative &
Physiological Psychology, 66, 679-687. |
STEINMETZ, J.E. & WOODRUFF-PAK, D.S. (2000). Animal
models in eyeblink classical conditioning : From mice to
non-human primates. In D.S. Woodruff-Pak & J.E.
Steinmetz (Eds.), Eyeblink classical conditioning :
Animal models (Vol. 2, pp. 1-15). Boston : Kluwer. |
|
FREY, P.W. & ROSS, L.E. (1968). classical conditioning
of the rabbit eyelid response as a function of
interstimulus interval. Journal of Comparative &
Physiological Psychology, 65 (2), 246-250. |
WOODRUFF-PAK, D.S. & STEINMETZ, J.E. (2000). Past,
present, and future of human eyeblink classical
conditioning. In D.S. Woodruff-Pak & J.E. Steinmetz
(Eds.), Eyeblink classical conditioning :
Applications in Humans (Vol. 1, pp. 1-17). Boston :
Kluwer. |
|
SMITH, M.C. (1968). CS-US interval and US intensity in
classical conditioning of the rabbit's nictitating
membrane response. Journal of Comparative &
Physiological Psychology, 66, 679-687. |
WOODRUFF-PAK, D.S. (2001). Eyeblink classical conditioning
differentiates normal aging from Alzheimer's disease. Integrative
Physiological & Behavioral Science, 36, 87-108. |
|
ASHTON, B., BITGOOD, S.C. & MOORE, J.W. (1969)
Auditory differential conditioning of the rabbit
nictitating membrane response : III. Effects of US shock
intensity and duration. Psychonomic Science, 15
(3), 127-128. [PDF] |
|
|
SMITH, M.C. COLEMAN, S.R. & GORMEZANO, I. (1969).
Classical conditioning of the rabbit's nictitating
membrane response at backward, simultaneous, and forward
CS-US intervals. Journal of Comparative &
Physiological Psychology, 69, 226-231. |
WOODRUFF-PAK, D.S. (2001). Eyeblink classical conditioning
differentiates normal aging from Alzheimer's disease.
Integrative Physiological & Behavioral Science, 36,
87-108. |
|
CEGAVSKE, C.F., THOMPSON, R.F., PATTERSON, M.M. &
GORMEZANO, I. (1976). Mechanisms of efferent neuronal
control of the reflex nictitating membrane response in the
rabbit (Oryctolagus cuniculus). Journal of
Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 90,
411-423. |
LEE, T. & KIM, J.J. (2004). Differential effects of
cerebellar, amygdalar, and hippocampal lesions on
classical eyeblink conditioning in rats. The Journal
of Neuroscience, 24 (13), 3242-3250. [PDF] |
|
MILLENSON J.R., KEHOE, E.J. & GORMEZANO, I. (1977).
Classical conditioning of the rabbit's nictitating
membrane response under fixed and mixed CS-US intervals. Learning
& Motivation, 8, 351-366. [PDF] |
POWELL, D.A., CHURCHWELL, J. & BURRISS, L. (2005).
Medial prefrontal lesions and pavlovian eyeblink and heart
rate conditioning : Effects of partial reinforcement on
delay and trace conditioning in rabbits (Oryctolagus
cuniculus). Behavioral Neuroscience in the Public
Domain, 19 (1), 180-189. [PDF] |
|
BERGER, T.W. & THOMPSON, R.F. (1978). Neuronal
plasticity in the limbic system during classical
conditioning of the rabbit nictitating membrane response.
I. The hippocampus. Brain Research, 145 (2),
323-346. |
KEHOE, E.J. (2006). Repeated acquisitions and extinctions
in classical conditioning of the rabbit nictitating
membrane responses. Learning & Memory, 13, 366-375.
[PDF] |
|
BERGER, T.W. & THOMPSON, R.F. (1978). Neuronal
plasticity in the limbic system during classical
conditioning of the rabbit nictitating membrane response.
II : Septum and mammilary bodies. Brain Research, 156
(2), 293-314. |
KEHOE, E.J., LUDVIG, E.A. & SUTTON, R.S. (2113).
Timing and cue competition in conditioning of the
nictitating membrane response of the rabbit (Oryctolagus
cuniculus. Learning & Memory, 20, 97-102. [PDF] |
|
BERRY, D.S. & THOMPSON, R.F. (1979). Medial septal
lesions retard classical conditioning of the nictitating
membrane response in rabbits. Science, 205, 209-211. |
|
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Lapin, Conditionnement
répondant, Réflexe
pupillaire et Mouvement
des yeux |
| |
|
|
Niedenthal
Paula M. ( ) : Psychosociologue
française et spécialiste de l'étude des émotions,
notamment de leur catégorisation
sociale et de leur expression
faciale. Collaboratrice de Barsalou
et Winkielman.
|
NIEDENTHAL, P.M. & HALBERSTADT, J. (1999). Emotional
response categorization. Psychological Review, 106
(2), 337-361. |
|
NIEDENTHAL, P.M., BRAUER, M., ROBIN, L. & INNES-KER,
A.H. (2002). Adult attachment and the perception of facial
expression of emotion. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 82 (3), 419-433. [PDF] |
|
NIEDENTHAL, P.M., AUXIETTE, K., NUGIER, A., DALLE, N.,
BONIN, P. & FAYOL, M. (2004). A prototype analysis of
the French category émotion. Cognition & Emotion,
18 (3), 289-312. [PDF] |
|
NIEDENTHAL, P.M., BARSALOU, L.W., WINKIELMAN, P.,
KRAUTH-GRUBER, S. & RIC, F. (2005). Embodiment in
attitudes, social perception, and emotion. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 9 (3), 184-211. |
|
NIEDENTHAL, P.M., MERMILLOD, M., MARINGER, M. & HESS,
U. (2010). The simulation of smiles (SIMS) model :
Embodied simulation and the meaning of facial expression.
Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 33, 417-433. |
|
|
|
|
|
Nielsen
François (1949-2018) : Sociologue
belge et spécialiste de l'étude des inégalités,
notamment des revenus.
Collaborateur de Alderson.
|
NIELSEN, F. (1985). Toward a theory of ethnic solidarity
in modern societies. American Sociological Review,
50, 133-149. |
|
NIELSEN, F. (1994). Income inequality and industrial
development : Dualism revisited. American
Sociological Review, 59, 654-677. |
|
NIELSEN, F. & ALDERSON, A.S. (1995). Income
inequality, development, and dualism : Results from an
unbalanced cross-national panel. American
Sociological Review, 60, 674-701. |
|
NIELSEN, F. & ALDERSON, A.S. (1997). The Kuznets curve
and the great U-turn: Patterns of income inequality in
United States counties, 1970-90. American Sociological
Review, 62, 12-33. |
|
NIELSEN, F. (2007). Economic inequality, Pareto, and
sociology : The route not taken. American Behavioral
Scientist, 50 (S5), 619-638. |
|
|
|
Nielsen
Jacob ( ) : Spécialiste de l'ergonomie
des documents électroniques. On lui doit le concept d'utilisibilité
(usability).
|
NIELSEN, J. & MACK, R.L. (Eds.) (1994). Usability
inspection methods. New York : John Wiley & Sons. |
|
NIELSEN, J. (1999). Designing web usability : The
practice of simplicity. Indianapolis : New Riders
Publishing. |
|
NIELSEN, J. & TAHIR, M. (2001). Homepage
usability : 50 websites deconstructed.
Indianapolis : New Riders Publishing. |
|
NIELSEN, J. (2005). Usability for the masses. Journal
of Usability Studies, 1 (1), 2-3. |
|
NIELSEN, J. & LORANGER, H. (2006). Prioritizing
web usability. Indianapolis : New Riders
Publishing. |
|
|
|
Niemi
Hannele ( ) : Spécialiste
finlandaise de l'éducation.
Elle s'intéresse notamment à
l'apprentissage actif.
|
NIEMI, H. & KOHONEN, V. (1995). Evaluation of quality
in Finnish teacher education. European Journal of
Teacher Education, 18 (1), 83-95. |
|
NIEMI, H. (2002). Active learning - a cultural change
needed in teacher education and schools. Teaching
& Teacher Education, 18, 763-780. |
|
NIEMI, H. (2009). Why from teaching to learning.
European Educational Research Journal, 8 (1),
1-17. |
|
NIEMI, H. (2012). Relationships of teachers' professional
competences, active learning and research studies in
teacher education in Finland. Reflecting Education, 8
(2), 23-44. [PDF] |
|
NIEMI, H. & NEVGI, A. (2014). Research studies and
active learning promoting professional competences in
Finnish teacher education. Teaching & Teacher
Education, 43, 131-142. |
|
|
|
Nietzsche Friedrich Wilhelm (1844-1900) : Philosophe
allemand.
 |
NIETZSCHE, F.W. (1878/2002). Human, all too human.
Cambridge, England : Cambridge University Press. |
|
NIETZSCHE, F.W. (1886/1966). Beyond good and evil.
New York : Vintage Books. |
|
NIETZSCHE, F.W. (1889/1980). Twilight of the idols.
Berlin, Germany : Walter de Gruyter. |
|
NIETZSCHE, F.W. (1892/1954). Thus spoke
Zarathustra. New York : Viking Press. |
|
|
|
FOUCAULT, M. (1971/2001). Nietzsche, la généalogie,
l'histoire, en dits et écrits (vol. 2, 1970-1975). Paris
: Gallimard. |
|
|
|
Nigeria
: Pays. Nigeria.
| |
|
ONUOHA, J.C., IFELUNNI, I.A. (2008). Gender gap
in Secondary education in south eastern Nigeria :
Implication. Journal of Educational Researcher, 8,
115-121.
|
|
OJUKUKUK, R.M., ODETAYO, T.A. & SAJAYIGBE, A.S.
(2012). Impact of leadership style on organizational
performance : A case study of Nigerian banks. American
Journal of Business & Management, 1 (4),
202-207. [PDF] |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nihilisme : Du latin nihil, qui signifie "rien" . Doctrine
philosophique qui nie l'existence de tout abosulu, de toute vérité.
En conséquence, pour le nihilste tout est égal. EX :
Certains nihiliste s'oppose à la science, à sa prétention de
définir le vrai et le faux. Woody Allen dit : "Le doute me ronge.
Et si tout n'était qu'illusion ? Si rien n'existait ? Dans ce cas,
j'aurais payé mon tapis beaucoup trop cher".
| |
|
|
COMTE-SPONSVILLE, A. (1996). Le nihilisme et son
contraire. Impromptus, 127-135. |
|
GOMEZ-MULLER, A. (2017). Nihilisme et capitalisme.
Paris : Éditions Kimé. |
| |
|
|
|
Ninness
Chris Herbert Arthur ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste américain
et spécialiste de l'éducation,
notamment de l'enseignement
des mathématiques. Collaborateur de
Barnes-Holmes, Dixon,
Fisher, Glenn,
Piazza et
Rumph.
|
NINNESS, C., FUERST J., RUTHERFORD, R. & GLENN, S.
(1991). The effects of self-management training and
reinforcement on the transfer of improved conduct in the
absence of supervision. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 24 (3), 499-508. [PDF] |
|
NINNESS, C., RUMPH, R., McCULLER, G., HARRISON, C., FORD,
A.M. & NINNESS, S.K. (2005). A functional analytic
approach to computer-interactive mathematics. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 38 (1), 1-22. [PDF] |
|
NINNESS, C., RUMPH, R., MCCULLER, G., VASQUEZ, E.,
HARRISON, C., FORD, A.M., CAPT, A., NINNESS, S.K. &
BRADFIELD, A. (2005). A relational frame and artificial
neural network approach to computer-interactive
mathematics. The Psychological Record, 51, 561-570. |
|
NINNESS, C., BARNES-HOLMES, D., RUMPH, R., MCCULLER, G.,
FORD, A.M., PAYNE, R., NINNESS, S.K., SMITH, R.J., WARD,
T.A. & ELLIOTT, M.P. (2006). Transformations of
mathematical and stimulus functions. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 39 (3), 299-321. [PDF] |
|
NINNESS, C., DIXON, M., BARNES-HOLMES, D., REHFELDT, R.A.,
RUMPH, R., McCULLER, G., HOLLAND, J., SMITH, R.J.,
NINNESS, S.K. & McGINTY, J. (2009). Constructing and
deriving reciprocal trigonometric relations : a functional
analytic approach. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 42 (2), 191-208.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Nisbett Richard E. (Littlefield 1941-) : Psychosociologue
américain. Il a développé une théorie de l'attribution.
Il est aussi l'un des chef de file de la psychologie
culturelle. Étudiant de Schachter.
Collaborateur de Aronson,
Cheng, Flynn,
Halpern,
Holland, Holyoak,
Jones, Kelley, Kitayama,
Krantz, Lepper,
Markus, Norenzayan,
Ross, Thagard, Turkheimer, Valins, Weiner et Wilson.
 |
NISBETT, R.E. & SCHACHTER, S. (1966). Cognitive
manipulation of pain. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 2, 227-236. |
|
JONES, E.E. & NISBETT, R.E. (1971). The actor and the
observer : Divergent perceptions of the causes of
behavior. In E.E. Jones, D.E. Kanouse, H.H. Kelly,
Nisbett, R.E., Valins, S. & Weiner, B. (Eds.),
Attribution : Perceiving the causes of behavior
(pp. 37-52). Morristown, NJ : General Learning Press. [PDF] |
|
NISBETT, R.E. & WILSON, T.D. (1977). The halo effect :
Evidence for unconscious alteration of judgments.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 35 (4),
250-256. |
|
NISBETT, R.E. & WILSON, T.D. (1977). Telling more than
we can know : Verbal reports on mental processes. Psychological
Review, 84 (3), 231-259. [PDF] |
|
NISBETT, R.E., ARONSON, J., BLAIR, C., DICKENS, W., FLYNN,
J. HALPERN, D.F. & TURKHEIMER, E. (2012). Intelligence
: New findings and theoretical development. American
Psychologist, 67 (2), 130-159. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Nishida Toshisada (Ichikawa 1941-2011) : Zoologiste,
anthropologue et primatologue
japonais, spécialiste de l'étude des chimpanzés.
Collaborateur de Boesch,
De Waal,
Goodall, Huffman, McGrew,
Wrangham et Whiten.
|
NISHIDA, T. (1968). The social group of wild chimpanzees
in the Mahali Mountains. Primates, 9, 167-224. |
|
NISHIDA, T. & NAKAMURA, N. (1993). Chimpanzee tool use
to clear a blocked nasal passage. Folia Primatology,
61, 218-220. |
|
NISHIDA, T., McGREW, W.C., MARKER, P., PICKFORD, M. &
DE WAAL, F.B.M. (Eds.) (1992). Topics in primatology
: Human origins. Tokyo : University of Tokyo Press. |
|
WHITEN, A., GOODALL, J., McGREW, W.C., NISHIDA, T.,
REYNOLDS, V., SUGIYAMA, Y., TUTIN, C.E.G., WRANGHAM, R.W.
& BOESCH, C. (1999). Cultures in chimpanzees. Nature,
399, 682-685. [PDF] |
|
NISHIDA, T. (2002). Competition between baboons and
chimpanzees. Pan Africa News, 9 (2), 23-26. [LIRE] |
|
|
|
Nissen Henry Wieghorst (Chicago 1901-1958) : Psychologue
et primatologue
américain, spécialisé de la psychologie
comparée et l'étude du comportement des chimpanzés.
 |
NISSEN, H.W. (1931). A field study of the chimpanzee. Comparative
Psychology Monographs, 8, 1-22. |
|
NISSEN, H.W. & ELDERA, J.H. (1935). The influence of
amount of incentive on delayed response performances of
chimpanzees. The Pedagogical Seminary & Journal
of Genetic Psychology, 47 (1), 49-72. |
|
NISSEN, H.W. RIESEN, A.H. & NOWLIS, V. (1938). Delayed
response and discrimination learning by chimpanzees. Journal
of Comparative Psychology, 26, 361-386. |
|
NISSEN, H.W. (1951). Individuality in the behavior of
chimpanzees. American Anthropologist, 58,
407-413. |
|
NISSEN, H.W. & McDOWELL, A.A. (1951). Solution of
bi-manual coordination problems by monkeys and
chimpanzees. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 94, 35-42. |
|
|
CARMICHAEL, L. (1965). Henry Wieghorst Nissen
1901-1958 : A Biographical Memoir by. Washington
D.C. : National academy of sciences. [PDF] |
|
DEWSBURY, D.A. (1998). Henry W. Nissen : Quiet comparative
psychologist. In G.A. Kimble, C.A. Boneau & M.
Wertheimer (Eds.), Portraits of pioneers in
psychology (Vol. 3, pp. 228-242). Washington, DC :
APA. |
|
|
|
Niveau
: Variation x d'un phénomène,
souvent utilisé comme point de comparaison ou de référence.
= degré.
Baseline.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Niveau de base : En recherche,
le niveau de base désigne la fréquence
naturelle d'un comportement
(ou d'une réaction physiologique) avant l'intervention du
chercheur (qui manipule une variable x) ou d'un clinicien (qui
applique un traitement ou une thérapie). Cette mesure,
par contraste avec une seconde mesure, sert de point de
comparaison pour vérifier l'existence d'un changement,
et partant, l'efficacité du traitement
scientifique ou thérapeutique.
Les béhavioristes
utilisent également le terme niveau
opérant pour désigner ce niveau de base. Niveau de
base et plan
ABA.
= niveau
opérant, ligne de base, situation de départ, état initial.
Baseline, base level.
| |
| Avant
le traitement |
Traitement |
Après
le traitement |
| Niveau
de base (première mesure) |
 |
Seconde
mesure |
| |
|
|
GELLER, I. (1960). The acquisition and extinction of
conditioned suppression as a function of the base-line
reinforcer. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 3 (3), 235-240. [PDF] |
HERSEN, M. & BELLACK, A.S. (1976). Multiple-baseline
analysis of social-skills training in chronic
schizophrenics. Applied Behavioral Analysis, 9 (3),
239-245.
[PDF] |
|
CATANIA, A.C. (1963). Concurrent performances : a baseline
for the study of reinforcement magnitude. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 6 (2),
299-300. [PDF] |
WEATHERLY, J.N., MELVILLE, C.L. & SWINDELL, S. (1998).
Behavioral contrast using different reinforcers : effect
of baseline rate of reinforcement. Behavioural
Processes, 44, 11-17. |
|
BAER, D.M., WOLFF, M.M. & RISLEY, T.R. (1968). Some
current dimensions of applied behavior analysis.
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 1 (1),
91-97. [PDF] |
HARPER, D.N. (1999). Drug-induced changes in responding
are dependent on baseline stimulus-reinforcer
contingencies. Psychobiology, 27, 95-104. |
|
HALL, R.V., CRISTLER, C. & CRANSTON, S.S.S. (1970).
Teachers and parents as researchers using multiple
baseline designs. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 3 (4), 247-255.
[PDF] |
MANDLER, J.M. & McDONOUGH, L. (2000). Advancing
downward to the basic level. Journal of Cognition
& Development, 1, 379-403. [PDF] |
|
SPINDLER-BARTON, E., GUESS, D., GARCIA, E. & BAER,
D.M. (1970). Improvement of retardates' mealtime behaviors
by timeout procedures using multiple baseline techniques.
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 3 (2),
77-84. [PDF] |
RINGDAHL, J.E., VOLLMER, T.R., BORRERO, J.C. &
CONNELL, J.E. (2001). Fixed-time schedule effects as a
function of baseline reinforcement rate. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 34 (1), 1-15. [PDF] |
|
SCHAEFER, H.H., SOBELL, M.B. & MILLS, K.C. (1971).
Baseline drinking behaviors in alcoholics and social
drinkers; kinds of drinks and sip magnitudes. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 9, 23-27. |
DOZIER, C., VOLLMER, T.R., BORERO, J.C., RAPP, J.T.,
BOURRET J. & GUTIERREZ, A. (2007). Assessment of
preference for treatment versus baseline conditions. Behavioral
Interventions, 22, 245-261. |
| |
GERBER, A.S., GREEN, D.P., KAPLAN, E.H. & KERN, H.L.
(2010). Baseline, placebo, and treatment : Efficient
estimation for three-group experiments. Political
Analysis, 18, 297-315. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Niveau de base
multiple |
|
|
Niveau de base multiple :
Multiple baseline analysis.
| |
|
|
BAER, D.M., WOLFF, M.M. & RISLEY, T.R. (1968). Some
current dimensions of applied behavior analysis.
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 1 (1),
91-97. [PDF] |
HARVEY, M., MAY, M. & KENNEDY, C. (2004).
Nonconcurrent multiple baseline designs and the evaluation
of educational systems. Journal of Behavioral
Education, 13 (4), 267-276. [PDF] |
|
HORNER, R.D. & BAER, D.M. (1978). Multiple-probe
technique : a variation on the multiple baseline. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 11 (1), 189-196. [PDF] |
CARR, J.E. (2005). Recommendations for reporting
multiple-baseline designs across participants. Behavioral
Interventions, 20 (3), 219-224. [PDF] |
|
NELSON, G.L. & CONE, J.D. (1979). Multiple-baseline
analysis of a token economy for psychiatric inpatients. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 12 (2), 255-271. [PDF] |
|
|
WATSON, P.J. & WORKMAN, E.A. (1981).The non concurrent
multiple base line across-individuals design : An
extension of the traditional multiple baseline design.
Journal of Behavior Therapy & Experimental
Psychiatry, 12 (3), 257-259. |
|
|
HARRIS, F. & JENSON, W. (1985). Comparisons of
multiple-baseline across persons designs and AB designs
with replication : Issues and confusions. Behavioral
Assessment, 7 (2), 121-127. |
|
|
HAYES, S.C. (1985). Natural multiple baselines across
persons : A reply to Harris and Jenson. Behavioral
Assessment, 7, 129-132. |
CHRIST, T. (2007). Experimental control and threats to
internal validity of concurrent and nonconcurrent multiple
baseline designs. Psychology in the Schools, 44 (5),
451-459. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Niveau de base |
|
|
|
|
Niveau
de description molaire (du comportement) :
Niveau de description du comportement
qui se situe sur le plan musculaire. Niveau de description molaire
et moléculaire.
Molar function.
| |
|
|
SHIMP, C.P., FREMOUW, T., INGEBRITSEN, L.M. & LONG,
K.A. (1994). Molar function depends on molecular structure
of behavior. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Animal Behavior Processes, 20, 96-107. |
|
|
|
Niveau
de description moléculaire (du comportement) :
Plus petit niveau de description
du comportement, qui
se situe sur le plan chimique. Niveau de description moléculaire et
molaire. Molecular
function.
|
|
|
|
|
Niveau
de vie : Ce qu'un individu consomme
avec son argent (salaire +
héritage + crédit - épargne).
|
|
|
Niveau
ontologique : Expression qui permet de qualifier les
propriétés et le niveau d'organisation d'un objet d'étude. Niveau
ontologique et ontologie.
EX: Le comportement (niveau biologique) serait
influencé par le traitement de l'information (niveau cognitif ou
mental). ( ): émergentisme,
mentalisme,
matérialisme.
|
Niveau opérant : En analyse
fonctionnelle, le niveau opérant désigne la fréquence
naturelle d'un comportement-cible
avant l'intervention du chercheur (qui applique ensuite un
traitement qui consiste à renforcer ou à punir le
comportement-cible) ou d'un clinicien (qui applique une thérapie).
Cette mesure, par contraste
avec une seconde mesure, sert de point de comparaison pour
vérifier l'existence d'un changement,
et partant, l'efficacité des traitements
scientifique ou thérapeutique.
= niveau
de base. Operant level.
| |
|
|
| Avant
le traitement |
Renforcement/Punition |
Après
le traitement |
| Niveau
de base du comportement-cible/Première mesure |
|
Seconde
mesure |
| |
|
|
PREMACK, D. & BAHWELL, R. (1959). Operant-level lever
pressing by a monkey as a function of interest interval. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 2,
127-131. [PDF] |
|
PREMACK, D. & SCHAEFFER, R.W. (1962). Distributional
properties of operant-level locomotion in the rat.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 5
(1), 89-95. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Analyse
fonctionnelle et Conditionnement
opérant |
|
|
|
|
|
| NI
- NOELTING
- NOLEN-HOEKSEMA - NOMBRE
- NOMMER - NON -
NORMALITÉ - NORMAN - NORME
- NORME APA - NORTON
- NOS |
Nobel (Prix) : Prix remis depuis 1901 à
des personnes ayant contribué au développement de la science, de
la littérature ou de la paix. /Ignobel.
( ): Adrian,
Arrow, Axelrod,
Becker,
Bergson, Bridgman, Buchanan,
Crick, Eccles,
Edelman, Friedman,
Frisch, Golgi,
Hayek, Hicks, Hodgkin,
Hubel, Huxley,
Jacob, Kahneman,
Kandel, Krugman,
Leontief, Lewis,
Lorenz, Lwoff, Monod,
Morgan, Muller,
Nash, Pauling,
Prigogine,
Pavlov, Ramon y Cajal,
Roth,
Samuelson, Scheilling,
Sherrington,
Simon, Sperry, Stiglitz,
Thaler,
Tinbergen,
Tobin. Wagner-Jauregg,
Watson, Wiesel.
Nobel Prize.
| |
|
ZUCKERMAN, H. (1977). Scientific elite: Nobel
laureates in the United States. New York: The Free
Press.
|
|
CLARK, R.D. & RICE, G.A. (1982). Family constellations
and eminence : The birth orders of Nobel Prize winners. Journal
of Psychology, 110, 281-287. |
|
CRAWFORD, E.T. (1984). The beginning of the Nobel
Institution : The Science Prizes. Cambridge :
Cambridge University Press. |
|
BYRNE, J.H. (2001). How neuroscientists captured the 2000
Nobel Prize. Cerebrum, 3, 66-79. |
|
PICKREN, W.E. (2003). An elusive honor : Psychology,
behavior, and the Nobel Prize. American Psychologist,
58, 721-722. |
|
|
|
Nobel d'économie : Il n'existe pas de Nobel en économie. Ce prix, faussement associé aux Prix Nobel, est en fait remis par la Banque de Suède, sous l'égide de la Fondation Nobel, et se
nomme : prix de la Banque de Suède en Sciences Économiques en
Mémoire d'Alfred Nobel.
( ): Allais,
Arrow,
Banerjee, Becker, Buchanan,
Duflo,
Friedman, Hayek, Hicks,
Kahneman, Krugman,
Leontief, Nash,
Roth, Samuelson,
Schelling, Simon, Stiglitz,
Thaler,
Tobin.
|
Nobel de physiologie et de médecine : (
): Adrian, Axelrod,
Carlsson, Crick,
Eccles, Edelman,
Frisch, Golgi,
Greengard, Hodgkin,
Hubel, Huxley,
Jacob, Kandel,
Katz, Lewis,
Lorenz, Lwoff,
Moniz, Monod,
Morgan,
Muller, O'keefe,
Pavlov, Prigogine,
Ramon y Cajal, Schelling,
Sherrington, Sperry,
Tinbergen, Wagner-Jauregg,
Watson, Wiesel.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nock Matthew K. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude du
suicide et de l'automutilation,
notamment chez les adolescents.
Étudiant de Kazdin. Collaborateur
de Banaji,
Joiner et Kessler.
|
NOCK, M.K. & KAZDIN, A.E. (2002). Examination of
affective, cognitive, and behavioral factors and
suicide-related outcomes in children and young
adolescents. Journal of Clinical Child &
Adolescent Psychology, 31, 48-58.
[PDF] |
|
NOCK, M.K., JOINER, T.E., GORDON, K.H., LLOYD-RICHARDSON,
E. & PRINSTEIN, M.J. (2006). Non-suicidal self-injury
among adolescents : Diagnostic correlates and relation to
suicide attempts. Psychiatry Research, 144, 65-72.
[PDF] |
|
NOCK, M.K., TEPER, R. & HOLLENDER, M. (2007).
Psychological treatment of self-injury among adolescents.
Journal of Clinical Psychology : In Session, 63
(11), 1081-1089. [PDF] |
|
NOCK, M.K. & BANAJI, M.R. (2007). Assessment of
self-injurious thoughts using a behavioral test.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 164 (5), 820-823.
[PDF] |
|
NOCK, M.K. (2009). Why do people hurt themselves ? New
insights into the nature and functions of self-injury. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 18, 78-83. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Noelting Gérard (1921-2004) : Psychologue
cognitiviste européen,
spécialisé dans l'étude de la pensée
et du raisonnement.
Collaborateur de Baillargeon
et Szeminska.
|
NOELTING, G. (1961). Quelques aspects de la genèse du
raisonnement mathématique chez l'enfant d'après les
expériences de J. Piaget. Springer. |
|
BAILLARGEON, R., NOELTING, G., DORAIS, L.-J. et SALADIN
D'ANGLURE, B. (1977). Aspects semantiques et structuraux
de la numération chez les Inuits. Études Inuit, 1,
93-128. |
|
NOELTING, G. (1977). Le constructivisme piagétien et la
théorie de l’équilibration illustrés par la construction
de la notion de proportion. Érudit, 4 (2),
145-194. |
|
NOELTING, G. (1961). The development of proportional
reasoning and the ratio concept. Part I-The
differentiation of stages. Educational Studies in
Mathematics, 11 (2), 217-253. |
|
NOELTING, G. (1982). Le développement cognitif et le
mécanisme de l'équilibration. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
|
|
|
Noétique : Propriétés de certaines fonctions cognitives qui
requiert un certain niveau de conscience
pour être exécutées. EX: la mémoire procédurale.
= conscient.
/anoétique,
automatisme.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noise
Health : Revue
scientifique multidisciplinaire qui se consacre à l'étude de
l'influence du bruit sur la santé
mentale et physique.
Éditeur : Medknow.
BABISCH, W. (2008). Road traffic noise and
cardiovascular risk. Noise Health, 10 (38),
27-33.
|
|
| |
|
|
|
Nolen Susan Bobbitt ( ) : Psychologue
américaine et spécialiste de la motivation
à l'école. Collaboratrice de
Haladyna.
|
NOLEN, S.B. & HALADYNA, T.M. (1990). Teacher goals and
study strategies : Measures of student perceptions. Educational
& Psychological Measurement, 50, 191-202. |
|
NOLEN, S.B. & HALADYNA, T.M. (1990). Motivation and
studying in high school science. Journal of Research
in Science Education, 27, 115-126. |
|
NOLEN, S.B. & NICHOLS, J.G. (1994). A place to begin
(again) in research on student motivation : Teachers'
beliefs. Teaching & Teacher Education, 10,
57-69. |
|
NOLEN, S.B. (2001). Constructing literacy in the
kindergarten : Task structure, collaboration and
motivation. Cognition & Instruction, 19,
95-142. |
|
NOLEN, S.B., HORN, I.S., WARD, CJ. & CHILDERS, S.
(2011). Novice teacher learning and motivation across
contexts : Assessment tools as boundary objects. Cognition
& Instruction, 27 (1), 88-122. |
|
|
|
Nolen-Hoeksema Susan K. (Springfield 1959-2013) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude du genre,
de la dépression et
des ruminations.
Collaboratrice de
Fredrickson, Johnson,
Loftus, Roberts,
Rusting, Seligman, Smith
et Twenge.
 |
NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S. (1995). Gender differences in coping
with depression across the lifespan. Depression, 3,
81-90. |
|
NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S. & GIRGUS, J.S. (1994). The
emergence of gender differences in depression in
adolescence. Psychological Bulletin, 115 (3),
424-443. [PDF] |
|
NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S., LARSON, J. & GRAYSON, C. (1999).
Explaining the gender difference in depressive symptoms.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 77,
(5), 1061-1072. |
|
NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S. (2001). Gender differences in
depression. Current Directions in Psychological
Science, 10, 173-176. [PDF] |
|
NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S. (2002). Understanding gender
differences in depression. The Economics of
Neuroscience, 4, 32-40. |
|
|
KASLOW, N.J., HILT, L., WILSCO, B.E. & BROWN, K.D.
(2013). Susan Nolen-Hoeksema (1959-2013 ): Obituary. American
Psychologist, 68 (5), 404. |
|
LYUBOMIRSKY, S. & LAYOUS, K. CHANCELLOR, J. &
NELSON, S.K. (2015). Thinking about rumination : The
scholarly contributions and intellectual legacy of Susan
Nolen-Hoeksema. Annual Review of Clinical Psychology,
11, 1-22. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Nolfi Stefano (1963-) : Philosophe
et cybernéticien
italien, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'apprentissage des robots
et la simulation des réseaux
neuraux.
|
NOLFI, S., ELMAN, J.L. & PARISI, D. (1994). Learning
and evolution in neural networks. Adaptive Behavior,
3 (1), 5-28.
[PDF] |
|
NOLFI, S. & PARISI, D. (1997). Learning to adapt to
changing environments in evolving neural networks. Adaptive
Behavior, 5 (1), 75-98. [PDF] |
|
NOLFI, S. (1999). How learning and evolution interact :
The case of a learning task which differs from the
evolutionary task. Adaptive Behavior, 2,
231-236. [PDF] |
|
NOLFI, S. & FLOREANO, D. (2002). Synthesis of
autonomous robots through artificial evolution, Trends
in Cognitive Sciences, 6 (1), 31-37. [PDF] |
|
NOLFI, S. (2006). Behaviour as a complex adaptive system :
on the role of self-organization in the development of
individual and collective behaviour. Complex Us, 2
(3-4), 195-203.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Noller Patricia (1938-) : Psychologue
australienne et spécialiste de l'étude du
mariage.
|
NOLLER, P. (1982). Couple communication and marital
satisfaction. Australian Journal of Sex, Marriage
& Family, 3 (2), 69-75. |
|
NOLLER, P. & BAGI, S. (1985). Parent-adolescent
communication. Journal of Adolescence, 8 (2),
125-144. |
|
NOLLER, P. & SHUM, D. (1988). The self-esteem
inventory on an adult sample. Psychological Test
Bulletin, 1, 3-7. |
|
NOLLER, P., FEENEY, J.A., BONNELL, D. & CALLAN, V.J.
(1994). A longitudinal study of conflict in early
marriage. Journal of Social & Personal
Relationships, 11 (2), 233-252. |
|
NOLLER, P. & FEENEY, J.A. (2000). Parent-child
emotional bonds : Loving or caring ? Psychological
Inquiry, 11 (2), 91-94. |
|
|
|
Nom
: Ensemble de lettres qui désigne une chose. Nom
et n ommer
|
Nom de famille/Nom propre :
Family name
| |
|
|
BAHRICK, H.P., BAHRICK, P.O. & WITTLINGER, R.P.
(1975). Fifty years of memory for names and faces : A
cross-sectional approach. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : General, 104, 54-75. |
|
|
NUTTIN, J.M. (1985). Narcissism beyond gestalt and
awareness : The name letter effect. European Journal
of Social Psychology, 15, 353-361. |
|
|
KITAYAMA, S. & KARASAWA, M. (1997). Implicit self-
esteem in Japan : Name letters and birthday numbers. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 23, 736-742. |
JONES, J.T., PELHAM, B.W., MIRENBERG, M.C. & HETTS,
J.J. (2002). Name letter preferences are not merely mere
exposure : Implicit egotism as self-regulation.
Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 38,
170-177. |
|
MEHRABIAN, A. (1997). Impressions created by given names.
Names, 45, 19-33. |
|
|
LUSCRI G. & MOHR, P.B. (1998). Surname effects in
judgments of mock jurors. Psychological Reports, 82,
1023-1026. |
GALLUCCI, M. (2003). I sell seashells by the seashore and
my name is Jack : Comment on Pelham, Mirenberg, and Jones
(2002). Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 85, 789-99. |
|
JASWAL, V.K. & MARKMAN, E.M. (2001). Learning proper
and common names in inferential versus ostensive contexts.
Child Development, 72, 768-786. [PDF] |
HODSON, G. & OLSON, J.M. (2005). Testing the
generality of the name letter effect : Name initials and
everyday attitudes. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 31, 1099-1111. |
|
MEHRABIAN, A. (2001). Characteristics attributed to
individuals on the basis of their first names. Genetic,
Social, and General Psychology Monographs, 127, 59-88. |
GUÉGUEN, N. & PASCUAL, A. (2011). Mister "Py" is
probably a good mathematician : An experimental study of
the subjective attractiveness of family names. Names
: A journal of Onomastics, 59 (1), 51-55. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Nommer/Nom commun |
|
|
|
|
|
Nom de l'auteur : Dans la notice
d'un livre, d'un chapitre de livre ou d'un article scientifique, désigne la ou les personnes qui ont rédigé le texte ou une partie du texte concerné. Dans certain cas, il peut
s'agir d'une association ou d'une institution ( EX:
Bureau de la statistique du Québec, National Institute of Health,
etc). Dans le modèle de référence de
l'American Psychological Association, cette information est
placée devant l'année
de publication, en tête de notice. On peut utiliser les
majuscules ou les minuscules pour écrire le nom de l'auteur, mais
il faut toujours s'en tenir au même format pour rédiger l'ensemble
des notices de la section références/bibliographie d'un ouvrage. Author.
| |
BÉLANGER, J. (1978). Images et réalités du
béhaviorisme. Philosophiques, 5 (1), 3-110.
[PDF]
|
| |
|
Nom du directeur d'un livre : Dans la notice d'un livre par
chapitres, désigne la personne (ou les personnes) qui a pour
tâche de circonscrire et de définir les thèmes de l'ouvrage, de
dénicher des auteurs et de répartir le travail de rédaction entre
eux (habituellement un chapitre par auteur). Le directeur doit
également veiller à la cohésion de l'ouvrage (absence de
recoupements et de contradictions entre les chapitres, vocabulaire
uniforme si possible, renvois entre les chapitres, cohérence
globale de l'oeuvre, etc), ainsi qu'au respect des thèmes.
Généralement, le directeur signe un ou quelques chapitres du
livre, l'introduction notamment; il est alors aussi considéré
comme auteur. Dans le modèle de référence de
l'American Psychological Association, cette information est
placée entre le titre du
chapitre et le titre
du livre. Si l'ouvrage compte plusieurs directeurs, on
écrit (Dirs.). Directeur et livre
par chapitre.
Éditor, (Ed.).
| |
BEAUGRAND, J. (1988). Démarche scientifique et cycle de
la recherche. Dans M. Robert
(Dir.), Fondements et étapes de la
recherche scientifique en psychologie (p. 1-34).
St-Hyacinthe : Édisem.
|
| |
|
Nombre : Concept qui permet de désigner des quantités
ou des rapports de grandeurs, en les mesurant ou en les comparant,
mais aussi d'évaluer et d'ordonner des objets (ou leurs
propriétés). Le nombre est constitué de symboles (chiffres). Pour
Piaget, le nombre est la
fusion de deux propriétés : 1) la classe (cardinalité)
et 2) la relation (ordinalité).
Le terme cardinal désigne une quantité x du phénomène y
(EX: Il existe trois grandes pyramides de Gizeh),
alors que le terme ordinalité renvoie à l'ordre de
grandeur de ces quantités ( EX: Képhrem (2) est
plus grande que Mykérinos (3) mais plus petite que Kéops (1) ). Un
semi-nombre est ordinal mais non
cardinal. Nombre, calculer
et enseignement
des mathématiques.
*chiffre.
Number, numeral, numerousness, Numerical
cognition, numeral competence, numerical information.
| |
|
|
RUSSELL, B. (1897). On the relations of number and
quantity. Mind, 6, 326-341. |
BRANNON, E.M. & TERRACE, H.S. (2000). Representation
of the numerosities 1-9 by rhesus monkeys. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 25,
31-49. |
|
DEWEY, J. (1898). Some remarks on the psychology of
number. Pedagogical Seminary, 5, 426-434. [LIRE] |
XU, F. & SPELKE, E.S. (2000). Large number
discrimination in 6-month- old infants. Cognition, 74
(B), 1-11. [PDF] |
|
PIAGET, J. (1939). La construction psychologique du nombre
entier. Compte Rendu des Séances de la Société de
Physique et d'Histoire Naturelle de Genève, 56, 92-94. |
VAUCLAIR, J. (2000). Connaissances proto numériques chez
le primate et le bébé. In M. Pesenti & X. Seron
(Eds.), Neuropsychologie des troubles du calcul et du
traitement des nombres (pp. 11-32). Paris : Solal.
[PDF] |
|
QUINE, W.V.O. (1941). Element and number. The Journal
of Symbolic Logic, 6 (4), 135-149. |
|
|
PIAGET J. et SZEMINSKA, A. (1941). La genèse du
nombre. Neuchâtel : Delachaux et Niestlé / The
child’s conception of number. London: Routeledge
& Kegan Paul. |
HOUDÉ, O. (2000). Inhibition and cognitive development :
object, number, categorization and reasoning. Cognitive
Development, 15 (1), 63-73. |
|
TAVES, E.H. (1941). Two mechanisms for the perception of
visual numerousness. Archives of Psychology, 265. |
MILLER, K., MAJOR, S.M., SHU, H. & ZHANG, H. (2000).
Ordinal knowledge : Number names and number concepts in
Chinese and English. Canadian Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 54, 129-139. |
|
DANTZIG, T. (1954). Number : The language of science.
New York : MacMillan. [PDF] |
SPELKE, E.S. & TSIVKIN, S. (2001). Language and number
: A bilingual training study. Cognition, 78,
45-88. |
|
PIAGET, J. (1965). The child's conception of number. New
York : W. W. Norton. |
BUTTERWORTH, B., CAPPELLETI, M. & KOPELMAN, M. (2001).
Category specificity in reading and writing : the case of
number words. Nature Neuroscience, 4 (8),
784-786. [PDF] |
|
MOYER, R.S. & LANDAUEUR. K. (1967). Time required for
judgments of numerical inequality. Nature, 215, 1519-1520. |
DEHAENE, S. (2001). Precis of the number sense. Mind
& Language, 16, 16-36. |
|
BEILIN, H. & GILLMAN, I.S. (1967). Number language and
number reversal learning. Journal of Experimental
Child Psychology, 5 (2), 263-277. |
|
|
WINDES, J.D. (1968). Reaction time for numerical coding
and naming of numerals. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 78 (2), 318-322. |
MACHADO, A. & KEEN, R. (2002). Relative numerosity
discrimination in the pigeon : further tests of the
linear-exponential-ratio model. Behavioural
Processes, 57, 131-148. [PDF] |
|
BRAINERD, C.J. & BRAINERD, S.H. (1972). Order of
acquisition of number and quantity conservation. Child
Development, 43, 1401-1406. |
BOWER, B. (2002). Numbers in mind. Science News, 161,
392-393. |
|
GELMAN, R. (1972). Logical capacity of very young children
: Number invariance rules. Child Development, 43,
75-90. [PDF] |
ANSARI, D. & KARMILOFF-SMITH, A. (2002). Atypical
trajectories of number development : A neuroconstructivist
perspective. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 6 (12),
511-516. |
|
BRAINERD, C.J. (1973). Mathematical and behavioral
foundations of number. Journal of General Psychology,
11, 369-381. |
BRANNON, E.M. & ROITMAN, J. (2003). Nonverbal
representations of time and number in non-human animals
and human infants. In W. Meck (Ed.), Functional and
neural mechanisms of interval timing (pp. 143-182).
New York : CRC Press. [PDF] |
|
BRAINERD, C.J. (1973). The origin of number concepts. Scientific
American, 228 (3), 101-109. |
LIPTON, J.S. & SPELKE, E.S. (2003). Origins of number
sense : Large number discrimination in human infants. Psychological Science, 14, 396-401. |
|
GELMAN, R. & TUCKER, M. F. (1975). Further
investigations of the young child's conception of number.
Child Development, 46, 167-175. [PDF] |
WIESE, H. (2003). Numbers, language, and the human
mind. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. |
|
KUBOVY, M. & PSOTKA, J. (1976). The predominance of
seven and the apparent spontaneity of numerical choices. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Human Perception &
Performance, 2, 291-294. |
XU, F. (2003). Numerosity discrimination in infants :
Evidence for two systems of representations. Cognition,
89, B15-B25. [PDF] |
|
GELMAN, R. (1977). How young children reason about small
numbers. In N. Castellan, D.B. Pisoni and G. Potts
(Eds.), Cognitive theory (Vol. 2, 219-238).
Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. [PDF] |
BARROUILLET, P., CAMOS, V., PERRUCHET, P. & SERON, X.
(2004). ADAPT : A developmental, asemantic, and procedural
model for transcoding from verbal to arabic numerals. Psychological
Review, 111 (2), 368-394. [PDF] |
|
GELMAN, C.R. & GALLISTEL, C.R. (1978). The
child's understanding of number. Cambridge, MA :
Harvard University Press. |
FEIGENSON, L., DEHAENE, S. & SPELKE, E.S. (2004). Core
systems of number. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 8,
307-314. |
|
BRAINERD, C.J. & HOWE, M.L. (1979). An attentional
analysis of small cardinal number concepts in
five-year-olds. Canadian Journal of Behavioral
Science, 11, 112-123. |
BRANNON, E.M., ABBOTT, S. & LUTZ, D. (2004). Number
bias for the discrimination of large visual sets in
infancy. Cognition, 93, 59-68. [PDF] |
|
BRAINERD, C.J. (1979). The origins of the number
concept. New York : Praeger. |
LANDERL, K., BEVAN, A. & BUTTERWORTH, B. (2004).
Developmental dyscalculia and basic numerical capacities :
a study of 8-9-year-old students. Cognition, 93 (2),
99-125. [PDF] |
|
STARKEY, P. & COOPER, R.G. (1980). Perception of
numbers by human infants. Science, 210 (4473),
1033-1035. |
PICA, P., LEMER, C., IZARD, V. & DEHAENE, S. (2004).
Exact and approximate arithmetic in an Amazonian indigene
group. Science, 306 (5695), 499-503. |
|
ROUCHIER, A., VERGNAUD, G., RICCO, G., R., METREGISTE, R.,
GIACOBBE,G. VIALA, A., GROSSI, E. & ATRICK, M. (1980).
Situations et processus didactiques dans l'étude des
nombres rationnels positifs. Recherches en Didactique
des Mathématiques, 1, 225-275. |
SIEGLER, R.S. & BOOTH, J.L. (2004). Development of
numerical estimation in young children. Child
Development, 75, 428-444. |
|
THOMAS, R.K., FOWLKES, D. & VICKERY, J.D. (1980).
Conceptual numerousness judgments by squirrel monkeys. American
Journal of Psychology, 93, 247-257. |
SARNECKA, B.W. & GELMAN, S.A. (2004). Six does not
just mean a lot : Preschoolers see number words as
specific. Cognition, 92, 329-352. |
|
CONWAY, J.H. et GUY, R.K. (1980). Le Livre des
nombres. Paris : Eyrolles. |
VAMVAKOUSSI, X. & VOSNIADOU, S. (2004). Understanding
the structure of the set of rational numbers : a
conceptual change approach. Learning &
Instruction, 14, 453-467. |
|
WOODRUFF, G. & PREMACK, D. (1981). Primitive
mathematical concepts in the chimpanzee : Proportionality
and numerosity. Nature, 293, 568-570. |
GELMAN C.R. & GALLISTEL, C. (2004). Language and the
origin of numerical concepts. Cognition &
Behavior, 306, 441-443. [PDF] |
|
STRAUSS, M.S. & CURTIS, L.E. (1981). Infant perception
of numerosity. Child Development, 52, 1146-1152. |
XU, F., SPELKE, E.S. & GODDARD, S. (2005). Number
sense in human infants. Developmental Science, 8, 88-101. |
|
LEMOYNE, G. & FAVREAU, M. (1981). Piaget's concept of
number development : Its relevance to mathematics
learning. Journal for Research in Mathematics
Education, 12 (3), 179-196. |
|
|
VAN OEFFELEN, M.P. & VOS, P.G. (1982). A probabilistic
model for the discrimination of visual number. Perception
& Psychophysics, 32 (2), 63-170. |
BERCH, D.B. (2005). Making sense of number sense:
Implications for children with mathematical disabilities.
Journal of Learning Disabilities, 38 (4),
333-339. [PDF] |
|
KAMII, C. (1982). Number in preschool and
kindergarten: Educational implications of Piaget's
theory. Washington, DC : National Association for
the Education of Young Children. |
GELMAN, R. & BUTTERWORTH, B. (2005). Number and
language : how are they related ? Trends in Cognitive
Sciences, 9 (1), 6-10.
[PDF] |
|
SIEGLER, R.S. & ROBINSON, M. (1982). The development
of numerical under- standings. In H. W. Reese & L. P.
Lipsitt (Eds.), Advances in child development and
behaviour (Vol. 16, pp. 241-312). New York :
Academic Press. |
BRANNON, E.M. (2006). The representation of numerical
magnitude. Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 16,
222-229. |
|
|
STARKEY, P., PELKE, E.S. & GELMAN, R. (1983).
Detection of intermodal numerical correspondences by human
infants. Science, 222, 179-181. |
TURCONI, E., CAMPBELL, J.I.D. & SERON X. (2006).
Numerical order and quantity processing in number
comparison. Cognition, 98, 273-285. |
|
ANTELL, S.E. & KEATING, L.E. (1983). Perception of
numerical invariance by neonates. Child Development,
54, 695-701. |
RIPS, L.J., ASMUTH, J. & BLOOMFIELD, A. (2006). Giving
the boot to the bootstrap : How not to learn the natural
numbers. Cognition, 101, B51-B60. [PDF]
|
|
TREIBER, F. & WILCOX, S. (1984). Discrimination of
number by infants. Infant Behavior & Development,
7, 93-100. |
MILLER J. (2006). Babies show budding number ability. Science
News, 169. |
|
VONÈCHE, J.J. (1985). Concepts, procedures, and structures
in the acquisition of the concept of number. Cahiers
de Psychologie Cognitive, 14 (6), 760-763. |
JORDAN, K. & BRANNON, E.M. (2006). The multisensory
representation of number in infancy. Proceedings of
the National Academy of Sciences, 103 (9),
3486-3489.
[PDF] |
|
MATSUZAWA, T. (1985). Use of numbers by a chimpanzee. Nature,
315, 57-59. |
DOLORES DE HEVIA, M., GIRELLI, L. & VALLAR, G. (2006)
Numbers and space : a cognitive illusion ? Experimental
Brain Research, 168 (1-2), 254-264. |
|
GELMAN C.R. & MECK, E. & MERKIN, S. (1986). Young
children's numerical competence. Cognitive
Development, 1, 1-29. |
XU, F. & ARRIAGA, R.I. (2007). Number discrimination
in 10-month-old infants. British Journal of
Developmental Psychology, 25, 103-108. [PDF] |
|
SOPHIAN, C. (1988). Early developmentsin children's
understandingof number : Inferences about numerosity and
one-to-one correspondence. Child Development, 59,
1397-1414. |
JORDAN, N.C. (2007). The need for number sense. Educational
Leadership, 65 (2), 63-66. |
|
DAVIS, H. & PÉRUSSE, R. (1988). Numerical competence
in animals : Definitional issues, current evidence, and a
new re- search agenda. Behavioral & Brain
Sciences, 11, 561-615. |
BRANNON, E.M., SUANDA, U. & LIBERTU, K. (2007).
Temporal discrimination increases in precision over
development and parallels the development of numerosity
discrimination. Developmental Science, 10, 770-777. |
|
FUSON, K.C. (1988). Children's counting and concepts
of numbers. New York : Springer. |
|
|
STEFFE, L. (1988). Children's construction of number
sequences and multiplying schemes. In J. Hiebert & M.
Behr (Eds.), Number concepts and operations in the
middle grades (Vol 2, pp. 119-140). Reston,
Virginia : Erlbaum. |
SCHIRLIN, O. & HOUDÉ, O. (2007). Negative priming effect after inhibition
of weight/number interference in a Piaget-like task. Cognitive
Development, 22, 124-129. |
|
VERGNAUD, G. (1989). L'obstacle des nombres négatifs et
l'introduction à l'algèbre. Dans N. Bednarz et C. Garnier
(Dirs.), Construction des savoirs (p. 76-83).
Ottawa : Cirade. |
VON ASTER, M.G. & SHALEV, R.S. (2007). Number
development and developmental dyscalculia. Developmental
Medicine & Child Neurology, 49, 868-873. |
|
BOYSEN, S.T. & BERNSTON, G.G. (1989). Numerical
competence in a chimpanzee (Pan troglodytes). Journal
of Comparative Psychology, 103, 23-31. |
MACHADO, A. COSTA, A. & MAIA, S. (2007/2009).
Directional selection of response numerosity: An
exploratory study. Revista Brasileira de Análise do
Comportamento, 3, 259-278. [PDF] |
|
HOWDEN, H. (1989). Teaching number sense. The
Arithmetic Teacher, 36, 6-11. |
XU, F. & ARRIAGA, R.I. (2007). Number discrimination
in 10-month-old infants. British Journal of
Developmental Psychology, 25, 103-108. [PDF] |
|
VAN HOUTEN, R. & ROLIDER, A. (1990). The use of color
mediation techniques to teach number identification and
single digit multiplication problems to children with
learning problems. Education & Treatment of
Children, 13, 216-225. |
ROITMAN, J., BRANNON, E.M. & PLATT, M.L. (2007).
Assessing a single mechanism for time and number
representation in humans. Acta Psychologica, 124,
296-318. |
|
VAN LOOSBROEK, E. & SMITSMAN, A.W. (1990). Visual
perception of numerosity in infancy. Developmental
Psychology, 26, 916-922. |
CANTLON, J.F & BRANNON, E.M. (2007). How much does
number matter to a monkey (Macaca mulatta. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 33
(1), 32-41. |
|
STARKEY, P., SPELKE, E.S. & GELMAN, R. (1990).
Numerical abstraction by human infnant. Cognition,
36, 97-127. |
WIESE, H. (2007). The co-evolution of number concepts and
counting words. Lingua, 117, 758-772. |
|
FISCHER, F.E. & BECKEY, R.D. (1990). Beginning
kindergartners' perception of number. Perceptual
& Motor Skills, 70, 419-425. |
|
|
THOMPSON, C.S. (1990). Place value and larger numbers. In
J.N. Payne (Ed.), Mathematics for young children
(pp. 89-108). Reston, VA : National Council of Teachers of
Mathematics. |
INOUE, S. & MATSUZAWA, T. (2007). Working memory of
numerals in chimpanzees. Current Biology, 17
(23), 1004-1005. |
|
GREENO, J.G. (1991). Number sense as situated knowing in a
conceptual domain. Journal for Research in Mathematics
Education, 22, 170-218. |
UTTAL W.R. (2008). Time, space, and number in physics
and psychology. Cornwell-on-Hudson, NY : Sloan. |
|
VERGNAUD, G. (1991). L'appropriation du concept de nombre
: un processus de longue haleine. in J. Bideaud, C.
Meljac, J-P. Fischer (Eds.), Les chemins du nombre
(p. 271-282). Presses Universitaires de Lille. |
RIPS, L.J. (2008). From numerical concepts to concepts of
number. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 31,
623-642. [PDF] |
|
STARKEY, P., SPELKE, E.S. & GELMAN, R. (1991). Toward
a comparative psychology of number. Cognition, 39,
171-172. |
BOOTH, J.L. & SIEGLER, R.S. (2008). Numerical
magnitude representations influence arithmetic learning.
Child Development, 79 (4), 1016-1031. [PDF] |
|
WYNN, K. (1992). Evidence against empiricist accounts of
the origins of numerical knowledge. Mind &
Language, 7, 315-332. [PDF] |
NÙNEZ, R. (2009). Numbers and arithmetic : Neither
hard-wired nor out there. Biological Theory, 4
(1), 68-83. [PDF] |
|
|
FUSON, K.C. (1992). Relations between counting and
cardinality from age 2 to age 8. In J. Bideaud, C. Meljac
& J.-P. Fischer (Eds.), Pathways to number :
Children's developing numerical abilities (pp.
127-149). Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum. |
|
|
CAMPBELL, J.I.D. & CLARK, J.M. (1992). Numerical
cognition : An encoding-complex perspective. In J.I.D.
Campbell (Ed.), The nature and origins of
mathematical skills (pp. 457-491). Amsterdam :
Elsevier Science. |
|
|
WYNN, K. (1992). Issues concerning a nativist theory of
numerical knowledge. Mind & Language, 7, 367-381.
[PDF] |
SCHNEIDER, M., GRABNER, R. & PAETSCH, J. (2009).
Mental number line, number line estimation, and
mathematical achievement : their interrelations in Grades
5 and 6. Journal of Educational Psychology, 101
(3), 359-372. |
|
McCLOSKEY, M. (1992). Cognitive mechanisms in numerical
processing : Evidence from acquired dyscalculia.
Cognition, 44, 107-157. |
|
|
WYNN, K. (1992). Children's acquisition of the number
words and the counting system. Cognitive Psychology,
24 (2), 220-251. |
SARNECKA, B.W. & LEE, M. D. (2009). Levels of number
knowledge during early childhood. Journal of
Experimental Child Psychology, 103, 325-337. |
|
STARKEY, P. (1992). The early development of numerical
reasoning. Cognition, 43, 93-126. |
|
|
DEHAENE, S. (1993). Numerical cognition. Oxford
: Blackwell. |
MATSUZAWA, T. (2009). Symbolic representation of number in
chimpanzees. Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 19, 92-98.
[PDF] |
|
MICHELL, J. (1993). Numbers, ratios, and structural
relations. Australasian Journal of Philosophy, 71,
325-332. |
McCRINNK, K. & WYNN, K. (2009). Operational momentum
in large-number addition and subtraction by 9-month-olds.
Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 103, 400-408.
[PDF] |
|
REYS, B.J. (1994). Promoting number sense in middle
grades. Teaching Mathematics in the Middle School, 1,
114-120. |
SANTENS, S., ROGGEMAN, C., FIAS W. & VERGUTS. T,
(2010). Number proc- essing pathways in human parietal
cortex. Cerebral Cortex, 20, 77-88. |
|
TRICK, L. & PYLYSHIN, Z.W. (1994). Why are small and
large numbers enumerated differently ? A limited capacity
preattentive stage in vision. Psychological Review,
101, 80-102. |
ERIKSSON, K., BAILEY, D.H. & GEARY, D.C. (2010). The
grammar of approximating number pairs. Memory &
Cognition, 38, 333-343. |
|
CAMPBELL, J.I.D. (1994). Architectures for numerical
cognition. Cognition, 53, 1-44. |
HOUDÉ, O, ROSSI, S., LUBIN, A. & JOLIO, M. (2010).
Mapping numerical processing, reading, and executive
functions in the developing brain : an fMRI meta-analysis
of 52 studies including 842 children. Developmental
Science, 13, 876-885. |
|
PEPPERBERG, I.M. (1994). Numerical competence in african
grey parrot (Psittacus erithacus). Journal of
Comparative Psychology, 108 (1), 36-44.
[PDF] |
NÙNEZ, R., DOAN D. & NIKOULINA, A. (2011). Squeezing,
striking, and vocalizing : Is number representation
fundamentally spatial ? Cognition, 120, 225-235.
[PDF] |
|
MARKOVITZ, Z. & SOWDER, J.T. (1994). Developing number
sense : An intervention study in Grade 7. Journal for
Research in Mathematics Education, 25, 4-29. |
SIEGLER, R.S., THOMPSON, C.A. & SCHNEIDER, M. (2011).
An integrated theory of whole number and fractions
development. Cognitive Psychology, 62, 273-296. |
|
WYNN, K. (1995). Origins of numerical knowledge. Mathematical
Cognition, 1, 35-60. [PDF] |
DARMALA, S.R. & JUST, M.A. (2013). Decoding the
representation of numerical values from brain activation
patterns. Human Brain Mapping, 34, 2624-2634. |
|
DEHAENE, S. & COHEN, L. (1995). Towards an anatomical
and functional model of number processing. Mathematical
Cognition, 1, 83-120. |
|
|
McCLOSKEY, M. & MACARUSO, P. (1995). Representing and
using numerical information. American Psychologist,
50, 351-363. |
|
|
WYNN, K. (1995). Infants possess a system of numerical
knowledge. Current Directions in Psychological
Science, 4, 172-177. [PDF] |
NÙNEZ, R., COOPERIDDER, K. & WASMANN, J. (2013).
Number concepts without number lines in an indigenous
group of Papua New Guinea. PLoS ONE, 8 (10),
1-8. [PDF] |
|
XU, F. & CAREY, S. (1996). Infants' metaphysics: The
case of numerical identity. Cognitive Psychology, 30,
111-153. |
|
|
MacNAUGHTON, R.J. (1996). Numbers, scales, and qualitative
research. The Lancet, 347, 1099-1100. |
|
|
SIMON, T. (1997). Reconceptualizing the origins of number
knowledge : a non-numerical account. Cognitive
Development, 12, 349-372. |
|
|
BLOOM, P. & WYNN, K. (1997). Linguistic cues in the
acquisition of number words. Journal of Child
Language, 24, 511-533. [PDF] |
BULTHÉ, E.J., DE SMEDT, B. & OP DE BEECK, H.P. (2014).
Format-dependent representations of symbolic and
non-symbolic numbers in the human cortex as revealed by
multi-voxel pattern analyses. NeuroImage, 87,
311-322. |
|
DEHAENE, S. (1997). The number sense : How the mind
creates mathematics. Oxford, England : Oxford
University Press. |
|
|
WYNN, K. (1998). An evolved capacity for number. In D.
Cummins and C. Allen (Eds.), The evolution of mind.
Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
|
|
BRANNON, E.M. & TERRACE, H.S. (1998). Ordering of the
numerosities 1-9 by monkeys. Science, 282,
746-749. [PDF] |
ROUDER, J.N. & GEARY, D.C. (2014). Children's
cognitive representation of the mathematical number line.
Developmental Science, 17, 525-536. [PDF] |
|
WYNN, K. (1998). Psychological foundations of number :
numerical competence in human infants. Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 2 (8), 296-303. [PDF] |
LYONS, I.M., ANSARI, D. & BEILOCK, S.L. (2015).
Qualitatively different coding of symbolic and nonsymbolic
numbers in the human brain. Human Brain Mapping, 36,
475-488. [PDF] |
|
CLEARFIELD, M.W. & MIX, K.S. (1999). Number versus
contour length in infants' discrimination of small visual
sets. Psychological Science, 10, 408-411. |
|
|
REYS, R., REYS, B., MCINTOSH, A., EMANUELSSON, G.,
JOHANSSON, B. & DER, C.Y. (1999). Assessing number
sense of students in Australia, Sweden, Taiwan, and the
United States. School Science & Mathematics, 99,
61-70. |
|
|
GERSTEN, R. & CHARD, D. (1999). Number sense :
Rethinking arithmetic instruction for students with
mathematical disabilities. The Journal of Special
Education, 33, 18-28. |
NÙNEZ, R. & FIAS, W. (2017). Ancestral mental number
lines: What Is the evidence ? Cognitive Science, 41,
2262-2266. |
|
CLEARFIELD, M.W. & MIX, K.S. (1999). Number versus
contour length in infants' discrimination of small visual
sets. Psychological Science, 10 (5), 408-411. [PDF] |
NÙNEZ, R. (2017). Is there really an evolved capacity for
number ? Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 21 (6),
409-424. |
|
BOYSEN, S.T., MUKOBI, K.L. & BERNSTON, G.G. (1999).
Overcoming response bias using symbolic representations of
number by chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes). Animal
Learning & Behavior, 27, 229-235. |
NÙNEZ, R. (2017). Number and biological enculuration
beyond natural selection [A response to A. Nieder]
Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 21 (6), 403-404. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Compter,
Habiletés
mathématiques, Cardinalité,
Ordinalité, et Conservation
|
|
|
|
Nombre (Semi-) : Le nombre
est constitué de symboles
(chiffres) qui possèdent deux propriétés : l'ordinalité
et la cardinalité. Le
terme ordinal désigne l'ordre ou le rang des nombres (3
< 2 < 1); le terme cardinal désigne une quantité x
du phénomène étudié. Un semi-nombre est ordinal mais non cardinal.
EX: Ce lexique contient 5000 mots (cardinalité), mais
il est tout de même moins volumineux que le Multidictionnaire
(ordinalité).
|
Nombre aléatoire : Nombre produit par
un processus imprévisible, donc non-déterminé ou hasardeux.
Ce processus génère des séries de nombres non-cyclique, que
l'on ne peut reproduire à volonté.
Table of
random number.
| |
|
|
KOLMOGOROV, A.N. (1963). On tables of random number.
Theoretical Computer Science, 207 (2), 380-395. |
|
LAURENCELLE, L. (2001). Hasard, nombres aléatoires et
méthode Monte Carlo. Montréal : Presses
Universitaires du Québec. |
|
WILLIAMS, M.A., MOSS, S.A., BRADSHAW, J.L. & RINEHART,
N.J. (2002). Random number generation in autism. Journal
of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 32, 43-47. |
|
|
|
Nombre-éclair : Quantité que
l'on peut estimer sans compter, au visu.
Subitizing.
|
|
|
|
| Nombre-éclair |
Nombre
compté |
| |
|
|
KAUFMAN, E.L., LORD, M.W., REESE, T.W. & VOLKMANN, J.
(1949). The discrimination of visual number. American
Journal of Psychology, 62, 498-525. |
|
SVENSON, O. & SJÖBERG, K. (1978). Subitizing and
counting processes in young children. Scandinavian
Journal of Psychology, 19 (1), 247-250. |
|
MANDLER, G. & SHEBO, B.J. (1982). Subitizing : An
analysis of its component processes. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : General, 111, 1-22. |
|
TRICK, L.M. & PYLYSHYN, Z.W. (1994). Why are small and
large numbers enumerated differently ? A limited-capacity
preattentive stage in vision. Psychological Review,
101 (1), 80-102. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
|
Nombre entier : Nombre sans fraction.
|
|
|
|
|
Nome : Concept proposé par Minsky
pour désigner les règles qui traitent et transforment les
connaissances. Nome, nème et
ligne-K. Nome.
| |
|
|
MINSKY, M. (1986). The society of mind. New York
: Simon & Schuster. |
|
SINGH, P. (2003). Examining the society of mind. Computing
& Informatics, 1001-1023. [PDF] |
| |
|
|
|
Nomenclature : Système de règles et de classement proposé par Linné,
qui consiste à désigner les êtres
vivants par un nom latin composé de deux mots, désignant les
rangs taxonomiques du genre
et de l'espèce. EX:
Homo sapiens, Xiphophorus
helleri.
= nomenclature du
vivant, nomenclature binaire.
Nomenclature.
| |
|
|
LEHMANN, H.E. (1969). Psychiatric concepts of depression :
Nomenclature and classification. The Canadian Journal
of Psychiatry, 4, 1-12. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nommer : Nom commun : Consiste à utiliser un son, un mot
ou un groupe de mots des langage
naturel ou artificiel
pour désigner un objet ou
une classe d'objet (et ses propriétés).
Nommer, parler et
catégoriser.
Name, naming, thing be called, psychological noun.
| |
|
|
CATTELL, J.M. (1886). The time it takes to see and name
objects. Mind, 11, 63-65. |
GELMAN, S.A. & BLOOM, P. (2000). Young children are
sensitive to how an object was created when deciding what
to name it. Cognition, 76, 91-103. |
|
LIGON, E.M. (1932). A genetic study of color naming and
word reading. American Journal of Psychology, 4
(1), 103-122. [PDF] |
ALARIO, F.X., SEGUI, J. & FERRAND, L. (2000). Semantic
and associative priming in picture naming. Quarterly
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 53A, 741-764. |
|
BROWN, R. (1958). How shall a thing be called ? Psychological
Review, 65, 14-21. |
|
|
WINDES, J.D. (1968). Reaction time for numerical coding
and naming of numerals. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 78 (2), 318-322. |
|
|
DICK, A. (1971). Processing time for naming and
categorization of letters and numbers. Perception
& Psychophysics, 9 (3B), 350-352. |
|
|
MOSKOWITZ, H. & ROTH, S. (1971). Effect of alcohol on
response latency in object naming. Quarterly Journal
of Studies on Alcohol, 32, 969-975. |
LAMBON RALPH, M.A., McCLELLAND, L., PATTERSON, K., GALTON,
C.J. & HODGES, J.R. (2001). No right to speak ? The
relationship between object naming and semantic impairment
: Neuropsychological evidence and a computational model.
Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 13 (3), 341-356.
[PDF] |
|
STEPHENS, C.E., PEAR, J.J., WRAY, L.D. & JACKSON, G.C.
(1975). Some effects of reinforcement schedules in
teaching picture names to retarded children. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 8 (4), 435-447. [PDF] |
JASWAL, V.K. & MARKMAN, E.M. (2001). Learning proper
and common names in inferential versus ostensive contexts.
Child Development, 72, 768-786. [PDF] |
|
DENCKLA, M.B. & RUDEL, R.G. (1976). Rapid automatized
naming (R.A.N.) : Dyslexia differentiated from other
learning disabilities. Neuropsychologia, 14,
471-479. |
CARR, D. & BLACKMAN, D.E. (2001). Relations among
equivalence, naming, and conflicting baseline control. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 75 (1),
55-76. [PDF] |
|
POTTER, M.C. & FAULCONER, B.A. (1979). Understanding
noun phrases. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal
Behavior, 18 (5), 509-521. |
|
|
GENTNER, D. (1981). Some interesting differences between
verbs and nouns. Cognition & Brain Theory, 4, 161-178. |
LOWE, C.F., HORNE, P.J., HARRIS, F.D.A. & RANDLE,
V.R.L. (2002). Naming and categorization in young children
: Vocal tact training. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 78 (3), 527-549. [PDF] |
|
JOLICOEUR, P., GLUCK, M.A. & KOSSLYN, S.M. (1984).
Pictures and names : making the connection. Cognitive
Psychology, 16 (2), 243-275. |
|
|
WOLF, M. (1984). Naming, reading, and the dyslexias. Annals
of Dyslexia, 34, 87-115. |
|
|
MATSUZAWA, T. (1985). Color naming and classification in a
chimpanzee (Pan troglodytes). Journal of Human
Evolution, 14, 283-291. |
|
|
MORTON, J. (1985). Naming. In S. Newman & R. Epstein
(Eds.), Current perspectives in dysphasia.
Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone. |
|
|
|
WOLF, M. (1986). Rapid Alternating Stimulus (R.A.S.)
Naming : A longitudinal study in average and impaired
readers. Brain & Language, 27, 360-379. |
|
LEE, V.L. (1986). Act psychologies and psychological
nouns. Psychological Record, 36, 167-177.
|
|
|
SEIDENBERG, M.S. & McLELLAND, J.L. (1989). A
distributed, developmental model of word recognition and
naming. Psychological Review, 96 (4), 523-568. [PDF] |
SWANSON, H.L., TRAININ, G., NECOECHEA, D.M. & HAMMILL,
D.D. (2003). Rapid naming, phonological awareness, and
reading : A meta-analysis of the correlational evidence. Review
of Educational Research, 73, 407-440. |
|
SAUNDERS, K.J. (1989). Naming in conditional
discrimination and stimulus equivalence. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 51 (3),
379-384. [PDF] |
|
|
MARKMAN, E.M. (1989). Categorization and naming in
children. Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
HORNE, P.J., LOWE, C.F. & RANDLE, V.R.L. (2004).
Naming and categorization in young children : II. Listener
behavior training. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 81 (3), 267-288. [PDF] |
|
GRAINGER, J. (1990). Word frequency and neighborhood
frequency effects in lexical decision and naming. Journal
of Memory & Language, 29, 228-244. [PDF]
|
|
|
KOSSLYN, S.M. & CHABRIS C.F. (1990). Naming pictures.
Journal of Visual Languages & Computing, 1, 77-95. |
LOWE, C.F., HORNE, P.J. & HUGHES, J.C. (2005). Naming
and categorization in young children : III. Vocal tact
training and transfer of function. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 83 (1), 47-65.
[PDF] |
|
GERRIG, R.J. & BANAJI, M.R. (1991). Names and the
construction of identity : Evidence from Toni Morrison's
Tar Baby. Poetics, 20 (2), 173-192. [PDF] |
HORNE, P.J., HUGHES, J.C. & LOWE, C.F. (2006). Naming
and categorization in young children: IV : Listener
behavior training and transfer of function. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 85 (2),
247-273.
[PDF] |
|
WOLF, M. (1991). Letter-naming, reading, and the
contribution of the cognitive neurosciences. Reading
Research Quarterly, 123-141. |
|
|
EIKESETH, S. & SMITH, T. (1992). The development of
functional and equivalence classes in high-functioning
autistic children : The role of naming. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 58 (1),
123-133.
[PDF] |
RANDELL, T. & REMINGTON, B. (2006). Equivalence
relations, contextual control, and naming. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 86 (5),
337-354. [PDF] |
|
WOLF, M. & OBREGON, M. (1992). Early naming deficits,
developmental dyslexia, and a specific-deficit hypothesis.
Brain & Language, 42, 219-247. |
GREER, R.D., STOLFI, L. & PISTOLJEVIC, N. (2007).
Emergence of naming in pre- schoolers : A comparison of
multiple and single exemplar instruction. European
Journal of Behavior Analysis, 8, 119-131. |
|
BOWERS, P.G. & WOLF, M. (1993). Theoretical links
among naming, speed, precise timing mechanisms and
orthographic skill in dyslexia. Reading & Writing,
5, 69-85. |
HORNE, P.J., LOWE, C.F. & HARRIS, F.D.A. (2007).
Naming and categorization in young children : V. Manual
sign training. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 87 (3), 367-381. [PDF] |
|
BROWN, P. (1995). Naming and framing : The social
construction of diagnosis and illness. Journal of
Health & Social Behaviour, 35, 34-52. |
MEYER, A.S., BELKE, E., TELLING, A.L. & HUMPHREYS,
G.W. (2007). Early activation of object names in visual
search. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 14 (4),
710-716. |
|
STROMER, R. & MaCKAY, H.A. (1996). Naming and the
formation of stimulus classes. In T.R. Zentall & P.M.
Smeets (Eds.), Stimulus class formation in humans and
animals (pp. 221-252). Amsterdam : Elsevier. |
MECCHELI, A., JOSEPHS, O., LAMBON RALPH, M.A., McCLELLAND,
J.L. & PRICE, C.J. (2007). Dissociating
stimulus-driven semantic and phonological effects during
reading and naming. Human Brain Mapping, 28, 205-217.
|
|
DICKINS, D.W. & BENTALL, R.P. (1996). Learning names
may help to make the right connections. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 65 (1),
259-261. [PDF] |
MIGUEL, C.F., PETURSDOTTIR, A., CARR, J.E. & MICHAEL,
J. (2008). The role of naming in stimulus categorization
by preschool children. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 89 (3), 383-405. [PDF] |
|
MULLER, H.M. & KUTAS, M. (1996). What's in a name ?
Electrophysiological differences between spoken nouns,
proper names and one's own name. NeuroReport, 8 (1),
21-225. [PDF] |
EIKESETH, S. & HAYWARD, D.W. (2009). The
discrimination of object names and object sounds in
children with autism : A procedure for teaching verbal
comprehension. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis,
42 (4), 807-812.
[PDF] |
|
HORNE, P.J. & LOWE, C.F. (1996). On the origins of
naming and other symbolic behavior. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 65 (1),
185-241. [PDF] |
GREER, R.D. & LONGANO, J. (2010). A rose by naming :
How we may learn how to do it. The Analysis of Verbal
Behavior, 26, 73-106. [PDF] |
|
PELAEZ-NOGUERAS, M. (1996). Thought without naming. Journal
of Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 65 (1),
299-201. [PDF] |
WAXMAN, S. (2010). Names will never hurt me ? Naming and
the development of racial and gender categories in
preschool-aged children. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 40, 593-610. |
|
WOLF, M. (1997). A provisional, integrative account of
phonological and naming-speed deficits in dyslexia :
Implications for diagnosis and intervention. In B.
Blachman (Ed.), Foundations of reading acquisition
and dyslexia (pp. 67-92). Hillsdale, NY : Erlbaum. |
GREER, R.D., CORWIN, A. & BUTTGIEG, S. (2011). The
effects of the verbal developmental capability of naming
on how children can be taught. Acta de Investigacion
Psicologia, 1 (1), 23-54. |
|
BUNN, E.M., TYLER, L.K. & MOSS, H.E. (1998). Naming
pictures : The role of familiarity and property type
reexamined. Neuropsychology, 12, 367-379. |
BEAULIEU, L., HANLEY, G.P. & ROBERSON, A.A. (2012).
Effects of responding to a name and group call on
preschoolers' compliance. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 45 (4), 685-707. [PDF] |
|
TREIMAN, R. & BRODERICK, V. (1998). What's in a name :
Children's knowledge about the letters in their own names.
Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 70, 97-116. |
CARNERERO, J.J. & PÉREZ-GONZÁLEZ, L.A. (2014).
Induction of naming after observing visual stimuli and
their names in children with autism. Research in
Developmental Disabilities, 35 (10), 2514-2526. |
|
RANDELL, T. & REMINGTON, B. (1999). Equivalence
relations between visual stimuli : The functional role of
naming. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 71 (5), 395-415. [PDF] |
HRANCHUCK, K., GREER, R.D. & LONGANO, J. (2018).
Instructional demonstrations are more efficient than
consequences alone for children with naming, Analysis
of Verbal Behavior, 35 (1), |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Définir,
Épeler et Catégoriser |
|
|
|
|
Nommer les couleurs : Consister à utiliser un son, un mot ou un groupe de mots des langages
naturels ou artificiels
pour désigner une couleur.
Nommer, perception
des couleurs et
vision de la couleur. Identify colors.
| |
|
|
LIGON, E.M. (1932). A genetic study of color naming and
word reading. American Journal of Psychology, 4
(1), 103-122. [PDF] |
MATSUZAWA, T. (1985). Color naming and classification in a
chimpanzee (Pan troglodytes). Journal of Human
Evolution, 14, 283-291. |
|
KLEIN, G.S. (1964). Semantic power measured through the
interference of words with color-naming. American
Journal of Psychology, 77, 576-588. |
|
|
MERVIS, C.B., CATLIN, J. & ROSCH, E. (1975).
Development of the structure of color categories. Developmental
Psychology, 11, 54-60. |
AKANDE, A. (2000). Assessing color identification in
children with autism. Early Child Development &
Care, 164, 95-104. |
|
ESSOCK, S.M. (1977). Color perception and color
classification. In D.M. Rumbaugh (Ed.), Language
learning by a chimpanzee: the Lana project. (pp.
207-240). New York : Academic Press. |
MATSUNO, T., KAWAI, N. & MATSUZAWA, T. 2004). Color
classification by chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes) in a
matching-to-sample task. Behavioural Brain Research,
148, 157-165. [PDF] |
|
ASSAO, T, KOJIMA, T, MATSUZAWA, T., KUBOTA, K, Murofushi
K. (1982). Object and color naming in chimpanzees (Pan
troglodytes). Proceedings of the Japan Academy, 58 (B),
118-122. |
SHOUSE, H., WEBER, K.P., MCLAUGHLIN, T.F. & RILEY, S.
(2012). The effects of model, lead, and test and a reward
to teach a preschool student with a disability to identify
colors. Academic Research International, 2 (1),
477-483.
[PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Couleur,
Nommer, Perception des couleurs et
Vision de la
couleur |
|
|
|
|
|
Nommer rapidement : Nommer rapidement, dyslexie
et tâche
de dénomination rapide. = dénomination
rapide. Naming speed, rapid naming.
| |
|
|
DENCKLA, M.B. & RUDEL, R.G. (1976). Rapid automatized
naming (R.A.N.) : Dyslexia differentiated from other
learning disabilities. Neuropsychologia, 14,
471-479. |
JONES, M.W., BRANIGAN, H.P. & KELLY, M.L. (2009).
Dyslexic and nondyslexic reading fluency : Rapid
automatized naming and the importance of continuous lists.
Psychonomic Bulletin & Review 16 (3),
567-572. [PDF] |
| SWANSON, H.L., STEFFY R.A. & TATE, E. (1988).
Comparison of the effects of IQ control methods on memory
and naming speed predictors of reading disability.
Reading Research Quarterly, 23, 304-319. |
KOBAYASHI, M.S., HAYNES, C.W., MACARUSO, P., HOOK, P.E.
& KATO, J. (2005). Effects of mora deletion, nonword
repetition, rapid naming, and visual search performance on
beginning reading in Japanese. Annals of Dyslexia, 55
(1), 105-128. |
|
SWANSON, H.L. & SWANSON, L.B. (1991). Naming speed
deficits in reading disability : Multiple measures of a
singular process. Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 51, 195-219. |
CASTEL, C., PECH-GOERGEL, C., GEORGE, F. & ZIEGLER,
J.C. (2008). Lien entre dénomination rapide et lecture
chez les enfants dyslexiques. L’Année Psychologique,
108, 395-422.
[PDF] |
|
HO, C.S.-H. & LAI, D.N.-C. (1999). Naming-speed
deficits and phonological memory deficits in Chinese
developmental dyslexia. Journal of Learning
Disabilities, 11 (2), 173-186. |
ARNELL, K.M.,JOANISSE, M.F., KLEIN, R.S., BUSSERI, M.
& TANNOCK, R. (2009). Decomposing the relation between
Rapid Automatized Naming (RAN) and reading ability. Canadian
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 63, 173-184. [PDF] |
|
SWANSON, H.L., TRAININ, G., NECOECHEA, D.M. & HAMMILL,
D.D. (2003). Rapid naming, phonological awareness, and
reading : A meta-analysis of the correlational evidence. Review of Educational Research, 73, 407-440. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Nommer
et
Catégoriser |
|
|
|
Nomothétique : Du grec nomos qui signifie "normes".
Qualifie une science
ou une explication qui
cherche à établir l'existence de lois
ou de régularité.
Nomothétique et science
nomothétique. = nomologique. /idiographique,
idiosyncrasie. Nomothetic.
| |
|
|
RUSHTON, J.P., JACKSON, D.N. & PAUNONEN, S.V. (1981).
Personality : Nomothtic or idiographic ? A response to
Kenrick and Stringfield. Psychological Review, 88
(6), 582-589. [PDF] |
|
STRICKER, G. & GOLD, J.R. (1999). The Rorschach :
Toward a nomothetically based, idiographically applicable
configurational model. Psychological Assessment, 11 (3),
240-250. |
|
CONE, J.D. (1986). Idiographic, nomothetic, and related
perspectives in behavioral assessment. In R.O. Nelson
& S.C. Hayes (Eds.), Conceptual foundations of
behavioral assessment (pp. 111-128). New York :
Guilford. |
|
THOMAE, H. (1999). The nomothetic-idiographic issue : Some
roots and recent trends. International Journal of
Group Tensions, 28 (1), 187-215. |
|
|
|
|
Non- : Préfixe qui marque l'absence ou la nullité d'une chose, d'un état, d'une action.
= négation.
Non, un-.
|
Nonaka Ikujiro (Tokyo 1935-2025) : Politologue américain d'origine japonaise et spécialiste de l'étude des organisations,
des entreprises et de
la mise en marché. On
lui doit le concept de spirale des connaissances. Étudiant de Simon.
Collaborateur de Takeuchi.
|
NONAKA, I. & JOHANSSON, J.K. (1987). Market research
the japanese way. Harvard Business Review, 65
(3), 16-22. |
|
NONAKA, I. (1994). A dynamic theory of organizational
knowledge. Organization Science, 5 (1), 14-37.
[PDF] |
|
NONAKA, I., TOYAMA, R. & BYOSIÈRE, P. (2001 ). A
theory of organizational knowledge creation :
Understanding the dynamic process of creating knowledge.
In M.A. Dierkes, A. Berthoin, A. Child & I. Nonaka
(Eds.), Handbook of organizational learning and
knowledge (pp. 491-516). New York : Oxford
University Press. [PDF] |
|
NONAKA, I. & TOYAMA, R. (2003). The knowledge-creating
theory revisited : knowledge creation as a synthesizing
process. Knowledge Management Research &
Practice, 1, 2-10. [PDF] |
|
NONAKA, I. & TAKEUCHI, H. (2011). The wise leader. Harvard
Business Review, 89 (5), 58-67. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-responsable de ses actes (Criminellement) : Expression utilisée en droit pour désigner l'état mental (folie passagère ou non) d'un accusé (souvent de meurtre) qui, par suite d'une évaluation psychiatrique, est déclaré à l'issue d'un procès
non criminellement responsable de ses actes.
|
|
|
Non-verbal : Voir
Communication non-verbale.
Body language, bodily communication, nonverbal communication,
nonverbal exchange, nonverbal aspect of discourse, nonverbal
communication skill, implicit communication, nonverval
expression.
|
Noradrénaline : Hormone et neurotransmetteur,
produite dans le cerveau,
notamment dans les noyaux du locus
coeruleus. = norepinéphrine. Norepinephrine,
noradrenaline.
| |
|
|
AXELROD, J., HERTTING, G. & WHITBY, L.G. (1961).
Effect of drugs on the uptake and metabolism of
H3-norepinephrine. Jounal of Pharmacology &
Experimental Therapeutics, 134, 146-153. |
WEISS, J.M., GOODMAN, P.A., LOSITO, B.G., CORRIGAN, S.,
CHARRY, J.M. & BAILEY, W.H. (1981). Behavioral
depression produced by an uncontrollable stressor :
Relationship to norepinephrine, dopamine, and serotonin
levels in rats. Brain Research Reviews, 3, 167-205. |
|
MAYNERT, R. & LEVI, R. (1964). Stress-induced release
of brain norepinephrine and its inhibition by drugs. Journal
of Pharmacology & Experimental Therapeutics, 143, 90-95. |
SARA, S.J., DOYON-LAURENT, C. & HERVE, A. (1995).
Novelty seeking behavior in the rat is dependent upon the
integrity of the noradrenergic system. Cognitive
Brain Research, 2 (3), 181-187. |
|
NELSON, E.E. & PANKSEPP, J. (1998). Brain substrates
of infant-mother attachment : contributions of opioids,
oxytocin and norepinephrine. Neuroscience &
Biobehavioral Reviews, l22, 437–452. |
|
BUNNEY, W.E. & DAVIS, J.M. (1965). Norepinephrine in
depressive reactions. Archives of General Psychiatry,
13, 483-494. |
KOOB, G.F. (1999). Corticotropin-releasing factor,
norepinephrine and stress. Biological Psychiatry, 46,
1167-1180. |
| |
BERRIDGE, C.W. & ABERCROMBIE, E.D. (1999).
Relationship between locus coeruleus neuronal discharge
rate and rates of norepinephrine efflux in cortex. Neuroscience,
93,1263-1270. |
|
CARR, L.A. & MOORE, K.E. (1969). Norepinephrine
release from brain by d- amphetamine in vivo. Science,
164, 322-323. |
MURROUGH, J.W., BOSS-WILLIAMS, K.A., EMERY, M.S., BONSALL,
R.W. & WEISS, J.M. (2000). Depletion of brain
norepinephrine does not reduce spontaneous ambulatory
activity of rats in the home cage. Brain Research,
883, 125-130. [PDF] |
|
STEIN, L. & WISE, C.D. (1969). Release of
norepinephrine from hypothalamus and amygdala by rewarding
medial forebrain bundle stimulation and amphetamine.
Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology,
67, 189-198. |
DELGADO, P. & MORENO, F. (2000). Role of
norepinephrine in depression. Journal of Clinical
Psychiatry, 6 (S1), 5-11. |
|
MONTI, J.M. (1979). The effects of neuroleptics with
central dopamine and noradrenaline receptor blocking
properties in the L-DOPA and (+)- amphetamine-induced
waking EEG in the rat. British Journal of
Pharmacology, 67 (1), 87-91. [PDF] |
FRANK, M.J., SANTAMARIA, A., O'REILLY, R.C. &
WILLCUTT, E. (2007). Testing computational models of
dopamine and noradrenaline dysfunction in attention
deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Neuropsychopharmacology,
32, 1583-1599. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Locus
coeruleus et Inhibiteurs
sélectifs de la recapture de la noradrénaline |
|
|
|
Norcross John C. (Camden 1957-) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'évaluation des thérapies
et de leur efficacité.
Collaborateur de Beutler, Goldfried,
Lambert, Prochaska,
Shapiro,
Stiles et Wampold.
|
NORCROSS, J.C. (1991). Prescriptive matching in
psychotherapy : Psychoanalysis for simple phobias ? Psychotherapy,
28, 439-443. |
|
NORCROSS, J. & BEUTLER, L. (1997). Determining the
relationship of choice in brief therapy. In J.N. Butcher
(Ed.), Personality assessment in managed health care
: A practitioner's guide (pp. 124-149). New York :
Oxford University Press. |
|
NORCROSS, J. & WAMPOLD, B.E. (2011). Evidence-based
therapy relationships : Research conclusions and clinical
practices. Psychotherapy, 48, 98-102. |
|
NORCROSS, J. & LAMBERT, M.J. (2011). Psychotherapy
relationships that work II. Psychotherapy, 48, 4-8. |
|
NORCROSS, J., KREBS, P.M. & PROCHASKA, J.O. (2011).
Stages of change. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 67
(2), 143-154. |
|
|
|
|
|
Norem Julie K. (1960-) :
Psychosociologue américaine et spécialiste de l'étude de l'optimisme
et du pessimisme. Professeure
de Chang. Collaboratrice de
Cheek et Robins.
|
NOREM, J.K. & CANTOR, N. (1986). Anticipatory and post
hoc cushioning strategies: Optimism and defensive
pessimism in "risky" situations. Cognitive Therapy
& Research, 10, 347-362. |
|
NOREM, J.K. & CANTOR, N. (1986). Defensive pessimism :
Harnessing anxiety as motivation. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 51, 1208-1217. |
|
NOREM, J.K. & ILLINGSWORTH, K.S.S. (1993). Strategy
dependent effects of reflecting on self and tasks : Some
implications of optimism and defensive pessimism.
Journal of Personality & Social Personality, 65
(4), 822-835. |
|
NOREM, J.K. (1998). Why should we lower our defenses about
defense mechanisms ? Journal of Personality : On
Current Research & Theory on Defense Mechanisms, 66,
895-917. |
|
NOREM, J.K. & ILLINGSWORTH, K.S.S. (2004). Mood and
performance among defensive pessimists and strategic
optimists. Journal of Research in Personality 38 (4),
351-366. |
|
|
|
Norenzayan Ara ( ) : Psychologue
canadien et spécialiste de l'étude de la religion
et des croyances
religieuses. Collaborateur de
Atran, Gervais, Heine,
Levine, Nisbett,
Schwarz et Trzeniewski.
|
NORENZAYAN, A. & HEINE, S.J. (2005). Psychological
universals : What are they and how can we know ? Psychological
Bulletin, 135, 763-784. [PDF] |
|
NORENZAYAN, A. & SHARIFF, A.F. (2008). The origin and
evolution of religious prosociality. Science, 322, 58-62.
[PDF] |
|
NORENZAYAN, A. & LEE, A. (2010). It was meant to
happen : explaining cultural variations in fate
attributions. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 98, 702-720. [PDF] |
|
NORENZAYAN, A., GERVAIS, W.M. & TRZESNIEWSKI, K.H.
(2012). Mentalizing deficits constrain belief in a
personal God. PLoS ONE, 7, e36880 [PDF] |
|
NORENZAYAN, A. & GERVAIS, W.M. (2013). The origins of
religious disbelief. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 17
(1), 20-25. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Normaliser : Normalisation : Qui se conforme
au normes de son
groupe, de sa société.
Normalization Process
| |
|
|
MAY, C., MAIR, F.S., FINCH, T., MACFARLANE, A., DOWRICK,
C., TREWEEK, S., RAPLEY, T., BALLINI, L., ONG, B.N.,
ROGERS, A., MURRAY, E., ELWYN, G. LÉGARÉ, F.J., GUNN, J.
& MONTORI, V.M. (2009). Development of a theory of
implementation and integration : Normalization process
theory. Implementation Science, 4 [29], 1-9.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Normalité : Normal : Au sens strict, qui agit selon la norme, conformément aux prescriptions sociales d'un époque, d'une
société. Il existe en fait plusieurs façons de définir la
normalité, tout dépendant des critères que l'on retient
(statistique, légal, moral, psychologique, etc).
/anormalite,
pathologie, déviance.
( ): Voir tableau ci-dessous. Sane, normality.
| |
|
|
CANGUILHEM, G. (1966/2009). Le normal et le
pathologique. Paris : Presses Universitaires de
France. |
BEGERET, J. (1974). La personnalité normale et
pathologique. Paris: Dunod.
|
|
CAPLAN, P.J. (1991). How do they decide who is normal ?
The bizarre, but true, tale of the DSM process.
Canadian Psychology, 32 (2), 162-170. |
|
WILENSKY, U. (1997). What is normal anyway ? Therapy for
epistemological anxiety. Teaching Sociology, 20
(10), 329-332. |
|
WILLEY, L.H. (1999). Pretending to be normal.
London : Jessica Kingsley. |
|
HANSELL, J. & DAMOUR, L. (2005). Abnormal
psychology. Von Hoffman Press. |
|
|
Voir aussi Norme |
|
|
|
|
Normalité légale : Forme de normalité
qui s'appuie sur des lois et
des règlements pour définir ce que l'on considère comme normal ou
bien. EX: Sur l'autouroute, il est normal de
rouler à 100 km/h. /anormalité,
pathologie, déviance.
|
Normalité psychologique : Forme de normalité qui s'appuie sur une théorie psychologique pour définir ce qui est normal ou bien, de ce qui ne l'est pas. EX: Dans
la théorie de Freud, une personne normale est une personne qui
possède un moi fort. Normalité psychologie et santé
mentale. /anormalité,
pathologie, déviance.
Psychological normality, psychiatric
perspectives on normality.
| |
|
|
KRAPF, E.E. (1961). The concepts of normality and mental
health in psycho-analysis. International Journal of
Psycho-Analysis, 42, 439-446. |
|
CATTELL, R.B. & TATRO, D.F. (1966). The personality
factors, objectively measured, which distinguish
psychotics from normals. Behavioral Research &
Therapy, 4, 39-51. |
|
SABSHIN, M. (1967). Psychiatric perspectives on normality.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 17 (3), 258-264. |
|
MERKSEY, H., BROWN, J., BROWN, A., MALHOTRA L., MORRISON,
D. & RIPLEY, C. (1985). Psychological normality and
abnormality in persistent headache patients. Pain, 23
(1), 35-47. |
|
SAUNDERS, S.M., HOWARD, K.I. & NEWMAN, F.L. (1988).
Evaluating the clinical significance of treatment effects
: Norms and normality. Behavioral Assessment, 10,
207-218. |
|
SPINA, M. (2012). Norm and normality, starting from
Merleau-Ponty. Phenomenology & Mind, 3,
36-44. |
|
MURPHY, J. (2017). The flexible psychological concept of
normality. In M. Tibayrenc & F.J. Ayala (Eds.), On
human nature biology, psychology, ethics, politics, and
religion ( pp. 451-466). Academic Press. |
|
|
|
|
Normalité sociale : Forme de normalité qui se fonde sur les normes en vigueur dans
la société pour déterminer ce qui est "normal" ou bien, et ce qui
ne l'est pas. Généralement, ce qui est normal est attendu
par la plupart des membres
d'une société. EX:
Au Québec, sur les autouroutes, il est normal de rouler
à 120 km/h. /anormalité,
pathologie, déviance.
|
Normalité statistique : Au sens large, forme de normalité qui se fonde sur un indice statistique, souvent la moyenne,
pour déterminer ce qui est normal (ou bien), de ce qui ne l'est
pas. EX: Chez les femmes, la taille normale est
de 5 pieds et 4. Au sens strict, la normalité statistique repose
sur les principes de la loi
normale. /anormalité,
pathologie, déviance.
| |
|
|
GEARY, R.C. (1936). Moments of the ratio of the mean
deviation to the standard deviation for normal samples. Biometrika,
28, 295-307. |
|
DRAPER, N.R. & COX, D.R. (1969). On distributions and
their transformations to normality. Journal of the
Royal Statistical Society : Series B, 31, 472-476. |
|
WILENSKY, U. (1997). What is normal anyway ? Therapy for
epistemological anxiety. Teaching Sociology, 20
(10), 329-332. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Norman Donald A. (New York 1935-) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américain et spécialiste du traitement
de l'information et de la mémoire
à court terme. Il s'intéresse aussi au design. Étudiant de Luce. Collaborateur d'Abelson,
Hutchins, Miller,
Rumelhart, Shallice
et Waugh.
 |
NORMAN, D.A. (1968). Toward a theory of memory and
attention. Psychological Review, 75 (6),
522-536. |
|
NORMAN, D.A. (1971). Human information processing. Viewpoints
: Bulletin of the School of Education, Indiana
University, 47 (4), 48-65. |
|
NORMAN, D.A. (1980). What goes on in the mind of learners
? New Directions for Teaching & Learning, 2, 37-49. |
|
NORMAN, D.A. (1981). Categorization of action slips. Psychological
Review, 88 (1), 1-15. [PDF] |
|
NORMAN, D.A. & SHALICE, T. (2000). Attention to action
: Willed and automatic control of behaviour. In M.S.
Gazzaniga (Ed.), Cognitive neuroscience : a reader.
Oxford : Blackwell. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Normand Matthew P. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste américain
et spécialiste de l'étude du comportement
verbal. Collaborateur de Kohn,
Poling et Schlinger.
|
NORMAND, M.P. (2002). Verbal behavior : History and
future. The Behavior Analyst Today, 3, 41-(1),
44. [PDF] |
|
NORMAND, M.P SEVERTSON, E.S. & BEAVERS, G.A. (2008). A
functional analysis of non-vocal verbal behavior of a
young child with autism. The Analysis of Verbal
Behavior, 24, 63-67. [PDF] |
|
NORMAND, M.P., MACHADO, M.A., HUSTYI, K.M. & MORLEY,
A.J. (2011). Infant sign training and functional analysis.
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 44 (2),
305-314. [PDF] |
|
NORMAND, M.P. & KOHN, C.S. (2013). Don't wag the dog :
Extending the reach of applied behavior analysis. The
Behavior Analyst, 36 (1), 109-122. [PDF] |
|
NORMAND, M.P. (2014). Opening Skinner's box : An
introduction. The Behavior Analyst, 37, 67- 68.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Norme : Ce terme à au moins trois acceptions, assez voisines
: a) En psychométrie,
il s'agit d'un critère
permettant d'évaluer et de comparer la performance d'un individu à
un test.
= norme psychométrique.
Norm, standard,
criterion-referenced. b) En sociologie,
règle implicite commune à un groupe
qui prescrit ou proscrit un ou des comportements aux individus de
ce groupe. La norme est donc ce qu l'on attend d'un individu
compte tenu de son statut.
= norme sociale.
Social norm.
c)
Pour Sherif, la norme est
une échelle personnelle de référence qui permet à chaque individu
d'évaluer jusqu'à quel point ses comportements sont "normaux" ou
s'éloigne de cette norme (déviance). Norme et normalité.
= norme sociale, ce qu'il faut faire,
règle implicite. ( ): Voir tableau
ci-dessous. Social norm,
group norm.
| |
|
| a |
|
ANGOFF, W.H. (1971). Scales, norms and equivalent scores.
In R.L. Thorndike (Ed.), Educational measurement
(pp. 508-600). Washington, DC : American Council on
Education. |
|
|
Voir aussi Test
et Psychométrie |
| b |
|
SHERIF, M. (1936). The psychology of social norms.
New York : Harper. Standard. |
PRENTICE, D.A. (2000). "Values" and "norms". In A.E.
Kazdin (Ed.), Encyclopedia of psychology. New
York : Oxford University Press. |
|
MORRIS, R.T. (1956). A typology of norms. American
Sociological Review, 21, 610-613. |
LATANÉ, B. (2000). Pressures to uniformity and the
evolution of cultural norms : Dynamic social impact in
workgroups. In D.R. Ilgen & C.L. Hulin (Eds.), Computational
modeling of behavior in organizations : The third
scientific discipline (pp. 189-216). Washington, DC
: American Psychological Association. |
| |
ABRAMS, D., MARQUES, J.M., BOWN, N.J. & HENSON, M.
(2000). Pro-norm and anti-norm deviance within in-groups
and out-groups. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 78, 906-912. |
|
DITTES, J.E. & KELLEY, H.H. (1956). Effects of
different conditions of acceptance upon conformity to
group norms. Journal of Abnormal & Social
Psychology, 53, 6-74. |
LEVINE, J.M., HIGGINS, E.T. & CHOI, H.-S. (2000).
Development of strategic norms in groups.
Organizational Behavior & Human Decision Processes,
82, 88-101. |
|
BURNS, T. (1961). Social norms and social evolution. In M.
Banton (Ed.), Darwinism and the study of society.
Tavistock. |
JOIREMAN, J. LASANR, T.P., BENNNETTJ., RICHARDS, D. &
SOLAIMANI, S. (2001). Integrating social value orientation
and the consideration of future consequences within the
extended norm activation model of proenvironmental
behavior. British Journal of Social Psychology, 40, 133-155. |
|
GIBBS, J.P. (1965). Norms : The problem of definition and
classification American Journal of Sociology, 70 (5),
586-594 |
RATNER, R.K. & MILLER, D.T. (2001). The norm of
self-interest and its effects on social action. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 81 (1),
5-16.
[PDF] |
|
LATANÉ, B. & DARLEY, J.M. (1969). Norms and
"normative" behavior : Field studies of social
interdependence. In J. Macaulay & L. Berkowitz (Eds.),
Altruism and helping (pp. 83-101). New York :
Academic Press. |
HECHTER, M. & OPP, K.D. (Eds.) (2001). Social
norms. New York : Russell Sage Foundation. |
|
HOROWITZ, I.A. (1971). The effect of group norms on
bystander intervention. Journal of Social Psychology,
S3, 265-273. |
HENRICH, J. & BOYD, R. (2001). Why people punish
defectors : Weak conformist transmission can stabilize
costly renforcement of norms in cooperative dilemmas. Journal
of Theoretical Biology, 208, 79-89. [PDF] |
| |
THERBORN, G. (2002). Back to norms ! On the scope and
dynamics of norms and normative action. Current
Sociology, 50, 863-880. |
|
DIENER, E. & WALBOM, M. (1976). Effects of
self-awareness on antinormative behavior. Journal of
Research in Personality, 10, 107-111. |
BERTHOZ, S., ARMONY, J.L., BLAIR, R.J. & DOLAN, R.J.
(2002). An fMRI study of intentional and unintentional
(embarrassing) violation of social norms. Brain, 125,
1696-1708. |
| |
JETTEN, J., POSTMES T. & McAULIFFE, B.J. (2002). We're
all individuals' : Group norms of individualism and
collectivism, levels of identification and identity
threat. European Journal of Social Psychology 32
(2), 189-207. [PDF] |
|
MILLER, D.T. & McFARLAND, C. (1986). Counterfactual
thinking and victim compensation : A test of norm theory.
Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 12,
513-519. |
PERKINS, H.W. (2002). Social norms and the prevention of
alcohol misuse in collegiate contexts. Journal of
Studies in Alcohol, 14 (S), 164-172. [PDF] |
|
KAHNEMAN, D. & MILLER, D.T. (1986). Norm theory :
Comparing reality to its alternatives. Psychological
Review, 93, 136-153. |
CRANDALL, C.S., ESHLEMAN, A. & O’BRIEN, L. (2002).
Social norms and the expression and suppression of
prejudice : the struggle for internalization. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 82 (3),
359-378. |
|
AXELROD, R. (1986). An evolutionary approach to norms.
American Political Science Review, 80 (4),
1095-1111. |
KENRICK, D.T., LI, N.P. & BUTNER, J. (2003). Dynamical
evolutionary psychology : Individual decision rules and
emergent social norms. Psychological Review, 110
(1), 3-28. [PDF] |
| |
BORSARI, B. & CAREY, K. B. (2003). Descriptive and
injunctive norms in college drinking : A meta-analytic
integration. Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 64,
331-341. |
|
THOMPSON, E.H. & PLECK, J.H. (1986). The structure of
male norms. American Behavioral Scientists, 29, 531-543. |
DUBOIS, N. (2003). The concept of norm. In N. Dubois
(Ed.), A sociocognitive approach of social norms
(pp. 1-16). London : Routledge. |
| |
DUBOIS, N. (2003). A sociocognitive approach to
social norms. Londres : Routledge. |
|
BURGER, J.M. (1987). Desire for control and conformity to
a perceived norm. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 53, 355-360. [PDF] |
RIVIS, A. & SHEERAN, P. (2003). Descriptive norms as
an additional predictor in the theory of planned behavior
: a meta-analysis. Current Psychology : Developmental,
Learning, Personality, Social, 22 (3), 218-233.
[PDF] |
|
BEAUVOIS, J.-L. & DUBOIS, N. (1987). The norm of
internality in the explanation of psychological events. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 1 (8), 299-316. |
BLAKEMORE, J.E.O. (2003). Children’s beliefs about
violating gender norms : Boys shouldn’t look like girls,
and girls shouldn’t act like boys. Sex Roles, 48, 411-419. |
|
DUBOIS, N. (1988). The norm of internality : social
valorisation of behavior and reinforcements in young
people. Journal of Social psychology, 128 (4),
431-439. |
CHRISTENSEN, P.N., ROTHGERBER, H., WOOD, W. & MATZ,
D.C. (2004). Social norms and identity relevance: A
motivational model of normative impact. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 30, 1295-1309. [PDF] |
| |
FEHR, E. & FISCHBACHER, U. (2004). Social norms and
human cooperation. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 8, 185-190. |
| |
NEIGHBORS, C., LARIMER, M.E. & LEWIS, M.A. (2004).
Targeting misperceptions of descriptive drinking norms :
Efficacy of a computer-delivered personalized normative
feedback intervention. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 72, 434-447. [PDF] |
|
|
RAINEY, D.W. & LARSEN, J.D. (1988). Balls, strikes,
and norms : Rule violations and normative rules among
baseball umpires. Journal of Sport & Exercise
Psychology, 10, 75-80. [PDF] |
LEWIS, M.A. & NEIGHBORS, C. (2004). Gender-specific
misperceptions of college student drinking norms. Psychology
of Addictive Behavior, 18 (4), 334-339. [PDF] |
|
SAUNDERS, S.M., HOWARD, K.I. & NEWMAN, F.L. (1988).
Evaluating the clinical significance of treatment effects
: Norms and normality. Behavioral Assessment, 10,
207-218. |
RUTLAND, A., CAMERON, L., MILNE, A. & McGEORGE, P.
(2005). Social norms and self-presentation. Children's
implicit and explicit intergroup attitudes. Child
Development, 76, 451-466. |
| |
PARIENTE-BUTTERLIN. (2005). Le droit, la norme et le
réel. Paris : Presses Universitaire de France. |
| |
DUBOIS, N. (2005). Normes sociales de jugement et valeur :
ancrage sur l'utilité et ancrage sur la désirabilité. Revue
Internationale de Psychologie Sociale, 18 (3),
43-79. |
| |
WERNER, N.E. & NIXON, C.L. (2005). Normative beliefs
and relational aggression : An investigation of the
cognitive bases of adolescent aggressive behavior. Journal
of Youth & Adolescence, 34 (3), 229-243. |
|
CIALDINI, R.B., RENO, R.R. & KALLGREN, C.A. (1990). A
focus theory of normative conduct: recycling the concept
of norms to reduce littering in public places. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 58, 1015-1026.
[PDF] |
NESDALE, D., MAASS, A., DURKIN, K. & GRIFFITHS, J.
(2005). Group norms, threat, and children's racial
prejudice. Child Development, 76 (3), 652-663. [PDF] |
|
ABRAMS, D., WETHERELL, M., COCHRANE, S., HOGG, M.A. &
TURNER, J.C. (1990). Knowing what to think by knowing who
you are : Self-categorisation and the nature of norm
formation, conformity and group polarisation. British
Journal of Social Psychology, 29, 97-119. |
SRIPADA, C. & STICH, S. (2006). A framework for the
psychology of norms. In P. Carruthers, S. Laurence &
S. Stich (Dir.), The innate mind : Culture and
cognition (pp. 280-301). Oxford University Press. |
| |
LIVET, P. (2006). Les normes. Paris : Colin. |
|
CIALDINI, R.B., KALLGREN, C.A. & RENO, R.R. (1991). A
focus theory of normative conduct : A theoretical
refinement and reevaluation of the role of norms in human
behavior. In L. Berkowitz (Ed.), Advances in
experimental social psychology (Vol. 24, pp.
201-234). San Diego, CA : Academic Press. |
CIALDINI, R.B., DEMAINE, L. SAGARIN, B.J., BARRETT, D.W.,
RHOADS, K. & WINTER, P.L. (2006). Managing social
norms for persuasive impact. Social Influence, 1,
3-15. [PDF] |
| |
CHALUB, F.A.C.C., SANTOS, F.C. & PACHECO, J.M. (2006).
The evolution of norms. Journal of Theoretical
Biology 241, 233-240. [PDF] |
|
WHITE, K.M., TERRY, D.J. & HOGG, M.A. (1994). Safer
sex behavior : the role of attitudes, norms, and control
factors. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 24,2164-2192. |
SCHULTZ, P.W., NOLAN, J.M., CIALDINI, R.B., GOLDSTEIN,
N.J. & GRISKVICIUS, V. (2006). The constructive,
destructive, and reconstructive power of social norms. Psychological
Science, 18 (5), 429-434. [PDF] |
|
DUBOIS, N. (1994). La norme d'internalité et le
libéralisme. Grenoble : Presses universitaires de
Grenoble. |
LEWIS, M.A. & NEIGHBORS, C. (2006). Social norms
approaches using descriptive drinking norms education : A
review of the research on personalized normative feedback.
Journal of American College Health, 4, 213-218. [PDF] |
|
HOGG, M.A. & REID, S.A. (2006). Social identity,
self-categorization, and the communication of group norms.
Communication Theory, 16, 7-30. [PDF] |
|
TUOMELA, R. & BONNEVIER-TUOMELA, M. (1995). Social
norms, tasks, and roles. European Journal of Law,
Philosophy & Computer Science, 5, 41-46. |
VERHAGEN, H. (2007). Normtypologies. Dagstuhl Seminar
Proceedings, 1-5. [PDF] |
|
SUNSTEIN, C.R. (1995). Social norms and social rules. John
M. Olin law & economics working paper no. 36, 1-47.
[PDF] |
NEIGHBORS, C., LEE, C.M., FOSSOS, N. & LARIMER, M.E.
(2007). Are social norms the best predictor of outcomes
among heavy-drinking college students ? Journal of
Studies on Alcohol & Drugs, 68 (4), 556-565. [PDF] |
|
TUOMELA, R. (1995). The importance of US: A
philosophical study of basic social norms. Stanford
University Press. |
ZITEK, E.M. & HEBL, M.R. (2007). The role of social
norm clarity in the influenced expression of prejudice
over time. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology,
43, 867-876. |
|
STRAHAN, E.J., LAFRANCE, A., WILSON, A.E., ETHLER, N.,
SPENCER, S.J. & ZANNA, M.P. (2008). Victoria's dirty
secret : How sociocultural norms influence adolescent
girls and women. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 32, 288-301. |
|
JETTEN, J.E., SPEARS, R. & MANSTEAD, S.R. (1996).
Intergroup norms and intergroup discrimination :
Distinctive self-categorization and social identity
effects. Journal of Personnality & Social
Psychology, 71 (6), 1222-1233. [PDF] |
NEIGHBORS, C., GEISNER, I.M. & LEE, C.M. (2008).
Perceived marijuana norms and social expectancies among
entering college student marijuana users. Psychology
of Addictive Behaviors, 22, 433-438. |
|
MONTEITH, M.J., DEENEN, N.E. & TOOMAN, G.D. (1996).
The effect of social norm activation on the expression of
opinions concerning gay men and Blacks. Basic &
Applied Social Psychology, 18, 267-288. |
THOGERSEN, J. (2008). Social norms and cooperation in
real-life social dilemmas. Journal of Economic
Psychology, 29 (4), 458-472. |
|
DUBOIS, N. & BEAUVOIS, J.-L. (2008). The social value
of internal explanations and the norm of internality. Social
& Personality Psychology Compass, 2 (4),
1737-1752. |
|
WOOD, W., CHRISTENSEN, P.N., HEBL, M.R. & ROTHGERBER,
H. (1997). Sex-typed norms, affect, and the self. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 73,
523-535. [PDF] |
DIJKSTRA, J.K., LINDENBERG, S.M. & VEENSTRA, R.
(2008). Beyond the classroom norm. Journal of Abnormal
Child Psychology, 36, 1289-1299. |
|
HUESMANN, L.R. & GUERRA, N.C. (1997). Children's
normative beliefs about aggression and aggressive
behavior. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 72 (2), 408-419. [PDF] |
PEREIRA, C., VALA, J. & LEYENS, J.P. (2009). From
infra-humanization to discrimination : The mediation of
symbolic threat needs egalitarian norms. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 45, 336-344. [PDF] |
|
LABRIE, J.W., HUMMER, J.F. & LARIMER, M.E. (2010).
Whose opinion matters ? The relationship between
injunctive norms and alcohol consequences in college
students. Addictive Behaviors, 35, 343-349. [PDF] |
|
|
NEIGHBORS, C., LABRIE, J.W., HUMMER, J.F., LEWIS, M.A.,
LEE, C.M., DESAI, S., KILMER, J.R. & LARIMER, M.E.
(2010). Group identification as a moderator of the
relationship between perceived social norms and alcohol
consumption. Psychology of Addictive Behaviors, 24
(3), 522-528. [PDF] |
| |
BURGER, J.M, BELL, H., HARVEY, K., JOHNSON, J., STEWART,
C., DORIAN, K. & SWEDROE, M. (2010). Nutritious or
delicious ? The effect of descriptive norm information on
food choice. Journal of Social & Clinical
Psychology, 29 (2), 228-242. [PDF] |
|
POSTMES, T. & SPEARS, R. (1998). Deindividuation and
anti-normative behavior : A meta-analysis. Psychological
Bulletin, 123, 238-259. |
NIPEDAL, C., NESDALE, D. & KILLEEN, M. (2010). Social
group norms, school norms, and children’s aggressive
intentions. Aggressive Behavior, 36, 195-204. [PDF] |
|
CIALDINI, R.B. & TROST, M.R. (1998). Social influence
: Social norms, conformity, and compliance. In D.T.
Gilbert, S.T. Fiske and G. Lindzey (Eds.), Handbook
of social psychology (Vol. 2, pp. 151-192). Boston,
MA : McGraw-Hill. |
LATKIN, C.A., KURAMOTO, S.J., DAVEY-ROTHWELL, M.A. &
TOBIN, K.E. (2010). Social norms, social networks, and HIV
risk behavior among injection drug users. AIDS
Behavior, 14 (5), 1159-1168.
[PDF] |
|
WELLEN, J.M., HOGG, M.A. & TERRY, D.J. (1998). Group
norms and attitude-behavior consistency : The role of
group salience and mood. Group Dynamics : Theory,
Research, & Practice, 2, 48-56. |
BURGER, J.M. & SHELTON, M. (2011). Changing everyday
health behaviors through descriptive norm manipulations. Social
Influence, 6, 69-77. [PDF] |
|
SUH, E., DIENER, E., OISHI, S. & TRIANDIS, H.C.
(1998). The shifting basis of life satisfaction judgments
across cultures : Emotions versus norms. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 74, 482-493. |
NEIGHBORS, C., JENSEN, M., TIDWELL, J., WALTER, T.,
FOSSOS, N. & LEWIS, M.A. (2011). Social-norms
interventions for light and nondrinking students. Group
Processes & Intergroup Relations, 14, 651-669.
|
| |
BURGER, J.M., LASALVIA, C.T., HENDRICKS, L.A., MEHDIPOUR,
T. & NEUDECK, E.M. (2011). Partying before the party
gets started : The effects of descriptive norms on
pre-gaming behavior. Basic & Applied Social
Psychology, 33 (3), 220-227. [PDF] |
| |
PRAIRAT, E. (2012). Considérations sur l'idée de norme.
Les Sciences de l'éducation - Pour l'Ère nouvelle, 45,
33-50. |
| |
SPINA, M. (2012). Norm and normality, starting from
Merleau-Ponty. Phenomenology & Mind, 3,
36-44. |
| |
REYNOLDS, K.J., SUBASIC, E. & TINDALL, K. (2014). The
problem of behaviour change : From social norms to an
ingroup focus. Social & Personality Psychology
Compass, 1-12. [PDF] |
|
MENDOZA, S.M., LANE, S.P. & AMODIO, D.M. (2014). For
members only : Ingroup punishment of fairness norm
violations in the Ultimatum Game. Social
Psychological & Personality Science, 5, 662-670.
[PDF] |
|
MILLER, D.T. (1999). The norm of self-interest.
American Psychologist, 54, 1-8. [PDF] |
WU, L.-T., SWARTZ, M., BRADY, K.T. & HOYLE, R.H.
(2015). Perceived cannabis use norms and cannabis use
among adolescents in the United States. Journal
Psychiatric Research, 64, 79-87. [PDF] |
| |
TANKARD, M.E. & PALUCK, E.L. (2016). Norm perception
as a vehicle for social change. Social Issues &
Policy Review, 10, 181-211. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Groupe |
| b |
|
|
Voir aussi Valeur,
Normalité et Groupe |
| c |
|
SHERIF, M. (1936). The psychology of social norms.
New York : Harper. Standard. |
|
|
Voir aussi Sherif |
|
|
Norme
d'équité : Norme qui stipule que
l'on doit aider
ceux et celles qui nous on aidé davantage par le passé afin de
rétablir l'équité entre eux
et nous. EX: Par équité, un adulte devrait aidé
ses parents. Equity norm.
| |
|
|
ADAMS, J. & STACEY (1965). Inequity in social
exchange. In L. Berkowitz (Ed.), Advances in
experimental social psychology (Vol. 2, pp.
267-299). New York : Academic Press. |
|
DEUTSCH, M. (1979). A critical review of "equity theory" :
An alternative perspective on the social psychology of
justice. International Journal of Group Tensions, 9,
20-49. |
|
PEREIRA, C., VALA, J. & LEYENS, J.P. (2009). From
infra-humanization to discrimination : The mediation of
symbolic threat needs egalitarian norms. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 45, 336-344. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Norme et Équité |
|
|
Normes
et format de citation de l'APA : Norme de citation
des références et
des sources selon l'American
Psychological Association. Les sources doivent être citées
partiellement en références dans
le texte et complètement sous forme de notices
à la fin du texte.
1) Article;
2) Livre; 3) Chapitre de
livre; 4) Autres formats.
| |
| (1) |
BÉLANGER, J. (1978). Images et réalités du béhaviorisme.
Philosophiques, 5 (1), 3-110.
|
| (2) |
SKINNER, B.F. (1971). L'analyse expérimentale du
comportement. Paris : Seuil.
|
| (3) |
BEAUGRAND, J. (1988). Démarche scientifique et cycle
de la recherche. Dans M. Robert (Dir.), Fondements
et étapes de la recherche scientifique en
psychologie (p. 1-34). St-Hyacinthe : Édisem.
|
|
Norme
de groupe : Norme partagée par
l'ensemble des membres d'un
groupe.
Group norm.
|
|
| |
JETTEN, J.E., SPEARS, R. & MANSTEAD, S.R. (1996).
Intergroup norms and intergroup discrimination :
Distinctive self-categorization and social identity
effects. Journal of Personnality & Social
Psychology, 71 (6), 1222-1233. [PDF] |
HOGG, M.A. & REID, S.A. (2006). Social identity,
self-categorization, and the communication of group norms.
Communication Theory, 16, 7-30. [PDF]
|
|
ABRAMS, D., MARQUES, J.M., BOWN, N.J. & HENSON, M.
(2000). Pro-norm and anti-norm deviance within in-groups
and out-groups. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 78, 906-912. |
NESDALE, D., DURKIN, K., MAAS, A., KLESNER, J. &
GRIFFITHS, J.A. (2008). Effects of group norms on
children's intentions to bully. Social Development, 17
(4), 889-907. |
|
JETTEN, J., POSTMES T. & McAULIFFE, B.J. (2002). We're
all individuals : Group norms of individualism and
collectivism, levels of identification and identity
threat. European Journal of Social Psychology 32
(2), 189-207. [PDF] |
HAGGER, M.S., RENTZELAS, P. & CHATZISARANTIS, N.L.D.
(2014). Effects of individualist and collectivist group
norms and choice on intrinsic motivation. Motivation
& Emotion, 38, 215-223. |
| NESDALE, D., DURKIN, K., MAASS, A. & GRIFFITHS,
J. (2005). Group norms, threat, and children’s racial
prejudice. Child Development, 76 (3), 652-663. [PDF] |
BARNIGHT, L.J., HUBBARD, J.A., GRASSETTI, S. & MORROW,
M.T. (2017). Relations between actual group norms,
perceived peer behavior, and bystander children's
intervention to bullying. Journal of Clinical Child
& Adolescent Psychology, 46, 394-400. |
|
|
Voir aussi Groupe
et Norme |
|
|
Norme
de justice : Norme qui stipule
que l'on doit aider
ceux et celles qui méritent d'être aidé. EX: Par
justice, on devrait aidé la victime d'un agresseur (mais pas son
agresseur).
|
Norme
de rédaction : Norme de
la science en matière de rédaction
d'ouvrage scientifique.
| |
|
|
BEM, D.J. (1995). Writing a review article for
Psychological Bulletin. Psychological Bulletin, 118,
172-177. |
|
LECOUTRE, M.-P. et POITEVINEAU, J. (2000). Aller au-delà
des tests de signification usuels : vers de nouvelles
normes de publication. L’Année Psychologique, 100
(4), 683-713. |
|
PROVOST, M., ALAIN, M., LUSSIER, Y. et LEROUX, Y. (2006).
Normes de présentation d'un travail de recherche. Trois-Rivières
: SMG. |
|
|
|
Norme
de réciprocité : Norme qui
stipule que l'on doit aider
ceux et celles qui sont susceptibles de nous aider. EX:
Par réciprocité, on aide nos bons amis sachant qu'en retour ils
nous aideront un jour. Norme de réciprocité et réciprocité.
Norm of reciprocity.
| |
|
|
GOULDNER, A.W. (1960). The norm of reciprocity : A
preliminary statement. American Sociological Review,
25, 161-178. |
|
BURGER, J.M. & PETT, R.E. (1981). The lowball
compliance technique : Task or person commitment ? Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 40, 492-500. |
|
BURGER, J.M., HORITA, M., KINOSHITA, L., ROBERTS, K. &
VERA, C. (1997). The effects of time on the norm of
reciprocity. Basic & Applied Social Psychology,
19 (1), 91-100. [PDF] |
|
WHATLEY, M.A., WEBSTER, J.M., SMITH, R.H. & RHODES, A.
(1999). The effect of a favor on public and private
compliance : How internalized is the norm of reciprocity ?
Basic & Applied Social Psychology, 21,
251-259. |
|
PERUGINI, M., GALLUCCI, M., PRESAGHI, F. & ERCOLANI,
A.P. (2003). The personal norm of reciprocity. European
Journal of Personality, 17, 251-283. |
|
BURGER, J.M., SANCHEZ, J., IMBERI, J.E. & GRANDE, L.R.
(2009). The norm of reciprocity as an internalized social
norm: Returning favors even when no one finds out. Social
influence, 4 (1), 11-17. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Norme et Réciprocité |
|
|
Norme
de responsabilité sociale : Norme
qui stipule que l'on doit aider
ceux et celles qui dépendent de nous. EX: Par
responsabilité, des parents aident leurs enfants.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Northoff
Georg (Hambourg-) : Psychiatre
et épistémologue
allemand.
 |
NORTHOFF, G. (1999). Psychomotor phenomena as paradigmatic
examples of functional brain organization and mind-brain
relationship : Do we need a "philosophy of the brain" ?
Philosophy, Psychiatry & Psychology, 6 (3),
199-215. |
|
NORTHOFF, G. (2000). Are "Q-Memories" empirically
realistic ? A neurophilosophical approach. Philosophical
Psychology, 13 (2), 191-211. |
|
NORTHOFF, G. (2002). Neurophysiology, neuropsychiatry and
neurophilosophy of catatonia. Behavioral & Brain
Sciences, 25 (5), 592-599. |
|
NORTHOFF, G. & BERMPOHL, F. (2004). Cortical midline
structures and the self. Trends in Cognitive
Sciences, 8 (3), 102-107. [PDF] |
|
NORTHOFF, G. (2008). What kind of neural coding and self
does Hurley's shared circuit model presuppose ? Behavioral
& Brain Sciences, 31 (1), 33-34. |
|
|
|
Northup
John ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américain. Il s'intéresse à l'effet combiné des contingences et du
methylphenidate sur
le comportement. Collaborateur
de Borrero,
Kodak, Vollmer
et Wacker.
|
NORTHUP, J., WACKER, D.P., SASSO, G., CIGRAND, K., COOK,
J. & DERAAD, A. (1991). A brief functional analysis of
aggression and an alternative behavior in an outpatient
setting. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 24 (3),
509-522. [PDF] |
|
NORTHUP, J., WACKER, D.P., BERG, W.K., KELLY, L., SASSO,
G.J. & DERAAD, A. (1994). The treatment of severe
behavior problems in school settings using a technical
assistance model. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 27 (1), 33-47. [PDF] |
|
NORTHUP, J., FUSILIER, I., SWANSON, V., ROANE, H. &
BORRERO, J. (1997). An evaluation of methylphenidate as a
potential establishing operation for some common classroom
reinforcers. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis,
30 (4), 615-625.
[PDF] |
|
NORTHUP, J., FUSILIER, I., SWANSON, V., HUETE, J., BRUCE,
J., FREELAND, J., GULLEY, V. & EDWARDS, S. (1999).
Further analysis of the separate and interactive effects
of methylphenidate and common classroom contingencies.
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 32 (1),
35-50. [PDF] |
|
NORTHUP, J., KODAK, T., GROW, L., LEE, J. & COYNE, A.
(2004). Instructional influences on analogue functional
analysis outcomes. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 37 (4), 509-512. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Norton
John D. ( ) : Philosophe,
historien des
sciences et épistémologue
américain. Il s'intéresse notamment à la théorie de la relativité,
au raisonnement
inductif et aux
expériences mentales.
|
NORTON, J. (1991). Thought experiments in Einstein's work.
In T. Horowitz & G. Massey (Eds.), Thought
experiments in science and philosophy (pp.
129-148). Savage, MD : Rowman and Littlefield Publishers.
[PDF] |
|
NORTON, J. (1994). Science and certainty. Synthese,
99, 3-22. [PDF] |
|
NORTON, J. (1996). Are thought experiments just what you
thought ? Canadian Journal of Philosophy, 26,
333-366.
[PDF] |
|
NORTON, J. (2006). Disbelief as the dual of belief.
International Studies in the Philosophy of Science, 21,
231-252. [PDF] |
|
NORTON, J. (2010). There are no universal rules for
induction. Philosophy of Science, 77 (5),
765-777. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Norton
Peter J. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste américain et spécialiste de l'étude
et du traitement de l'anxiété.
|
NORTON, P.J., BURNS, J.A., HOPE, D.A. & BAUEUR, B.K.
(2000). Generalization of social anxiety to sporting and
athletic situations : Gender, sports involvement, and
parental pressure. Depression & Anxiety, 12,
193-202. |
|
NORTON, P.J. & HOPE, D.A. (2005). Preliminary
evaluation of a broad-spectrum cognitive-behavioral group
therapy for anxiety. Journal of Behavior Therapy
& Experimental Psychiatry, 36, 79-97. |
|
NORTON, P.J. & PRICE, E.C. (2007). A meta-analytic
review of adult cognitive-behavioral treatment outcome
across the anxiety disorders. The Journal of Nervous
& Mental Disease, 195 (6), 521-531. [PDF] |
|
NORTON, P.J. (2008). An open trial of a transdiagnostic
cognitive-behavioral group therapy for anxiety disorder.
Behavior Therapy, 39, 242-250. [PDF] |
|
NORTON, P.J. (2012). A randomized clinical trial of
transdiagnostic cognitve-behavioral treatments for anxiety
disorder by comparison to relaxation training.
Behavior Theapist, 43 (3), 506-517.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Norvège
: Pays. Norway.
| |
|
|
STACK, S. (1989). The impact of divorce on suicide in
Norway, 1951-1980. Journal of Marriage & the
Family, 51 (1), 229-238. |
GÖTESTAM, K.G. & JOHANSSON, A. (2003). Characteristics
of gambling and problematic gambling in the Norwegian
context : A DSM-IV based telephone interview study. Addictive
Behaviors, 28, 189-197. |
|
GJONE, H., STEVENSON, J. & SUNDET, J.M. (1996).
Genetic influence on parent-reported attention-related
problems in a Norwegian general population twin sample. Journal
of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 35 (5), 588-596. |
LEUVEN, E., OOSTERBEEK, H. & RONNING, M. (2008).
Quasi-experimental estimates of the effect of class size
on achievement in Norway. Scandinavian Journal of
Economics, 110, 663-693. / IZA Discussion Papers, 3474,
1-29. [PDF] |
|
THUEN, F. & SANDVIK, O. (1998). The Norwegian
Bereavement Care Project : an evaluation of the first
twelve years. Bereavement Care, 17, 24-25. |
BAKKEN, I.J., GOTESTAM, K.G., GRAWE, R.W., WENZEL, H.G.
& OREN, A. (2009). Gambling behavior and gambling
problems in Norway 2007. Scandinavian Journal of
Psychology, 50, 333-339. |
|
JENSEN, M., KRISTIANSEN, I., SANDBEKK, M. & KROGER, J.
(1998). Ego identity status in cross cultural context : A
comparison of Norwegian and United States university
students. Psychological Reports, 83, 455-460. |
MICELI, M.P. & NEAR, J.P. (2013). An international
comparison of the incidence of public sector
whistle-blowing and the prediction of retaliation :
Australia, Norway, and the US. Australian Journal of
Public Administration, 72 (4), 1-14. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Pays |
|
|
|
NO -
NOSOFSKY - NOSOLOGIE -
NOTICE - NOTER - NOURRISSON
- NOURRITURE - NOUVEAUTÉ
- NOVAK - NOYAU - NU |
Nosek
Brian Arthur ( ) : Psychosociologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de la cognition
sociale, plus particulièrement de la cognition
implicite et des croyances.
Collaborateur de Asendorpf,
Banaji, De
Houwer, Fiedler,
Greenwald, Jost et Rudman.
 |
NOSEK, B. & BANAJI, M.R. (2001). The go/no-go
association task. Social Cognition, 19, 625-666. |
|
NOSEK, B. BANAJI, M.R. & GREENWALD, A.G. (2002). Math
= Male, Me = Female, therefore Math ? me. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 83 (1), 44-59.
[PDF] |
|
GREENWALD, A.G. & NOSEK, B.A. (2001). Health of the
implicit Association Test at age 3. Zeitschrift fûr
Experimentelle Psychologie, 48, 85-93. [PDF] |
|
NOSEK, B.A., BANAJI, M.R. & GREENWALD, A.G. (2002).
E-research : Ethics, security, design, and control in
psychological research on the Internet. Journal of
Social Issues, 58 (1), 161-176. [PDF] |
|
NOSEK, B.A. & HANSEN, J.J. (2008). The associations in
our heads belong to us : Searching for attitudes and
knowledge in implicit evaluation. Cognition &
Emotion, 22, 553-594. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Nosofsky
Robert M. (1956-) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américain, spécialisé dans le développement des modèles
logico-mathématiques, des
modèle neuraux de l'attention
et de la catégorisation.
Collaborateur de Luce, Shiffrin,
Townsend et Zaki.
 |
NOSOFSKY, R.M. (1983). Shifts of attention in the
identification and discrimination of intensity. Perception
& Psychophysics, 33 (2), 103-112. [PDF] |
|
NOSOFSKY, R.M. (1986). Attention, similarity, and the
identification-categorization relationship. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : General, 115 (1),
39-57. [PDF] |
|
NOSOFSKY, R.M. & PALMERI, T.J. (1996). Learning to
classify integral-dimension stimuli. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 3 (2), 222-226. [PDF] |
|
NOSOFSKY, R.M. & ZAKI, S.R. (2002). Exemplar and
prototype models revisited : Response strategies,
selective attention, and stimulus generalization. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, &
Cognition, 28 (5), 924-940. [PDF] |
|
NOSOFSKY, R.M., DENTON, S.E., ZAKI, S.R., MURPHY-KNUDSEN,
A.F. & UNVERZAGT, F.W. (2012). Studies of implicit
prototype extraction in patients with mild cognitive
impairment and early Alzheimer's disease. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, &
Cognition, 38, 860-880. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Nosologie
: Du grec nosos qui signifie "maladie".
Branche de la psychologie
et de la psychiatrie/médecine qui étudie les critères de classification
et de diagnostic des
maladies biologiques et mentales.
En psychiatrie/psychologie, les premières nosologies ont été
élaborées par Pinel, Morel,
Kahlbaum, Krafft-Ebing,
Hecker, Kraeplin
et Bleuler. Nosologie et
DSM-IV. =
description et classement des maladies mentales. *étiologie.
Nosology.
| |
|
|
SZASZ, T.S. (1957). The problem of psychiatric nosology :
A contribution to a situational analysis of psychiatric
operations. American Journal of Psychiatry, 114,
405-413. |
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (1999). Philosophy of science and the
progressiveness of the DSM's theory-neutral nosology :
Response to Follette and Houts, Part 1. Behavior
Research & Therapy, 37, 963-999. |
|
KLERMAN, G.L. (1978). The evolution of a scientific
nosology. In J.C. Shershow (Ed.), Schizophrenia :
Science and practice (pp. 99-121). Cambridge,
Massachusetts : Harvard University Press. |
MIRSKY, A.F. & DUNCAN, C.C. (2001). A nosology of
disorders of attention. Annals of the New York Academy
of Sciences, 931, 17-32. |
|
KENDLER, K.S. (1980). The nosologic validity of paranoia
(simple delusional disorder) : A review. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 37, 699-706. |
GAEBEL, W. & ZIELASEK, J. (2008). The DSM-V initiative
"deconstructing psychosis" in the context of Kraepelin's
concept on nosology. European Archives of Psychiatry
and Clinical Neuroscience, 258 (S2), 41-47. |
|
TYNES, L.L., WHITE, K. & STEKETEE, G. S. (1990).
Toward a new nosology of obsessive compulsive disorder. Comprehensive
Psychiatry, 31, 465-480. |
MATSON, J.L. & WILKINS, J. (2008). Nosology and
diagnosis of Asperger’s syndrome. Research in Autism
Spectrum Disorders, 2, 288-300. |
|
HUNT, R.D. (1997). Nosology, neurobiology, and clinical
patterns of ADHD in adults. Psychiatric Annals, 27 (8),
572-581. |
LOPEZ-IBOR, J.J. & LOPEZ-IBOR, M.I. (2008).
Anthropological perspectives in psychiatric nosology. Philosophy,
Psychiatry & Psychology, 15 (3), 259-263. |
|
KENDLER, K.S. & JABLENSKY, A. (2010). Kraepelin's
concept of psychiatric illness. Psychological
Medicine, 4 (6), 1119-1126. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Diagnostic
et DSM |
|
|
Nostalgie
: Nostalgia.
| |
|
|
SOHN, L. (1983). Nostalgia. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 64, 203-211. |
|
WILDSCHUT, T., SEDIKIDES, C., ARNDT, J. & ROUTLEDGE,
C.D. (2006). Nostalgia : Content, triggers, functions. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 91,
975-993. |
|
JUHL, J., ROUTLEDGE, C.D., ARNDT, J., SEDIKIDES, C. &
WILDSCHUT, T. (2010). Fighting the future with the past :
Nostalgia buffers existential threat. Journal of
Research in Personality, 44, 309-314
[PDF] |
|
WILDSCHUT, T., SEDIKIDES, C., ROUTLEDGE, C.D., ARNDT, J.
& CORDARO, P (2010). Nostalgia as a repository of
social connectedness : The role of attachment-related
avoidance. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 98, 573-586. |
|
VESS, M., ARNDT, J., ROUTLEDGE, C., SEDIKIDES, C. &
WILDSCHUT, T. (2012). Nostalgia as a resource for the
self. Self & Identity, 3, 273-284.
[PDF] |
|
ZHOU, X., WILDSCHUT, T., SEDIKIDES, C., SHI, K. &
FENG, C. (2012). Nostalgia : The gift that keeps on
giving. Journal of Consumer Research, 39, 39-50.
[PDF] |
|
TURNER, R.N., WILDSCHUT, T. & SEDIKIDES, C. (2012).
Dropping the weight stigma : Nostalgia improves attitudes
toward persons who are overweight. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 48, 130-137. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Notation : En science,
transcription formelle et conventionnelle d'une idée, d'un
principe ou d'une théorie
formulé à l'origine en langage
naturel. Par formel, on entend ici
logique-mathématique, c-à-d en un langage qui permet de
noter les relations logiques entre les phénomènes (équation) que
l'on cherche à décrire, si possible au moyen de nombres. La convention renvoie au choix des symboles, souvent
arbitraire, utilisés pour noter ces phénomènes.
= notation
scientifique. Notation system.
| |
| Langage
naturel |
Notation |
| Pierre
est plus grand que Jean, et Jean et plus grand que Serge,
donc Pierre est plus grand Serge |
P >
J > S |
| En
présence du stimulus discriminatif (Sd), un comportement
(R) engendre une conséquence (C) qui en retour influence
la fréquence de cette réponse. |
Sd - R
«----» C |
| En
science, un problème est la relation entre une cause X
(explication) et un phénomène Y (objet d'étude) qui est e
chez tous les Z (sujet/participant) |
P =
----» Y : Z |
|
| |
|
|
GOOD, I.J. (1955-56). Some terminology and notation in
information theory. Proceedings of the IEEE.
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 103,
200-204. |
|
MECHNER, F. (1959). A notation system for the description
of behavioral procedures. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 2 (2), 133-150. [PDF] |
|
WEINGARTEN, K. & MECHNER F. (1966). A notation system
for the analysis of social interaction. In T. Verhave
(Ed.), Readings in the experimental analysis of
behavior (pp. 447-59). New York : Appleton Century
Crofts. |
| |
|
|
|
Note
: Le mot renvoie à deux réalités scolaires : a)
Au singulier - ma note - il désigne le résultat d'une évaluation,
d'un examen.
Academic outcome. b) Il renvoie
également , au pluriel, à ce q'un élève/étudiant
consigne par écrit lors d'un cours.
La prise de
notes est l'un des principaux facteurs de la réussite
scolaire des étudiants.
Note-taking, notetaking, note taking.
| |
a |
|
OYSERMAN, D., BYBEE, D. & TERRY, K. (2006). Possible
selves and academic outcomes : How and when possible
selves impel action. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 91, 188-204. [PDF]
|
|
|
b |
|
CRAWFORD, C.C. (1925). Some experimental studies on the
results of college note-taking. The Journal of
Educational Research, 12, 379-386. |
|
Voir aussi Évaluation
des apprentissages et Étudiant |
|
|
Note
(Inflation) : Tendance observée chez
certains professeurs d'université
et de cégep à gonfler sans
raison valables les notes de
leurs étudiants afin
d'empêcher ces derniers de se plaindre ou pour donner l'impression
que l'on est un bon professeur ("cool"), que notre enseignement
est de qualité, ou simplement pour faire taire les critiques
larvées des administrations qui ne jurent que par la réussite.
Les procédés pour gonfler les moyennes
sont bien connus : correction globale sans critères d'évaluation
clairs et précis, question-bonus, reprise d'examen sans motif
valable, octroi complaisant de la note
de passage, examens
trop faciles sans rapport avec les objectifs
du cours, matière ou contenu-bidon, test
de lecture Mickey Mouse, évaluation en fonction de la tête
du client, octroi de note en fonction de l'effort et non de
l'apprentissage, absence de mesures contre le plagiat
et la tricherie, octroi de
note à la participation (et non à l'apprentissage), évaluation
sans rapport avec le contenu réel du cours, pseudo-handicap et
autres passe-droit. = inflation des
résultats scolaires, note gonflée, gonflement des résultats,
normalisation des résultats. Inflated test
score, grade inflation.
| |
|
|
McKENZIE, R.B. (1975). The economic effects of grade
inflation on instructor evaluations : A theoretical
approach. Journal of Economic Education, 6 (2),
99-105. |
SABOT, R. & WAKEMAN-LINN, J. (1991). Grade inflation
and course choice. Journal of Economic Perspectives,
5 (1), 159-170. |
|
NELSON, J.P. & LYNCH, K.A. (1984). Grade Inflation,
real income, simultaneity, and teaching evaluations. Journal
of Economic Education, 15 (1), 21-37. |
WAXMAN, H.C. & WALBERG, H.J. (1991). Effective
teaching : Current research. Berkeley, CA :
McCutchan Publishing Corporation. |
|
ZANGENEHZADEH, H. (1988). Grade Inflation : A way out. Journal
of Economic Education, 19 (3), 217-226. |
MANSFIELD, H.C. (2001). Grade inflation : It's time to
face the facts. The Long Term View, 5, 39-44. [LIRE] |
|
SHEPARD, L.A. (1990). Inflated test score gains : Is the
problem old norms or teaching the test ? Educational
Measurement : Issues & Practice, 9, 15-22. |
KOHN, A. (2002). The dangerous myth of grade inflation. The
Chronicle of Higher Education, 49 (11), 1-7. [LIRE] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Enseignement,
Évaluation
des apprentissages et Réussite
scolaire |
|
|
|
|
|
Note
scolaire : Résultat
obtenu par un élève/ étudiant
à la fin d'un cours, d'une
session, d'un programme,
qui estime la qualié de ses apprentissages. =
Noter un élève.
Academic outcome.
| |
|
|
OYSERMAN, D., BYBEE, D. & TERRY, K. (2006). Possible
selves and academic outcomes : How and when possible
selves impel action. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 91, 188-204. [PDF]
|
|
|
Voir aussi Évaluation
des apprentissages et Étudiant |
|
|
Noter : Consiste à consigner par écrit - sur papier ou au moyen d'un ordinateur
ou une tablette -
l'essentiel de ce qu'un enseignant/ professeur
dit ou écrit au tableau
lors d'un cours. On peut
également prendre des notes en lisant
et en faisant des fiches
de lecture. La prise de notes est l'un des principaux
facteurs de la réussite
scolaire des étudiants.
Note, classe
et étudier. =
prise de notes, prendre des notes.
Note-taking, notetaking, note taking.
| |
|
|
CRAWFORD, C.C. (1925). Some experimental studies on the
results of college note-taking. The Journal of
Educational Research, 12, 379-386. |
FABER, J.E., MORRIS, J.D. & LIEBERMAN, M.G. (2000).
The effect of note taking on ninth grade students’
comprehension. Reading Psychology, 21, 257-270. |
|
CRAWFORD, C.C. (1925). The correlation between lecture
notes and quiz papers. The Journal of Educational
Research, 12, 282-291. |
ARMBRUSTER, B.B. (2000). Taking notes from lectures. In
R.F. Flippo & D.C. Caverly (Eds.), Handbook of
college reading and study strategy research (pp.
175-199). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
HOWE, M.J. (1970). Notetaking strategy, review, and
long-term retention of verbal information. Journal of
Educational Research, 63, 285. |
KATAYAMA, A.D. & ROBINSON, D.H. (2000). Getting
students "partially" involved in note-taking using graphic
organizers. Journal of Experimental Education, 68, 119-133. |
|
HOWE, M.J. (1970). Using students' notes to examine the
role of the individual learner in acquiring meaningful
subject matter. Journal of Educational Research, 64
(2), 61-63. |
BADGER, R., WHITE, G., SUTHERLAND, P. & HAGGIS, T.
(2001). Note perfect : An investigation of how students
view taking notes in lectures. System, 29,
405-417. |
|
WEENER, P.D. (1971). The effects of recall mode and recall
interval expectancies on notetaking and recall. In Instructional
strategies, semi-annual report (pp. 59-74).
Pennsylvania State University. |
SLOTTE, V. & LONKA, K. (2001). Note taking and essay
writing. In G. Rijlaarsdam, P. Tynjälä, L. Mason & K.
Lonka (Eds.), Studies in writing, writing as a
learning tool : Integrating theory and practice
(Vol. 7, pp. 131-141). Dordrecht : Kluwer Academic
Publishers. |
|
DI VESTA, F.J & GRAY, G.S. (1972). Listening and note
taking. Journal of Educational Psychology, 63, 8-14. |
PIOLAT, A. (2001/06). La prise de notes. Paris :
Presses Universitaires de France. |
|
PETERS, D.L. (1972). Effects of note taking and rate of
presentation on short-term objective test performance. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 63 (3), 276-280 |
|
|
PALMATIER, R.A. (1973). A notetaking system for learning.
Journal of Reading, 17, 36-39. |
|
|
FISHER, J.L. & HARRIS, M.B. (1973). Effect of
Note-taking and Review on Recall. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 65 (2), 321-325 |
|
|
HARTLEY, J. & MARSHALL, S. (1974). On notes and
note-taking. Higher Education Quarterly, 28 (2),
225-235. |
|
|
WEENER, P.D. (1974). Notetaking and student verbalization
as instrumental learning activities. Instructional
Science, 3, 51-74. |
|
|
PALMATIER, R.A. & BENNETT, J.M. (1974). Note-taking
habits of college students. Journal of Reading, 18,
215-218. |
|
|
AIKEN, E.G., THOMAS, G.S. & SHENNUM, W.A. (1975).
Memory for a lecture : Effects of notes, lecture rate, and
informational density. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 67, 439-444. |
TITSWORTH, B.S. (2001). The effects of teacher immediacy,
use of organizational lecture cues, and students’
notetaking on cognitive learning. Communication
Education, 50 (4), 283-297. |
|
KULHAVEY, R.W., DYER, J.W. & SILVER, L. (1975). The
effects of note-taking and test-expectancy on the learning
of text material. Journal of Educational Research, 68,
363-365. |
BOCH, F. (2001). Prise de notes et écriture conceptuelle à
l’université. Pratiques, 105/106, 137-159. |
|
CARTER, J.F. & VAN MATRE, N.H. (1975). Note-taking
versus note having. Journal of Educational Psychology,
67, 900-904. |
BADGER, R., WHITE, G., SUTHERLAND, P. & HAGGIS, T.
(2001). Note perfect : an investigation of how students
view taking notes in lectures. System, 29 (3),
405-417. |
|
HARTLEY, J. (1976). Lecture handouts and student
note-taking. Innovations in Education & Teaching
International, 13 (2), 58-64. |
|
|
DAVIES, B. (1976). Physics lectures and student notes. Physics
Education, 11 (1), 33-36. |
|
|
LOCKE, E.A. (1977). An empirical study of lecture
notetaking and college students. The Journal of
Educational research, 71, 93-99. |
AUSTIN, J.L., LEE, M.G., THIBEAULT, M.D., CARR, J.E. &
BAILEY, J.S. (2002). Effects of guided notes on university
students' responding and recall of information. Journal
of Behavioral Education, 11, 243-254. |
|
HARTLEY, T. & DAVIES, I. (1978). Note-taking : A
critical review. Programmed Learning &
Educational Technology, 15, 207-224. |
|
|
PEPER, R. & MAYER, R.E. (1978). Note-taking as a
generative activity. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 70, 514-522. |
SUTHERLAND, P., BADGER, R. & WHITE, G. (2002). How new
students take notes at lectures. Journal of Further
& Higher Education, 26, 378-388. |
|
THOMAS, G.S. (1978). Use of student’s notes and lecture
summaries as studies guides for recall. Journal of
Educational Research, 71, 316-319. |
WILLIAMS, R.L. & EGGERT, A.C. (2002). Note taking
predictors of test performance. Teaching of
Psychology, 29 (3), 234-237. |
|
RICKARDS, J.P. & FRIEDMAN, F. (1978). The encoding
versus the external storage hypothesis in note taking. Contemporary
Educational Psychology, 3 (2), 136-143. |
WILLIAMS, R.L. & EGGERT, A.C. (2002). Notetaking in
college classes : Student patterns and instructional
strategies. The Journal of General Education, 51 (3),
173-199. |
|
DYER, J.W., RILEY, J. & YEKOVITCH, F.R. (1979). An
analysis of three study skills : Notetaking, summarizing,
and rereading. Journal of Educational Research, 73,
3-7. |
HARTLEY, J. (2002). Note taking in non academic settings :
a review. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 16,
559-574. |
|
BRETZING, B.H. & KUHLHAVY, R.W. (1979). Notetaking and
depth of processing. Contemporary Educational
Psychology, 4, 145-153. |
WILLIAMS, R.L. & EGGERT, A.C. (2002). Notetaking in
college classes : Student patterns and instructional
strategies. The Journal of General Education, 51
(3), 173-199. |
|
SANTA, C.M., ABRAMS, L. & SANTA, J.L (1979) Effects of
notetaking and studying on the retention of prose. Journal
of Reading Behavior, 11 (3), 247-260. |
PIOLAT A., ROUSSEY, J.Y. & GÉROUIT, C. (2002-2003).
Prise de notes par des élèves de 10-12 ans plus ou moins
bons lecteurs et rédacteurs. Repères, 26,
277-291. |
|
LADAS, H. (1980). Note taking on lectures : An
information-processing approach. Educational
Psychologist, 15 (1), 44-53. |
PEVERLY, S.T., BROBST, K., GRAHAM, M. & SHAW, R.
(2003). College adults are not good at self-regulation : A
study on the relationship of self-regulation, note-taking,
and test-taking. Journal of Educational Psychology,
95, 335-346. |
|
PALKOVITZ, R.J. & LORE, R.K. (1980). Notetaking and
note review : Why students fail questions based on lecture
material. Teaching of Psychology, 7 (3), 159-161. |
|
|
BARNETT, J.E., DIVESTA, F.J. & ROGOZINSKI, J.T.
(1981). What is learned in note taking ? Journal of
Educational Psychology, 73, 181-192. |
|
|
BRETZING, B.H. & KUHLHAVY, R.W. (1981). Note-taking
and passage style. Journal of Educational Psychology,
73, 242-250. |
|
|
|
CARRIER, C.A. (1983). Notetaking research : Implications
for the classroom. Journal of Instructional
Development, 6, 19-26. |
|
|
HIDI, S. & KLAIMAN, R. (1983). Notetaking by experts
and novices: An attempt to identify teachable strategies.
Curriculum Inquiry, 13, 377-395. |
|
|
SASKI, J., SPICEWOOD, P. & CARTER, J. (1983).
Notetaking formats for learning disabled adolescents.
Learning Disability Quarterly, 6, 265-272. |
|
|
KIEWRA, K.A. & FLETCHER, J.J. (1984). The relationship
between levels of notetaking and achievement. Human
learning, 3, 273-280. |
AUSTIN, L., LEE, M. & CARR, J.P. (2004). The effects
of guided notes on undergraduate students' recording of
lecture content. Journal of Instructional Psychology,
31 (4), 314-320. [PDF] |
|
NYE, P., CROOCKS, T., POWLEY, M. & TRIPP, G. (1984).
Student note-taking related to university examination
performance. Higher Education, 13, 85-97. |
PIOLAT A. et BOCH F. (2004). Apprendre en notant et
apprendre à note. Dans E. GENTAZ, et P. DESSUS (Dirs.), Comprendre
les apprentissages. Psychologie cognitive et éducation
(pp. 133- 152). Paris : Dunod. |
|
KIEWRA, K.A. (1984). The relationship between notetaking
over an extended period and actual course-related
achievement. College Student Journal, 17,
381-385. |
TITSWORTH, B.S. (2004). Students’ notetaking : the effects
of teacher immediacy and clarity. Communication
Education, 53 (4), 305-320. [PDF] |
|
KIEWRA, K.A. (1984). Acquiring effective note-taking
skills : an alternative to professional note-taking. Journal
of Reading, 27, 299-301. |
TITSWORTH, B.S. & KIEWRA, K.A. (2004). Spoken
organizational lecture cues and student notetaking as
facilitators of student learning. Contemporary
Educational Psychology, 29, 447-461. [PDF] |
|
BAKER, L. & LOMBARDI, B.R. (1985). Student's lecture
notes and their relation to test performance. Teaching
of psychology, 12, 28-32. |
TITSWORTH, B.S. & KIEWRA, K.A. (2004). Organizational
lecture cues and student note-taking as facilitators of
student learning. Contemporary Educational
Psychology, 29, 447-461. |
|
KIEWRA, K.A. (1985). Providing the instructor's notes: An
effective addition to student notetaking. Educational
Psychologist, 20 (1), 33-39. |
BOCH, R. & PIOLAT, A. (2005). Note taking and learning
: A summary of research. The WAC Journal, 16,
101-113. [PDF] |
|
KIEWRA, K.A. (1985). Student's notetaking behaviors and
the efficacy of providing the instructor's notes for
review. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 10, 378-386. |
KOBAYASHI, K. (2005). What limits the encoding effect of
note-taking ? A meta-analytic examination. Contemporary
Educational Psychology, 30, 242-262. |
|
KIEWRA, K.A. (1985). Investigating note-taking and review
: a depth of processing alternative. Educational
Psychologist, 20, 23-32. |
PIOLAT, A., OLIVE, T. & KELLOGG, R.T. (2005).
Cognitive effort during note-taking. Applied Cognitive
Psychology, 19, 291-312. [PDF] |
|
EINSTEIN, G.O., JOY, M. & SMITH, S. (1985).
Note-taking, individual differences, and memory for
lecture information. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 77 (5), 522-532. |
KOBAYASHI, K. (2006). Combined effects of
note-taking/-reviewing on learning and the enhancement
through interventions: A meta-analytic review.
Educational Psychology, 26, 459-477. |
|
PEPER, R.J. & MAYER, R.E. (1986). Generative effects
of note taking during science lectures. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 78 (1), 34-38. |
ROBINSON, D.H., KATAYAMA, A.D., BETH, A., ODOM, S., HSIEH,
Y.P. & VANDERVEEN, A. (2006). Increasing text
comprehension and graphic note taking using a partial
graphic organizer. The Journal of Educational
Research, 100, 103-111 |
|
KIEWRA, K.A., BENTON, S.L. & LEWIS, L.B. (1987).
Qualitative aspects of notetaking and their relationship
with information-processing ability and academic
achievement. Journal of Instructional Psychology, 14,
110-117. |
NEEF, N.A., MCCORD, B.E. & FERRERI, S.J. (2006).
Effects of guided notes versus completed notes during
lectures on college students' quiz performance.
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 39 (1),
123-130. [PDF] |
|
KIEWRA, K.A. (1987). Note taking and review : The research
and its implications. Journal of Instructional
Science, 16, 233-249. |
PALAIGEORGIOU, G.E., DESPOTAKIS, T.D., DEMETRIADIS, S.
& TSOUKALAS, I.A. (2006). Synergies and barriers with
electronic verbatim notes (eVerNotes) : note taking and
report writing with eVerNotes. Journal of Computer
Assisted Learning, 22, (1), 74-85. |
|
CARRIER, C.A., WILLIAMS, M.D. & DALAGARD, B.R. (1988).
College student's perceptions of notetaking and their
relationship to selected learner characteristics and
course achievement. Research in Higher Education, 28,
223-239. |
KOBAYASHI, K. (2006). Combined effects of
note-taking/-reviewing on learning and the enhancement
through interventions : A meta-analytic review. Educational
Psychology, 26 (3), 459-477. |
|
KIEWRA, K.A. & BENTON, S.L. (1988). The relationship
between information-processing ability and notetaking. Contemporary
Educational Psychology, 13, 33-44. |
CARRELL, P. (2007). Notetaking strategies and their
relationship to performance on listening comprehension
and communicative assessment tasks. Ets.org. :
Southern Illinois University. [PDF] |
|
RICKARDS, J.P. & McCORMICK, C.B. (1988). Effects of
interspersed conceptual pre-questions on note-taking in
listening comprehension. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 80, 592-594. |
PIOLAT, A., BARBIER, M.L. (2007). De l'écriture elliptique
estudiantine : analyse descriptive de prises de notes et
de brouillons. Langue Française, 155, 84-100. [PDF] |
|
KIEWRA, K.A., DUBOIS, N.F., CHRISTIAN, D. & McSHANE,
A. (1988). Providing study notes : Comparison of three
types of notes for review. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 80, 595-597. |
DE WITT, S. (2007). The effects of note taking and mental
rehearsal on memory. Journal of Undergraduate
Psychological Research, 2, 46-49. [PDF] |
|
DUNKEL, P. & DAVY, S. (1989). The heuristic of lecture
notetaking : Perceptions of American and international
students regarding the value and practice of notetaking. English
for Specific Purposes, 8, 33-50. |
PEVERLY, S.T., RAMASWAMY, V., BROWN, C., SUMOWSKY, J.,
ALIDOOST, M. & GARNER, J. (2007). What predicts skill
in lecture note taking ? Journal of Educational
Psychology, 99 (1), 167-180. |
|
|
KIEWRA, K.A., MAYER, R.E., CHRISTENSEN, M., KIM, S. &
LINDBERG, N. (1989). A more equitable account of the
note-taking functions in learning from lecture and from
text. Instructional sciences, 18, 217-232. |
DRABICK, D.A.G., WEISBERG, R., BUBIER, L.P. & BUBIER,
J. (2008). Keeping it short and sweet : brief, ungraded
writing assignments facilitate learning. Teaching of
Psychology, 34 (3), 172-176. [PDF] |
|
GARCIA-DEBANC, C. (1990). Proposition pour une initiation
méthodique à la prise de notes. In L'élève et la
production d'écrits (pp. 93-138). Metz : Centre
d'analyse syntaxique de l'Université. |
REIMER, Y.J., BRIMHALL, E. CAO, C. & O'REILLY, K.
(2008). Empirical user studies inform the design of an
e-notetaking and information assimilation system for
students in higher education. Computers &
Education, 52 (4), 893-913. |
|
KIEWRA, K.A., DUBOIS, N.F., CHRISTIAN, D., McSHANE, A.,
MEYERHOFFER, M. & ROSKELLEY, D. (1991). Note-taking
functions and techniques. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 83, 240-245. |
PIOLAT, A., BARBIER, M.L. & ROUSSEY, J.Y. (2008).
Fluency and cognitive effort during first- and
second-language note-taking and writing by undergraduate
students. European psychologist, 13 (2),
114-125. [PDF] |
|
STAHL, N.A., KING, J.R. & HENK, W.A. (1991). Enhancing
students' note taking through training and evaluation. Journal
of Reading, 34 (8), 614-622. |
STENAFOU, C., HOFFMAN, C.L. & VIELEE, N. (2008).
Note-taking in the college classroom as evidence of
generative learning. Learning Environments Research,
11 (1), 1-17. |
|
KIEWRA, K.A., MAYER, R.E., CHRISTENSEN, M., KIM, S. &
RISCH, N. (1991). Effects of repetition on recall and
notetaking : Strategies for learning from lectures. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 83, 120-123. |
MAKANY, T., KEMP, J. & DROR, I.E. (2008). Optimising
the use of note-taking as an external cognitive aid for
increasing learning. British Journal of Educational
Technology, 40 (4), 619-635. [PDF] |
|
OAKHILL, J. & DAVIES, A.M. (1991). The effects of test
expectancy on quality of note taking and recall of text at
different times of day. British Journal of
Psychology, 82, 179-189. |
NARJAIKAEW, P., EMARAT, N. & COWIE, B. (2009). The
effect of guided note taking during lectures on Thai
university students' understanding of electromagnetism. Research
in Science & Technological Education, 27,
75-94. |
|
KIEWRA, K.A., DUBOIS, N. F., CHRISTIAN, D., MCSHANE, A.,
MEYERHOFFER, M. & ROSKELLEY, D. (1991). Note-taking
functions and techniques. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 83, 240-245. |
ARMBRUSTER, B.B. (2009). Taking notes from lectures. In
R.F. Flippo & D.C. Caverly (Eds.), Handbook of
college reading and study strategy research (pp.
220-248). New York, NY : Routledge. |
|
HORTON, S.V., LLOVITT, T.C. & CHISTENSEN, C.C. (1991).
Notetaking from textbooks : Effects of a columnar format
on three categories of secondary students. Exceptionality,
2, 19-40. |
HORNEY, M.A., ANDERSON-INMAN, L. & TERRA, F. (2009).
Exploring the effects of digital note taking on student
comprehension of science texts. Journal of Special
Education Technology, 24 (3), 45-61. |
|
SURITSKY, S.K. (1992). Note taking approaches and specific
aeras of difficulty reported by university students with
learning disabilities. Journal of Postsecondary
Education & Disability, 10 (1), 3-10. |
REIMER, Y.J., BRIMHALL, E., CAO, C. & O'REILLY, K.
(2009). Empirical user studies inform the design of an
e-notetaking and information assimilation system for
students in higher education. Computers &
Education, 52, 893-913. |
|
McINTYRE, S. (1992). Lecture notetaking, information
processing, and academic achievement. Journal of
College Reading & Learning, 25, 7-17. |
KIM, K., TURNER, S.A. & PEREZ-QUINONES, M.A. (2009).
Requirements for electronic note taking systems : A field
study of note taking in university classrooms. Education
& Information Technologies, 14 (3), 255-283. |
| |
MAYDOSZ, A. & RAVER, S.A. (2010). Note taking and
university students with learning difficulties : What
supports are needed ? Journal of Diversity in Higher
Education, 3, 177-186. |
|
KING, A. (1992). Comparison of self-questioning,
summarizing, and notetaking-review as strategies for
learning from lectures. American Educational Research
Journal, 29 (2), 303-323. |
RAVER, S.A. & MAYDOSZ, A.S. (2010). Impact of the
provision and timing of instructor-provided notes on
university students' learning. Active Learning in
Higher Education, 11 (3), 189-200. |
| |
TSAI, T.S. & WU, Y. (2010). Effects of note-taking
instruction and note-taking languages on college EFL
students' listening comprehension. New Horizons in
Education, 58, 120-132. |
|
LAZARUS, B.D. (1993). Guided notes : Effects with
secondary and post secondary students with mild
disabilities. Education & Treatment of Children,
16, 272-289. |
BOYLE, J.R. (2011). Thinking strategically to record notes
in content classes. American Secondary Education, 40,
51-66. |
|
| |
RAHMANI, M. & SADEGHI, K. (2011). Effects of
note-taking training on reading comprehension and recall.
The Reading Matrix, 11, 116-128. |
|
POTTS, B. (1993). Improving the quality of student
notes. ERIC/ AE Digest. |
LIN, L. & BIGENHO C. (2011). Note-taking and memory in
different media environments. Computers in the
Schools, 28, 200-216. |
|
VAN METER, P.M., YOKOI, L. & PRESSLEY, M. (1994).
College students' theory of note-taking derived from their
perceptions of note-taking. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 86 (3), 323-338. |
BOYLE, J.R. (2012). Note-taking and secondary students
with learning disabilities : Challenges and solutions. Learning
Disabilities Research & Practice, 27 (2),
90-101. |
|
HUGHES, C.A. & SURITSKY, S. (1994). Note-taking skills
of university students with and without learning
disabilities. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 27, 20-24. |
PEVERLY, S.T. & SUNOWSKI, J. F. (2012). What variables
predict quality of text notes and are text notes related
to performance on different types of tests ? Applied
Cognitive Psychology, 26, 104-117. |
|
ROBINSON, D.H. & KIEWRA, K.A. (1995). Visual argument
: Graphic organizers are superior to outlines in improving
learning from text. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 87 (3), 455-467. |
GLEASON, J. (2012). An investigation of the lecture
note-taking skills of adolescents with and without
Attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder : An extension
of previous research. New York City : Teachers
College, Columbia University. |
|
COHN, E., COHN, S. & BRADLEY, J. (1995). Notetaking,
working memory, and learning in principles of economics. The
Journal of Economic Education, 26, 291-307. |
CHIU, C.-H., WU, C.-Y. & CHENG, H.-W. (2013).
Integrating reviewing strategies into shared electronic
note-taking : Questioning, summarizing and note reading. Computers
& Education, 67, 229-238. |
|
KIEWRA, K.A., BENTON, S.L., KIM, S., RISCH, N. &
CHRISTENSEN, M. (1995). Effects of note-taking format and
study technique on recall and relational performance. Contemporary
Educational Psychology, 20, 172-187. |
PEVERLY, S.T., VEKARIA, P.C., REDDINGTON, L., SUMOWSKY,
J., JOHNSON, K.R. & RAMSAY, C.M. (2013). The
relationship of handwriting speed, working memory,
language comprehension and outlines to lecture note-taking
and test-taking among college students. Applied
Cognitive Psychology, 27, 115-126. |
|
SAUNDERS, G., WISE, K. & GOLDEN, T. (1995).
Note-taking techniques for aiding comprehension : Visual
learning. The Science Teacher, 62 (2), 42-45. |
BUI D.C., MYERSON, J. & HALE. S. (2013). Note-taking
with computers : Exploring alternative strategies for
improved recall. Journal of Educational Psychology,
105, 341-347. [PDF] |
|
NOËL, B., ROMAINVILLE, M. et WOLFS, J.-L. (1996). La prise
de notes à l'université : une approche métacognitive. Éduquer
et Former, 5-6, 47-58. |
DUNLOSKY, J., RAWSON, K.A., MARSH, E.J., NATHAN, M.J.
& WILLINGHAM. D.T. (2013). Improving students’
learning with effective learning techniques : Promising
directions from cognitive and educational psychology. Psychological
Science in the Public Interest, 14 (1), 4-58. [PDF] |
|
KELLOGG, R.T. (1996). A model of working memory in
writing. In M.C. Levy & S.E. Ransdell (Eds.), The
science of writing. Theories, methods, individual
differences, and applications (pp. 57-71).
Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
MUELLER, P.A. & OPPENHEIMER, D.M. (2014). The pen is
mightier than the keyboard : Advantages of long hand over
laptop note taking. Psychological Science, 25,
1159-1168. [PDF] |
|
YEUNG, A.S., JIN, P. & SWELLER, J. (1997). Cognitive
load and learner expertise : split attention and
redundancy effects in reading with explanatory notes. Contemporary
Educational Psychology, 23, 1-21. |
BUI D.C. & MYERSON, J. (2014). The role of working
memory abilities in lecture note-taking. Journal of
Learning & Individual Differences, 33, 12-22. |
|
RICKARDS, J.P., FAGEN, B.R., SULLIVAN, J.F. &
GILLEPSIE, G. (1997). Signaling, notetaking and field
independence-dependence in text comprehension and recall.
Journal of Educational Psychology, 89 (3),
508-517. |
BECK, K.M., HARTLEY, J.S., HESTEDDE, S.L. & FELSBERG,
T.C. (2014). Note taking effectiveness in the modern
classroom. The Compass, 1 (1), 1-14. [PDF] |
| |
REDDINGTON, L., PEVERLY, S. & BLOCK, C. (2015) An
examination of some of the cognitive and motivation
variables related to gender differences in note-taking. Reading
and Writing : An Interdisciplinary Journal, 28 (8),
1155-1185. |
|
HADWIN, A.F., KIRBY, R. & WOODHOUSE, R.A. (1999).
Individual differences in note-taking, summarization and
learning from lectures. Alberta Journal of Educational
Research, 45 (1), 1-17. |
BUI, D.C. & McDANIEL, M.A. (2015). Enhancing learning
during lecture note-taking using outlines and illustrative
diagrams. Journal of Applied Research in Memory &
Cognition, 4 (2), 129-135. |
|
SLOTTE, V. & LONKA, K. (1999). Review and process
effects of spontaneous note-taking on text comprehension.
Contemporary Educational Psychology, 24, 1-20. |
REED, D.K., RIMEL, H. & HALLETT, A. (2016).
Note-taking interventions for college students : A
synthesis and meta-analysis of the literature. Journal
of Research on Educational Effectiveness, 9 (3),
307-333. [PDF] |
| |
RUMMER, R., SCHWEPPE, J., GERST, K. & WAGNER, S.
(2017). Is testing a more effective learning strategy than
note-taking ? Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Applied, 23 (3), 293-300. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Cours,
Réussite
scolaire et Étudier |
|
|
|
|
Notice
: Organisation de tous les renseignements qui
permettent d'identifier une source.
Les trois formats de notice les plus fréquents selon l'APA
sont : 1) L'article
scientifique, dont la notice doit contenir dans l'ordre les
information suivantes : nom de l'auteur,
année de publication, titre
de l'article, volume,
numéro s'il y a lieu, et les pages.
2) Le livre,
dont la notice doit contenir dans l'ordre les information
suivantes : nom de l'auteur,
année de publication, titre
du livre, lieu de
l'édition, éditeur.
3) Le chapitre
de livre, dont la notice doit contenir dans l'ordre les
information suivantes :
nom de l'auteur,
année de publication, titre
du chapitre, nom du directeur,
titre du livre, page
du chapitre, lieu de
l'édition, éditeur.
= référence complète, notice bibliographique. *référence.
| |
|
| (1) |
BÉLANGER, J. (1978). Images et réalités du béhaviorisme.
Philosophiques, 5 (1), 3-110.
|
| (2) |
SKINNER, B.F. (1971). L'analyse expérimentale du
comportement. Paris : Seuil.
|
| (3) |
BEAUGRAND, J. (1988). Démarche scientifique et cycle de
la recherche. Dans M. Robert (Dir.), Fondements et
étapes de la recherche scientifique en psychologie
(p. 1-34). St-Hyacinthe : Édisem.
|
| |
|
|
PEDEN, B.F. (1991). Teaching the importance of accuracy in
preparing references. Teaching of Psychology, 18,
102-105. |
|
|
Voir aussi Référence
et Normes de citation |
|
|
Notion
: Synonyme de concept,
plus précisément de concept au sein d'un discipline ou d'un champ
de connaissance. = concept, terme,
jargon, matière.
| |
|
|
LECOMPTE, J. (2013). Les 30 notions de la
psychologie. Paris : Dunod. |
|
|
|
|
|
Nourrisson
: Enfant âgé
entre 1 mois et 2 ans. Avant 1 mois, il s'agit d'un nouveau
né; après 2 et jusqu'à la scolarisation,
d'un petit enfant (ou petite enfance). Nourrisson, relation
mère-enfant et développement.
= bébé, poupon, qui a besin
d'être nourri. /nouveau-né.
Young infant, toddler, baby.
| |
|
|
FANTZ, R.L. (1958). Pattern vision in young infants. Psychological
Record, 8, 43-47. |
TRAINOR, L.J., TSANG, C.D. & CHEUNG, V.H.W. (2002).
Preference for sensory consonance in 2- and 4-month-old
infants. Music Perception, 20, 187-194. [PDF] |
|
FANTZ, R.L. (1961). The origin of form perception. Scientific
American, 204 (5), 66-72. |
BROOKS-GUNN, J., WALDGOGEL, J. & HAN, W.-J. (2002).
Maternal employment and child cognitive outcomes in the
first three years of life : The NICHD Study of Early
Childcare. Child Development, 73, 1052-1072. |
|
LEWIS, M., BARTELS, B., CAMPBELL, H. & GOLDBERG, S.
(1967). Individual differences in attention : The relation
between infants' condition at birth and attention
distribution within the first year. American Journal
of Diseases of Children, 113, 461-465. |
CHEN, X., LIU, M., RUBIN, K.H., HEN, H., WANG, L. &
LI, D. (2003). Compliance in Chinese and Canadian toddlers
: A cross-cultural study. International Journal of
Behavioral Development, 27, 428-436. [PDF] |
|
GOLDBERG, S. & LEWIS, M. (1969). Play behavior in the
year-old infant : Early sex differences. Child
Development, 40, 21-31. |
BRAUN, C.M.J. (2003/2004). Vers un cadre
neuropsychologique général pour le développement du
nourrisson. Enfance, 55, 293-324. [PDF] |
|
LEWIS, M. (1971). A developmental study of the cardiac
response to stimulus onset and offset during the first
year of life. Psychophysiology, 8 (6), 689-698. |
LÉCUYER, R. (Dir.) (2004). Le développement du
nourrisson. Paris : Dunod. |
|
LEWIS, M. & BAN, P. (1974). Mothers and fathers, girls
and boys: Attachment behavior in the one-year-old. Merrill-Palmer
Quarterly, 20 (3), 195-204. |
McCRINK, K. & WYNN, K. (2004). Large-number addition
and subtraction by 9-month-old infants. Psychological
Science, 15, 776-781. [PDF] |
|
BROOKS-GUNN, J. & LEWIS, M. (1974). Attachment
behavior in thirteen-month-old, opposite-sex twins. Child
Development, 45, 243-247. |
VAN ZEIJL, J., MESMAN, J., STOLK, M.N., ALINK, L.R.A., VAN
IJZENDOORN, M H., BAKERMANS-KRANENBURG, M.J. JUFFER, F.
& KOOT, H.M. (2006). Terrible ones ? Assessment of
externalizing behaviors in infancy with the Child Behavior
Checklist. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 47 (8), 801-810. [PDF] |
|
DIAMOND, A. (1981). Retrieval of an object from an open
box : The development of visual-tactile control of
reaching in the first year of life. Society for
Research in Child Development Abstracts, 3, 78-78. |
|
|
TAMIS-LAMONDA, C.S. & BORNSTEIN, M.H. (1990).
Language, play, and attention at one year. Infant
Behavior & Development, 13, 85-98. |
QUINN, P.C., WESTERLUD, A. & NELSON, C.A. (2006).
Neural markers of categorization in 6-month-old infants. Psychological
Science, 17, 59-66. |
|
ROCHAT, P. & MORGAN, R. (1993). Self-perception by
3-month-old infants. In Stavros Valenti & John B.
Pittenger (Eds.), Studies in perception and action II
(pp. 14-18). Hillsdale (NJ) : Lawrence Erlbaum Publishers.
[PDF] |
STRIANO, T. & REID, V.M. (2006). Social cognition in
the first year. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 10 (10),
471-476. [PDF] |
|
MUELLER, U. & OVERTON, W.F. (1998). How to grow a
baby. A re-evaluation of image-schema and Piagetian action
approaches to representation. Human Development, 41, 71-111. |
|
|
MELTZOFF, A.N., GOPNIK, A. & REPACHOLI, B.M. (1999).
Toddler's understanding of intentions, desires, and
emotions : Explorations of the Dark Ages In P.D. Zelazo,
J.W. Atington & D.R. Olson (Eds.), Developing
theories of intention (pp. 195-225). Erlbaum. [PDF] |
KELLY, D.J., LIU, S., GE, L., QUINN, P.C., SLATER, A.M.,
LEE, K., LIU, Q. & PASCALIS, O. (2007). Cross-race
preferences for same-race faces extend beyond the African
versus Caucasian contrast in 3-month-old infants.
Infancy, 11, 87-95. |
|
LEROUX, S., MALCUIT, G. et POMERLEAU, A. (1999). Étude
comparative de nourrissons prématurés et nés à terme et
des modes de stimulations qu'ils expérimentent au cours
des six premiers mois. Revue Canadienne des Sciences
du Comportement, 31, 40-53. |
GOPNICK, A. (2010). How babies think. Scientific
American, 76-81. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Relation
mère-enfant et Développement |
|
|
Nourriture
: Nourrir : Toute substance que l'on mange
et qui apaise la faim, et
fournit aux êtres vivants les éléments nécessaires à leur
croissance et au fonctionnement quotidien (développement), tant
sur le plan physique que psychologique. Avec l'eau,
la nourriture est le plus puissant renforcement
primaire. Nourriture, refus
de manger et comportement
alimentaire. = aliment. Food,
nutrition, pellet.
| |
|
|
HALL, J.F. (1956). The relationship between external
stimulation, food, deprivation, and activity. Journal
of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 49 (4),
339-341. |
GROSSMANN, K. & GROSSMANN, K.E. (2000). Parents and
toddlers at play : Evidence for separate qualitative
functioning of the play and the attachment system. In P.
Crittenden (Ed.), The organization of attachment
relationships : Maturation, culture and context
(pp. 13-37). Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
|
STEVENS, J.R. & STEPHENS, D.W. (2001). Food sharing :
a model of manipulation by harassment. Behavioral
Ecology, 13 (3), 393-400. [PDF] |
|
REYNOLDS, G.S. (1963). Potency of conditioned
reinforcement based on food and on food and punishment. Science,
139, 838-839. |
AHEARN, W.H., CASTLINE, T., NAULT, K. & GREEN, G.
(2001). An assessment of food acceptance in children with
autism or pervasive developmental disorder; not otherwise
specified. Journal of Autism & Developmental
Disorders, 31, 505-512. [PDF] |
|
WEISKRANTZ, L. & COWEY, A. (1963). The aetiology of
food reward in monkeys. Animal Behaviour, 11,
225-234. |
GRIMES J.A. & SHULL, R.L. (2001). Response-independent
milk delivery enhances persistence of pellet-reinforced
lever pressing by rats. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 76 (2), 179-194. [PDF] |
|
CRUSE, D.B., VITULLI, W. & DERTKE, M. (1966).
Discriminative and reinforcing properties of two types of
food pellets. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 9 (3), 293-303. [PDF] |
HETHERINGTON, M.M., PIRIE, L.M. & NABB, S. (2002).
Stimulus satiation: effects of repeated exposure to foods
on pleasantness and intake. Appetite, 38, 19-28. |
|
OSBORNE, S.R. (1977). The free food (contra free loading)
phenomenon : A review and analysis. Animal Learning
& Behavior, 5, 221-235. |
ERNST, M.M. & EPSTEIN, L.H. (2002). Habituation of
responding for food in humans. Appetite, 38,
224-234. |
|
GALEF, B.G. (1980). Diving for food : Analysis of a
possible case of social learning in rats (Rattus
norvegicus). Journal of Comparative &
Physiological Psychology, 94, 416-425.
[PDF] |
PIAZZA, C.C., PATEL, M.R., SANTANA, C.M., GOH, H., DELIA,
M.D. & LANCASTER, B.M. (2002). An evaluation of
simultaneous and sequential presentation of preferred and
nonpreferred food to treat food selectivity. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 35 (3), 259-270. [PDF] |
|
INNES, N.K., SIMMELHAG-GRANT, V.L. & STADDON, J.E.R. (1972). Behavior induced by periodic food delivery : The effects of interfood interval. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 39 (2), 309–322. [PDF] |
GREEN, L. & ESTLE, S.J. (2003). Preference reversals
with food and water reinforcers in rats. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 79, (2),
233-242. [PDF] |
|
BLAINE, C., INNES, N.K. & STADDON, J.E.R.
(1972).Stimulus control of behavior induced by a periodic
schedule of food presentation in pigeons. Bulletin of
the Psychonomic Society, 16, 131-134. |
SCHNOLL, R., BURSHTEYN, D. & CEA-ARAVENA, J. (2003).
Nutrition in the treatment of attention-deficit
hyperactivity disorder : A neglected but important aspect.
Applied Psychophysiology & Biofeedback, 28
(1), 63-75. [PDF] |
|
GALEF, B.G. & BECK, M. (1985). Aversive and attractive
marking of toxic and safe foods by Norway rats.
Behavioral & Neural Biology, 43, 298-310. |
MUELLER, M.M, PIAZZA, C.C., PATEL, M.R., KELLEY, M.E.
& PRUETT, A. (2004). Increasing variety of foods
consumed by blending nonpreferred foods into preferred
foods. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 37,
159-170. [PDF] |
|
WARDLE, J. & OGDEN, J. (1988). Cognitive and
physiological effects on hunger and food intake. The
Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 575,
585-587. |
FISHER, S.M., THOMPSON, R.H., DELEON, I.G., PIAZZA, C.C.,
KUHN, D.E., RODRIGUEZ-CATTER, V. & ADELINIS, J.A.
(1999). Noncontingent reinforcement: Effects of satiation
versus vs. choice responding. Research in
Developmental Disabilities, 20, 411-427. |
|
BECK, M., HITCHCOCK, C.L. & GALEF, B.G. (1988). Diet
sampling by wild rats offered several unfamiliar foods.
Animal Learning & Behavior, 16, 224-230. |
KRINGELBACH, M.L. (2004). Food for thought : hedonic
experience beyond homeostasis in the human brain. Neuroscience,
126, 807-819.
[PDF] |
|
DE WAAL, F. (1989). Food sharing and reciprocal obli-
gations among chimpanzees. Journal of Human
Evolution, 18, 433-459. |
ROUSSET, S., DEISS,V., JUILLARD, E. & SCHICH, P.
(2005). Emotions generated by meat and other food products
in women. British Journal of Nutrition, 94, 609-619.
[PDF] |
|
|
GROSSMANN, K. & GROSSMANN, K.E. (1991). Newborn
behavior, early parenting quality and later toddler-parent
relationships in a group of German infants. In J.K.
Nugent, B.M. Lester & T.B. Brazelton (Eds.), The
cultural context of infancy (pp. 3-38), Vol. II.
Norwood : Ablex. |
ROZIN, P. (2005). The meaning of food in our lives : A
cross-cultural perspective on eating and well-being. Journal
of Nutrition Education & Behavior, 37, 107-112.
[PDF] |
| |
VOLEK, J.S., FORSYTHE, C.E. & KRAEMER, W.J. (2006).
Nutritional aspects of women strength athletes.
British Journal of Sports Medicine, 40, 742-748. [PDF] |
|
OGDEN, J. & WARDLE, J. (1991). Cognitive and emotional
responses to food. International Journal of Eating
Disorders, 10, 297-311. |
WOREBY, J., TEPPER, B.J., KANAREK, R.B. & D'ANI, K.E.
(2006). Nutrition and behavior : A multidisciplinary
approach. CABI. |
|
RICCUTI, H.N. (1993). Nutrition and mental development.
Current Directions in Psychological Science, 2,
43-46. |
FRIESE, M., HOFMANN, W. & WÄNKE, M. (2008). When
impulses take over : Moderated predictive validity of
explicit and implicit attitude measures in predicting food
choice and consumption behaviour. British Journal of
Social Psychology, 47, 397-419.
[PDF] |
|
GALEF, B.G. & WHISKIN, E.E. (2001). Interaction of
social and individual learning in food preferences of
Norway rats. Animal Behaviour, 62, 41-46. |
EPSTEIN, L.H., TEMPLE, J.L., ROEMMICH, J.N. & BOUTON,
M.E. (2009). Habituation as a determinant of human food
intake. Psychological Review, 116 (2), 384-407.
[PDF] |
|
KANAREK, R.B. & MARKS-KAUFMAN, R. (1994). Nutrition
& Behavior : New perspectives. Aspen Pub |
TEMPLE, J.L., BULKLEY, A.M., BADAWY, R.L., KRAUSE, N.
McCANN S. & EPSTEIN, L.H. (2009). Differential effects
of daily snack food intake on the reinforcing value of
food in obese and nonobese women. American Journal of
Clinical Nutrition, 90, 304-313. [PDF] |
|
KANAREK, R.B. (1994). Does sucrose or aspartame cause
hyperactivity in children ? Nutrition Review, 52
(5), 173-175. |
FLYNN, J.R. (2009). Requiem for nutrition as the cause of
IQ gains : Raven’s gains in Britain 1938-2008. Economics
& Human Biology, 7, 18-27. |
|
LUNDY, B.L., FIELD, T., CARRAWAY, K., HART., MALPHURS, J.,
ROSENSTEIN, M., PELAEZ-NOGUERAS, M., COLETTA, F., OTT, D.
& HERNANDEZ-REIF, M. (1999). Food texture preferences
in infants and toddlers. Early Child Development
& Care, 146, 69-85. |
ALBARRACIN, D., WANG, W. & LEEPER, J. (2009).
Immediate increase in food intake following exercise
messages. Obesity, 17, 1451-1452. [PDF] |
|
POLING, A. & NORMAND, M. (1999). Noncontingent
reinforcement : An inappropriate description of time-based
schedules that reduce behavior. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 32, (2), 37-238.[PDF] |
BURGER, J.M, BELL, H., HARVEY, K., JOHNSON, J., STEWART,
C., DORIAN, K. & SWEDROE, M. (2010). Nutritious or
delicious ? The effect of descriptive norm information on
food choice. Journal of Social & Clinical
Psychology, 29, (2), 228-242. [PDF] |
|
SCHNOLL, R., BURSHTEYN, D. & CEA-ARAVENA, J. (2003).
Nutrition in the treatment of attention-deficit
hyperactivity disorder : A neglected but important aspect.
Applied Psychophysiology & Biofeedback, 28
(1), 63-75.
[PDF] |
LYDON, C.A., ROHMEIER, K.D., YI, S.C., MATTAINI, M.A.
& WILLIAMS, W.L. (2011). How far do you have to go to
get a cheeseburger around here ? The realities of an
environmental design approach to curbing the consumption
of fast food. Behavior & Social Issues, 20,
6-23. [PDF] |
|
KEARNS, D.N. & WEISS, S.J. (2004). Sign-tracking
(autoshaping) in rats : A comparison of cocaine and food
as unconditioned stimuli. Learning & Behavior, 32
(4), 463-476. [PDF] |
HOLSEN, L.M., LAWSON, E.A., BLUM, J., KO, E., MAKRIS, N.,
FAZELI, P.K., KLIBANSKI, A. & GOLDSTEIN, J.L. (2012).
Food motivation circuitry hypoactivation related to
hedonic and nonhedonic aspects of hunger and satiety in
women with active anorexia nervosa and weight-restored
women with anorexia nervosa. Journal of Psychiatry
& Neuroscience, 37 (5), 322-332. [PDF] |
| |
KRINGELBACH, M.L., STEIN, A. & VAN HARTEVELT, T.J.
(2012). The functional human neuroanatomy of food pleasure
cycles. Physiology & Behaviour 106, 307-316.
[PDF] |
| |
ESPINAR-RUIZ, E. & GONZÀLEZ-DIAZ, C. (2012). Gender
portrayals in food commercials : A content analysis of
Spanish television advertisements. Observatorio
Journal, 6 (4), 109-126. [PDF] |
|
ROZIN, P. (1999). Food is fundamental, fun, frightening,
and far-reaching. Social Research, 66, 9-30. |
OGDEN, J., COOP, N., COUSINS, C., CRUMP, R., FIELD, L.,
HUGHES, S. & WOODGER, N. (2013). Distraction, the
desire to eat and food intake : towards an expanded model
of mindless eating. Appetite, 62, 119-126. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Manger
et Eau |
|
|
Nourriture
apaisante : =
nourriture-cadeau, nourriture-récompense. Comfort
food.
| |
|
|
DALLMAN, M.F., PECORARO, N., AKANA, S.F., LA FLEUR, S.E.,
GOMEZ, F., HOUSHYAR, H., BELL, M.E., BHATNAGAR, S.,
LAUGERO, K.D. & MANALO, S. (2003). Chronic stress and
obesity : a new view of "comfort food". Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States
of America, 100 (20), 11696-11701. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Nourriture
avariée : Tout nourriture
qui peut produire une aversion
ou la mort. Toxic
food.
| |
|
|
GALEF, B.G. & CLARK, M.M. (1971). Social factors in
the poison avoidance and feeding behavior of wild and
domesticated rat pups. Journal of Comparative &
Physiological Psychology, 75, 341-357. |
|
ABRAMSON, E.E. & JONES, D. (1981). Reducing junk food
palatability and consumption by aversive conditioning. Addictive
Behaviors, 6, 145-148. |
|
GALEF, B.G. (1987). Social influences on the
identification of toxic foods by Norway rats. Animal
Learning & Behavior, 15, 327-332. |
|
|
|
Nourriture
à volonté : En recherche animale, consiste à donner aux
sujets un accès libre à la nourriture,
sans restriction. Chez les humains, on observe cette situation
dans les buffets. Nourriture à volonté, aversion
alimentaire et effet
buffet. = aliment à volonté,
buffet Wang. /diète.
Free food, free-fiding.
| |
|
|
TARTE, R.D. (1974). Extinction of rats' bar pressing in
the presence of ree food. Animal Learning &
Behavior, 2 (4), 289-292. [PDF] |
|
OSBORNE, S.R. (1977). The free food (contrafreeloading)
phenomenon : A review and analysis. Animal Learning
& Behavior, 5, 221-235. |
|
KANGAS, B.D. & BRANCH, M.N. (2006). Stability of
pigeon body weight under free-feeding conditions. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 86,
393-396. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Nouveau : Nouveauté : Le fait d'être en présence d'un stimulus
ou d'un phénomène
pour la première fois et, dans certain cas, d'émettre un comportement
qui n'existe pas dans notre répertoire.
Désigne également l'impression, parfois étrange, créée par tout objet
que l'on rencontre pour la première fois. Nouveauté, variabilité
et créativité.
= effet de nouveauté, objet nouveau. /Familiarité.
Novelty, familiarity, spontaneous
interconnection, stimulus novelty.
| |
|
|
BERLYNE, D.E. (1950). Novelty and curiosity as
determinants of exploratory behavior. British Journal
of Psychology, 41, 68-80. |
THOMPSON, L.A., FAGAN, J.F. & FULKER, D.W. (1991).
Longitudinal prediction of specific cognitive abilities
from infant novelty preference. Child development, 62
(3), 530-538. |
|
BINDRA, D. & SPINNER, N. (1958). Response to different
degrees of novelty : the incidence of various
activities... The creative porpoise : Training for novel
behavior. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 1, 341-350. [PDF] |
RICARD, M. & ALLARD, L. (1993). The reaction of 9- to
10-month-old infants to an unfamiliar animal. The
Journal of Genetic Psychology, 154 (1), 5-16. |
|
MADDI S.R., CHARLENS, A.M., MADDI, D. & SMITH, A.J.
(1962). Effects of monotony and novelty on imaginative
productions. Journal of Personality, 30,
513-527. |
METCALFE, J. (1993). Novelty monitoring, metacognition,
and control in a composite holographic associative recall
model : Implications for Korsakoffs amnesia. Psychological
Review, 100, 3-22. [PDF] |
|
MADDI S.R. & BERNE, N. (1964). Novelty of productions
and desire for novelty as active and passive forms of the
need for variety. Journal of Personality, 32,
270-277. |
BERNS, G.S., COHEN, J.D. & MINTUN, M.A. (1997). Brain
regions responsive to novelty in the absence of awareness.
Science, 276, 1272-1275. [PDF] |
|
TIMBERLAKE, W. & BIRCH, D. (1967). Complexity,
novelty, and food deprivation as determinants of speed of
shift of behavior. Journal of Comparative &
Physiological Psychology, 63, 545-548. [PDF] |
BALSAM, P.D., DEICH, J.D., OHYAMA, T. & STOKES, P.D.
(1998). Origins of new behavior. In W.T. O'Donohue (Ed.),
Learning and behavior therapy (pp. 403-420).
Boston : Allyn & Bacon. |
|
BILSKY, L. & HEAL, L.W. (1969). Cue novelty and
training level in the discrimination shift performance of
retardates. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology,
8, 503-511. |
RODER, B.J., BUSHNELL, E.W. & SASSEVILLE, A.M. (2000).
Infants' preference for familiarity and novelty during the
course of visual processing. Infancy, 1 (4),
491-507. |
|
PRYOR, K.W., HAAG, R. & O'REILLY, J. (1969). The
creative porpoise : Training for novel behavior. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 12 (4),
653-661. [PDF] |
CATANIA, A.C., ONO, K. & de SOUZA, D. (2000). Sources
of novel behavior : Stimulus control arranged for
different response dimensions. European Journal of
Behavior Analysis, 1, 23-32. [PDF] |
|
WEIZMAN, F., COHEN, L.B. & PRATT, R. (1971). Novelty,
familiarity, and the development of infant attention. Development
Psychology, 4, 149-154. |
|
|
MADDI S.R. (1971). Novelty, meaning, and intrinsic
motivation. In H. I. Day, D.E. Berlyne, and D.E. Hunt
(Eds.), Intrinsic motivation : A new direction in
education. Toronto : Holt, Rinehart, and Winston. |
SHAHAN, T.A. & CHASE, P.N. (2002). Novelty, stimulus
control, and operant variability. The Behavior
Analyst, 25, 175-190. [PDF] |
|
ZENTALL, T.R. (1972). Attention in the pigeon : Novelty
effects and testing with compounds. Psychonomic
Science, 27, 31-32. |
HABIB, R., McINTOSH, A.R., WHEELER, M.A. & TULVING, E.
(2003). Memory encoding and hippocampally-based
novelty/familiarity discrimination networks. Neuropsychologia,
41, 271-279. |
|
WETHERFORD, M. & COHEN, L.B. (1973). Developmental
changes in infant visual preferences for novelty and
familiarity. Child Development, 44, 416-424. |
|
|
HUNTLEY, M.S. (1974). Effects of alcohol, uncertainty and
novelty upon response selection. Psychopharmacologia,
39, 259-266. |
MAMMARELLA, N., AVONS, S.E. & RUSSO, R. (2004). A
short-term perceptual priming account of spacing effects
in explicit cued-memory tasks for unfamiliar stimuli. European
Journal of Cognitive Psychology, 16 (3), 387-402. |
|
DOMJAN, M., GILLAN, D.J. & TRENT, J.M. (1976)
Reinforcing properties of novel and familiar solutions of
saccharin for rats.Bulletin of the
Psychonomic Society, 7, 151-153. |
|
|
DOMJAN, M. & GILLAN, D.J. (1976). Role of novelty in
the aversion for increasingly concentrated saccharin
solutions.Physiology & Behavior, 16,
537-542. |
|
|
EPSTEIN, R. (1987). The spontaneous interconnection of
four repertoires of behavior in a pigeon (Columba livia).
Journal of Comparative Psychology, 101, 197-201. |
ZENTALL, T.R. (2005). Novelty is an unreasonable
requirement for imitated behavior. In S. Hurley & N.
Chater, (Eds.), Perspectives on imitation : From
Mirror Neurons to Memes (pp. 189-191). Cambridge,
MA : MIT Press. |
|
HUNTER, M.A. & AMES, E.W. (1988). A multifactor model
of infant preferences for novel and familiar stimuli. Advances
in Infancy Research, 5, 69-95. |
WU, F. & HUBERMAN, B.A. (2007). Novelty and collective
attention. Proceedings of National Academy of
Sciences (USA), 104, 17599-17601. [PDF] |
|
STERNBERG, R.J. & GASTEL, J. (1989). Coping with
novelty in human intelligence : An empirical
investigation. Intelligence, 13, 187-197. |
SHUTTS, K., BANAJI, M.R. & SPELKE, E.S. (2010). Social
categories guide young children's preferences for novel
objects. Developmental Science, 13 (4),
599-610. [PDF] |
|
GATI, I. & BEN-SHAKHAR, G. (1990). Novelty and
significance in orientation and habituation : A feature-
matching approach. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
General, 119, 251–263. |
|
|
JOHNSON, W.A., HAWLEY, K.J., PLEWE, S.H., ELLIOTT, J.M.G.
& DE WITT, M.J. (1990). Attention capture by novel
stimuli. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
General, 119, 397-411. |
ROSE, N.S., OLSEN, R.K., CRAIK, F.I.M. & ROSENBAUM,
R.S. (2012). Working memory and amnesia : The role of
stimulus novelty. Neuropsychologia, 50, 11-18. [PDF]
|
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Surprise, P300,
Créativité
et Comportement
nouveau |
|
|
|
Nouveau-né
: Enfant âgé de
moins d'un mois. Nourrisson, relation
mère-enfant et allaitement.
= bébé. /nourrisson.
Newborn, neonate.
|
FANTZ, R.L. (1963). Pattern vision in newborn infants.
Science, 140, 296-297.
|
PASCALIS, O., DE SCHONEN, S., MORTON, J., DERUELLE, C.
& FABRE-GRENET, M. (1995). Mother's face recognition
by neonates : a replication and an extension. Infant
Behavior & Development, 18 (1), 79-85. [PDF] |
|
|
LEWIS, M. & JOHNSON, N. (1971). What's thrown out with
the bath water : A baby ? Child Development, 42 (4),
1053-1055. |
|
|
ZELAZO, P.R., ZELAZO, N.A. & KOLB, S. (1972).
"Walking" in the newborn. Science, 176, 314-315 |
|
|
DECASPAR, A. & FIFER, W. (1980). Newborns prefer their
mother's voices. Science, 208, 1174-1176. |
SANSAVINI, A., BERTONCIN, J. & GIOVANELLI, G. (1997).
Newborns discriminate the rhythm of multisyllabic stressed
words. Developmental Psychology, 33, 3-11. |
|
APGAR, V. & BECK, J. (1982). A perfect baby. In H.E.
Fitzgerald & T.H. Carr (Eds.), Human development
82/83 (pp. 66-70). Guilford, CT : Dushkin. |
VAN OOIJEN, B., BERTONCINI, J., SANSAVINI, A. &
MEHLER, J. (1997). Do weak syllables count for newborns ?
Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 102
(6), 3735-3741. |
VON HOFSTEN, C. (1982). Eye-hand coordination in the
newborn. Developmental Psychology, 18, 450- 461.
|
BRAZELTON, T.B. (2001). Échelle de Brazelton. Médecine
& Hygiène. |
|
FIELD, T., WOODSON, R., GREENBERG, R. & COHEN, D.
(1982). Discrimination and imitation of facial expression
by neonates. Science, 218, 179-181. |
|
|
ANTELL, S.E. & KEATING, L.E. (1983). Perception of
numerical invariance by neonates. Child Development,
54, 695-701. |
ZAOUCHE-GAUDRON, C. (2002). Les relations sociales
(du bébé à l'enfant d'âge scolaire). Paris : Dunod,
Topos. |
|
GOPNICK, A. (1988). How babies think. Scientific
American, 7, 76-81. [PDF] |
|
|
SLATER, A., MATTOCK, A. & BROWN, E. (1990). Size
constancy at birth : Newborn infants' responses to retinal
and real size. Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 49, 314-322. |
FARRAONI, T., MENON, E., RIGATO, S. & JOHNSON, M.H.
(2007). The perception of facial expressions in newborns.
European Journal of Development Psychology, 4
(1), 2-13.
[PDF] |
|
ROCHAT, P. (1991). Activite tactile-orale chez le
nouveau-né (Haptic-oral activity by young infants). In F.
Jouen & A. Henocq (Eds.), Du nouveau-né au
nourrisson : Recherche fondamentale et pediatrie (pp.
93-106). Presses Universitaires do France. [PDF] |
DONNOT, J., VAUCLAIR, J. & BRÉJARD, V. (2008). Newborn
right-holding is related to depressive symptoms in
bottle-feeding mothers but not in breastfeeding mothers.
Infant Behavior & Development, 31, 352-360. |
|
MANDLER, J.M. (1992). How to build a baby II : Conceptual
primitives. Psychological Review, 99, 587-604. [PDF] |
SLAUGHER, V. (2021). Do newborns have the ability to
imitate ? Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 25 (5),
377-387. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Nourrisson
et Test d'Apgar |
|
|
|
|
|
Nouvel
âge : New age.
|
|
| |
WILKINSON, S. & KITZINGER, C. (1993). Medical and "new
age" approaches to breast cancer : A feminist critique.
Health Psychology Update. Women & Health :
Feminist Perspectives, 12, 21-27. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nouvelle-Zélande
: Pays.
| |
|
|
FERGUSSON, D.M. & LYNSKEY, M.T. (1995). Childhood
circumstances, adolescent adjustment, and suicide attempts
in a New Zealand birth cohort. Journal of the
American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry,
34, 612-622. |
|
SAMSON, T., ROSSEN, F. & HOQUE, E. (2012). The New
Zealand gaming and betting survey : Chinese and Indian
people's experience. International Journal of
Migration, Health & Social Care, 8 (2),
98-106. |
|
WILLIAMSON, J.H. & LACY-HULBERT, S.J. (2014). Lack of
efficacy of homeopathic therapy against post-calving
clinical mastitis in dairy herds in the Waikato region of
New Zealand. The New Zealand Veterinary Journal, 62,
8-14. |
|
SCHAUGHENCY, E., McLENNAN, K.M. & McDOWALL, P.S.
(2015). Development and preliminary evaluation of an
adaptation of word identification fluency for beginning
readers in New Zealand. Assessment for Effective
Intervention, 40 (2), 67-68. |
|
|
Voir aussi Pays |
|
|
Novaco
Raymond W. ( ) : Psychologue
écologiste américain et
spécialiste de l'étude de la
colère et de la violence.
Collaborateur de Catalano
et Stokols.
 |
NOVACO, R.W. (1977). Stress inoculation : A cognitive
therapy for anger. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 45, 600-608. |
|
NOVACO, R.W., STOKOLS, D. & MILANESI, L. (1990).
Subjective and objective dimensions of travel impedance as
determinants of commuting stress. American Journal of
Community Psychology, 18, 231-257. |
|
NOVACO, R.W. & CHEMTOB, C.M. (2002). Anger and
combat-related posttraumatic stress disorder. Journal
of Traumatic Stress, 15, 123-132. |
|
NOVACO, R.W. & TAYLOR, J.L. (2008). Anger and
assaultiveness of male forensic patients with
developmental disabilities : Links to volatile parents. Aggressive
Behavior, 34, 380-393. |
|
NOVACO, R.W. (2011). Anger dysregulation : Driver of
violent offending. Journal of Forensic Psychiatry
& Psychology, 22, 650-668. [PDF] |
|
|
KONECNI, V.J. (2008). Good news for angry people. (A review
of R. W. Novaco's book "Anger control"). Contemporary
Psychology, 21, 397-398. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Novak
Gary D. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste américain
et spécialiste de l'étude du développement.
Collaborateur de Pelaez.
 |
NOVAK, G. & PELAEZ, M. (2004). Child and
adolescent development : a behavioral systems approach.
Publisher Thousand Oaks, Calif. : Sage Publications. |
|
NOVAK, G. (1996). Developmental psychology :
Dynamical systems and behavior analysis. Context
Press. |
|
NOVAK, G. (1999). Skills learning in behavioral
epigenesis. Behavioral Development Bulletin, 8 (1),
17-20. |
|
NOVAK, G. (1998). Behavioral systems theory. Mexican
Journal of Behavior Analysis, 24, 100-112. |
|
NOVAK, G. & PELAEZ, M. (2002). A behavior-analytic
developmental model is better. Behavior & Brain
Sciences, 25, 466-468. |
|
|
|
Novak
Joseph Donald (1932-2023) :
Spécialiste de l'éducation.
Il s'intéresse notamment à
l'enseignement de la biologique et au rôle des réseaux
de concepts dans l'apprentissage.
Collaborateur de Ausubel.
|
NOVAK, J.D. (1977). A theory of education.
London : Cornell University Press. |
|
NOVAK, J.D. (1980). Learning theory applied to the biology
classroom. The American Biology Teacher, 42 (5),
280-285. |
|
NOVAK, J.D. (1981). Applying learning psychology and
philosophy of science to biology teaching. The
American Biology Teacher, 43 (1), 12-20. |
|
NOVAK, J.D. (1993), Human constructivism : A unification
of psychological and epistemological phenomena in meaning
making. International Journal of Personal Construct
Psychology, 6, 167-193. |
|
NOVAK, J.D. (2010). Learning, creating, and using
knowledge : Concept maps as facilitative tools in schools
and corporations. Journal of e-Learning &
Knowledge Society, 6 (3), 21-30. [PDF] |
|
|
HOST, V. (1981). Novak (Joseph). A theory of education :
Revue Française de Pédagogie, 54, 69-71. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Novella
Steven (1964-) : Neurologue
américain d'origine anglaise et spécialiste de l'étude des
pseudosciences, notamment de
l'homéopathie. Il est membre du Comittee
for the Scientific Investigation of Claims of the Paranormal.
 |
NOVELLA, S. (2007). The memory of water : The science of
medicine. Skeptical Inquirer, 35 (3). [LIRE] |
|
NOVELLA, S., ROY, R, MARCUS, D, BELL, I.R., DAVIDOVITCH,
N. & SAINE, A. (2008). A debate : homeopathy-quackery
or a key to the future of medicine ? Journal of
Alternative & Complementary Medicine, 14 (1),
9-15. |
|
COLQUHOUN, D. & NOVELLA, S. (2007). Acupuncture is
theatrical placebo. Anesthesia & Analgesia, 116 (6),
1360-1363. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Nowak Martin (Vienne 1965-) : Mathématicien
et biologiste autrichien,
spécialisé dans l'étude des stratégies de coopération,
notamment le dilemme du
prisonnier.
|
NOWAK, M.A. & SIGMUND, K. (1989). Game-dynamical
aspects of the prisoner's dilemma. Applied Mathematics
& Computation, 30 (3), 191-213. |
|
NOWAK, M.A. (1990). Stochastic strategies in the
prisoner's dilemma. Theoretical Population Bioogy, 38
(1), 93-112. [PDF] |
|
NOWAK, M.A. (1992). What is a quasi-species ? Trends
in Ecology & Evolution, 7, 118-121. [PDF] |
|
NOWAK, M.A. (2000). Evolutionary biology of language. Philosophical
Transactions of the Royal Society of London, 355 (1403),
1615-1622. [PDF] |
|
NOWAK, M.A. (2006). Five rules for the evolution of
cooperation. Science, 314 (5805), 1560-1565. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Noyau : En science, le terme a deux acceptions : a) En linguistique,
le noyau désigne la voyelle prononcée située au
centre d'une syllabe. EX:
A dans Salon. Noyau, syllabe
et rime.
= coeur d'une syllabe.
b)
En biologie, le terme
désigne un lieu précis du cerveau,
composé d'un ensemble organisé de neurones,
qui remplit ou contribue à remplir une fonction
biologie ou cognitive
particulière. c) Finalement, l'expression «noyau dur»
renvoie chez Lakatos,
à l'ensemble de propositions méthodologiques issues d'intuition
fondamentales que partagent les diverses théories qui forment un programme
de recherche. On l'utilise également dans ce sens mais dans un autre contexte pour désigner le socle commun d'un groupe, d'une culture, d'un pays.
( ): Voir
tableau ci-dessous.
Nucleus.
| |
|
| a |
|
|
Voir aussi Syllabe
et Rime
|
| b |
|
HARUNO, M., KURODA, T., DOYA, K., TOYAMA, K., KIMURA, M.,
SAMEJINA, K., IMAMIZU, H. & KAWATO, M. (2004). A
neural correlate of reward-based behavioral learning in
caudate nucleus : a functional magnetic resonance imaging
study of a stochastic decision task. Journal of
Neurosciences, 24, 1660-1665. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Cerveau, Fonction
biologie/cognitive
et Neurone |
c
|
|
LAKATOS, I. (1978). The methodology of scientific
research programmes : Philosophical Papers (Vol.
1). Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
|
|
Voir aussi programme
de recherche |
|
|
|
|
Noyau
accumbens : Structure
jumelle - qui fait partie du striatum
- située à la jonction de la partie antérieure du putamen
et du noyau caudé, et qui jouent un
rôle important dans le circuit
de la récompense/renforcement. C'est dans ce noyau qu'est
libérée la dopamine. Noyau
acucmbens et dopamine.
= accumbens, septi, noyau appuyé contre le septum.
Nucleus accumbens, nucleus accumbens septi,
NAc.
|
|
| |
|
|
|
PETTIT, H.O., ETTENBERG, A., BLOOM, F.E. & KOOB, G.F.
(1984). Destruction of dopamine in the nucleus accumbens
selectively attenuates cocaine but not heroin
self-administration in rats. Psychopharmacology, 84,
167-173. |
CARELLI, R.M., IJAMES, S.G. & CRUMLING, A.J. (2000).
Evidence that separate neural circuits in the nucleus
accumbens encode cocaine versus "natural" (water and food)
reward. Journal of Neuroscience, 20 (11),
4255-4266. [PDF] |
|
LOUILOT, A., LE MOAL, M. & SIMON, H. (1986).
Differential reactivity of dopaminergic neurons in the
nucleus accumbens in response to different behavioral
situations : an in vivo voltammetric study in free moving
rats. Brain Research, 397, 395-400. |
JOEL, D. (2001). Open interconnected model of basal
ganglia-thalamocortical circuitry and its relevance to the
clinical syndrome of Huntington's disease. Movement
Disorders 16 (3), 407-420. [PDF] |
|
PIAZZA, P.V., ROUGÉ-PONT, F., DEMINIÈRE, J.M., KHAROUBY,
M., LE MOAL, M. & SIMON, H. (1991). Dopaminergic
activity is reduced in the prefrontal cortex and increased
in the nucleus accumbens of rats predisposed to develop
amphetamine self-administration. Brain Research, 567,
169-174. |
CORBIT, L.H., MUIR, J.L. & BALLEINE, B.W. (2001). The
role of the nucleus accumbens in instrumental conditioning
: Evidence of a functional dissociation between accumbens
core and shell. Journal of Neuroscience, 21 (9),
3251-3260. |
|
ROUGÉ-PONT, F., PIAZZA, P.V., KHAROUBY, M., LE MOAL, M.
& SIMON, H. (1993). Higher and longer stress-induced
increase in dopamine concentrations in the nucleus
accumbens of animals predisposed to amphetamine
self-administration. A microdialysis study. Brain
Research, 602, 169-174. |
|
|
JOHNSON, D.W. & GLICK, S.D. (1993). Dopamine release
and metabolism in nucleus accumbens and striatum of
morphine-tolerant and nontolerant rats. Pharmacology
Biochemistry & Behavior, 46 (2), 341-347. |
KNUTSON, B., ADAMS, C.M., FONG, G.W. & HOMMER, D.
(2001). Anticipation of increasing monetary reward
selectively recruits nucleus accumbens. Journal of
Neuroscience, 21 (159), 1-5. [PDF] |
|
CARELLI, R.M. & DEADWYLE, S.A. (1994). A comparison of
nucleus accumbens neuronal firing patterns during cocaine
self-administration and water reinforcement in rats. Journal
of Neuroscience, 14 (12), 7735-7746. [PDF] |
THOMAS, M.J., BEURRIER, C., BONCI, A. & MALENKA, R.C.
(2001). Long-term depression in the nucleus accumbens : a
neural correlate of behavioral sensitization to cocaine. Nature
Neuroscience, 4, 1217-1223. |
|
BALLEINE, B.W. & KILLCROSS, S. (1994). Effects of
ibotenic acid lesions of the nucleus accumbens on
instrumental action. Behavioural Brain Research, 65 (2),
181-193. |
HALL J., PARKINSON, J.A., CONNOR, T.M., DICKINSON, A.
& EVERITT, B.J. (2001). Involvement of the central
nucleus of the amydala and nucleus accumbens core in
mediating Pavlovian influences on instrumental behaviour.
European Journal of Neuroscience, 13, 1992-2001. |
|
CHANG, J.Y., SAWYER, S.F., LEE, R.S. & WOODWARD, D.J.
(1994). Electrophysiological and pharmacological evidence
for the role of the nucleus accumbens in cocaine
self-administration in freely moving rats. Journal of
Neuroscience, 14, 1224-1244. |
REYNOLDS, S.M. & BERRIDGE, K.C. (2002). Positive and
negative motivation in nucleus accumbens shell. The
Journal of Neuroscience, 22, 7308-7320. [PDF] |
|
SALAMONE, J.D. (1994). The involvement of nucleus
accumbens dopamine in appetitive and aversive motivation.
Behavioural Brain Research, 61 (2), 117-133. |
|
|
ANGULA, G.A. & McEWEN, B.S. (1994). Molecular aspects
of neuropeptide regulation and function in the corpus
stria- tum and nucleus accumbens. Brain Research
Reviews, 9, 1-18. |
DATLA, K.P., AHIER R.G., YOUNG A.M.J., GRAY J.A. &
JOSEPH, M.H. (2002). Conditioned appetitive stimulus
increases extracellular dopamine in the nucleus accumbens
of the rat. European Journal of Neuroscience, 16 (10),
1987-1993. |
|
GRAY, J.A., JOSEPH, M.H., HEMSLEY, D.R., YOUNG, A.M.J.,
WARBURTON, E.C., BOULENGUEZ, P., GRIGORYAN, G.A., PETERS,
S.L., RAWLINS, J.N.P., TAI, C.-T., YEE, B. K., CASSADAY,
H., WEINER, I., GAL, G., GUSAK, O., JOEL, D., SHADACH, E.,
SHALEV, U., TARRASCH, R. & FELDON, J. (1995). The role
of mesolimbic dopaminergic and retrohippocampal afferents
to the nucleus accumbens in latent inhibition :
implications for schizophrenia. Behavioural Brain
Research, 71, 19-31. |
SILVA, M.R.P., BERNARDI, M.M., CRUZ-CASALLAS, P.E. &
FELICIO, L.F. (2003). Pimozide injections into the nucleus
accumbens disrupt maternal behavior in lactating rats. Pharmacology
& Toxicology, 93, 42-47. |
|
STERN, C. & PASSINGHAM, R. (1995). The nucleus
accumbens in monkeys (Macaca fascicularis).
Experimental Brain Research, 106, 239-247. |
SCHOENBAUM, G. & SETLOW, B. (2003). Lesions of nucleus
accumbens disrupt learning about aversive outcomes. Journal
of Neuroscience, 23, 9833-9841. |
|
CAINE, S.B., HEINRICHS, S.C., COFFIN, V.L. & KOOB,
G.F. (1995). Effects of the dopamine D1 antagonist SCH
23390 microinjected into the accumbens, amygdala or
striatum on cocaine self-administration in the rat. Brain
Research, 692 (1-2), 47-56. |
KOLB, B., GORNY, G., LI, Y., SAMAHA, A-N. & ROBINSON,
T.E. (2003). Amphetamine or cocaine limits the ability of
later experience to promote structural plasticity in the
neocortex and nucleus accumbens. Proceedings of the
National Academy of Sciences (USA), 100,
10523-10528. [PDF]
|
|
SALAMONE, J.D. (1996). The behavioral neurochemistry of
motivation : methodological and conceptual issues in
studies of the dynamic activity of nucleus accumbens
dopamine. Journal of Neuroscience Methods, 64
(2), 137-149. |
CARELLI, R.M. & WIGHTMAN, R.M. (2004). Functional
microcircuitry in the accumbens underlying drug addiction
: insights from real-time signaling during behavior. Current
Opinion in Neurobiology, 14, 763-768. [PDF] |
|
PONTIERI, F.E., TANDA, G., ORZI, F. & DI CHIARA, G.
(1996). Effects of nicotine on the nucleus accumbens and
similarity to those of addictive drugs. Nature, 382,
255-257. |
CHAMPAGNE, F.A., CHRETIEN, P., STEVENSON, C.W., ZHANG,
T.Y., GRATTON, A. & MEANEY, M.J. (2004). Variations in
nucleus accumbens dopamine associated with individual
differences in maternal behavior in the rat. Journal
of Neuroscience, 24, 4113-4123. |
|
SALAMONE, J.D., COUSINS, M.S. & SNYDER, B.J. (1997).
Behavioral functions of nucleus accumbens dopamine :
Empirical and conceptual problems with the anhedonia
hypothesis. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews,
21, 341-359. |
YUN, I.A., WAKABAYASHI, K.T., FIELDS, H.L. & NICOLA,
S.M. (2004). The ventral tegmental area is required for
the behavioral and nucleus accumbens neuronal firing
responses to incentive cues. Journal of Neuroscience,
24 (12), 2923-2933. [PDF] |
|
|
STRATFORD, T.R. & KELLEY, A.E. (1997). GABA in the
nucleus accumbens shell participates in the central
regulation of feeding behavior. Journal of
Neuroscience, 17, 4434-4440. |
KNUTSON, B., TAYLOR, J., KAUFMAN, M., PETERSON, R. &
GLOVER, G. (2005). Distributed neural representation of
expected value. Journal of Neuroscience, 25,
4806-4812. |
| |
STRATFORD, T.R. (2005). Activation of feeding-related
neural circuitry after unilateral injections of muscimol
into the nucleus accumbens shell. Brain Research,
1048, 241-250. |
|
CARELLI, R.M. & DEADWYLER, S.A. (1997). Cellular
mechanisms underlying reinforcement-related processing in
the nucleus accumbens : electrophysiological studies in
behaving animals. Pharmacology Biochemistry &
Behavior, 57, 495-504. |
GOTO, Y. & GRACE, A.A. (2005). Dopaminergic modulation
of limbic and cortical drive of nucleus accumbens in
goal-directed behaviour. Nature Neuroscience, 8,
805-812. |
|
ZHANG, M., GOSNELL, B.A., KELLEY, A.E. (1998). Intake of
high-fat food is selectively enhanced by mu opioid
receptor stimulation within the nucleus accumbens.
Journal of Pharmacology & Experimental Therapeutics,
285,908-914. |
BADANICH, K.A., ADLER, K.J. & KIRSTEIN, C.L. (2006).
Adolescents differ from adults in cocaine conditioned
place preference and cocaine-induced dopamine in the
nucleus accumbens septi. European Journal of
Pharmacology, 550, 95-106. |
|
ZHANG, X.F., HU, X.T. & WHITE, F.J. (1998). Whole-cell
plasticity in cocaine withdrawal: reduced sodium currents
in nucleus accumbens neurons. Journal of Neuroscience,
18, 488-498. |
BELIN, D. & RAUSCENT, A. (2006). DeltaFosB : a
molecular gate to motivational processes within the
nucleus accumbens ? Journal of Neuroscience, 26
(46), 11809-11810. |
|
STRATFORD, T.R. SWANSON, C.J. & KELLEY, A.E. (1998).
Specific changes in food intake elicited by blockade or
activation of glutamate receptors in the nucleus accumbens
shell. Behavioural Brain Research, 93, 43-50. |
DAY, J.J. & CARELLI, R.M. (2007). The nucleus
accumbens and Pavlovian reward learning. Neuroscientist,
13 (2), 148-159. [PDF] |
|
GARRIS, P.A., KILPATRICK, M., BUNIN, M.A., WALKER, Q.D.
& WIGHTMAN, R.M. (1999). Dissociation of dopamine
release in the nucleus accumbens from intracranial
self-stimulation. Nature, 398, 67-69. |
SPICER, J., GALVAN, A., HARE, T.A., VOSS, H., GLOVER, G.
& CASEY, B. (2007). Sensitivity of the nucleus
accumbens to violations in expectation of reward. Neuroimage,
34, 455-461. |
| |
PATERSON, N.E., BALFOUR D.J. & MARKOU, A. (2007).
Chronic bupropion attenuated the anhedonic component of
nicotine withdrawal in rats via inhibition of dopamine
reuptake in the nucleus accumbens shell. European
Journal of Neuroscience, 25, 3099-3108. |
|
SOKOLOWSI, J.D. & SALAMONE, J.D. (1998). The role of
accumbens dopamine in lever pressing and response
allocation : effects of 6-OHDA injected into core and
dorsomedial shell. Pharmacology Biochemistry &
Behavior, 9,557-566. |
COOLS, R., LEWIS, S.J.G., CLARK, L., BARKER, R.A. &
ROBBINS, T.W. (2007). L-dopa disrupts activity in the
nucleus accumbens during reversal learning in Parkinson's
disease. Neuropsychopharmacology, 32, 180-189. [PDF] |
| |
SALAMONE, J.D., CORREA, M, FARRAR, A, MINGOTE SM.
Effort-related functions of nucleus accumbens dopamine and
associated forebrain circuits. Psychopharmacology,
191 (3), 461-482. |
| |
KNUTSON, B. & GIBBS, S.E.B. (2007). Linking nucleus
accumbens dopamine and blood oxygenation. Psychopharmacology,
191, 813-822. [PDF] |
| |
ARAGONA, B.J., CLEAVELAND, N.A., STUBER, G.D., DAY, J.J.,
CARELLI, R.M. & WIGHTMAN, R.M. (2008). Preferential
enhancement of dopamine transmission within the nucleus
accumbens shell by cocaine is attributable to a direct
increase in phasic dopamine release events. Journal of
Neuroscience, 28, 8821-8831. |
|
IKEMOTO, S. & PANKSEPP, J. (1999). The role of nucleus
accumbens dopamine in motivated behavior : A unifying
interpretation with special reference to reward seeking. Brain
Research Reviews, 31, 6-41. |
CARLEZON, W.A. & THOMAS, M.J. (2009). Biological
substrates of reward and aversion : A nucleus accumbens
activity hypothesis. Neuropharmacology, 56 (S1),
122-132. [PDF] |
|
ABERMAN, J.E. & SALOMONE, J.D. (1999). Nucleus
accumbens dopamine depletions make rats more sensitive to
high ratio requirements but do not impair primary food
reinforcement. Neuroscience, 92, 545-552. |
HABR, S.F., BERNARDI, M.M., CONÇEICAO, I.M., FREITAS, T.A.
& FELICO, L.F. (2011). Open field behavior and
intra-nucleus accumbens dopamine release in vivo in virgin
and lactating rats. Psychology & Neuroscience, 4 (1),
115-121.
[PDF] |
|
SALAMONE, J.D., ABERMAN, J.E, SOKOLOWSI, J.D. &
COUSINS, M.S. (1999). Nucleus accumbens dopamine and rate
of responding : Neurochemical and behavioral studies. Psychobiology,
27, 236-247. |
STRATFORD, T.R. & WIRTSHAFTER, D. (2011). Opposite
effects on the ingestion of ethanol and sucrose solutions
after injections of muscimol into the nucleus accumbens
shell. Behavioural Brain Research, 216, 514-518.
|
|
KELLEY, A.E. (1999). Neural integrative activities of
nucleus accumbens subregions in relation to motivation and
learning. Psychobiology, 27, 198-213. |
STRATFORD, T.R. & WIRTSHAFTER, D. (2012). Evidence
that the nucleus accumbens shell, ventral pallidum, and
lateral hypothalamus are components of a lateralized
feeding circuit. Behavioural Brain Research, 226, 548-554.
|
|
ROBINSON, T.E. & KOLB, B. (1999). Alterations in the
morphology of dendrites and dendritic spines in the
nucleus accumbens and prefrontal cortex following repeated
treatment with amphetamine or cocaine. European
Journal of Neuroscience, 11, 1598-1604. [PDF]
|
HOLMES, N.M. & FAM, J. (2013). How does dopamine
release in the nucleus accumbens core relate to encoding
of a Pavlovian incentive stimulus ? The Journal of
Neuroscience, 33 (25), 10191-1019. [PDF] |
|
STRATFORD, T.R. & KELLEY, A.E. (1999). Evidence of a
functional relationship between the nucleus accumbens
shell and lateral hypothalamus subserving the control of
feeding behavior. Journal of Neuroscience, 19,11040-11048 |
EL HAGE, C., BÉDARD, A.-M. & SAMAHA, A.-N. (2015).
Antipsychotic treatment leading to dopamine
supersensitivity 66 persistently alters nucleus accumbens
function. Neuropharmacology, 99, 715-725. [PDF] |
| |
CHEN, C.Y., YEN, J.Y., WANG, P.W., LIU, G.C., YEN, C.F.
& KO, C.H. (2016). Altered functional connectivity of
the insula and nucleus accumbens in internet gaming
disorder : A resting state fMRI study. European
Addiction Research, 22 (4), 192-200. [PDF] |
|
| |
| PINEL,
J. (2007). Biopsychologie. Pearsons. |
Voir aussi Striatum et
Dopamine |
|
|
Noyau
basal de Meynert : Ce noyau,
situé à la base du cerveau,
contribue au contrôle des niveaux d'éveil
et de la vigilance,
ainsi qu'à la régulation des phases veille/ sommeil.
Il irrigue l'ensemble du cerveau en neurotransmetteur acétylcholine.
= nucleus basalis de Meynert, noyau
basal magnocellulaire, NBM.
Basal optic nucleus of Meynert, nucleus
basalis magnocellularis.
| |
|
|
KNOX, D. & BERNTSON, G.G. (2006). Effect of nucleus
basalis magnocellularis cholinergic lesions on fear-like
and anxiety-like behavior.Behavioral
Neuroscience, 120, 307-312. |
|
BALDI, E., MARIOTTINI, C. & BUCHERELLI, C. (2007). The
role of the nucleus basalis magnocellularis in fear
conditioning consolidation in the rat. Learning &
Memory, 14 (12), 855-860. [PDF] |
|
|
PURVES. D., AUGUSTINE, G.J., FITZPATRICK, D., HAL, W.C.
LAMANTIA, A., MCNAMARA, J.O. LEONARD E. & WHITE, L.E.
(2011). Neurosciences. Sinauer Associates, Inc.
Deboeck. |
|
|
|
|
Noyau
caudé : Partie du striatum.
Noyau caudé et putamen.
Caudate nucleus, caudate neuron.
|
|
| |
 |
|
|
MITCHAM, J.C. & THOMAS, R.K. (1971). Comparisons
of substantia nigra and caudate nucleus lesions on three
learning measures in rats. Society for
Neuroscience, Washington, DC. |
VILLABLANCA, J.R. (2010). Why do we have a caudate nucleus
? Acta Neurobiologiae Experimentalis, 70, 95-105.
[PDF] |
|
THOMAS, R.K. & HILL, A.S. (1973). The caudate nucleus
and avoidance learning : A reevaluation. Bulletin of
the Psychonomic Society, 1, 346-348. |
STRATFORD, T.R. & WIRTSHAFTER, D. (2011). Opposite
effects on the ingestion of ethanol and sucrose solutions
after injections of muscimol into the nucleus accumbens
shell. Behavioural Brain Research, 216, 514-518.
|
|
HIKOSAKA, O., SAKAMOTO, M. & USUI, S. (1989).
Functional properties of monkey caudate neurons : III.
Activities related to expectation of target and reward.
Journal of Neurophysiology, 61, 814-832. |
BOHBOT, V.D., GUPTA, M., BANNER, H. & DAHMANI, L.
(2011). Caudate nucleus-dependent response strategies in a
virtual navigation task are associated with lower basal
cortisol and impaired episodic memory. Neurobiology
of Learning & Memory, 96, 173-180. |
|
PACKARD, M.G. & McGAUGH, J.L. (1992). Double
dissociation of fornix and caudate nucleus lesions on
acquisition of two water maze tasks : further evidence for
multiple memory systems. Behavioral Neuroscience,
106, 439-446. |
|
|
PACKARD, M.G. & McGAUGH, J.L. (1996). Inactivation of
hippocampus or caudate nucleus with lidocaine
differentially affects expression of place and response
learning. Neurobiology of Learning & Memory, 65
(1), 65-72. |
ROBINSON, J.L., LAIRD, A.R., GLAHN, D.C., BLANGERO, J.,
SANGHERA, M.K., PESSOA, L., FOX, M., UECKER, A., FRIEHS,
G., YOUNG, K.A., GRIFFIN, J.L., LOVALLO, W.R. & FOX,
P.T. (2012). The functional connectivity of the human
caudate : An application of meta-analytic connectivity
modeling with behavioral filtering. NeuroImage, 60, 117-129.
[PDF] |
|
STRATFORD, T.R., SWANSON, C.J. & KELLEY, A.E (1998).
Specific changes in food intake elicited by blockade or
activation of glutamate receptors in the nucleus accumbens
shell. Behavioural Brain Research, 93, 43-50. |
|
|
PICKETT, E. R., KUNIHOLM, E., PROTOPAPAS, A., FRIEDMAN, F.
& LIEBERMAN, P. (1998). Selective speech motor, syntax
and cognitive deficits associated with bilateral damage to
the putamen and the head of the caudate nucleus : A case
study. Neuropsychologia, 36, 173-188. |
KONISHI, K., ETCHAMENDY, N., ROY, S., MARIGHETTO, A.,
RAJAH, N. & BOHBOT, V.D. (2013). Decreased functional
magnetic resonance imaging activity in the hippocampus in
favor of the caudate nucleus in older adults tested in a
virtual navigation task. Hippocampus, 23, 1005-1014.
[PDF] |
|
LAUWERYENS, J., WATANABE, K., COE, B. & HIKOSAKA, O.
(2002). A neural correlate of response bias in monkey
caudate nucleus. Nature, 418, 413-417. |
BOHBOT, V.D., DEL BASO, D, CONRAD, K., KONISHI, K. &
LEYTON, M. (2013). Caudate nucleus-dependent navigational
strategies are associated with increased use of addictive
drugs. Hippocampus, 23, 973-984. [PDF] |
|
WATANABE, K., LAUWERYENS, J. & HIKOSAKA, O. (2003).
Neural correlates of rewarded and unrewarded eye movements
in the primate caudate nucleus. Journal of
Neurosciences, 23, 10052-10057. [PDF] |
|
|
ARIA, G., PETRIDES, M., DAGHER, A., PIKE, B. & BOHBOT,
V.D. (2003). Cognitive strategies dependent on the
hippocampus and caudate nucleus in human navigation :
variability and change with practice. Journal of
Neuroscience, 23, 5945-5952. [PDF] |
|
|
DELGADO, M.R., STENGER, V.A. & FIEZ, J.A. (2004).
Motivation-dependent responses in the human caudate
nucleus. Cerebral Cortex, 14, 1022-1030. [PDF] |
|
|
KAWAGOE, R., TAKIWAWA, Y. & HIKOSAKA, O. (2004).
Reward-predicting activity of dopamine and caudate neurons
: a possible mechanism of motivational control of saccadic
eye movement. Journal of Neurophysiology, 91, 1013-1024.
[PDF] |
|
|
HARUNO, M., KURODA, T., DOYA, K., TOYAMA, K., KIMURA, M.,
SAMEJINA, K., IMAMIZU, H. & KAWATO, M. (2004). A
neural correlate of reward-based behavioral learning in
caudate nucleus : a functional magnetic resonance imaging
study of a stochastic decision task. Journal of
Neurosciences, 24, 1660-1665. [PDF] |
WEST, G.L., DRISDELLE, B., KONISHI, K., JACKSON, J.,
JOLICOEUR, P. & BOHBOT, V.D. (2015). Habitual action
video game paying is associated with caudate
nucleus-dependent navigational strategies. Proceedings
of the Royal Society B, 282, 1-9. [PDF] |
| |
|
PURVES. D., AUGUSTINE, G.J., FITZPATRICK, D., HAL, W.C.,
LAMANTIA, A., MCNAMARA, J.O. LEONARD E. & WHITE, L.E.
(2011). Neurosciences. Sinauer Associates, Inc.
Deboeck. |
Voir aussi Striatum |
|
|
|
|
Noyau cellulaire : Partie centrale de la
cellule; présent dans la majorité des cellules eucaryotes. Il
contient notamment de l'ADN,
soit l'essentiel du matériel génétique de la cellule. Nucleus.
| |
|
| PURVES.
D., AUGUSTINE, G.J., FITZPATRICK, D., HAL, W.C., LAMANTIA,
A., MCNAMARA, J.O., LEONARD E. & WHITE, L.E. (2011). Neurosciences.
Sinauer Associates, Inc. Deboeck. |
|
|
Noyau
central (Amygdale) :
| |
|
|
PURVES. D., AUGUSTINE, G.J., FITZPATRICK, D., HAL, W.C.,
LAMANTIA, A., MCNAMARA, J.O., LEONARD E. & WHITE, L.E.
(2011). Neurosciences. Sinauer Associates, Inc.
Deboeck. |
|
|
Noyau dur : Le terme a deux acceptions : a) Chez
Lakatos, le noyau dur est l'élément central
d'un programme
de recherche. Il s'agit d'un ensemble de propositions méthodologiques sur la façon de faire la science,
issue d'intuitions fondamentales que partagent les diverses théories qui forment un programme
de recherche. Le mot «dur» renvoie ici à l'idée que ce noyau
ne peut être confirmé ou infirmé par les faits, encore moins falsifié , alors que les hypothèse qui
sont testé dans le cadre de ce programme de recherche, fondé sur ce noyau,
doivent impérativement être confrontées aux faits. b) On utilise
également ce terme de manière plus générale pour qualifier
le plus petit commun dénominateur (PPCD) d'un groupe ou d'une
culture, qui est à la fois constitutif et fondamental à ce groupe ou à cette culture, et qui pour cette raison ne peut être modifié
sans compromettre sa survie, sa cohésion
ou sa raison d'être. Il s'agit de certaines valeurs (EX: égalité
entre les hommes et les femmes, laïcité, etc.), des modes
d'organisation du pouvoir politique ( EX: démocratie,
parlementarisme, syndicalisation, etc) et économique ( EX:
propriété individuelle, marché boursier, etc), des modes de vie
( EX: consommation, vacances, etc). On peut formaliser ce noyau dur en un texte et en faire l'un des éléments fondamentaux d'une constitution.
=socle commun, plus-petit-commum-dénominateur culturel (PPCDC).
Hard core.
|
|
| |
| a |
LAKATOS, I. (1978). The methodology of scientific
research programmes : Philosophical Papers (Vol.
1). Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
| b |
|
|
|
Noyau du corps genouillé latéral : Noyaux situés près du thalamus,
qui relaient les messages
sensoriels qui proviennent des yeux
et du nerf optique vers
le cortex visuel.
= CGL.
Medial geniculate nucleus mediate.
| |
|
|
LEDOUX, J.E. & SAKAGUCHI, A. & REIS, D.J. (1984).
Subcortical efferent projections of the medial geniculate
nucleus mediate emotional responses conditioned to
acoustic stimuli. Journal of Neuroscience, 4,
683-698. |
| PINEL,
J. (2007). Biopsychologie. Pearsons. |
|
|
Noyau du locus coeruleus : Noyau sous-cortical du cerveau situé dans le tronc cérébral, en relation étroite avec l'amygdale, et dont les fonctions régulatrices sont nombreuses (anxiété,
peur, sommeil, veille). Il constitue le point d'origine de la
majorité des neurones qui
produisent de la noradrénaline.
Découvert par Vicq d'Azir. =
LC, tache bleue. Locus coeruleus.
| |
|
|
ASTON-JONES, G., ENNIS, M., PIERIBONE, V., NICKELL, W.
& SHIPLEY, M. (1986). The nucleus locus coeruleus:
restricted afferent control of a broad efferent
trajectory. Science, 234, 734-737. |
ASTON-JONES, G., RAJKOWSKI, J. & COHEN, J. (2000).
Locus coeruleus and regulation of behavioral flexibility
and attention. Progress in Brain Research, 126, 165-182. |
| |
ASTON-JONES, G., RAJKOWSKI, J. & COHEN, J. (2000).
Role of locus coeruleus in attention and behavioral
flexibility. Biological Psychiatry, 46 1309-1320. |
|
WEISS, J.M., SIMSON, P.E. HOFFMAN, L.J., AMBROSE, M.J.,
COOPER, S. & WEBSTER, A. (1986). Infusion of
adrenergic receptor agonists and antagonists into the
locus coeruleus and ventricular system of the brain :
Effects on swim-motivated and spontaneous motor activity.
Neuropharmacology, 25, 367-384. |
BERRIDGE, C.W. & WATERHOUSE, B.D. (2003). The locus
coeruleus-noradrenergic system : modulation of behavioral
state and state-dependent cognitive processes. Brain
Research Reviews, 42, 33-84. |
| |
BOURET, S. & SARA, S. (2005). Network reset : a
simplified overarching theory of locus coeruleus
noradrenaline function. Trends in Neuroscience, 28,
574-582. |
|
SIMSON, P.G. & WEISS, J.M. (1988). Altered activity of
the locus coeruleus in an animal model of depression. Neuropsychopharmacology,
1, 287-295. |
WEISS, J.M., BOSS-WILLIAMS, K.A., MOORE, J.P.,
DEMETRIKOPOULOS, M.K., RITCHIE, J.C. & WEST, C.H.K.
(2005). Testing the hypothesis that locus coeruleus
hyperactivity produces depression-related changes via
galanin. Neuropeptides, 39, 281-287. |
| |
ASTON-JONES, G. & COHEN, J. (2005). An integrative
theory of locus coeruleus-norepinephrine function:
adaptive gain and optimal performance. Annual Review
of Neuroscience, 28, 403-450. |
|
WEISS, J.M., STOUT, J.C., AARON, M.F., QUAN, N., OWENS,
M.J., BUTLER, P.D. & NEMEROFF, C.B. (1994).
Experimental studies of depression and anxiety : role of
locus coeruleus and corticotropin-releasing factor. Brain
Research Bulletin, 35, 561-572. [PDF] |
STERPENICH, V., D'ARGEMBEAU, A., DESSEILLES, M., BALTEAU,
E., ALBOUY, G., VANDEWALLE, G., DEGUELDRE, C., LUXEN, A.,
COLLETTE, F., AND MAQUET, P. (2006). The locus ceruleus is
involved in the successful retrieval of emotional memories
in humans. Journal of Neuroscience, 26,
7416-7423. |
|
WEISS, J.M., STOUT, J.C., AARON, M.F., QUAN, N., OWENS,
M.J., BUTLER, P.D. & NEMEROFF, C.B. (1994). Depression
and anxiety : role of the locus coeruleus and
corticotropin-releasing factor. Brain Research
Bulletin, 35, 561-572. |
ASTON-JONES, G., IBA, M., CLAYTON, E., RAJKOWSKI, J. &
COHEN, J. (2007). The locus coeruleus and regulation of
behavioral flexibility and attention : clinical
implications. In G.A. Ordway, M.A. Schwartz and A. Frazer
(Eds.), Norepinephrine : Neurobiology and
therapeutics. Cambridge University Press. [PDF] |
|
BERRIDGE, C.W. & FOOTE, S.L. (1994). Locus
Coeruleus-induced modulation of forebrain
lectroencephalographic state. Brain Research
Bulletin, 35, 597-605. |
SAMUELS, E.R. & SZABADI, E. (2008). Functional
neuroanatomy of the noradrenergic locus coeruleus : its
roles in the regulation of arousal and autonomic function
part ii: physiological and pharmacological manipulations
and pathological alterations of locus coeruleus activity
in humans. Current Neuropharmacology, 6,
254-285. [PDF] |
|
BORSODY, M.K. & WEISS, J.M. (1996). Influence of
corticotropin-releasing hormone on electrophysiological
activity of locus coeruleus neurons. Brain Research,
724, 149-168. |
KALWANI, R.M. & GOLD, J.I. (2008). The role of the
locus coeruleus in motor commitment using the counter-
manding task. Abstracts - Society for Neuroscience, 165-169. |
|
BERRIDGE, C.W. & ABERCROMBIE, E.D. (1999).
Relationship between locus coeruleus neuronal discharge
rate and rates of norepinephrine efflux in cortex. Neuroscience,
93, 1263-1270. |
BOURET, S. & RICHMOND, B.J. (2009). Relation of locus
coeruleus neurons in monkeys to Pavlovian and operant
behaviors. Journal of Neurophysilogy, 101,
898-911. |
| |
LIBERZON, I. & GEORGE, S.A. (2010). SSRI-enhanced
locus coeruleus activity and adolescent suicide : Lessons
from Animal models. Neuropsychopharmacology, 35,
1619-1620. [PDF] |
| |
JOSHI, S., LI, Y., KALWANI, R.M. & GOLD, J.I. (2016).
Relationships between pupil diameter and neuronal activity
in the locus coeruleus, colliculi, and cingulate cortex. Neuron,
89, 221-234. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Noyau
et
Noradrénaline |
| PINEL,
J. (2007). Biopsychologie. Pearsons. |
|
|
Noyau du raphé antérieur :
| |
|
| CARPENTER,
M.B. & SUTIN, J. (1983). Human neuroanatomy.
Londres : Williams & Wilkins. |
|
|
Noyau du raphé dorsal :
Dorsal raphe
nucleus.
| |
|
|
AMATA, J., SPARKS, P.D., MATUS-AMAT, P., GRIGGS, J.,
WATKINS, L.R. & MAIER, S.F. (2001). The role of the
habenular complex in the elevation of dorsal raphe nucleus
serotonin and the changes in the behavioral responses
produced by uncontrollable stress. Brain Research,
917, 118-126. [PDF] |
|
YANG, L.M., HU, B., XIA, Y.H., ZHANG, B.L. & ZHAO, H.,
(2008). Lateral habenula lesions improve the behavioral
response in depressed rats via increasing the serotonin
level in dorsal raphe nucleus. Behavioural Brain
Research, 188 (1), 84-90. |
|
BROMBERG-MARTIN, E.S., HIKOSAKA, O. & NAKAMURA, K.
(2010). Coding of task reward value in the dorsal raphe
nucleus. The Journal of Neuroscience, 30, 6262-6272. |
|
Voir aussi Habenula |
| PINEL,
J. (2007). Biopsychologie. Pearsons. |
|
|
Noyau du raphé médian :
|
|
| |
PINEL,
J. (2007). Biopsychologie. Pearsons. |
|
|
Noyau gris central : Ensemble sous-cortical de quatre
noyaux de substance grise situé au milieu du cerveau
humain. Il s'agit du striatum
(noyau caudé + putamen), du pallidum,
du noyau sous-thalamique (ou
corps de Luys) et de la substance
noire. Ces ganglions forment avec le cortex cérébral et le thalamus
un circuit
striato-thalamo-cortical. Ce circuit joue un rôle
fondamental dans la motricité
volontaire, l'apprentissage
de nouvelles habiletés
motrices, les émotions
et la mémoire. =
ganglions de la base, ganglions basiques, thalamus.
Central grey nuclei, basal ganglia.
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
PARENT, A. (1986). Comparative neurobiology of the
basal ganglia. New York : John Wiley. |
ASHBY, F.G. & ENNIS, J.M. (2006). The role of the
basal ganglia in category learning. The Psychology of
Learning & Motivation, 46, 1-36. [PDF] |
|
FALLON, J.H. & LOUGHLIN, S.E. (1987). Monoamine
innervation of cerebral cortex and a theory of the role of
monoamines in cerebral cortex and basal ganglia. In E.G.
Jones & A.Peters (Eds.), Cerebral cortex
(Vol. 6., pp. 41-127). New York : Plenum. |
WICKENS, J.R., HYLAND, B.I. & TRIPP, E.G. (2006).
Frontostriatal mechanisms in reinforcement : Implications
for ADHD. In E. Bezard (Ed.), Recent break- throughs
in basal ganglia research (pp. 65-80). New York :
Nova Science Publishers, Inc. |
|
JOEL, D. & WEINER, I. (1994) The organization of the
basal ganglia-thalamocortical circuits :
Open-interconnected rather than closed segregated. Neuroscience,
63, 363-379. |
|
|
HABER, S.N., KUNISHIO, K., MIZOBUCHI, M. & LYND-BALTA,
E. (1995). The orbital and medial prefrontal circuit
through the primate basal ganglia. Journal of
Neuroscience, 15 (7), 4851-4867. |
|
|
MINK, J.W. (1996). The basal ganglia : focused selection
and inhibition of competing motor programs. Progress
in Neurobiology, 50, 381-425. |
|
|
AYLWARD, E.H., REISS, A.L., READER, M.J., SINGER, H.S.,
BROWN, J.E. & DENCKLA, M.B. (1996). Basal ganglia
volumes in children with attention deficit-hyperactivity
disorder with normal controls. Journal of Child
Neurology, 11, 112-115. |
|
|
HAYES, A.E., DAVIDSON, M.C., KEELE, S.W. & RAFAL, R.
D. (1998). Toward a functional analysis of the Basal
Ganglia. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 10,
178-198. |
YIN, H.H. & KNOWLTON, B.J. (2006). The role of the
basal ganglia in habit formation. Nature Reviews
Neuroscience, 7, 464-476. |
|
REDGRAVE, P., PRESCOTT, T.J. & GURNEY, K. (1999). The
basal ganglia : a vertebrate solution to the selection
problem ? Neuroscience, 89, 1009-1023. |
SHOHAMY, D., MYERS, C.E., KALANITHI, J. & GLUCK, M.A.
(2008). Basal ganglia and dopamine contributions to
probabilistic category learning. Neuroscience &
Biobehavioral Reviews, 32, 219-236. [PDF] |
|
MIDDLETON, F.A. & STRICK, P.L. (2000) Basal ganglia
and cerebellar loops : motor and cognitive circuits. Brain
Research Reviews, 31, 236-250. |
O'REILLY, R.C. & FRANK, M.J. (2006). Making working
memory work : a computational model of learning in the
prefrontal cortex and basal ganglia. Neural Computer,
18, 283-328. [PDF] |
|
RAVIZZA, S.M. & IVRY, R.B. (2001). Comparison of the
basal ganglia and cerebellum in shifting attention. Journal
of Cognitive Neuroscience, 13 (3), 285-297. |
LONG, M.A. & FEE, M.S. (2008). Using temperature to
analyze temporal dynamics in the songbird motor pathway. Nature,
456, 189-194. |
|
|
FRANK, M.J., LOUGHRY, F. & O'REILLY, R.C. (2001).
Interactions between the frontal cortex and basal ganglia
in working memory : A computational model. Cognitive,
Affective, & Behavioral Neuroscience, 1 (2),
137-160. [PDF] |
DOYON, J., BELLEC, P., AMSEL, R., PENHUNE, V., MONCHI, O.,
CARRIER, J., LEHÉRICY, S. & BENALI, H. (2009).
Contributions of the basal ganglia and functionally
related brain structures to motor learning. Behavioural
Brain Research, 199 (1), 61-75. [PDF] |
|
GURNEY, K., PRESCOTT, T.J. & REDGRAVE, P. (2001). A
computational model of action selection in the basal
ganglia. I. a new functional anatomy. Biological
Cybernetics, 84, 401-410. |
RADUA, J. & MATAIX-COLS, D. (2009). Voxel-wise
meta-analysis of grey matter changes in
obsessive-compulsive disorder. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 195 (5), 393-402. |
|
PACKARD, M.G. & KNOWLTON, B.J. (2002). Learning and
memory functions of the basal ganglia. Annual Review
of Neuroscience, 25, 563-593. |
FOERDE, K. & SHOHAMY, D. (2011). The role of the basal
ganglia in learning and memory : Insight from Parkinson's
disease. Neurobiology of Learning & Memory, 96
(4), 624-636. [PDF] |
|
MINK, J.W. & PLEASURE, D.E. (2003). The basal ganglia
and involuntary movements : Impaired inhibition of
competing motor patterns. Archives of Neurology, 60,
1365-1368. |
FEE, M.S. (2012). Oculomotor learning revisited : a model
of reinforcement learning in the basal ganglia
incorporating an efference copy of motor actions. Frontiers
in Neural Circuits, 6 [38], 1-18. [PDF] |
|
ATALLAH, H.E., FRANK, M.J. & O'REILLY, R.C. (2004).
Hippocampus, cortex and basal ganglia : Insights from
computational models of complementary learning systems. Neurobiology
of Learning & Memory, 82, 253-267. [PDF] |
GOLDBERG, J.H., FARRIES, M.A. & FEE, M.S. (2013).
Basal ganglia output to the thalamus : still a paradox. Trends
in Neurosciences, 36 (12), 695-705. |
|
MENASEGOVIA, J., BOLAM, J. & MAGILL, P. (2004).
Pedunculopontine nucleus and basal ganglia : distant
relatives or part of the same family ? Trends in
Neurosciences, 27 (10), 585-588. [PDF] |
BOSTAN, A.C., DUM, R.P. & STRICK, P.L. (2013).
Cerebellar networks with the cerebral cortex and basal
ganglia. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 17, 241-254.
[PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
GRAYBIEL, A.M. (2005). The basal ganglia : learning new
tricks and loving it. Current Opinion in
Neurobiology, 15, 638-644. [PDF] |
HABER, S.N. (2016). Perspective on basal ganglia
connections as described by Nauta and Mehler in 1966:
Where we were and how this paper effected where we are
now. Brain research, 1645, 4-7. |
|
PRIN, P. (2023). Comment raisonner face à une atteinte des
noyaux gris centraux ? Revue Neurologique,
179 (S), 179. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Striatum,
Pallidum, Noyau sous-thalamique et Substance noire. |
| PURVES. D., AUGUSTINE, G.J., FITZPATRICK, D., HA, W.C. LAMANTIA, A., MCNAMARA, J.O., LEONARD E. & WHITE, L.E. (2011). Neurosciences. Sinauer Associates, Inc. Deboeck. |
|
|
|
Noyau
intralaminaire :
| |
|
| CARPENTER, M.B. & SUTIN, J. (1983). Human neuroanatomy. Londres : Williams & Wilkins. |
|
|
|
|
Noyau
lenticulaire : Partie du striatum
formée par le putamen et
le pallidum. Nucleus
lentiformis.
| |
|
| CARPENTER,
M.B. & SUTIN, J. (1983). Human neuroanatomy.
Londres : Williams & Wilkins. |
|
|
Noyau
limbique :
Limbic nucleus.
|
KRUIJVER, F.P., ZHOU, J.N., POOL, C.W., HOFMAN, M.A.,
GOOREN, L.J. & SWAAB DF. (2000). Male-to-female
transsexuals have female neuron numbers in a limbic
nucleus. Journal of Clinical Endocrinology &
Metabolism 85, 2034-2041. |
|
| CARPENTER,
M.B. & SUTIN, J. (1983). Human neuroanatomy.
Londres : Williams & Wilkins. |
|
|
|
|
Noyau
mésopontin cholinergique : Mesopontine
cholinergic
|
|
| |
BENARROCH, E. & SCHMEICHEL, A. & PARISI, J.
(2002). Depletion of mesopontine cholinergic and sparing
of raphe neurons in multiple system atrophy. Neurology,
59 (6), 944?945. |
SCHMEICHEL, A.M., BUCHHALTER, L.C., LOW, P.A., PARISI,
J.E., BOEVE, B.W., SANDRONI, P. & BENARROCH, E.E.
(2008). Mesopontine cholinergic neuron involvement in Lewy
body dementia and multiple system atrophy. Neurology,
70 (5), 368-373.
|
|
| PINEL,
J. (2007). Biopsychologie. Pearsons. |
|
|
Noyau
paraventriculaires :
| |
|
| PINEL,
J. (2007). Biopsychologie. Pearsons. |
|
|
Noyau rouge : Double structure située dans le tegmentum. Il se divise en deux parties : le néorubrum le et paléorubrum. Il reçoit des fibres
afférentes en provenance du cervelet
par l'intermédiaire des pédoncules cérébelleux supérieurs et du
cortex cérébral sensorimoteur et associatif. Il contribue au tonus de la posture
et à la coordination des muscles distaux des jambes et des bras.
|
|
|
VON HARTMANN-MONAKOW, K., AKERT, K. & KÛNZE, H.
(1979). Projections of precentral and premotor cortex to
the red nucleus and other midbrain areas in Macaca
fascicularis. Experimental Brain Research, 34,
91–105 |
|
RODRIGUEZ-OROZ, M.C., RODRIGUEZ, M., LEIVA, C.,
RODRIGUEZ-PALMERO, M., NIETO, J., GARCIA-GARCIA, D., LUIS
ZUBIETA, J., CARDIEL, C. & OBESO, J.A. (2008).
Neuronal activity of the red nucleus in Parkinson's
disease. Movement Disorders, 23 (6), 908-911.
|
| |
NIOCHE, C., CABANIS, E.A. & HABAS, C. (2009).
Functional connectivity of the human red nucleus in the
brain resting state at 3T. American Journal of
Neuroradiology, 30 (2), 396-403. |
|
| CARPENTER,
M.B. & SUTIN, J. (1983). Human neuroanatomy.
Londres : Williams & Wilkins. |
|
|
Noyau
septal : =
septum. Septal forebrain region, septal area.
| |
|
|
MAGOUN, H.W., RANSON, S.W. & KABAT, H. (1935).
Autonomic responses to electrical stimulation of
hypothalamus, preoptic region and septum. Archives of
Neurology & Psychiatry, 33, 467-474. |
|
OLDS, J. & MILNER, P.M. (1955). Positive reinforcement
produced by electrical stimulation of septal area and
other regions of rat brain. Journal of Comparative
& Physiological Psychology, 47, 419-427. |
|
BUTLER, T., BLACKMON, K., ZABORSZKY, L., WANG, X., DUBOIS,
J., CARLSON, C., BARR, W.B., FRENCH, J., DEVINSKY, O.,
KUZNIECKY, R., HALGREN, E. & THESEN, T. (2012). Volume
of the human septal forebrain region is a predictor of
source memory accuracy. Journal of the International
Neuropsychological Society, 18 (1), 157-161. |
|
| PINEL,
J. (2007). Biopsychologie. Pearsons. |
|
|
Noyau
sous-thalamique : L'un des
ganglions de la base. Décrit pour la première fois par Luys.
= corps de Luys. Subthalamic
nucleus.
| |
|
|
CRAGG, S.J., BAUFRETON, J., XUE, Y., BOLAM, J.P. &
BEVAN, M.D. (2004). Synaptic release of dopamine in the
subthalamic nucleus. European Journal of
Neuroscience, 20 (7), 1788-1802. [PDF] |
|
OBESO, I., WILKINSON, L., CASABONA E., SPEEKENBRINK, M.,
BRINGAS M.L., ÀLVAREZ, M., ÀLVAREZ, L., PAVON, N.,
RODRIGUEZ-OROZ, M.C., MACIAS, R., OBESO J.A. &
JAHANSHAHI, M. (2014). The subthalamic nucleus and
inhibitory control : impact of subthalamotomy in
Parkinson's disease. Brain, 137, 1470-1480. [PDF] |
|
| PINEL,
J. (2007). Biopsychologie. Pearsons. |
|
|
Noyau suprachiasmatique : Noyaux
situés à la base de
l'hypothalamus, qui ont pour fonction de détecter la
présence ou l'absence de lumière et, selon le cas, de déclencher
le sommeil ou
l'éveil. Ils jouent en quelque sorte le rôle d'horloge
biologique. = NSC et Épiphyse.
Suprachiasmatic nucleus,
suprachiasmatic hypothalamic nucleus (SCN).
| |
|
|
MOORE, R.Y. (1983). Organization and function of a central
nervous system circadian oscillator : the suprachiasmatic
hypothalamic nucleus. Federation Proceedings, 42,
(11), 2783-2789. |
|
RUSAK, B., ROBERTSON, H.A., WASDEN, W. & HUNT, S.P.
(1990). Light pulses thats shift rhythms induce gene
expressions in the suprachiasmatic nucleus. Science,
248 (4960), 1237-1240. |
|
AMIR, S. & STEWART, J. (1998). Induction of Fos
expression in the circadian system by unsignaled light is
attenu- ated as a result of previous experi- ence with
signaled light : a role for Pavlovian conditioning. Neuroscience,
83, 657-661. |
|
DEBOER, T., VANSTEENSEL, M.J. DETARI, L. & MEIJER,
J.H. (2003). Sleep states alter activity of
suprachiasmatic nucleus neurons. Nature Reviews
Neuroscience, 6, 1086-1090. |
|
DECKER, M.J., RYE, D.B., LEE S.Y., STROHL, K.P. (2010).
Paradoxical sleep suppresses immediate early gene
expression in the rodent suprachiasmatic nuclei. Frontiers
in Neurology, 1 [122], 1-7.
[PDF] |
|
HASTINGS, M.H., MAYWODD, E.S. & BRANCACCIO, M. (2018).
Generation of circadian rhythms in the suprachiasmatic
nucleus. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 19 (8),
453-469. |
|
| PINEL,
J. (2007). Biopsychologie. Pearsons. |
|
|
Noyau
ventromédien : Noyau
situé dans l'hypothalamus.
Chez plusieurs mammifères et chez certains oiseauxm joue un rôle
dans L'appétit et les rythmes alimentaires. =
NVM. Ventromedial nucleus.
|
|
|
AUFFRAY, P. et BLUM J.C. (1970). Hyperphagie et stéatose
hépatique chez l’Oie après lésion du noyau ventro-médian
de l’hypothalamus. Comptes Rendus de l'Académie des
Sciences, 270, 2362-2365.
|
| |
MARCILLOUX, J.C. et AUFFRAY, P. (1982). Importance du
noyau ventro-médian de l’hypothalamus dans la régulation
du comportement alimentaire de l’oie de race landaise.
Reproduction Nutrition Développement, 22 (1A),
123-134. [PDF] |
|
SPITERI, T., MUSATOV, S., OGAWA S. & RIBEIRO, A.
(2010). Eestrogen-induced sexual incentive motivation,
proceptivity and receptivity depend on a functional
estrogen receptor ? In the ventromedial nucleus of the
hypothalamus but not in the amygdala. Neuroendocrinology,
91 (2), 142–154. |
| PINEL,
J. (2007). Biopsychologie. Pearsons. |
|
|
Noyauter
: Pour des individus extérieurs à un
groupe, opération qui consiste à investir les lieux de pouvoir
(conseil d'administration, bloc au pouvoir, direction, etc.)
afin d'influencer ou de dévoyer les objectifs
et le fonctionnement de ce groupe.
|
Nozick
Robert (New York 1938-2002 Cambridge) : Philosophe
et épistémologue
américain. Collaborateur de Dworkin,
Nagel et Rawls.
 |
NOZICK, R. (1969/1991). Coercicion/La contrainte.
In S. Morgenbesser, P. Suppes & M. White (Eds.), Philosophy,
science and method/ In M. Neuberg (Dir.), Théorie
de l’action (pp. 271-310). New York : St Martin
Press/Mardaga. |
|
NOZICK, R. (1970). Newcomb’s problem and two principles of
choice. In N. Rescher (Ed.), Essays in honor of C.
Hempel. Hollande : Reidel. |
|
NOZICK, R. (1970/2008). Anarchy, state and
utopia/Anarchie, État et utopie. New York : Basic
Books/Paris : PUF Quadrige. |
|
NOZICK, R. (1981). Philosophical explanations.
Harvard : Belknap Press. |
|
NOZICK, R. (1989). The examined life. Philosophical
Meditations. New York : Simon & Schuster. |
| |
| COHEN, G.A. (1975). Robert Nozick and Wilt Chamberlain :
How patterns preserve liberty. Erkenntnis, 11 (1), 5-23. [PDF] |
| WOLFF, J. (1991). Robert Nozick : Property, justice, and the minimal state. New York : Cambridge University Press. |
| PAUL, E.F., MILER, F.D. & PAUL, J. (Eds) (2005). Natural rights liberalism from Locke to Nozick. New York : Cambridge University Press. |
|
|
|
| NOS - NUAGE DE POINTS - NUCLÉAIRE - NUDITÉ
- NUL/NULLITÉ - NUMÉRO
- NUMÉROLOGIE - NUNES
- NÙNEZ -
NUNNALLY -
NURMI - NY -
Fin |
Nuage
de points : Scatter plot.
| |
|
 |
|
|
TOUCHETTE, P.E., McDONALD, R.F. & LANGER, S.N. (1985).
A scatter plot for identifying stimulus control of problem
behavior. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 18 (4),
343-351. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Nucléaire
:
Nuclear energy.
| |
|
|
SLOVIC, P. (1971). Limitations of the mind of man :
Implications for decision making in the nuclear age.
Oregon Research Institute Research Bulletin, 2
(17), |
FLYNN, J. & SLOVIC, P. (1995). Yucca Mountain : A
crisis for policy : Prospects for American’s high-level
nuclear waste program. In Annual review of energy and
the environment (Vol. 20, pp. 83-118). Palo Alto,
CA : Annual Reviews Inc. |
|
FISCHHOFF, B. (1983). Acceptable risk : The case of
nuclear power. Journal of Policy Analysis &
Management, 2, 559-575. [PDF] |
PETERS, E. & SLOVIC, P. (1996). The role of affect and
worldviews as orienting dispositions in the perception and
acceptance of nuclear power. Journal of Applied
Social Psychology, 26 (16), 1427-1453. [PDF] |
|
VAN DER PLIGT, J., EISER, J.R. & SPEARS, R. (1984).
Public attitudes to nuclear energy policy. Energy
Policy, 12, 302-305. [PDF] |
VAN DER PLIGT, J., EISER, J.R. & SPEARS, R. (1984).
Public attitudes to nuclear energy. Energy Policy,
12, 302-306. |
|
BRODY, C.J. (1984). Differences in support for nuclear
power. Socal Forces, 63, 209-228; |
|
|
VAN DER PLIGT, J. & EISER, J.R. (1985). Nuclear
energy, beliefs, values and acceptability.
Interdisciplinary Science Reviews, 10, 147-150. [PDF] |
|
|
VAN DER PLIGT, J., EISER, J.R. & SPEARS, R. (1985).
Attitudes to nuclear energy : Familiarity and salience. Environment
& Behavior, 18, 75-93. |
|
|
VAN DER PLIGT, J., EISER, J.R. & SPEARS, R. (1986).
Construction of a nuclear power station in one's locality
: Attitudes and salience. Basic & Applied Social
Psychology, 7 (1), 1-15. [PDF] |
FLYNN, J., KASPERSON, R.E., KUNREUTHER, H. & SLOVIC,
P. (1997). Overcoming tunnel vision : Redirecting the U.S.
high- level nuclear waste program. Environment, 39 (3),
6-11, 25-30. |
|
WERTSCH, J.V. (1987). Modes of discourse in the nuclear
arms debate. Current Research on Peace & Violence,
10 (2-3), 102-112. |
|
|
WERTSCH, J.V. (1987). Nuclear discourse. Communication
Research, 14 (1), 131-138. |
|
|
EISER, J.R., SPEARS, R. WEBLEY, P. & VAN DER PLIGT, J.
(1988). Local residents' attitudes to oil and nuclear
developments. Social Behaviour, 3, 237-253 |
|
|
VAN DER PLIGT, J. & MIDDEN, C.J.H. (1990). Chernobyl :
Four years later. Journal of Environmental
Psychology, 10, 91-99. [PDF] |
|
|
FLYNN, J., KASPERSON, R.E., KUNREUTHER, H. & SLOVIC,
P. (1992). Time to rethink nuclear waste storage. Issues
in Science & Technology, 8 (4), 42-48. |
SLOVIC, P., FLYNN, J., MERTZ, C.K., POUMADÈRE, M. &
MAYS, C. (2000). Nuclear power and the public : A
comparative study of risk perception in France and the
United States. In O. Renn & B. Rohrmann (Eds.), Cross-cultural
risk perception : A survey of empirical studies
(pp. 55-102). Dordrecht, The Netherlands : Kluwer
Academic. |
|
FLYNN, J. & SLOVIC, P. (1993). Nuclear wastes and
public trust. Forum for Applied Research & Public
Policy, 8, 92-100. |
|
ROSA, E.A. & DUNLAP, R.E. (1994). Nuclear power :
Three decades of public opinion. Public Opinion
Quarterly, 58, 295-325.
|
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Radiation |
|
|
Nucléotide
:
|
Nudisme : Nudism.
| |
|
|
LORAND, S. (1933). The psychology of nudism. Psychoanalytic
Review, 20, 197-207. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nul
: Nullité : Qualifie l'absence d'un phénomène
ou l'absence de différence entre deux objets (égalité).
Nullité et zéro.
= zéro.
|
Numéro : Dans la notice
bibliographique d'un article
scientifique, le numéro désigne le nombre de publication par
année d'une revue
scientifique (rarement plus de quatre). Parfois, ce chiffre
correspond au nombre total de numéro depuis la publication du tout
premier ( EX: Science).
Dans le modèle de référence de
l'American Psychological Association, cette information est
placée entre le volume de
la revue et les pages de
l'article en question. Afin de respecter les règles du français,
j'ai adapté le format de la notice en placant un espace entre le volume
et le numéro, ce qui n'est
pas le cas en anglais/APA.
Issue.
| |
|
| Ce lexique --» |
BÉLANGER, J. (1978). Images et réalités du béhaviorisme. Philosophiques, 5 (1),
3-110.
|
| APA
---» |
Bélanger, J. (1978). Images et réalités du
béhaviorisme. Philosophiques, 5(1),
3-110.
|
| |
|
|
Numérologie : Pseudotechnologie
et parapsychologie
fondée sur la croyance que
les nombres ont une signification occulte et magique que l'on peut
décrypter en les étudiant, signification qui permet de mieux
comprendre la personnalité
des autres ou de prédire certains événements.
|
|
|
|
|
Nunes
Terezinha (1947-) :
Psychologue cognitiviste
européenne d'origine brésillienne et spécialiste de l'étude
de l'épélation. Collaboratrice
de Bryant et Goswani.
|
|
NUNES, T. (1992). Cognitive invariants and cultural
variation in mathematical concepts. International
Journal of Behavioral Development, 15, 433-453. |
|
NUNES, T. (1995). Spelling : Beyond the first years.
The Montessory Society Review, 6, 12-16. |
|
NUNES, T. (2003). The sociocultural construction of
implicit knowledge. Cognitive Development, 18, 451-454. |
|
NUNES, T., BRYANT, P.E. & BINDMAN, M. (2006) The
effects of learning to spell on children's awareness of
morphology. Reading & Writing, 19, 767-787. |
|
NUNES, T., BRYANT, P. & EVANS, D. (2010).
Morphological knowledge and learning new words.
Revista Portuguesa de Pedagogia & Psychologica, 30
(S), 67-74. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Nùnez
Rafael ( ) : Cognitiviste
américain d'origine chilienne et spécialiste de l'étude du nombre.
Étudiant de Lakoff et
Winograd.
|
NÙNEZ, R. (1995). What Brain for God's-eye ? : Biological
naturalism, ontological objectivism, and Searle. Journal
of Consciousness Studies, 2 (2), 149-166. [PDF] |
|
NÙNEZ, R., CORTI, D. & RETSCHITZKI, J. (1998). Mental
rotation in children from Ivory Coast and Switzerland.
Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 29 (4),
577-589. [PDF] |
|
NÙNEZ, R., MOTZ, B. & TEUSHER, U. (2006). Time after
time : The psychological reality of the Ego- and
time-reference-point distinction in metaphorical
construals of time. Metaphor & Symbol, 21, 133-146.
[PDF] |
|
NÙNEZ, R. (2009). Numbers and arithmetic : Neither
hard-wired nor out there. Biological Theory, 4 (1),
68-83. [PDF] |
|
NÙNEZ, R. (2017). Is there really an evolved capacity for
number ? Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 21 (6),
409-424. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Nunnally
Jum C. (1924-1982) :
Psycholométricien américain et spécialiste de l'éducation.
 |
|
NUNNALLY, J. (1967/1978). Psychometric theory. New
York : McGraw-Hil. |
|
NUNNALLY, J. (1972). Educational measurement and
evaluation. McGraw-Hill. |
|
NUNNALLY, J. (1972). Teacher's manual to accompany
educational measurement and evaluation.
McGraw-Hill. |
|
NUNNALLY, J. (1975). Introductory statistics for
psychology and education. McGraw-Hill. |
|
NUNNALLY, J. & BERNSTEIN, I.H. (1994). Psychometric
theory. New York : McGraw-Hall. |
| |
|
KLINE, R.B. (1999). Nunnally, J. & Bernstein, I.H.
(1994). Psychometric theory. New York : McGraw-Hall. Journal
of Psychoeducational Assessment, 17, 275-280. |
|
|
|
Nurmi
Jari-Erik (1956-2017) : Psychologue
finlandais et spécialiste de l'étude de
l'adolescence.
|
|
NURMI, J.E. (1991). How do adolescents see their future ?
A review of the development of future orientation and
planning. Developmental Review, 11, 1-59. |
|
NURMI, J.E. (1992). Age differences in adult life goals,
concerns, and their temporal extension : a life course
approach to future-oriented motivation. International
Journal of Behavioral Development, 15, 487-508. |
|
NURMI, J.E. (1993). Age, sex, social class, and quality of
family interaction as determinants of adolescents' future
orientation : a developmental task interpretation. Adolescence,
22, 977-991. |
|
NURMI, J.E., POOLE, M.E. & KALASKI V. (1994). Age
differences in adolescent future-oriented goals, concerns,
and related temporal extension different sociocultural
contexts. Journal of Youth & Adolescence, 23,
471-487. |
|
AUNOLA, K. & NURMI, J.E. (2005). The role of parenting
styles in children's problem behavior. Child
Development, 76 (6), 1144-1159. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Nursing
Research : Revue
scientifique. Éditeur : Wolters Kluwer.
YOUNGBLUT, J.M., BROOTEN, D., SINGER, L.T., STANDING, T.,
LEE, H. & RODGERS, W.L. (2001). Effects of maternal
employment and prematurity on child outcomes in single
parent families. Nursing Research, 50 (6),
346-355. [PDF]
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Nutrition
& Behavior : Revue
scientifique qui consacre ses pages à
l'alimentation et à ses effets sur le développement
et l'apprentissage.
Éditeur : .
| |
EPLING, W.F. & PIERCE, W.D. (1984). Activity-based
anorexia in rats as a function of opportunity to run on
an activity wheel. Nutrition & Behavior, 2,
37-49.
|
| |
|
|
|
|
| NYAMEH
- NYBERG - NYBORG -
NYE - Fin |
Nyameh
Jerome ( ) : Économiste
nigérien et spécialiste des organisations.
|
NYAMEH, J., JAMES, A.N. & EMEJI, Y.S. (2013). Human
resource management, civil service and achieving
management objectives. International Journal of
Business & Management Invention, 2 (4), 68-73.
[PDF]
|
|
NYAMEH, J. (2013). Impact of sustainable human resource
management and organizational performance.
International Journal of Asian Social Science, 3 (6),1287-1292.
[PDF]
|
|
NYAMEH, J., DOUGLAS, H., TERU, S. & TITUS, A. (2013).
Do motivation drive employees performance in public sector
organization ? European Journal of Business &
Management, 5 (17), 92-97. [PDF]
|
|
NYAMEH, J. (2013). Application of the Maslow's hierarchy
of need theory; impacts and implications on organizational
culture, human resource and employee's performance. International
Journal of Business & Management Invention, 2 (3),
39-45. [PDF]
|
|
NYAMEH, J., JAMES, A.N. & EMEJI, Y.S. (2014). The
impact of human resource management on sustainability of
employee's performance. Journal of Emerging Trends in
Economics & Management Sciences, 5 (7), 83-89.
[PDF]
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nyberg Lars ( ) : Neurocognitiviste
suédois, spécialisé dans l'étude de la mémoire.
Collaborateur de Habib, Houle,
Lepage, Bäckman,
Stigsdotter et
Tulving.
 |
NYBERG, L. & TULVING, E. (1997). Searching for memory
systems. European Journal of Cognitive Psychology, 9,
121-125.
[PDF] |
|
NYBERG, L., PERSSON, J., HABIB, R., TULVING, E., McINTOSH,
A.R., CABEZA, R. & HOULE, S. (2000). Large scale
neurocognitive networks underlying episodic memory. Journal
of Cognitive Neuroscience, 12, 163-173. [PDF] |
|
NYBERG, L., FORKSTAM, C., PETERSSON, K.M, CABEZA, R. &
INGVAR, M. (2002). Brain imaging of human memory systems :
between-systems similarities and within-systems
differences. Cognitive Brain Research, 13,
281-292. [PDF] |
|
NYBERG, L., MARKLUND, P., PERSSON, J., CABEZA, R.,
FORKSTAM, C., PETERSSON, K.M. & INGVAR, M. (2003).
Common prefrontal activations during working memory,
episodic memory, and semantic memory. Neuropsychologia,
41, 371-377.
[PDF] |
|
NYBERG, L., KIM, A.S.N., HABIB, R., LEVINE, B. &
TULVING, E. (2010). Consciousness of subjective time in
the brain. Proceedings of the National Academy of
Sciences of the United States of America, 107,
22356-22359. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
Nyborg Helmuth Sörensen (1937-) : Psychologue danois, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'intelligence,
notamment du facteur G.
Collaborateur de Jensen et
Lynn.
 |
NYBORG, H. & ISAKEN, B. (1974). A method for analysing
performance in the rod-and-frame test. II. Test of the
statistical model. Scandinavian Journal of
Psychology, 15, 124-126. |
| NYBORG, H. & JENSEN, A.R. (2001). Occupation and income related to psychometric g. Intelligence, 29,
45-55. |
|
NYBORG, H. (2003). Sex differences in g. In H. Nyborg
(Ed.), The scientific study of general intelligence :
Tribute to Arthur R. Jensen. Oxford : Pergamon |
|
NYBORG, H. (2005). Sex-related differences in general
intelligence g, brain size, and social status.
Personality & Individual Differences, 39,
497-509.
[PDF] |
| NYBORG, H. (2008). The intelligence-religiosity nexus : A representative study of white adolescent Americans. Intelligence, 37 (1), 81-93. |
|
|
|
Nye Barbara ( ) : Spécialiste de l'éducation.
Elle s'intéresse notamment à l'effet de la taille des classes
sur l'apprentissage
et la réussite
scolaire. Collaboratrice de Achilles,
Finn, Hedges,
Konstantopoulos
et Pate-Bain.
|
NYE, B., HEDGES L.V. & KONSTANTOPOULOS, S. (1999). The
long-term effects of small classes : A five-year follow-up
of the Tennessee class size experiment. Educational
Evaluation & Policy Analysis, 21 (2), 127-142. |
|
NYE, B., HEDGES L.V. & KONSTANTOPOULOS, S. (2000). The
effects of small classes on academic achievement : The
results of the Tennessee class size experiment. American
Educational Research Journal, 37 (1), 123-151. |
|
NYE, B., HEDGES L.V. & KONSTANTOPOULOS, S. (2001). Are
effects of small classes cumulative ? Evidence from a
Tennessee experiment. The Journal of Educational
Research, 94 (6), 336-345. |
|
NYE, B., HEDGES L.V. & KONSTANTOPOULOS, S. (2002). Do
low-achieving students benefit more from small classes ?
Evidence from the Tennessee class size experiment. Educational Evaluation & Policy Analysis, 24 (3), 201-217. |
|
NYE, B., KONSTANTOPOULOS, S. & HEDGES L.V. (2004). How
large are teacher effects ? Educational Evaluation
& Policy Analysis, 26 (3), 237-257. [PDF] |
|
|
|
| NA
- NARCISSISME - NE
- NEISSER - NEO - NEURO
- NEUROCOGNITION - NEV
- NEWCOMB - NI - NISBETT
- NO - NOS - NOYAU
- NU - NY -
Début |
|
|
Comment
citer ce site ?  |
|
Pl@nète
Psy©/Claude Goulet |
![[]](http://m3.moostik.net/img/?pseudo=gouc&cpt=definitionsn&option=invisible)
Neurotisme